INTELCOM GROUP INC
S-4/A, 1996-06-18
NATURAL GAS TRANSMISSION
Previous: INTELCOM GROUP INC, 10-Q/A, 1996-06-18
Next: SPECIALIZED HEALTH PRODUCTS INTERNATIONAL INC, S-1/A, 1996-06-18



<PAGE>
 
    
   AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JUNE 18, 1996     

    
                        REGISTRATION NO. 333-04569     

                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

    
                                AMENDMENT NO. 1

                                      TO     

                                   FORM S-4
            REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                         INTELCOM GROUP (U.S.A.), INC.
            (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
                              INTELCOM GROUP INC.
                   (REGISTRANT WITH RESPECT TO THE GUARANTY)

<TABLE> 
<S>                                       <C>                                                <C> 
       COLORADO                                       4813, 4899                                            84-1128866
        CANADA                                        4813, 4899                                          NOT APPLICABLE
(State or other jurisdiction of            (Primary Standard Industrial Classification       (I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)
 incorporation or organization)            Code Number)
</TABLE> 
 


<TABLE> 
<S>                                                                                         <C>  
INTELCOM GROUP (U.S.A.), INC.                                                                INTELCOM GROUP INC.
  9605 E. MAROON CIRCLE                                                                          UNIT 11
      P.O. BOX 6742                                                                         1155 SERVICE ROAD WEST
ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO 80155-6742                                                                 OAKVILLE, ONTARIO
    (303) 572-5960                                                                               CANADA, L6M 3E3
                                                                                                 (905) 469-0686
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of each registrant's principal executive offices)
</TABLE>


                    JOHN D. FIELD, EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT
                             9605 E. MAROON CIRCLE
                                 P.O. BOX 6742
                         ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO 80155-6742
                                 (303) 572-5960
 (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
                   of agent for service for each registrant)
 
                               WITH A COPY TO:
                              LEONARD GUBAR, ESQ.
                               REID & PRIEST LLP
                              40 WEST 57TH STREET
                           NEW YORK, NEW YORK  10019
                                 (212) 603-2000
                                        
      APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:  AS SOON
AS PRACTICABLE AFTER THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES EFFECTIVE.

      IF THE SECURITIES BEING REGISTERED ON THIS FORM ARE BEING OFFERED IN
CONNECTION WITH THE FORMATION OF A HOLDING COMPANY AND THERE IS COMPLIANCE WITH
GENERAL INSTRUCTION G, CHECK THE FOLLOWING BOX: [_]

       
 
     THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT
SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID
SECTION 8(a), MAY DETERMINE.
<PAGE>
 
                         INTELCOM GROUP (U.S.A.), INC.
                             CROSS REFERENCE SHEET
               PURSUANT TO ITEM 501(b) OF REGULATION S-K SHOWING
                           LOCATION IN PROSPECTUS OF
                               ITEMS OF FORM S-4
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

A. INFORMATION ABOUT THE TRANSACTION

<S>                                                    <C>
1.  Forepart of the Registration Statement and
    Outside Front Cover page of Prospectus.............  Facing Page of Registration Statement; Cross Reference Sheet;
                                                         Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus

2.  Risk Factors, Ratio of Earnings to Fixed
    Charges, and Other Information.....................  Inside Front Cover Page of Prospectus; Outside Back Cover
                                                         Page of Prospectus

3.  Risk Factors, Ratio of Earnings to Fixed
    Charges, and Other Information.....................  Prospectus Summary; Risk Factors; Summary Historical and Pro
                                                         Forma Financial Information;

4.  Terms of the Transaction.........................    The Exchange Offer; Description of New Notes; Description of
                                                         New Preferred Stock; Certain United States Federal Income Tax
                                                         Consequences

5.  Pro Forma Financial Information..................    Not Applicable

6.  Material Contracts with the Company Being
    Acquired...........................................  Not Applicable

7.  Additional Information Required for Reoffering
    by Persons and Parties Deemed to be
    Underwriters.......................................  Not Applicable

8.  Interests of Named Experts and Counsel.............  Legal Matters; Experts

9.  Disclosure of Commission Position on
    Indemnification for Securities Act Liabilities.....  Not Applicable
 
 B. INFORMATION ABOUT THE REGISTRANT

10.  Information with Respect to S-3 Registrants.......  Prospectus Summary; Recent Developments; Description of New
                                                         Notes; Description of New Preferred Stock
11.  Incorporation of Certain Information by
     Reference.......................................... Information Incorporated by Reference

12.  Information with Respect to S-2 or S-3
     Registrants........................................ Not Applicable

13.  Incorporation of Certain Information by
     Reference.......................................... Not Applicable

14.  Information with Respect to Registrants Other     
     Than S-3 or S-2 Registrants........................ Not Applicable
 
 C. INFORMATION ABOUT THE COMPANY TO BE ACQUIRED

15.   Information with Respect to S-3 Companies......... Not Applicable

16.  Information with Respect to S-2 or S-3
     Companies.......................................... Not Applicable

17.  Information with Respect to Companies Other
     Than S-3 or S-2 Companies.........................  Not Applicable
 
 D. VOTING AND MANAGEMENT INFORMATION

18.  Information if Proxies, Consents or
     Authorizations Are To Be Solicited................. Not Applicable

19.  Information if Proxies, Consents or
     Authorizations Are Not to Be Solicited or in
     an Exchange Offer.................................. Not Applicable

</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
    

                 SUBJECT TO COMPLETION.  DATED  JUNE 18, 1996     

                               OFFER TO EXCHANGE

                                ALL OUTSTANDING
    
                    12 1/2% SENIOR DISCOUNT NOTES DUE  2006     

                                      FOR

    
               12 1/2% SENIOR EXCHANGE DISCOUNT NOTES DUE  2006     

                                      OF

                         INTELCOM GROUP (U.S.A.), INC.

                                 GUARANTEED BY

                              INTELCOM GROUP INC.

                                      AND

                               OFFER TO EXCHANGE 
                               ALL OUTSTANDING 
                         EXCHANGEABLE PREFERRED STOCK 
                         MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE 2007 
                     (EXCHANGEABLE AT THE OPTION OF ICG)     

                                     FOR 
                       NEW EXCHANGEABLE PREFERRED STOCK   
                          MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE 2007 
                     (EXCHANGEABLE AT THE OPTION OF ICG)      
                                      OF 
                         INTELCOM GROUP (U.S.A.), INC.

                       ---------------------------------

                              THE EXCHANGE OFFERS
                 WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME,
                    ON _____________, 1996 UNLESS EXTENDED

                        -------------------------------

    
         IntelCom Group (U.S.A.), Inc., a Colorado corporation ("ICG"), hereby
  offers upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this
  Prospectus and the accompanying Letter of Transmittal (the "Letter of
  Transmittal"), (i) to exchange (the "Note Exchange Offer") its outstanding 12
  1/2% Senior Discount Notes due 2006 (the "Old Notes"), of which an aggregate
  of $550,300,000 in principal amount is outstanding as of the date hereof for
  an equal principal amount of newly issued 12 1/2% Senior Exchange Discount
  Notes due 2006 (the "New Notes") and (ii) to exchange (the "Preferred Stock
  Exchange Offer") its outstanding Exchangeable Preferred Stock (the "Old
  Preferred Stock") for an equal amount of newly issued New Exchangeable
  Preferred Stock (the "New Preferred Stock").  The form and terms of the New
  Notes will be the same as the form and terms of the Old Notes except that the
  New Notes will be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
  "Securities Act"), and will not bear legends restricting the transfer thereof.
  The form and terms of the New Preferred Stock will be the same as the form and
  terms of the Old Preferred Stock except that the New Preferred Stock will be
  registered under the Securities Act and will not bear legends restricting the
  transfer thereof.  The New Preferred Stock will be entitled to the benefits of
  the First Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of ICG, filed with
  the Secretary of State of the State of Colorado on April 29, 1996, governing
  the Preferred Stock (the "Amended Articles").  The New Notes will be entitled
  to the benefits of the indenture, dated as of April 30, 1996, governing the
  Notes (the "Indenture").  The New Notes and the Old Notes are sometimes
  referred to herein collectively as the "Notes" or the "Senior Notes."  The Old
  Notes and the Old Preferred Stock are sometimes referred to herein
  collectively as the Old Securities, and the New Notes and the New Preferred
  Stock are sometimes referred to herein collectively as the New Securities.
  The New Preferred     

                           (Continued on next page)


  SEE "RISK FACTORS" AT PAGE 19 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN RISKS THAT SHOULD
     BE CONSIDERED BY ELIGIBLE HOLDERS IN EVALUATING THE EXCHANGE OFFERS.


   THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES
      AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS
        THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES
                 PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS
              PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
                               CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
<PAGE>
 
  Stock and the Old Preferred Stock are sometimes referred to herein as the
  "Preferred Stock."  The Note Exchange Offer and the Preferred Stock Exchange
  Offer are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the "Exchange Offers."

         There will not be any payment of interest on the New Notes prior to
  November 1, 2001.  Interest on the New Notes will be paid in cash at the rate
  of 12 1/2% per annum on each May 1 and November 1, commencing November 1,
  2001, to holders of record on the immediately preceding April 15 and October
  15, respectively.  Payment of the New Notes is fully and unconditionally
  guaranteed by IntelCom.  Prior to these Exchange Offers there has been no
  public market for any securities of ICG and there can be no assurance that
  such a market will develop.  See "Description of New Notes."  ICG is a
  subsidiary of IntelCom Group Inc., a Canadian federal corporation ("IntelCom";
  and together with ICG, the "Company").

    
         On or after May 1, 2001, the New Notes are redeemable, at the option of
  the Company, in whole or in part, at the redemption prices set forth herein
  plus accrued interest to the date of redemption. Upon a Change of Control (as
  herein defined), the Company is required to repurchase all of the outstanding
  Notes at 101% of the accreted value thereof plus accrued interest to the date
  of repurchase. At March 31, 1996, ICG and IntelCom had, on an unconsolidated
  basis, approximately $327.1 million of senior indebtedness, including capital
  lease obligations, and $68.5 million of subordinated indebtedness outstanding
  (which amounts do not include the New Notes and the Note Guarantee).    
  
         Dividends on the New Preferred Stock at a rate of 14 1/4% per annum
  will be cumulative from the date of issuance and are payable quarterly in cash
  or, on or prior to May 1, 2001, at the option of ICG, in additional shares of
  Preferred Stock, on each February 1, May 1, August 1 and November 1,
  commencing August 1, 1996. If additional shares of Preferred Stock are issued
  in lieu of cash dividends, such shares will be registered under the Securities
  Act. If additional shares of Preferred Stock are issued in lieu of cash
  dividends, such dividends will be registered under the Securities Act. ICG is
  required to redeem the New Preferred Stock at the liquidation preference of
  $1,000 per share, plus accrued and unpaid dividends on May 1, 2007. The New
  Preferred Stock will be redeemable, in whole or in part, at the option of ICG,
  at any time on or after May 1, 2001. The New Preferred Stock will be
  exchangeable, in whole but not in part, at the option of ICG, into 14 1/4%
  Senior Subordinated Exchange Debentures due 2007 of ICG (the "Exchange
  Debentures"). If issued, the Exchange Debentures will be redeemable, in whole
  or in part, at the option of ICG, at any time on or after May 1, 2001.

         The Company will accept for exchange any and all Old Securities which
  are properly tendered in the Exchange Offers prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City
  time, on _________________ __, 1996 (if and as extended, the "Expiration
  Date").  Tenders of Old Securities may be withdrawn at any time prior to 5:00
  p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.  The Exchange Offers are not
  conditioned upon any minimum principal amount of Old Notes or number of shares
  of Old Preferred Stock being tendered for exchange.  Old Notes may be tendered
  only in integral multiples of $1,000.

         Based on a previous interpretation by the staff of the Securities and
  Exchange Commission (the "Commission") set forth in no-action letters to third
  parties, the Company believes that the New Securities issued pursuant to the
  Exchange Offers may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by
  a holder thereof (other than (i) a broker-dealer who purchases such New
  Securities directly from the Company to resell pursuant to Rule 144A or any
  other available exemption under the Securities Act or (ii) a person that is an
  affiliate of the Company (within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities
  Act)) without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery
  provisions of the Securities Act, provided that the holder or any other such
  person is acquiring the New Securities in its ordinary course of business and
  is not participating, and has no arrangement or understanding with any person
  to participate, in the distribution of the New Securities.  Holders of Old
  Securities wishing to accept the Exchange Offers must represent to the Company
  that such conditions have been met.

         Each broker-dealer that receives New Securities for its own account
  pursuant to the Exchange Offers must acknowledge that it will deliver a
  Prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Securities.  The Letter
  of Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus,
  a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter,"
  within the meaning of the Securities Act, in connection with resales of New
  Securities received in exchange for Old Securities where such Old Securities
  were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or
  other trading activities.  The Company has agreed that, for a period of 90
  days after the Expiration Date, it will make this Prospectus available to any
  broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale.  See "Plan of
  Distribution."

         The Company believes that none of the registered holders of the Old
  Securities is an affiliate (as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the
  Securities Act) of the Company.  Prior to this Exchange Offer, there has been
  no public market for the Old Securities.  The Company does not intend to list
  the New Securities on any securities exchange or to seek approval for
  quotation through any automated quotation system.  There can be no assurance
  that an active market for the New Securities will develop.  To the extent that
  a market for the New Securities does develop, the market value of the New
  Securities will depend on market conditions (including yields on alternative
  investments), general economic conditions, the Company's financial condition
  and other conditions.  Such conditions might cause the New Notes, to the
  extent that they are actively traded, to trade at a significant discount from
  face value.  The Company has not entered into any arrangement or understanding
  with any person to distribute the New Securities to be received in the
  Exchange Offers.

         The Company will not receive any proceeds from the Exchange Offers.
  The Company has agreed to bear the expenses of the Exchange Offers.  No
  underwriter is being used in connection with the Exchange Offers.

                The date of this Prospectus is _________, 1996.

                                      -2-
<PAGE>
 
         THIS PROSPECTUS INCORPORATES DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE WHICH ARE NOT
       PRESENTED HEREIN OR DELIVERED HEREWITH.  THESE DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE
       UPON REQUEST ADDRESSED TO INTELCOM GROUP INC., C/O INTELCOM GROUP
       (U.S.A.), INC., 9605 E. MAROON CIRCLE, P.O. BOX 6742 ENGLEWOOD, COLORADO
       80112, ATTN:  INVESTOR RELATIONS (TELEPHONE NUMBER (303) 572-5960).  IN
       ORDER TO INSURE TIMELY DELIVERY OF THE DOCUMENTS, ANY REQUEST SHOULD BE
       MADE BY ________, 1996.

                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION

         The Company has filed with the Commission a Registration Statement on
       Form S-4 under the Securities Act with respect to the New Securities
       offered hereby.  As permitted by the rules and regulations of the
       Commission, this Prospectus omits certain information, exhibits and
       undertakings contained in the Registration Statement.  For further
       information with respect to the Company and the New Securities offered
       hereby, reference is made to the Registration Statement, including the
       exhibits thereto and the financial statements, notes and schedules filed
       as a part thereof.  IntelCom is and has been subject to the informational
       requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
       "Exchange Act").  Summary financial information with respect to ICG is
       contained in the Exchange Act reports of IntelCom.  The Registration
       Statement (and the exhibits and schedules thereto), as well as the
       periodic reports and other information filed by IntelCom with the
       Commission, may be inspected and copied at the Public Reference Section
       of the Commission at Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,
       Washington, D.C.20549 and at the regional offices of the Commission
       located at 7 World Trade Center, New York, New York 10007 and Suite 1400,
       Northwestern Atrium Center, 500 West Madison Street, Chicago, Illinois
       60661-2511.  Copies of such materials may be obtained from the Public
       Reference Section of the Commission, Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450
       Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, and its public reference
       facilities in New York, New York and Chicago, Illinois at the prescribed
       rates.  Statements contained in this Prospectus as to the contents of any
       contract or other document are not necessarily complete, and in each
       instance reference is made to the copy of such contract or document filed
       as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, each such statement being
       qualified in all respects by such reference.

         No person is authorized in connection with any offering made hereby to
       give any information or to make any representation other than as
       contained in this Prospectus or the accompanying Letter of Transmittal,
       and, if given or made, such information or representation must not be
       relied upon as having been authorized by the Company.  Neither this
       Prospectus nor the accompanying Letter of Transmittal or both together
       constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any
       security other than the New Securities offered hereby, nor does it
       constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any
       securities offered hereby to any person in any jurisdiction in which it
       is unlawful to make such offer or solicitation to such person.  Neither
       the delivery of this Prospectus or the accompanying Letter of Transmittal
       or both together, nor any sale made hereunder shall under any
       circumstances imply that the information contained herein is correct as
       of any date subsequent to the date hereof.

                     INFORMATION INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

         The following documents have been filed by IntelCom with the Commission
       and are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this
       Prospectus:

 
    
          1. Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 1995
             (File No. 1-11052).
          2. Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for the fiscal year ended September
             30, 1995 (File No. 1-11052).
          3. Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended
             December 31, 1995 (File No. 1-11052).
          4. Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q/A for the fiscal quarter ended March
             31, 1996 (File No. 1-11052).
          5. Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 29, 1996 (File No. 1-
              11052).
          6. Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 11, 1996 (File No. 1-
             11052).     

                                      -3-
<PAGE>
 
         All documents subsequently filed by the Company or IntelCom with the
       Commission pursuant to Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange
       Act, after the date of this Prospectus and prior to the termination of
       this offering, shall be deemed to be incorporated by reference into the
       Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part and to be a
       part hereof from the date of such filing.  Any statement contained in a
       document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference in this
       Prospectus shall be deemed to be modified or superseded for purposes of
       this Prospectus to the extent that a statement contained herein or in any
       other subsequently filed document which also is or is deemed to be
       incorporated by reference in this Prospectus modifies or supersedes such
       statement.  Any statement so modified or superseded shall not be deemed,
       except as so modified or superseded, to constitute a part of this
       Prospectus.

         The Company hereby undertakes to provide without charge to each person
       to whom this Prospectus is delivered, upon oral or written request of
       such person, a copy of any and all information that has been incorporated
       by reference into this Prospectus (not including exhibits to the
       information unless such exhibits are specifically incorporated by
       reference into such information).  Requests for information should be
       addressed to:  IntelCom Group Inc., c/o IntelCom Group (U.S.A.), Inc.,
       9605 E. Maroon Circle, P.O. Box 6742, Englewood, Colorado 80112, Attn:
       Investor Relations (telephone number (303) 572-5960).

                               ------------------

         Until _________________, 1996 (90 days after the date of the Exchange
       Offers), all dealers offering transactions in the New Securities, whether
       or not participating in the Exchange Offers, may be required to deliver a
       Prospectus.

                                      -4-
<PAGE>
 
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

    The following summary is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed
  information appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus as well as the information
  appearing in the documents incorporated by reference herein.  Unless the
  context otherwise requires, the term "Company" means the combined business
  operations of ICG and its subsidiaries and ICG's parent, IntelCom; the terms
  "fiscal" and "fiscal year" refer to IntelCom's fiscal year ending September
  30; and all dollar amounts are in U.S. dollars.  Industry figures were
  obtained from reports published by the Federal Communications Commission
  ("FCC"), the U.S. Department of Commerce, Connecticut Research (an industry
  research organization) and other industry sources, which the Company has not
  independently verified.  Certain information contained in this Summary and
  elsewhere in this Prospectus and information with respect to the Company's
  plans and strategy for its business and related financing are forward-looking
  statements.  For a discussion of important factors that could cause actual
  results to differ materially from forward-looking statements, see "Risk
  Factors."  Investors should carefully consider the information set forth under
  the caption "Risk Factors" including the risks relating to historical and
  anticipated operating losses and negative cash flow.


                                  THE COMPANY

    
    The Company is one of the largest providers of competitive local access
  services in the United States, based on estimates of the industry's 1995
  revenue.  Competitive local exchange companies ("CLECs"), formerly known as
  CAPs (competitive access providers), seek to provide an alternative to the
  local exchange telephone company ("LEC") for a full range of
  telecommunications services in the newly opened federal regulatory
  environment.  The Company operates networks in 37 cities with populations in
  excess of 100,000, has recently acquired fiber optic facilities in 22 more
  cities and has networks under construction in four additional cities.  As a
  result, the Company now serves more Tier II and Tier III markets with
  populations of between 250,000 and 2,000,000 than any other CLEC in the United
  States, with a significant presence in regional clusters covering major
  metropolitan areas in California, Colorado and the Ohio Valley.  The Company
  also provides a wide range of network systems integration services and
  maritime and international satellite transmission services.  As a leading
  participant in a rapidly growing industry, the Company has experienced
  significant growth, with total revenues increasing from $7.6 million for
  fiscal 1992 to $111.6 million for fiscal 1995 and  $132.4 million for the 12-
  month period ended March 31, 1996.     

    The Federal Telecommunications Act of 1996 (the "Telecommunications Act")
  and several state regulatory initiatives have substantially changed the
  telecommunications regulatory environment in the United States.  Due to these
  regulatory changes, the Company is now permitted to offer all interstate and
  intrastate switched services, including local dial tone (which the Company
  intends to begin offering in the second half of 1996).  In order to take
  advantage of the switched services market, the Company has installed 13 high
  capacity digital switches that enable the Company to offer these services in
  all of its markets.

    
    In response to these regulatory changes, the Company is accelerating the
  development of its telecom services business and, in order to facilitate rapid
  and cost-effective expansion, is investing significant resources to expand its
  network footprint and service offerings and is entering into agreements with
  utility companies and other local strategic partners.  The Company has entered
  into long-term agreements with three utilities, Southern California Edison
  Company ("SCE"), City Public Service of San Antonio ("CPS") and a subsidiary
  of The Southern Company ("Southern").  Under these agreements, the Company is
  licensing fiber optic facilities in Southern California (1,258 miles), San
  Antonio (300 miles, 60 of which currently exist) and Birmingham (144 miles, 22
  of which currently exist).  The Company also has invested in  ICG Telecom of
  San Diego, L.P., a California limited partnership (formerly known as Linkatel
  California, L.P., a California limited partnership) ("ICG Telecom of San
  Diego"), which operates a fiber optic network (50 miles) in metropolitan San
  Diego.  The Company is actively pursuing licensing arrangements with other
  utility companies and other strategic partners.     

    The Company also has entered into a national contract with AT&T Corp.
  ("AT&T") under which the Company will provide special and switched access
  services to AT&T on the Company's networks.

                                      -5-
<PAGE>
 
  TELECOM SERVICES

    
    The Company operates networks in the following markets within its three
  regional clusters:  California (Sacramento, San Diego and 17 cities in the Los
  Angeles and San Francisco metropolitan areas); Colorado (Denver, Colorado
  Springs and Boulder); and the Ohio Valley (Akron, Cleveland, Columbus, Dayton
  and Louisville).  The Company also operates networks in Birmingham, Charlotte,
  Phoenix, Melbourne (Florida) and Nashville.  The Company has recently acquired
  fiber optic facilities in 22 additional cities in the Los Angeles metropolitan
  area through its agreement with SCE and is developing networks in Cincinnati,
  Greensboro/Winston-Salem and San Antonio.  The Company intends to sell its
  networks in Melbourne and Phoenix.  The Company's operating networks have
  grown from approximately 12,000 customer voice grade equivalent circuits
  ("VGEs") at the end of fiscal 1992 to approximately 430,000 VGEs at the end of
  fiscal 1995 and 511,000 VGEs as of  March 31, 1996.  This has driven
  telecom services revenue from $1.1 million for fiscal 1992 to $32.3 million
  for fiscal 1995 and  $50.6 million for the 12-month period ended  March 31,
  1996.     

  STRATEGY

    The Company's goal is to become the dominant alternative to the LEC in the
  markets it serves.  In furtherance of this goal, the Company has developed a
  strategy to capitalize on its established customer base of long distance
  carriers and to develop its markets within regional clusters.  Key elements of
  this strategy are:

    Market Services Primarily to Long Distance Carriers.  The Company believes
  there are several advantages to acting as a "carrier's carrier" and marketing
  its services primarily to long distance carriers and resellers.  Long distance
  carriers generally determine who will carry the local segment of a long
  distance telephone call, thereby enabling the Company to reduce its marketing
  costs by focusing on a few high-volume customers.  Also, the continuing
  deregulation of local telephone service creates new opportunities for the
  Company to work with its long distance carrier customers to develop and
  deliver local dial tone and new enhanced products and services.  The major
  long distance carriers served by the Company operate in all U.S. markets and
  provide the Company with information about business opportunities and the
  carriers' anticipated needs in markets the Company may enter.  The carriers
  and resellers served by the Company accounted for approximately 82% of the
  Company's telecom services revenue for fiscal 1995.  The Company believes that
  its "carrier's carrier" strategy reduces the risks associated with significant
  network investments because the Company works with long distance carrier
  customers, such as AT&T, MCI Communications Corp. ("MCI"), Sprint Corporation
  ("Sprint") and WorldCom, Inc. ("WorldCom"), to develop new products and
  services.

    Concentrate Markets in Regional Clusters.  The Company's "first to market"
  advantage in certain cities has allowed it to concentrate its networks in
  regional clusters serving major metropolitan areas in California, Colorado and
  the Ohio Valley.  The Company believes that by focusing on regional clusters
  it will be able to more effectively service its customers' needs and
  efficiently develop, operate and control its networks.  The Company also is
  evaluating the expansion of its existing clusters and the addition of new
  regional clusters in which it may seek to acquire, build or license fiber
  optic facilities.

    Expand Alliances with Utilities.  The Company has established, and is
  actively pursuing, strategic alliances with utility companies to take
  advantage of their existing fiber optic infrastructures.  This approach
  affords the Company the opportunity to license or lease fiber optic facilities
  on a long-term basis throughout a utility's service area in a more timely,
  cost-effective manner than constructing facilities.  In addition, utilities
  possess conduit and rights of way that facilitate the installation of fiber to
  extend the existing network in a given market.

    Aggressively Pursue Local Dial Tone and Switched Services.  With the passage
  of the Telecommunications Act, LECs will be allowed to offer long distance
  services in competition with the Company's current long distance carrier
  customers.  As a result, the Company's long distance carrier customers are
  seeking to rapidly reduce their reliance on LEC networks.  By offering an
  array of telecommunications products, including local dial tone and enhanced
  services, the Company will be providing a high quality, lower cost alternative
  to the LEC.  As a result, the Company expects switched services to become a
  primary business of the Company as it introduces local dial tone in the second
  half of 1996.  The Company has established a network of 13 switches in its
  markets to offer these

                                      -6-
<PAGE>
 
    
  services.  The Company's switched minutes of use have increased from 10
  million minutes in the first quarter of fiscal 1995 to  362 million minutes
  in the second quarter of fiscal 1996.     

  NETWORK SERVICES

    
    Through the Company's wholly owned subsidiary, Fiber Optic Technologies,
  Inc. ("FOTI"), the Company supplies information technology services, focusing
  on client/server technologies, network design, installation, maintenance and
  support for a variety of end users, including large businesses and
  telecommunications companies.  The Company specializes in the installation and
  support of network systems for clients that include Amoco Corporation
  ("Amoco"), MCI, Intel Corporation ("Intel") and other leading Fortune 1000
  firms.  Revenue for Network Services has grown from $13.3 million for the 12-
  month period ended September 30, 1992 (including revenue prior to the
  Company's acquisition of FOTI) to $58.8 million for fiscal 1995 and  $59.7
  million for the 12-month period ended  March 31, 1996.     

  SATELLITE SERVICES

    
    The Company's Satellite Services operations provide satellite-based voice
  and data connectivity to domestic and international customers.  The Company
  operates a maritime telecommunications business providing satellite telephone
  services to major cruise ship lines and the U.S. Navy, a VSAT (very small
  aperture terminal) data transmission business and a teleport providing
  international voice and data services.  The Company also recently acquired 90%
  of the outstanding shares of Maritime Cellular Tele-Network, Inc. ("MCN"), a
  Florida-based maritime telecommunications operator, which provides satellite
  telephone services to smaller vessels and will complement the Company's
  existing cruise ship telephone services business.  The Company recently sold
  four teleports (Atlanta, Denver, Los Angeles and New Jersey) to Vyvx, Inc., a
  subsidiary of The Williams Companies ("Vyvx"), for a cash purchase price of
  approximately $21.5 million.  The Company continues to own and operate one
  teleport and has the right to lease capacity on the teleports it sold.
  Revenue for the Satellite Services operations (adjusted to reflect the sale of
  the teleports) was $11.4 million for fiscal 1995 and $14.9 million for the
  12-month period ended March 31, 1996.     

  RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

  NETWORK EXPANSION

    In March 1996, the Company and SCE jointly filed an agreement with the
  California Public Utilities Commission ("CPUC") under which the Company will
  license 1,258 miles of fiber optic cable in Southern California.  This
  network, which will be operated and maintained by the Company, stretches from
  suburban Los Angeles to San Diego.  In addition, the agreement allows the
  Company to utilize SCE's facilities to install up to 500 additional miles of
  fiber optic cable.  The Company has identified over 1,300 buildings which,
  based upon estimates of building size and telecommunications traffic volumes,
  will be targeted by the Company for connection to the network.  The Company
  believes this agreement is strategically important to enhancing its market
  position in California and providing it with a fiber optic infrastructure in a
  timely, cost-effective manner.

    In March 1996, the Company entered into a national contract with AT&T under
  which the Company will provide special and switched access services to AT&T.
  The Company and AT&T have initially identified 12 MSAs (metropolitan
  statistical areas) in which the Company will provide services and are in
  discussions with respect to seven additional MSAs in which the Company may
  provide services.  The Company believes that this agreement is indicative of a
  trend by long distance carriers to shift origination and termination of long
  distance traffic away from LEC networks to the facilities of CLECs.  Under the
  agreement, the Company will work with AT&T to provide special and switched
  access services in the Company's other markets and new markets which the
  Company may enter.

    
    The Company recently invested $10.0 million to acquire a 60% interest in,
  and became the general partner of,  ICG Telecom of San Diego, whose other
  partners are Linkatel Communications, Inc. and The Copley Press, Inc., the
  publisher of The San Diego Union Tribune ("Copley Press").   ICG Telecom of
  San Diego operates a 50-mile fiber optic network and is constructing an
  additional 110 miles of fiber in metropolitan San Diego.  As a result of     

                                      -7-
<PAGE>
 
    
  the ICG Telecom of San Diego acquisition, combined with the Company's
  existing California networks and the facilities under agreement with SCE, the
  Company now has a network presence in all major metropolitan areas of
  California.     

    In November 1995, the Company entered into a long-term agreement with CPS to
  license half of the capacity on a 300-mile fiber optic network (60 of which
  currently exist) in greater San Antonio.  CPS will construct the remaining
  240-mile network in conjunction with the Company.  Upon completion, the
  network is expected to be able to service 120 buildings.  During construction,
  the Company will be able to provide services to completed segments of the
  network.

    
    In March 1996, the Company entered into a long-term license agreement with a
  subsidiary of Southern and Alabama Power Company ("Alabama Power"), for the
  right to use 22 miles of fiber and 122 miles of additional Alabama Power
  facilities to reach the three major business centers in Birmingham.    

    In February 1996, the Company entered into a long-term agreement with
  WorldCom under which the Company will pay approximately $8.8 million for the
  right to use fiber along a 330-mile fiber optic network in Ohio.  The network,
  which is being constructed by WorldCom in conjunction with the Company, will
  provide a direct fiber link between the Company's existing networks in Akron,
  Cleveland, Columbus and Dayton and its new network under development in
  Cincinnati.

  MANAGEMENT

    The Company named James D. Grenfell as Executive Vice President, Chief
  Financial Officer and Treasurer in November 1995.  Mr. Grenfell has been a
  financial executive in the telecommunications industry for over 15 years, most
  recently with BellSouth Corp.

    Accounting Changes.  Effective January 1, 1996, the Company changed its
  method of accounting for long-term telecom services contracts to recognize
  revenue as services are provided.  The Company also has shortened the
  estimated depreciable lives of substantially all of its fixed assets.  The
  Company believes this revised accounting method and the changes in estimated
  depreciable lives are preferable because they are more consistent with
  accounting practices within the telecommunications industry.

    United States Incorporation.  The Board of Directors of IntelCom has adopted
  a plan under which IntelCom will become a subsidiary of a new publicly traded
  United States corporation.

  FINANCING

    In April 1996, ICG completed a private offering (the "Private Offering") of
  (i) the Old Notes which are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by IntelCom
  (the "Note Guarantee"), and (ii) the Old Preferred Stock, for aggregate gross
  proceeds of approximately $450.0 million.  The Company believes that its
  liquidity will be improved because the Notes and the Preferred Stock do not
  require the payment of cash interest and of cash dividends, respectively,
  prior to 2001.

    
    The  Preferred Stock accrues dividends quarterly at an annual rate of  14
  1/4% per annum.  Dividends are payable quarterly in cash or, on or prior to
  May 1, 2001, at the sole option of ICG, in additional shares of  Preferred
  Stock.     

    Management believes that the net proceeds from the Private Offering, amounts
  expected to be available through vendor financing arrangements and the funds
  remaining from the Unit Offering will permit the Company to expand its telecom
  services business as currently planned and to fund its operating deficits for
  approximately 24 months.  Additional sources of cash, including from the
  issuance of equity securities, will be required in the near term.

                                      -8-
<PAGE>
 
                              THE EXCHANGE OFFERS
 
The Note Exchange Offer...............  The Company is offering to exchange
                                        $1,000 principal amount of New Notes
                                        for each $1,000 principal amount of
                                        Old Notes that are properly tendered
                                        and accepted.  The Company will issue
                                        the New Notes on or promptly after
                                        the Expiration Date.  The New Notes
                                        will be fully and unconditionally
                                        guaranteed by IntelCom.  There are
                                        $550,300,000 aggregate principal
                                        amount of Old Notes outstanding.  See
                                        "The Exchange Offers."
 
The Preferred Stock Exchange
   Offer..............................  The Company is offering to exchange
                                        one share of New Preferred Stock for
                                        each share of Old Preferred Stock
                                        that is properly tendered and
                                        accepted.  The Company will issue the
                                        New Preferred Stock on or promptly
                                        after the Expiration Date.  There are
                                        150,000 shares of Old Preferred Stock
                                        outstanding.  See "The Exchange
                                        Offers."
 
    
Resale of New Securities..............  Based on an interpretation by the
                                        staff of the Commission set forth in
                                        no-action letters issued to third
                                        parties, including "Exxon Capital
                                        Holdings Corporation" (available May
                                        13, 1988), "Morgan Stanley & Co.
                                        Incorporated" (available June 5,
                                        1991), "Mary Kay Cosmetics, Inc."
                                        (available June 5, 1991) , "Warnaco,
                                        Inc." (available October 11, 1991)
                                        and "K-III Communications Corp."
                                        (available May 14, 1993), the Company
                                        believes that New Securities issued
                                        pursuant to the Exchange Offers in
                                        exchange for Old Securities may be
                                        offered for resale, resold and
                                        otherwise transferred by any holder
                                        thereof (other than any such holder
                                        which is an "affiliate" of the
                                        Company within the meaning of Rule
                                        405 under the Securities Act) without
                                        compliance with the registration and
                                        prospectus delivery provisions of the
                                        Securities Act, provided that such
                                        New Securities are acquired in the
                                        ordinary course of such holder's or
                                        any other such person's business and
                                        that such holder or any other such
                                        person has no arrangement or
                                        understanding with any person to
                                        participate in the distribution of
                                        such New Securities.  Under no
                                        circumstances may this Prospectus be
                                        used for an offer to resell or other
                                        retransfer of New Securities.  In the
                                        event that the Company's belief is
                                        inaccurate, holders of New Securities
                                        who transfer New Securities in
                                        violation of the prospectus delivery
                                        provisions of the Securities Act and
                                        without an exemption from
                                        registration thereunder may incur
                                        liability thereunder.  The Company
                                        does not assume or indemnify holders
                                        against such liability.  The Exchange
                                        Offers are not being made to, nor
                                        will the Company accept surrenders
                                        for exchange from, holders of Old
                                        Securities (i) in any jurisdiction in
                                        which the Exchange Offers or the
                                        acceptance thereof would not be in
                                        compliance with the securities or
                                        blue sky laws of such jurisdiction or
                                        (ii) if any holder is engaged or
                                        intends to engage in a distribution
                                        of the New Securities.  Each
                                        broker-dealer that receives New
                                        Securities for its own account in
                                        exchange for Old Securities, where
                                        such Old Securities were acquired by
                                        such broker-dealer as a result of
                                        market-making activities or other
                                        trading activities, must acknowledge
                                        that it will deliver a prospectus in
                                        connection with any resale of such
                                        New Securities.  The Company has not
                                        entered into any arrangement or
                                        understanding with any person to
                                        distribute the New Securities to be
                                        received in the Exchange Offers.  See
                                        "Plan of Distribution."     
 
Expiration Date.......................  The Exchange Offers will expire at
                                        5:00 p.m., New York City time, on
                                        ________, 1996 unless extended, in
                                        which case the term "Expiration Date"
                                        shall mean the latest date and time
                                        to which the Exchange Offers are
                                        extended.  The Company will accept
                                        for exchange any and all Old
                                        Securities which are properly
                                        tendered in the Exchange Offers prior
                                        to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on
                                        the Expiration Date.  The New
                                        Securities issued pursuant

                                      -9-
<PAGE>
 
                                        to the Exchange Offers will be
                                        delivered on or promptly after the
                                        Expiration Date.
  
    
Conditions to the Exchange
   Offers.............................  The Company may terminate the
                                        Exchange Offers if it determines that
                                        its ability to proceed with the
                                        Exchange Offers could be materially
                                        impaired due to any legal or
                                        governmental action, any new law,
                                        statute, rule or regulation, any
                                        interpretation by the staff of the
                                        Commission of any existing law,
                                        statute, rule or regulation or the
                                        failure to obtain any necessary
                                        approvals of governmental agencies or
                                        holders of the Old Securities.  The
                                        Company does not expect any of the
                                        foregoing conditions to occur,
                                        although there can be no assurances
                                        that such conditions will not 
                                        occur.     
 
Procedures for Tendering Old Notes
   and Old Preferred Stock............  Each holder of Old Securities wishing
                                        to participate in the Exchange Offers
                                        must complete, sign and date the
                                        Letter of Transmittal, or a facsimile
                                        thereof, in accordance with the
                                        instructions contained herein and
                                        therein, and mail or otherwise
                                        deliver such Letter of Transmittal,
                                        or such facsimile, together with such
                                        Old Notes or such Old Preferred
                                        Stock, as the case may be, and any
                                        other required documentation to
                                        Norwest Banks, as exchange agent for
                                        the Notes (the "Exchange Agent"), or
                                        to American Stock Transfer and Trust
                                        Company as transfer agent for the
                                        Preferred Stock (the "Transfer
                                        Agent") at the addresses set forth
                                        herein.  By executing the Letter of
                                        Transmittal, each holder will
                                        represent to the Company that, among
                                        other things, the New Securities
                                        acquired pursuant to the Exchange
                                        Offers are being obtained in the
                                        ordinary course of business of the
                                        person receiving such New Securities,
                                        whether or not such person has an
                                        arrangement or understanding with any
                                        person to participate in the
                                        distribution of such New Securities
                                        and that neither the holder nor any
                                        such other person is an "affiliate,"
                                        as defined in Rule 405 under the
                                        Securities Act, of the Company.
 
Special Procedures for Beneficial
   Owners.............................  Any beneficial owner whose Old
                                        Securities are registered in the name
                                        of a broker, dealer, commercial bank,
                                        trust company or other nominee and
                                        who wishes to tender such Old
                                        Securities in the Exchange Offers
                                        should contact such registered holder
                                        promptly and instruct such registered
                                        holder to tender on such beneficial
                                        owner's behalf.  If such beneficial
                                        owner wishes to tender on such
                                        owner's own behalf, such owner must,
                                        prior to completing and executing the
                                        Letter of Transmittal and delivering
                                        its Old Securities, either make
                                        appropriate arrangements to register
                                        ownership of the Old Securities in
                                        such owner's name or obtain a
                                        properly completed bond power from
                                        the registered holder.  The transfer
                                        of registered ownership may take
                                        considerable time and may not be able
                                        to be completed prior to the
                                        Expiration Date.
 
Guaranteed Delivery
   Procedures.........................  Holders of Old Securities who wish to
                                        tender their Old Securities and whose
                                        Old Securities are not immediately
                                        available or who cannot deliver their
                                        Old Securities or the Letter of
                                        Transmittal to the Exchange Agent or
                                        the Transfer Agent, as the case may
                                        be, prior to the Expiration Date,
                                        must tender their Old Securities
                                        according to the guaranteed delivery
                                        procedures set forth in "The Exchange
                                        Offer--Guaranteed Delivery
                                        Procedures."
 
Withdrawal Rights.....................  Tenders of Old Securities may be
                                        withdrawn at any time prior to 5:00
                                        p.m., New York City time, on the
                                        Expiration Date.
 
Certain Federal Income Tax
   Considerations.....................

                                      -10-
<PAGE>
 
                                        For a discussion of certain federal
                                        income tax considerations relating to
                                        the exchange of the New Notes for the
                                        Old Notes and the New Preferred Stock
                                        for the Old Preferred Stock, see
                                        "Certain United States Federal Income
                                        Tax Considerations."
 
Exchange Agent........................  Norwest Banks is the Exchange Agent.
                                        Its telephone number is (612)
                                        667-4070.  The address of the
                                        Exchange Agent is set forth in "The
                                        Exchange Offers--Exchange Agent."
 
Transfer Agent........................  American Stock Transfer & Company is
                                        the Transfer Agent.  Its telephone
                                        number is (212) 936-5100.  The
                                        address of the Transfer Agent is as
                                        set forth in the "Exchange
                                        Offers--Transfer Agent."
 
                                 THE NEW NOTES
 
Aggregate Amount....................... $550,300,000 principal amount at
                                        maturity ($300,029,063 original issue
                                        price) of 12 1/2% Senior Exchange
                                        Discount Notes due May 1, 2006.

Yield and Interest..................... From and after May 1, 2001, the New
                                        Notes will bear interest, which will
                                        be payable in cash, at a rate of 12
                                        1/2% per annum on each May 1 and
                                        November 1, commencing November 1,
                                        2001.
 
Optional Redemption...................  On or after May 1, 2001, the New
                                        Notes will be redeemable at the
                                        option of ICG, in whole or in part,
                                        at the redemption prices set forth
                                        herein, plus accrued and unpaid
                                        interest to the date of redemption.
                                        See "Description of New
                                        Notes--Optional Redemption."
 
Optional Redemption Upon Public
      Equity Offering.................  At any time, or from time to time, on
                                        or prior to May 1, 1999, ICG may, at
                                        its option, redeem New Notes having a
                                        principal amount of up to 35% of the
                                        principal amount of the Old Notes
                                        initially issued, at a redemption
                                        price equal to 112 1/2% of the
                                        Accreted Value of such New Notes on
                                        the date of redemption, with the
                                        proceeds of one or more Public Equity
                                        Offerings. See "Description of New
                                        Notes--Optional Redemption."
 
Guarantee.............................  The New Notes will be guaranteed on a
                                        senior, unsecured basis by IntelCom.
    
Ranking...............................  The New Notes and the Note Guarantee
                                        will be senior, unsecured obligations
                                        of ICG and IntelCom, respectively,
                                        will rank pari passu in right of
                                        payment with all existing and future
                                        unsecured, unsubordinated obligations
                                        and will be senior in right of
                                        payment to all existing and future
                                        subordinated indebtedness of ICG and
                                        IntelCom. At  March 31,  1996, ICG
                                        and IntelCom had, on an
                                        unconsolidated basis, approximately
                                        $327.1 million of senior
                                        indebtedness (which amount does not
                                        include the Old Notes and the Note
                                        Guarantee), including capitalized
                                        lease obligations, and $68.5
                                        million of subordinated indebtedness.
                                        IntelCom and ICG are each holding
                                        companies. The New Notes and the Note
                                        Guarantee will be effectively
                                        subordinated to all liabilities
                                        (including trade payables) of the
                                        subsidiaries of ICG and IntelCom and
                                        at  March 31,  1996, the
                                        subsidiaries of ICG had approximately
                                        $115.7 million of liabilities
                                        (excluding intercompany payables to
                                        ICG), including $78.0 million of
                                        indebtedness. IntelCom and ICG are
                                        expected to incur substantial amounts
                                        of indebtedness in the future,
                                        subject to compliance with the terms
                                        of the Company's indebtedness,
                                        including the Notes Indenture (as
                                        defined herein), and the Amended
                                        Articles. See "Risk
                                        Factors--Substantial Indebtedness;
                                        Ability to Service Debt"
                                        and     

                                      -11-
<PAGE>
 
                                        "--Holding Company Reliance on
                                        Subsidiaries' Funds; Priority of
                                        Creditors; Subordination of Exchange
                                        Debentures."
 
Additional Amounts....................  Any payments made by IntelCom
                                        pursuant to the Note Guarantee will
                                        be made without withholding or
                                        deduction for Canadian taxes unless
                                        required by law or the interpretation
                                        or administration thereof, in which
                                        case IntelCom will pay such
                                        additional amounts as may be
                                        necessary so that the net amount
                                        received by the holders after such
                                        withholding or deduction will not be
                                        less than the amount that would have
                                        been received in the absence of such
                                        withholding or deduction. See
                                        "Description of New Notes--Additional
                                        Amounts."
 
Redemption for Changes in
   Canadian Withholding
   Taxes..............................  In the event IntelCom becomes
                                        obligated to make payments in respect
                                        of the New Notes pursuant to the Note
                                        Guarantee and if, as a result of
                                        certain changes affecting Canadian
                                        withholding taxes, IntelCom becomes
                                        obligated to pay additional amounts
                                        in accordance with the Notes
                                        Indenture, the New Notes will be
                                        redeemable, as a whole but not in
                                        part, at the option of IntelCom at
                                        any time at 100% of their Accreted
                                        Value plus accrued interest, if any.
                                        See "Description of New
                                        Notes--Optional Redemption."
 
Certain Covenants.....................  The Notes Indenture contains certain
                                        covenants which, among other things,
                                        restrict the ability of IntelCom, ICG
                                        and their Restricted Subsidiaries (as
                                        defined herein) to incur additional
                                        indebtedness; create liens; engage in
                                        sale-leaseback transactions; pay
                                        dividends or make distributions in
                                        respect of their capital stock (other
                                        than with respect to the Preferred
                                        Stock); make investments or make
                                        certain other restricted payments;
                                        sell assets; create restrictions on
                                        the ability of Restricted
                                        Subsidiaries to make certain
                                        payments; issue or sell stock of
                                        certain subsidiaries; enter into
                                        transactions with stockholders or
                                        affiliates; and, with respect to
                                        IntelCom and ICG, consolidate, merge
                                        or sell all or substantially all of
                                        its assets. See "Description of New
                                        Notes--Certain Covenants."
 
Change of Control.....................  Upon a Change of Control (as defined
                                        herein), ICG is required to make an
                                        offer to purchase the New Notes at a
                                        purchase price equal to 101% of their
                                        Accreted Value on the date of
                                        purchase plus accrued interest, if
                                        any. See "Description of New
                                        Notes--Repurchase of New Notes upon a
                                        Change of Control."
 
                                              THE NEW PREFERRED STOCK
 
Preferred Stock.......................  150,000 shares of New Exchangeable
                                        Preferred Stock.
 
Dividends.............................  Cumulative at 14 1/4% per annum. All
                                        dividends will be payable quarterly
                                        in cash or, on or prior to May 1,
                                        2001, at the sole option of ICG, in
                                        additional shares of Preferred Stock,
                                        on February 1, May 1, August 1 and
                                        November 1, commencing August 1,
                                        1996. Dividends on the New Preferred
                                        Stock will accrue and be cumulative
                                        from the date of issuance thereof.
                                        For federal income tax purposes,
                                        distributions with respect to the New
                                        Preferred Stock are not expected to
                                        qualify as dividends and will be
                                        treated as a return of capital until
                                        ICG has earnings and profits as
                                        determined under applicable federal
                                        income tax principles. See "Certain
                                        United States Federal Income Tax
                                        Considerations--Tax Consequences to
                                        United States Holders--Dividends on
                                        the New Preferred Stock."
 
 

                                      -12-
<PAGE>
 
Liquidation Preference................  $1,000 per share, plus accrued and
                                        unpaid dividends.

Voting................................  Holders of the New Preferred Stock
                                        will have no voting rights except as
                                        provided by law and as provided in
                                        Amended Articles.  In the event that
                                        dividends are not paid for any four
                                        quarters, whether or not consecutive,
                                        or upon certain other events
                                        (including failure to comply with
                                        covenants and failure to pay the
                                        mandatory redemption price when due),
                                        then the number of directors
                                        constituting ICG's Board of Directors
                                        will be adjusted to permit the
                                        holders of the majority of the then
                                        outstanding New Preferred Stock,
                                        voting separately as a class, to
                                        elect two directors. See "Description
                                        of New Preferred Stock--Voting."
 
Mandatory Redemption..................  ICG is required to redeem the New
                                        Preferred Stock on May 1, 2007
                                        (subject to the legal availability of
                                        funds therefor) at a redemption price
                                        equal to the liquidation preference,
                                        plus accrued and unpaid dividends to
                                        the redemption date. See "Description
                                        of New Preferred Stock--Mandatory
                                        Redemption."
 
Optional Redemption...................  On or after May 1, 2001, the New
                                        Preferred Stock is redeemable, at the
                                        option of ICG, in whole or in part,
                                        at the redemption prices set forth
                                        herein, plus accrued and unpaid
                                        dividends to the redemption date. See
                                        "Description of New Preferred
                                        Stock--Optional Redemption."

Optional Redemption Upon Public        
      Equity Offering.................  At any time, or from time to time, on
                                        or prior to May 1, 1999, ICG may, at
                                        its option, redeem shares of Old
                                        Preferred Stock having an aggregate
                                        liquidation preference of up to 35%
                                        of the aggregate liquidation
                                        preference of all shares of New
                                        Preferred Stock originally issued at
                                        a redemption price equal to 114 1/4%
                                        of the liquidation preference
                                        thereof, plus accrued and unpaid
                                        dividends to the redemption date,
                                        with the proceeds of one or more
                                        Public Equity Offerings. See
                                        "Description of New Preferred
                                        Stock--Optional Redemption."

Ranking...............................  The New Preferred Stock will rank (i)
                                        senior to all common stock of ICG and
                                        to all other capital stock of ICG
                                        unless the terms of such stock
                                        expressly provide that it ranks
                                        senior to or on a parity with the New
                                        Preferred Stock; (ii) on a parity
                                        with any capital stock of ICG the
                                        terms of which expressly provide that
                                        it will rank on a parity with the New
                                        Preferred Stock; and (iii) junior to
                                        all capital stock of ICG the terms of
                                        which expressly provide that such
                                        stock will rank senior to the New
                                        Preferred Stock. See "Description of
                                        New Preferred Stock--Ranking."
 
Optional Exchange Feature.............  The New Preferred Stock is
                                        exchangeable into Exchange Debentures
                                        at the option of ICG, in whole but
                                        not in part, subject to (i) such
                                        exchange being permitted by the terms
                                        of the Notes Indenture and the 13
                                        1/2% Notes Indenture (as defined
                                        herein), and (ii) the conditions
                                        described in the Amended Articles
                                        being satisfied. See "Description of
                                        New Preferred Stock--Exchange" and
                                        "Description of Exchange Debentures."
 
Certain Covenants.....................  The Amended Articles contain certain
                                        covenants which, among other things,
                                        restrict the ability of ICG and its
                                        Restricted Subsidiaries to incur
                                        additional indebtedness and issue
                                        preferred stock; create liens; pay
                                        dividends or make distributions in
                                        respect of their capital stock; make
                                        investments or make certain other
                                        restricted payments; sell assets;
                                        create restrictions on the ability of
                                        Restricted Subsidiaries to make
                                        certain payments; issue or sell stock
                                        of Restricted Subsidiaries; enter
                                        into transactions with stockholders
                                        or affiliates; incur senior
                                        subordinated indebtedness; and, with
                                        respect to IntelCom and

                                      -13-
<PAGE>
 
                                        ICG, consolidate, merge or sell all
                                        or substantially all of its assets.
                                        See "Description of New Preferred
                                        Stock--Certain Covenants."

Change of Control....................   Upon a Change of Control, ICG is
                                        required to make an offer to purchase
                                        the shares of New Preferred Stock at
                                        a purchase price equal to 101% of
                                        their liquidation preference on the
                                        date of purchase, plus accrued and
                                        unpaid dividends to the date of
                                        purchase. See "Description of New
                                        Preferred Stock--Change of Control."
 

                                               THE EXCHANGE DEBENTURES

Exchange Debentures...................  14 1/4% Subordinated Exchange
                                        Debentures due May 1, 2007 in an
                                        aggregate principal amount equal to
                                        the aggregate liquidation preference
                                        of, and accrued but unpaid dividends
                                        on, the New Preferred Stock
                                        outstanding on the Exchange Date (as
                                        defined herein).

Interest Payment Dates................  May 1 and November 1 of each year,
                                        commencing with the first of such
                                        dates to occur after the Exchange
                                        Date. On or prior to May 1, 2001, the
                                        Company may pay interest on the
                                        Exchange Debentures by issuing
                                        additional Exchange Debentures.

Optional Redemption..................   On or after May 1, 2001, the Exchange
                                        Debentures are redeemable, at the
                                        option of ICG, in whole or in part,
                                        at the redemption prices set forth
                                        herein, plus accrued and unpaid
                                        interest to the redemption date. See
                                        "Description of Exchange
                                        Debentures--Optional Redemption."
 
Optional Redemption Upon Public
      Equity Offering.................  At any time, or from time to time, on
                                        or prior to May 1, 1999, ICG may, at
                                        its option, redeem Exchange
                                        Debentures having a principal amount
                                        of up to $52.5 million at a
                                        redemption price equal to 114 1/4% of
                                        the principal amount thereof, plus
                                        accrued and unpaid interest to the
                                        redemption date, with the proceeds of
                                        one or more Public Equity Offerings.
                                        See "Description of Exchange
                                        Debentures--Optional Redemption."

Guarantee.............................  IntelCom will guarantee the Exchange
                                        Debentures on a senior subordinated
                                        unsecured basis (the "Debenture
                                        Guarantee").

Ranking...............................  The Exchange Debentures will be
                                        senior subordinated Indebtedness of
                                        ICG, subordinated to the prior
                                        payment when due of the principal of,
                                        and premium, if any, and accrued and
                                        unpaid interest on, all existing and
                                        future Senior Indebtedness (as
                                        defined herein) of ICG (including the
                                        New Notes) and senior to the prior
                                        payment when due of the principal and
                                        premium, if any, and accrued and
                                        unpaid interest on, all subordinated
                                        Indebtedness of ICG. IntelCom's
                                        guarantee of the Exchange Debentures
                                        will be senior subordinated
                                        Indebtedness of IntelCom,
                                        subordinated to the prior payment
                                        when due of the principal of, and
                                        premium, if any, and accrued and
                                        unpaid interest on, all existing and
                                        future Senior Guarantor Indebtedness
                                        (as defined herein) of IntelCom
                                        (including the Note Guarantee) and
                                        senior to the prior payment when due
                                        of the principal of, and premium, if
                                        any, and accrued and unpaid interest
                                        on, all subordinated Indebtedness of
                                        IntelCom.

Certain Covenants....................   The Exchange Debenture Indenture (as
                                        defined herein) contains certain
                                        covenants which, among other things,
                                        restricts the ability of IntelCom,
                                        ICG and their Restricted Subsidiaries
                                        to incur additional indebtedness;
                                        create liens; pay dividends or make
                                        distributions in respect of their
                                        capital stock; make investments or
                                        make certain other restricted
                                        payments; sell assets;

                                      -14-
<PAGE>
 
                                        create restrictions on the ability of
                                        Restricted Subsidiaries to make
                                        certain payments; issue or sell stock
                                        of certain subsidiaries; enter into
                                        transactions with stockholders or
                                        affiliates; incur senior subordinated
                                        indebtedness; and, with respect to
                                        IntelCom and ICG, consolidate, merge
                                        or sell all or substantially all of
                                        their assets. See "Description of
                                        Exchange Debentures--Certain
                                        Covenants."

Registration Requirements............   The Exchange Debentures may not be
                                        issued unless such issuance is
                                        registered under the Securities Act
                                        or is exempt from registration.

Additional Amounts...................   Any payments with respect to the
                                        Exchange Debentures made by IntelCom
                                        pursuant to the Debenture Guarantee
                                        will be made without withholding or
                                        deduction for Canadian taxes unless
                                        required by law or the interpretation
                                        or administration thereof, in which
                                        case IntelCom will pay such
                                        additional amounts as may be
                                        necessary so that the net amount
                                        received by the holders after such
                                        withholding or deduction will not be
                                        less than the amount that would have
                                        been received in the absence of such
                                        withholding or deduction. See
                                        "Description of Exchange
                                        Debentures--Additional Amounts."
 
Redemption for Changes in
   Canadian Withholding
   Taxes..............................  In the event IntelCom becomes
                                        obligated to make payments in respect
                                        of the Exchange Debentures pursuant
                                        to the Debenture Guarantee and if, as
                                        a result of certain changes affecting
                                        Canadian withholding taxes, IntelCom
                                        becomes obligated to pay additional
                                        amounts in accordance with the
                                        Exchange Debenture Indenture, the
                                        Exchange Debentures will be
                                        redeemable, as a whole but not in
                                        part, at the option of IntelCom at
                                        any time at 100% of their principal
                                        amount plus accrued interest, if any.
                                        See "Description of Exchange
                                        Debentures--Optional Redemption."

Change of Control.....................  Upon a Change of Control, ICG is
                                        required to make an offer to purchase
                                        the Exchange Debentures at a purchase
                                        price equal to 101% of their
                                        principal amount on the date of
                                        purchase plus accrued interest, if
                                        any. See "Description of Exchange
                                        Debentures--Change of Control."
 
                                  RISK FACTORS

       For a discussion of certain matters that should be considered by
  prospective investors in connection with the Exchange Offers, See "Risk
  Factors."

                                      -15-
<PAGE>
 
                SUMMARY HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA INFORMATION(1)
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT STATISTICAL DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    
 
                                                                                                              SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                             YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,                           MARCH 31, 
                                                   ----------------------------------------------            ------------------    
                                                                                    PRO FORMA                         PRO FORMA
                                                                                   ----------                         ---------
                                                      1993       1994     1995      1995(3)       1995        1996(2)      1996(3)
                                                      ----       ----     ----      -------       ----        -------      ------
<S>                                                <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>            <C>        <C>          <C> 
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA(2):
Revenue:
        Telecom services.........................  $ 4,803   $ 14,854   $ 32,330     $  32,330      $         $            $ 31,148
                                                                                                    $12,833    $31,148

        Network services.........................   21,006     36,019     58,778        58,778       28,789     29,691       29,691

        Satellite services.......................    3,520      8,121     20,502        11,360        8,934     10,504        8,026

        Other....................................      147        118         --            --            --         --          --
            Total revenue........................   29,476     59,112    111,610       102,468       50,556     71,343       68,865

Operating loss...................................   (3,660)   (15,266)   (46,814)      (44,164)     (17,289)   (31,081)     (29,717)


Interest expense.................................   (2,523)    (8,481)   (24,368)     (73,994)       (6,197)   (29,432)     (60,081)


Net loss                                           $(4,609)   (23,868)   (76,181)    (157,288)      (23,041)   (60,554)    (111,739)


Preferred Stock Dividend.........................       --         --         --         (467)           --     (1,027)      (1,027)


Net loss attributable to common shareholders.....  $(4,609)  $(23,868)  $(76,648)   $(157,695)     $(23,041)  $(61,581)   $(112,766)
                                                   =======   ========   ========    =========      ========   ========    ========= 

Loss per common shares...........................   $(0.39)    $(1.56)    $(3.25)      $(6.68)       $(1.01)    $(2.42)      $(4.43)
                                                    ======     ======     ======       ======        ======     ======       ====== 

Weighted average number of common                   
 shares outstanding..............................   11,671     15,342     23,604        23,604       22,746     25,471       25,471 

 
 
OTHER DATA:

EBITDA(4)........................................     (187)    (7,068)   (30,190)      (29,754)     (10,182)   (18,720)     (18,009)


Ratio of earnings to combined fixed charges and
        preferred stock dividends(5).............       --         --         --            --            --         --          --
 
</TABLE> 

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION>  
                                                                                                     SIX MONTHS
                                                                                                     ----------
                                                                                                       ENDED
                                                                                                       ------
                                                   YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,                          MARCH 31,
                                                   -------------------------                          ---------
 
                                                      1993       1994       1995                       1995       1996
                                                   -------   --------   --------                    --------   ---------
STATISTICAL DATA(6):
<S>                                                <C>         <C>        <C>                        <C>         <C> 
Telecom networks:
        Cities served............................        6         30         32                         32         37
                                                                                 
        Buildings connected
         On-net..................................       97        226        280                        251        327

         Off-net.................................       --         --      1,095                        777      1,401
                                                   -------   --------   --------                    --------   --------
           Total buildings connected.............       97        226      1,375                      1,028      1,728

        Customer circuits in service (VGEs)......   50,044    224,072    430,535                    287,167    510,755

        Switches operational.....................       --          1         13                          6         13
        Switched minutes of use (millions).......       --          2        283                         32        362

        Fiber route miles(7)
         Operational.............................      168        323        627                        466       780
         Under construction......................       --         --         --                         --     1,921
        Fiber strand miles(8)
         Operational.............................    8,024     14,959     27,150                     21,811     36,310

         Under construction......................       --         --         --                          --    52,351
         Wireless route miles(9).................       --        606        568                         606       582
Satellite services:
         Teleports...............................        1          4          5                          5          1

        Teleport antennas........................       15         48         59                         58          7
     
</TABLE> 

                                      -16-
<PAGE>
 
    
<TABLE> 
        <S>                                         <C>        <C>       <C>                         <C>      <C>
        Uplink hours(10).........................   19,949     49,166    141,736                     33,158         --

        VSATs....................................       --        810        626                        694        658

        Maritime installations...................       --         --         27                         17         33

        Maritime minutes of use (thousands)......       --         --      1,424                        251      1,337

      
</TABLE>
                 (Accompanying notes are on the following page)

                                      -17-
<PAGE>
 
    
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                  MARCH 31,  1996
                                                                                             --------------------------
 
                                                                                             ACTUAL(2)      PRO FORMA(3)
                                                                                             ---------     ------------
<S>                                                                                          <C>           <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
        Working capital                                                                                    $527,352
                                                                                             $152,936   
        Total assets                                                                          556,567       964,175
        Notes payable and current portion of long-term debt and capital lease obligations       9,199         9,199
        Long-term debt and capital lease obligations, less current portion                    459,096       759,125
        Redeemable Preferred Stock of ICG ($30.0 million liquidation value)                    19,571            --
        Preferred Stock of ICG (redeemable) ($150.0 million liquidation value)                     --       144,380
         Shareholders' equity                                                                  35,513         8,283
 
- -----------------------------
</TABLE>

  (1) The Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial Information relates to
      IntelCom and its subsidiaries. All of IntelCom's business is conducted
      through ICG and its subsidiaries.

  (2) Effective January 1, 1996, the Company changed its method of accounting
      for long-term telecom services contracts to recognize revenue as services
      are provided. As required by generally accepted accounting principles, the
      Company has restated its results for the three months ended December 31,
      1995 to reflect the effects of the change in accounting as if such change
      had been adopted as of October 1, 1995. The data presented for the six
      months ended, and as of, March 31, 1996 reflect such restatement. The
      Company's results for the six months ended March 31, 1996 reflect a charge
      of $3.5 million relating to the cumulative effect of this change in
      accounting as of October 1, 1995. The effect of this change in accounting
      in fiscal year 1996 was to decrease loss before cumulative effect of
      change in accounting by approximately $22,000 for the six months ended
      March 31, 1996. If the new revenue recognition method had been applied
      retroactively, telecom services revenue would have decreased by $2.0
      million, $0.5 million and $0.7 million for fiscal 1993, 1994 and 1995,
      respectively, and $0.6 million for the six months ended March 31, 1995.

  (3) Pro Forma Statement of Operations Data reflects (i) the sale of the
      Company's teleports in Atlanta, Denver, Los Angeles and New Jersey, (ii)
      the receipt of the net proceeds from the Private Offering and interest
      expense on $300.0 million gross proceeds of the Notes and preferred stock
      dividends on $150.0 million liquidation preference of Preferred Stock,
      without giving effect to any increased interest income on available cash
      or the capitalization of any interest associated with construction in
      progress, (iii) the redemption of $30.0 million of redeemable preferred
      stock, payment of accrued dividends and the related $12.3 million charge
      for the excess of the redemption price as of May 1, 1996 over the carrying
      amount, (iv) the repurchase of 916,666 redeemable warrants and (v) the
      payment with respect to consents to amendments to the 13 1/2% Note
      Indenture to permit the Private Offering as if such events had occurred at
      the beginning of the periods presented . Pro Forma Balance Sheet Data
      reflects the items in (ii) through (v) above as if such events had
      occurred on the balance sheet date. The sale of the Company's teleports is
      reflected in the actual balance sheet data at March 31, 1996. The charges
      described in items (iii) and (v) will be reflected in the Company's
      results for the three months ended June 30, 1996.    

 (4)  EBITDA consists of operating loss plus depreciation and amortization.
      EBITDA is provided because it is a measure commonly used in the
      telecommunications industry. It is presented to enhance an understanding
      of the Company's operating results and is not intended to represent cash
      flow or results of operations in accordance with generally accepted
      accounting principles for the periods indicated.

                                      -18-
<PAGE>
 
    

 (5)  For the fiscal years ended September 30, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and the
      six months ended  March 31,  1995 and 1996, earnings were insufficient
      to cover combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividends by $6.2
      million, $24.8 million, $77.3 million,  $23.0 million and  $63.0 million,
      respectively. On a pro forma basis giving effect to the Private Offering,
      the redemption of $30.0 million of redeemable preferred stock and the sale
      of four of the Company's teleports as if they occurred on October 1, 1994
      and without giving effect to any increased interest income on additional
      available cash or the capitalization of any interest associated with
      construction in progress, earnings would have been insufficient to cover
      fixed charges by   $158.3 million and  $114.2 million for fiscal 1995 and
      the six months ended  March 31,  1996, respectively. Combined fixed
      charges and preferred stock dividends consist of interest charges and
      amortization of debt expense and discount or premium related to
      indebtedness, whether expensed or capitalized, that portion of rental
      expense the Company believes to be representative of interest (i.e., one-
      third of rental expense) and preferred stock dividends.

 (6)  Amounts presented are for 12-month and  six-month periods ended, or
      as of, September 30 and  March 31. The Company sold four teleports in the
      quarter ended March 31, 1996. Statistical Data for Satellite Services does
      not reflect this sale.

 (7)  Fiber route miles refers to the number of miles of fiber optic cable,
      including leased fiber. Fiber route miles as of September 30, 1993 are
      based upon management estimates. As of  March 31,  1996, the Company had
      780 fiber route miles, of which 178 fiber route miles were leased. Fiber
      route miles under construction represents fiber under construction and
      fiber which is expected to be operational within six months.

 (8)  Fiber strand miles refers to the number of fiber route miles, including
      leased fiber, along a telecommunications path multiplied by the number of
      fiber strands along that path. Fiber strand miles as of September 30, 1993
      are based upon management estimates. As of March 31, 1996, the Company had
      36,310 fiber strand miles, of which 1,847 fiber strand miles were leased.
      Fiber strand miles under construction represents fiber under construction
      and fiber which is expected to be operational within six months.    

 (9)  Wireless route miles represents the total distance of the digital
      microwave paths between Company transmitters which are used in the
      Company's telecom services networks.

 (10) Uplink hours represent the number of hours of video, data and voice
      communications transmitted by the Company's earth stations.

                                      -19-
<PAGE>
 
                                  RISK FACTORS

         An investment in the New Securities offered hereby involves a high
       degree of risk.  The following risk factors, together with the other
       information set forth in this Prospectus and appearing in the documents
       incorporated by reference herein, should be considered when evaluating an
       investment in the New Securities.

       HISTORICAL AND ANTICIPATED FUTURE OPERATING LOSSES AND NEGATIVE CASH FLOW

    
          The Company has incurred and expects to continue to incur significant
       operating and net losses. The Company expects to continue to generate
       negative cash flow from operating activities while it emphasizes
       development, construction and expansion of its telecom services business
       and until the Company establishes a sufficient revenue generating
       customer base. Because of the acceleration of the Company's expansion
       strategy, the Company's operating losses are expected to increase over
       the near term. The Company had net losses and negative EBITDA of
       approximately $76.6 million and $30.2 million, respectively, for fiscal
       1995 and approximately  $61.6 million and  $18.7 million, respectively,
       for the first  six months of fiscal 1996. In addition, the Company had
       accumulated deficits of $134.4 million and $196.0 million at September
       30, 1995 and March 31, 1996, respectively. There can be no assurance that
       the Company will achieve or sustain profitability or positive EBITDA in
       the future or at any time have sufficient resources to make payments on
       its indebtedness, including the Notes and, if issued, the Exchange
       Debentures, or cash dividend payments on the Preferred Stock. See
       "Summary Historical and ProForma Information", including the notes
       thereto.     

       SIGNIFICANT CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS

    
          The Company's current plans expansion of existing networks, the
       development of new networks, the further development of the Company's
       products and services and the continued funding of operating losses  may
       require an aggregate of approximately $100.0 million of additional cash
       from outside sources. The Company's arrangements with utilities require
       it to make significant cash payments and the development of these
       networks requires significant capital expenditures to add switching
       facilities and build out from the utilities' fiber backbone to end user
       locations. Due to the number of opportunities arising from changes in
       the telecommunications regulatory environment and the cash required to
       take advantage of these opportunities, management  believes that the net
       proceeds from the Private Offering, the funds remaining from the Unit
       Offering and amounts expected to be available through vendor financing
       arrangements will provide sufficient funds necessary for the Company to
       expand its telecom services business as currently planned and to fund its
       operating deficits for approximately 24 months. Additional sources of
       cash may include public and private equity and debt financings by
       IntelCom, ICG or ICG's subsidiaries, sales of non-strategic assets,
       capital leases and other financing arrangements. There can be no
       assurance that additional financing will be available to the Company or,
       if available, that it can be obtained on terms acceptable to the Company.
       Failure to obtain such financing could result in the delay or abandonment
       of some or all of the Company's acquisition, development and expansion
       plans and expenditures, which could have a material adverse effect on its
       business prospects and limit the Company's ability to make principal and
       interest payments on its indebtedness, including the Notes and, if
       issued, the Exchange Debentures, or to make payments of cash dividends
       on, or the mandatory redemption price of, the Preferred Stock.     

       RISKS RELATED TO SWITCHED SERVICES STRATEGY

          The Company has installed 13 high capacity digital switches that
       enable the Company to offer interstate and intrastate switched and
       enhanced services, including local dial tone, in all of its markets. The
       Company expects to add three switches in 1996 and additional switches and
       switching capacity as demand warrants. The Company began generating
       switched services revenue in the fourth quarter of fiscal 1994 and
       expects revenue from these services to increase. Currently, the Company
       is experiencing negative operating margins, as expected, from the
       provision of switched services while its networks are in the development
       and construction phases and while the Company relies on LEC networks to
       terminate and originate a significant portion of its customers' switched
       traffic. The Company expects operating margins for switched services on a
       given network to improve when (i) sales efforts result in increased
       volumes of traffic carried on the Company's own network in place of LEC
       facilities, and (ii) higher margin enhanced services are provided to
       customers on the Company's network. In addition, the Company

                                      -20-
<PAGE>
 
       believes that the unbundling of LEC services and the implementation of
       local telephone number portability, which are mandated by the
       Telecommunications Act, will reduce the Company's costs of providing
       switched services and facilitate the marketing of such services. However,
       the Company's switched services strategy has not yet been profitable and
       may not become profitable due to, among other factors, lack of customer
       demand, competition from other CLECs and pricing pressure from the LECs.
       In addition, to fully implement its switched services strategy, the
       Company must make significant capital expenditures to provide additional
       switching capacity, network infrastructure and electronic components. The
       Company has limited experience providing switched services and there can
       be no assurance that the Company's switched services strategy will be
       successful.  See "--Regulation."

       SUBSTANTIAL INDEBTEDNESS; ABILITY TO SERVICE DEBT

    
          At  March 31,  1996 on a pro forma basis giving effect to the
       Private Offering, the Company would have had approximately $773.5
       million of indebtedness, including capitalized lease obligations. The
       accretion of original issue discount on the 13 1/2% Notes and the Notes
       will cause an increase in indebtedness of approximately $518.5 million by
       May 1, 2001. In addition, the Preferred Stock and, if issued, the
       Exchange Debentures may pay dividends or interest through the issuance of
       additional shares of Preferred Stock or Exchange Debentures, as the case
       may be, through May 1, 2001. The Indenture governing the 13 1/2% Notes,
       as amended (the "13 1/2% Notes Indenture"), the Amended Articles and the
       Notes Indenture limit, but do not prohibit, the incurrence of additional
       indebtedness by IntelCom, ICG and their subsidiaries. The Company
       anticipates that IntelCom, ICG and their subsidiaries will incur
       substantial additional indebtedness in the future. Although the net
       proceeds from the Private Offering are expected to enhance liquidity and
       improve the Company's financial flexibility in the near term, the
       Company's total indebtedness, interest expense and dividend requirements
       will be significantly increased as a result of the Private Offering.     

          The level of the Company's indebtedness could have important
       consequences to holders of the Notes, the Preferred Stock and the
       Exchange Debentures, including the following: (i) the debt service
       requirements of any additional indebtedness could make it more difficult
       for the Company to make payments of interest on the Notes and the
       Exchange Debentures and of cash dividends on the Preferred Stock; (ii)
       the ability of the Company to obtain any necessary financing in the
       future for working capital, capital expenditures, debt service
       requirements or other purposes may be limited; (iii) a substantial
       portion of the Company's cash flow from operations, if any, must be
       dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on its indebtedness
       and other obligations (including dividends on the Preferred Stock when
       required to be paid in cash) and will not be available for other
       purposes; (iv) the Company's level of indebtedness could limit its
       flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in its business; (v)
       the Company is more highly leveraged than some of its competitors, which
       may place it at a competitive disadvantage; and (vi) the Company's high
       degree of indebtedness will make it more vulnerable in the event of a
       downturn in its business.

    
          The Company has been experiencing substantial negative EBITDA and, on
       a pro forma basis giving effect to the Private Offering and the
       application of a portion of the net proceeds therefrom to redeem the
       Redeemable Preferred Stock and giving effect to the sale of four of the
       Company's teleports, the Company's earnings before combined fixed charges
       and preferred stock dividend requirements would have been insufficient to
       cover combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividend requirements
       for fiscal 1995 and the  six months ended  March 31,  1996 by
       approximately $158.3 million and $114.2 million, respectively. In
       addition, for the same periods on the same pro forma basis, the Company's
       EBITDA minus capital expenditures and interest expense and preferred
       stock dividends would have been approximately $224.5 million and
       $202.9 million, respectively. There can be no assurance that the
       Company will be able to improve its earnings before combined fixed
       charges and preferred stock dividends or that the Company will be able to
       meet its debt service obligations, including its obligations on the
       Notes, the Preferred Stock and the Exchange Debentures. In the event the
       Company's cash flow is inadequate to meet its obligations, the Company
       could face substantial liquidity problems. If the Company is unable to
       generate sufficient cash flow or otherwise obtain funds necessary to make
       required payments or, if the Company otherwise fails to comply with the
       various covenants in its indebtedness, it would be in default under the
       terms thereof, which would permit the holders of such indebtedness to
       accelerate the maturity of such indebtedness and could cause defaults
       under other indebtedness of the Company. Such defaults could result in a
       default on the Notes, the Preferred Stock and the Exchange Debentures and
       could delay or preclude payment of interest or principal on the Notes 
       and     

                                      -21-
<PAGE>
 
       the Exchange Debentures and payment of cash dividends on, or the
       redemption price of, the Preferred Stock. The ability of the Company to
       meet its obligations will be dependent upon the future performance of the
       Company, which will be subject to prevailing economic conditions and to
       financial, business and other factors, including factors beyond the
       control of the Company.  See "Description of New Notes," "Description of
       New Preferred Stock" and "Description of Exchange Debentures."

       HOLDING COMPANY RELIANCE ON SUBSIDIARIES' FUNDS; PRIORITY OF CREDITORS;
       SUBORDINATION OF EXCHANGE DEBENTURES

    
          IntelCom and ICG are each holding companies. The sole material asset
       of IntelCom consists of the common stock of ICG and the principal asset
       of ICG consists of common stock of its subsidiaries. ICG intends to loan
       or contribute a substantial portion of the net proceeds from the Private
       Offering to certain of its subsidiaries.  ICG must rely upon dividends
       and other payments from its subsidiaries to generate the funds necessary
       to meet its obligations, including the payment of principal and interest
       on the Notes and the Exchange Debentures and the payment of cash
       dividends on, and the redemption price of, the Preferred Stock. The
       subsidiaries are legally distinct from ICG and have no obligation,
       contingent or otherwise, to pay amounts due with respect to the Notes,
       the Preferred Stock or the Exchange Debentures or to make funds available
       for such payments. ICG's subsidiaries will not guarantee the Notes or the
       Exchange Debentures. The ability of ICG's subsidiaries to make such
       payments to ICG will be subject to, among other things, the availability
       of funds, the terms of each subsidiary's indebtedness and applicable
       state laws. In particular, several of ICG's subsidiaries have entered
       into credit facilities, certain of which are guaranteed by IntelCom
       and/or ICG, which prohibit or restrict the payment of dividends by those
       subsidiaries to ICG. Claims of creditors of ICG's subsidiaries, including
       trade creditors, will generally have priority as to the assets of such
       subsidiaries over the claims of ICG and the holders of ICG's and
       IntelCom's indebtedness and preferred stock, including the Notes, the
       Preferred Stock and the Exchange Debentures. Accordingly, the Notes and
       the Exchange Debentures will be effectively subordinated to the
       liabilities (including trade payables) of the subsidiaries of ICG and
       IntelCom, respectively. At  March 31,   1996, the subsidiaries of ICG
       had approximately $115.7 million of liabilities (excluding intercompany
       payables to ICG), including $78.0 million of indebtedness.     

    
          The Exchange Debentures, if issued, would be subordinate in right of
       payment to the prior payment in full of the Notes, the 13 1/2% Notes and
       all other existing and future senior indebtedness of the Company. As of 
       March 31,  1996 after giving pro forma effect to the Private Offering,
       IntelCom and ICG would have had approximately $626.5 million and
       $705.0 million of Senior Guarantor Indebtedness and senior
       indebtedness, respectively, outstanding. In the event of a bankruptcy or
       similar proceeding of IntelCom and/or ICG, the assets of IntelCom and ICG
       will be available to pay obligations on the Exchange Debentures and
       IntelCom's guarantee thereof only after all senior indebtedness of
       IntelCom and ICG has been satisfied in full, and there may not be
       sufficient assets remaining to pay the Exchange Debentures. See
       "Description of Exchange Debentures."     

    
          The Notes will be unsecured unsubordinated indebtedness of ICG and
       guaranteed on an unsecured unsubordinated basis by IntelCom. At  March
       31, 1996, the Company had an aggregate of approximately [$54.8] million
       of secured indebtedness, including capitalized lease obligations. In the
       event such secured indebtedness goes into default and the holders thereof
       foreclose on the collateral, the holders of secured indebtedness will be
       entitled to payment out of the proceeds of their collateral prior to any
       holders of general unsecured indebtedness including the Notes,
       notwithstanding the existence of any event of default with respect to the
       Notes. The Notes Indenture also permits the Company to incur additional
       secured indebtedness, to grant additional liens and, on or after May 1,
       2001, to pay cash dividends on the Preferred Stock and, if issued, to pay
       interest on the Exchange Debentures at any time. See "Description of New
       Notes--Covenants." In the event of bankruptcy, liquidation or
       reorganization of the Company, holders of secured indebtedness will have
       a claim, prior to the claim of the holders of the Notes, on the assets of
       the Company securing such indebtedness. In addition, to the extent that
       the value of such collateral is insufficient to satisfy such secured
       indebtedness, holders of amounts remaining outstanding on such secured
       indebtedness (as well as other unsubordinated creditors of the Company,
       including holders of the 13 1/2% Notes) would be entitled to share pari
       passu with the Notes with respect to any other assets of the Company.
       Assets remaining after satisfaction of the claims of holders of secured
       indebtedness may not be sufficient to pay amounts due on any or all of
       the Notes then outstanding. Payments on the Preferred Stock and the
       Exchange Debentures will also be subject to the prior claims of secured
       creditors.     

                                      -22-
<PAGE>
 
       CERTAIN FINANCIAL AND OPERATING RESTRICTIONS

     
         The 13 1/2% Notes Indenture, the Notes Indenture, the terms of the
       Preferred Stock and the Exchange Debenture Indenture and other
       indebtedness of the Company impose significant operating and financial
       restrictions on the Company. Such restrictions affect, and in certain
       cases significantly limit or prohibit, among other things, the ability of
       the Company to incur additional indebtedness or create liens on its
       assets, pay dividends, sell assets, engage in mergers or acquisitions or
       make investments. Failure to comply with such covenants could limit the
       availability of borrowings or result in a default thereunder, in which
       case the lenders will be able to accelerate the maturity of the
       applicable indebtedness. Moreover, the terms governing the Company's
       material indebtedness contain cross-default provisions which are usual
       and customary for, and generally found in indebtedness of a similar
       nature. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to comply
       with such covenants in the future. A default under such indebtedness
       could result in an acceleration of the Notes and the Exchange Debentures,
       in which case the holders of the Notes and the Exchange Debentures may
       not be paid in full.     

       PAYMENTS DUE ON INDEBTEDNESS PRIOR TO MATURITY AND REDEMPTION OF THE
       SECURITIES; REFINANCING RISK

    
          As of  March 31,  1996, an aggregate of approximately  $62.0
       million of capitalized lease obligations was due prior to December 31,
       2000, an aggregate principal amount of approximately $68.5 million
       (including $0.4 million of accrued interest) was outstanding under
       certain convertible subordinated notes and interest notes and an
       aggregate accreted value of approximately  $326.5 million was
       outstanding under the 13 1/2% Notes. As of March 31, 1996, approximately
       $12.0 million of the 8% Convertible Subordinated Notes and Interest Notes
       are due September 17, 1998 and are convertible at a price of $15.60 per
       Common Share. Approximately $56.1 million of the 7% Convertible
       Subordinated Notes and Interest Notes are due October 30, 1998 and are
       convertible at a price of $18.00 per Common Share. The 13 1/2% Notes
       require payments of interest to be made in cash commencing on March 15,
       2001 and mature on September 15, 2005. As of  March 31,  1996, the
       Company had  $4.1 million of other indebtedness that matures prior to
       December 31, 2000. The Company may also have additional payment
       obligations prior to such time, the amount of which cannot presently be
       determined. The net proceeds from the Private Offering, the funds
       remaining from the Unit Offering and amounts expected to be available
       through vendor financing arrangements will provide sufficient funds
       necessary for the Company to expand its telecom services business as
       currently planned and to fund its operating deficits for approximately 
       21 months. Additional sources of cash may include public and private
       equity and debt financings by IntelCom, ICG or ICG's subsidiaries, sales
       of non-strategic assets, capital leases and other financing arrangements.
       Accordingly, the Company will have to refinance a substantial amount of
       indebtedness and obtain substantial additional funds prior to December
       31, 2000. The Company's ability to do so will depend on, among other
       things, its financial condition at the time, the restrictions in the
       instruments governing its indebtedness, including the 13 1/2% Notes
       Indenture, the Notes Indenture, the Preferred Stock and, if applicable,
       the Exchange Debenture Indenture, and other factors, including market
       conditions, beyond the control of the Company. There can be no assurance
       that the Company will be able to refinance such indebtedness, including
       such capitalized leases, or obtain such additional funds, and if the
       Company is unable to effect such refinancings or obtain additional funds,
       the Company's ability to make principal and interest payments on its
       indebtedness, including the Notes (and if issued, the Exchange
       Debentures), or make payments of cash dividends on, or the mandatory
       redemption price of, the Preferred Stock, would be adversely 
       affected.     

       RISKS RELATED TO RAPID EXPANSION OF BUSINESS

          The continued rapid expansion and development of the Company's
       business will depend on, among other things, the Company's ability to
       evaluate markets, lease fiber from utilities, design fiber backbone
       routes, secure financing, install facilities, acquire rights of way and
       building access, obtain any required government authorizations and
       implement expanded interconnection and collocation with facilities owned
       by LECs, all in a timely manner, at reasonable costs and on satisfactory
       terms and conditions. In addition, such expansion may involve
       acquisitions which, if made, could divert the resources and management
       time of the Company and require integration with the Company's existing
       networks and services. The Company's ability to effectively manage its
       rapid expansion will require it to continue to implement and improve its
       operating, financial and accounting systems and to expand, train and
       manage its employee base. The inability to effectively manage its planned
       expansion could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
       growth, financial condition and results of operations.

                                      -23-
<PAGE>
 
       COMPETITION

          The Company operates in a highly competitive environment that
       historically was dominated by an entrenched monopolist--the Regional Bell
       Operating Companies ("RBOCs") and GTE Corporation ("GTE"). The Company's
       current competitors include the RBOCs, GTE, other CLECs, network systems
       integration service providers, microwave and satellite service providers,
       teleport operators, wireless telecommunications providers and private
       networks built by large end users. Potential competitors include cable
       television companies, utilities, local telephone companies outside their
       current local service areas, as well as the local service operations of
       long distance carriers. Consolidation of telecommunications companies and
       the formation of strategic alliances within the telecommunications
       industry as well as the development of new technologies could give rise
       to increased competition. One of the primary purposes of the
       Telecommunications Act is to promote competition, in particular in the
       local telephone market. Since enactment of the Telecommunications Act,
       several telecommunications companies have indicated their intention to
       enter many areas of the telecommunications industry, including areas and
       markets in which the Company participates and expects to participate.
       This may result in more participants than can ultimately be successful in
       a given market, subjecting the Company to further competition.

          As a recent entrant in the telecom services industry, the Company,
       like other CLECs, has not achieved a significant market share. The LECs
       have long-standing relationships with their customers, have the potential
       to subsidize services with revenue from a variety of businesses and have
       benefitted from certain state and federal regulations that, until
       recently, favored the entrenched monopolist over potential competitors.
       Recent legislative and regulatory initiatives provide increased business
       opportunities for the Company, allowing CLECs such as the Company to
       interconnect with local telephone company facilities and provide all
       interstate and intrastate services. These opportunities are expected to
       be accompanied by increased pricing flexibility for, and relaxation of
       regulatory oversight of, the LECs. If local telephone companies lower
       their rates, engage in increased volume and term discount pricing
       practices or seek to charge CLECs increased fees for, or seek to delay
       implementation of, interconnection to their networks, the Company's
       results of operations and financial condition could be adversely
       affected. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to
       achieve or maintain adequate market share or revenue, or compete
       effectively in any of its markets. In addition, the success of the
       Company's strategy of leasing or licensing fiber optic cable from
       utilities depends upon the ability to connect end users to the Company's
       network. Such connections require significant capital expenditures, time
       and effort and, in some cases, end users targeted by the Company may
       already be connected to another CLEC. There can be no assurance regarding
       the number of end users the Company will be able to connect to its
       network.

       REGULATION

          The Company operates in an industry that is undergoing substantial
       deregulation as a result of the passage of the Telecommunications Act.
       However, the Company continues to be subject to significant federal,
       state and local regulation. On the federal level, the Company is not
       subject to price or rate of return regulation and is not required to
       obtain FCC authorization for the installation or operation of fiber optic
       network facilities. As a non-dominant carrier, the Company must file
       tariffs for its interstate services and its rates must be reasonable. In
       addition, the FCC may have the authority, which it is not presently
       exercising, to impose restrictions on foreign ownership of communications
       services providers not utilizing radio facilities. The Company must
       obtain and maintain certain FCC authorizations for its satellite and
       wireless services. In addition, the Company provides maritime
       communication services pursuant to an experimental license that expires
       February 1, 1997. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able
       to renew this license or that the FCC will not decide to allocate the
       radio frequencies currently used by the Company for other purposes. In
       addition, the FCC may auction such licenses, requiring the Company to pay
       significant amounts to retain its license. State regulatory agencies
       regulate competitive access services to the extent that they are used for
       intrastate communications. In addition, local authorities control the
       Company's access to municipal rights of way.

          The Telecommunications Act generally requires LECs to provide
       interconnection and nondiscriminatory access to the LEC network on more
       favorable terms than have been available in the past. However, such new
       agreements are subject to negotiations with each LEC, which may involve
       considerable delays, and may not necessarily be

                                      -24-
<PAGE>
 
       obtained on terms and conditions that are acceptable to the Company. In
       such instances, the Company may petition the proper state regulatory
       agency to arbitrate disputed issues. There can be no assurance that the
       Company will be able to negotiate acceptable new interconnection
       agreements or that, if state regulatory authorities impose terms and
       conditions on the parties in arbitration, such terms will be acceptable
       to the Company.

       DEPENDENCE ON KEY CUSTOMERS

    
          The Company's five largest customers accounted for approximately 18%
       and 22% of the Company's consolidated revenue in fiscal 1994 and 1995,
       respectively, and  25% for the  six months ended  March 31,  1996. No
       single customer accounted for more than 10% of the Company's consolidated
       revenue during fiscal 1994 or the  six months ended  March 31,  1996.
       For fiscal 1995, revenue from Intel, a Network Services customer,
       constituted approximately 11% of the Company's total consolidated
       revenue. The Company anticipates that as switched services revenue
       represents a larger percentage of the Company's total revenue, the
       Company's dependence on its largest telecom services customers will
       increase. The loss of, or decrease of business from, one or more of these
       customers could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial
       condition and results of operations of the Company. While the Company
       actively markets its products and services, there can be no assurance
       that the Company will be able to attract new customers or retain its
       existing customers.     

       RAPID TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGE

          The telecommunications industry is subject to rapid and significant
       changes in technology. While the Company believes that, for the
       foreseeable future, these changes will neither materially affect the
       continued use of fiber optic cable nor materially hinder its ability to
       acquire necessary technologies, the effect of technological changes,
       including changes relating to emerging wireline and wireless transmission
       technologies, on the business of the Company cannot be predicted.

       DEPENDENCE ON RIGHTS OF WAY AND OTHER THIRD PARTY AGREEMENTS

          The Company must obtain easements, rights of way, franchises and
       licenses from various private parties, actual and potential competitors,
       and local governments in order to construct and maintain fiber optic
       networks. There can be no assurance that the Company will obtain rights
       of way and franchise agreements to expand its networks or that these
       agreements will be on terms acceptable to the Company, or that current or
       potential competitors will not obtain similar rights of way and franchise
       agreements that will allow them to compete against the Company. Because
       certain of these agreements are short-term or are terminable at will,
       there can be no assurance that the Company will continue to have access
       to existing rights of way and franchises after the expiration of such
       agreements. An important element of the Company's strategy is to enter
       into long-term agreements with utilities to take advantage of their
       existing easements and rights of way and to license or lease their excess
       fiber capacity. The Company has entered into contracts or letters of
       intent with several utilities, however other CLECs are seeking to enter
       into similar arrangements and have bid and are expected to continue to
       bid against the Company for future licenses or leases. Furthermore,
       utilities are required by state or local regulators to retain the right
       to "reclaim" fiber licensed or leased to the Company if such fiber is
       needed for the utility's core business. There can be no assurance that
       the Company will be able to obtain additional licenses or leases on
       satisfactory terms or that such arrangements will not be subject to
       reclamation. If a franchise, license or lease agreement was terminated
       and the Company was forced to remove or abandon a significant portion of
       its network, such termination could have a material adverse effect on the
       Company.

       KEY PERSONNEL

          The efforts of a small number of key management and operating
       personnel will largely determine the Company's success. The success of
       the Company also depends in part upon its ability to hire and retain
       highly skilled and qualified operating, marketing, financial and
       technical personnel. The competition for qualified personnel in the
       telecommunications industry is intense and, accordingly, there can be no
       assurance that the Company will be able to hire or retain necessary
       personnel. The loss of certain key personnel could adversely affect the
       Company. The Company has employment agreements with J. Shelby Bryan,
       President and Chief Executive Officer, James D.

                                      -25-
<PAGE>
 
       Grenfell, Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and
       Treasurer, and William J. Maxwell, Executive Vice President-Telecom and
       President of ICG Telecom Group, Inc.


       LEGAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEEDINGS

    
           Shareholders have filed four putative class action  lawsuits based
       on the timing and content of certain disclosures concerning FOTI's
       suspension and debarment from the performance of federal government
       contracts. FOTI's debarment has since been terminated.     

       ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT; POSSIBLE UNFAVORABLE TAX AND OTHER LEGAL
       CONSEQUENCES FOR HOLDERS OF NOTES, PREFERRED STOCK AND EXCHANGE
       DEBENTURES AND THE COMPANY

          The Notes were issued at a substantial discount from their principal
       amount at maturity. Although cash interest will not accrue on the Notes
       prior to May 1, 2001, and there will be no periodic payments of cash
       interest on the Notes prior to November 1, 2001, original issue discount
       ("OID"), which is the difference between the stated redemption price at
       maturity and the issue price of the Notes, will accrue from the issue
       date of the Notes. OID will be includible as interest income periodically
       (including for periods ending prior to May 1, 2001) in a U.S.
       noteholder's gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes in advance
       of receipt of the cash payments to which the income is attributable.

          Further, the Notes will be subject to the high yield discount
       obligation rules. Accordingly, ICG will not be able to deduct the OID
       attributable to the Notes until paid in cash or property. If the yield to
       maturity of the Notes exceeds the applicable federal rate plus six
       percentage points (12.4% for long-term debt instruments issued in April
       1996), a portion of the OID attributable to the Notes will not be
       deductible at all. Therefore, ICG's after tax cash flow, if any, will be
       less than if such OID were deductible in full when accrued. In addition,
       as a result of the Note Guarantee, a portion of the interest on the Notes
       will not be deductible by ICG.

          If a bankruptcy case is commenced by or against ICG under the U.S.
       Bankruptcy Code after the issuance of the Notes, the claim of a holder of
       a Note with respect to the principal amount thereof may be limited to an
       amount equal to the sum of (i) the initial offering price and (ii) that
       portion of the OID that is not deemed to constitute "unmatured interest"
       for purposes of the Bankruptcy Code. Any OID that was not amortized as of
       any such bankruptcy filing would constitute "unmatured interest."

          The Company does not presently have any current or accumulated
       earnings and profits as determined under United States federal income tax
       principles and it is unlikely to have current or accumulated earnings and
       profits in the foreseeable future. As a result, until such time as the
       Company does have earnings and profits, distributions on the Preferred
       Stock will be treated as a nontaxable return of capital and will be
       applied against and reduce the adjusted tax basis (but not below zero) on
       the Preferred Stock in the hands of each holder, thus increasing the
       amount of any gain (or reducing the amount of any loss) which would
       otherwise be realized by such holder upon the disposition of the
       Preferred Stock. Consequently, distributions with respect to the
       Preferred Stock will not qualify as dividends for federal income tax
       purposes and, as a result, will be treated as a return of capital.

          Upon a redemption of Preferred Stock in exchange for Exchange
       Debentures, the holder will have capital gain or loss equal to the
       difference between the issue price of the Exchange Debentures received
       and the holder's adjusted basis in the Preferred Stock redeemed, except
       to the extent all or a portion of the Exchange Debentures received is
       treated as a dividend payment. Because of ICG's option through May 1,
       2001 to pay interest on the Exchange Debentures by issuing additional
       Exchange Debentures, any Exchange Debentures issued prior to that date
       will be treated as issued with OID, unless under special rules for
       interest holidays the amount of OID is treated as de minimis. Holders
       would have to accrue all such OID into income over the entire term of the
       Exchange Debenture, but would not treat the receipt of stated interest on
       the Exchange Debentures as interest for federal income tax purposes.

                                      -26-
<PAGE>
 
          An Exchange Debenture may be subject to the rules for "applicable high
       yield discount obligations," in which case the Company's deduction for
       OID on such Exchange Debentures will be substantially deferred, and a
       portion of such deduction may be disallowed.

          For a discussion of these and other relevant tax issues, see "Certain
       United States Federal Income Tax Considerations."

       ABSENCE OF PUBLIC MARKET

          The Notes and the Preferred Stock are, and the Exchange Debentures, if
       issued, will be new issues of securities for which there is currently no
       active trading market. If any such securities are traded after their
       initial issuance, they may trade at a discount from their initial
       offering price, depending upon prevailing interest rates, the market for
       similar securities and other factors, including general economic
       conditions and the financial condition, performance of, and prospects for
       the Company. 


                              THE EXCHANGE OFFERS

       PURPOSE AND EFFECT OF THE EXCHANGE OFFERS

          The Old Securities were sold by the a Placement Agent on April 30,
       1996 to a limited number of institutional investors (the "Purchasers").
       In connection with the sale of the Old Securities, the Company and the
       Purchasers entered into  registration rights agreements dated as of April
       30, 1996 (collectively the "Registration Rights Agreements"), which
       require the Company (i) to cause the Old Securities to be registered
       under the Securities Act or (ii) to file with the Commission a
       registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to New
       Securities identical in all material respects to the Old Securities and
       to use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become
       effective under the Securities Act. The Company is further obligated,
       upon the effectiveness of that registration statement, to offer the
       holders of the Old Securities the opportunity to exchange their Old Notes
       and Old Preferred Stock for a like principal amount of New Notes and a
       like number of shares of New Preferred Stock, respectively, which will be
       issued without a restrictive legend and may be reoffered and resold by
       the holder without restrictions or limitations under the Securities Act.
       Copies of the Registration Rights Agreements have been filed as exhibits
       to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part.  The
       Exchange Offers are being made pursuant to the Registration Rights
       Agreements to satisfy the Company's obligations thereunder.  The term
       "Holder" with respect to the Exchange Offers means any person in whose
       name Old Securities are registered on the Company's books or any other
       person who has obtained a properly completed assignment from the
       registered holder.

          In order to participate in the Exchange Offers, a Holder must
       represent to the Company, among other things, that (i) the New Securities
       acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offers are being obtained in the
       ordinary course of business of the person receiving such New Securities,
       whether or not such person is the Holder, (ii) neither the Holder nor any
       such other person is engaging in or intends to engage in a distribution
       of such New Securities, (iii) neither the Holder nor any such other
       person has an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate
       in the distribution of such New Securities, and (iv) neither the Holder
       nor any such other person is an "affiliate," as defined under Rule 405
       promulgated under the Securities Act, of the Company.  In the event that
       any Holder of Old Securities cannot make the requisite representations to
       the Company in order to participate in the Exchange Offers, such Holder
       may be entitled to have such Holder's Old Securities registered in a
       "shelf" registration statement on an appropriate form pursuant to Rule
       415 under the Securities Act.

    
          Based on a previous interpretation by the staff of the Commission set
       forth in no-action letters issued to third-parties, including "Exxon
       Capital Holdings Corporation" (available May 13, 1988), "Morgan Stanley &
       Co. Incorporated" (available June 5, 1991), "Mary Kay Cosmetics, Inc."
       (available June 5, 1991), "Warnaco, Inc." (available October 11, 1991)
       and K-III Communications Corp. (available May 14, 1993), the Company
       believes that the New Securities issued pursuant to the Exchange Offers
       may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by any Holder
       of such New Securities (other than any such Holder which is an
       "affiliate" of the     

                                      -27-
<PAGE>
 
       Company within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) without
       compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of
       the Securities Act, provided that such New Securities are acquired in the
       ordinary course of such Holder's business and such Holder has no
       arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the
       distribution of such New Securities.  Any Holder who tenders in the
       Exchange Offers for the purpose of participating in a distribution of the
       New Securities cannot rely on such interpretation by the staff of the
       Commission and must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery
       requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale
       transaction.  Under no circumstances may this Prospectus be used for an
       offer to resell, resale or other retransfer of the New Securities.  In
       the event that the Company's belief is inaccurate, Holders of the New
       Securities who transfer New Securities in violation of the prospectus
       delivery provisions of the Securities Act and without an exemption from
       registration thereunder may incur liability thereunder.  The Company does
       not assume or indemnify Holders against such liability.  The Exchange
       Offers are not being made to, nor will the Company accept surrenders for
       exchange from, Holders of Old Securities in any jurisdiction in which the
       Exchange Offers or the acceptance thereof would not be in compliance with
       the securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdiction.  Each broker-dealer
       that receives New Securities for its own account in exchange for Old
       Securities, where such Old Securities were acquired by such broker-dealer
       as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must
       acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any
       resale of such New Securities.  The Company has not entered into any
       arrangement or understanding with any person to distribute the New
       Securities to be received in the Exchange Offers.  See "Plan of
       Distribution."

       TERMS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFERS

          Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this
       Prospectus and in the Letters of Transmittal, the Company will accept any
       and all Old Securities validly tendered and not withdrawn prior to 5:00
       p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.  The Company will issue
       $1,000 principal amount of New Notes in exchange for each $1,000
       principal amount of outstanding Old Notes surrendered pursuant to the
       Note Exchange Offer.  However, Old Notes may be tendered only in integral
       multiples of $1,000.

          The form and terms of the New Notes will be the same as the form and
       terms of the Old Notes except that the New Notes will be registered under
       the Securities Act and hence will not bear legends restricting the
       transfer thereof.  The New Notes will evidence the same debt as the Old
       Notes.  The New Notes will be issued under and entitled to the benefits
       of the Indenture, which also authorized the issuance of the Old Notes,
       such that both series will be treated as a single class of debt
       securities under the Indenture.  The form and terms of the New Preferred
       Stock will be the same as the form and terms of the Old Preferred Stock
       except that the New Preferred Stock will be registered under the
       Securities Act and hence will not bear legends restricting the transfer
       thereof.  The New Preferred Stock will evidence the same rights,
       privileges and obligations as the Old Preferred Stock.  The New Preferred
       Stock will be issued under and entitled to the benefits of the Amended
       Articles which also authorized the issuance of the Old Preferred Stock,
       such that both series will be treated as a single class of equity
       securities under the Amended Articles.

          As of the date of this Prospectus, $550,300,000 aggregate principal
       amount of the Old Notes and 150,000 shares of Old Preferred Stock are
       outstanding.  This Prospectus, together with the Letter of Transmittal,
       is being sent to all registered Holders of the Old Notes and Old
       Preferred Stock.

          The Company intends to conduct the Exchange Offers in accordance with
       the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreements and the applicable
       requirements of the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations of the
       Commission thereunder.  Old Notes that are not tendered for exchange in
       the Note Exchange Offer will remain outstanding and will be entitled to
       the rights and benefits such Holders have under the Note Indenture.  Old
       Preferred Stock that is not tendered for exchange under the Preferred
       Stock Exchange Offer will remain outstanding and will be entitled to the
       rights as set forth in the Amended Articles.

          The Company shall be deemed to have accepted validly tendered Old
       Securities when, as and if the Company shall have given oral or written
       notice thereof to the Exchange Agent or the Transfer Agent, as the case
       may be.  The Exchange Agent will act as agent for the tendering Holders
       for the purposes of receiving the New Notes from

                                      -28-
<PAGE>
 
       the Company and the Transfer Agent will act as agent for the tendering
       Holders for the purposes of receiving the New Preferred Stock from the
       Company.

          If any tendered Old Securities are not accepted for exchange because
       of an invalid tender, the occurrence of certain other events set forth
       herein or otherwise, certificates for any such unaccepted Old Securities
       will be returned, without expense, to the tendering Holder thereof as
       promptly as practicable after the Expiration Date.

          Holders who tender Old Securities in the Exchange Offers will not be
       required to pay brokerage commissions or fees or, subject to the
       instructions in the Letter of Transmittal, transfer taxes with respect to
       the exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offers.  The Company will pay all
       charges and expenses, other than certain applicable taxes described
       below, in connection with the Exchange Offers.  See "--Fees and
       Expenses."

       EXPIRATION DATE; EXTENSIONS; AMENDMENTS

          The term "Expiration Date," shall mean 5:00 p.m., New York City time
       on _______, 1996, unless the Company, in its sole discretion, extends the
       Exchange Offers, in which case the term "Expiration Date" shall mean the
       latest date and time to which the Exchange Offers are extended.

          In order to extend the Exchange Offers, the Company will notify the
       Exchange Agent and the Transfer Agent of any extension by oral or written
       notice and will mail to the registered Holders an announcement thereof,
       prior to 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day after
       the then Expiration Date.

          The Company reserves the right, in its sole discretion, (i) to delay
       accepting any Old Securities, to extend the Exchange Offers or to
       terminate the Exchange Offers if any of the conditions set forth below
       under "--Conditions" shall not have been satisfied by giving oral or
       written notice of such delay, extension or termination to the Exchange
       Agent and the Transfer Agent or (ii) to amend the terms of the Exchange
       Offers in any manner.  Any such delay in acceptances, extension,
       termination or amendment will be followed as promptly as practicable by
       oral or written notice thereof to the registered Holders.  If either
       Exchange Offer is amended in a manner determined by the Company to
       constitute a material change, the Company will promptly disclose such
       amendment by means of a prospectus supplement that will be distributed to
       the registered Holders, and the Company will extend the Exchange Offers
       for a period of five to ten business days, depending upon the
       significance of the amendment and the manner of disclosure to the
       registered Holders, if the Exchange Offers would otherwise expire during
       such five to ten business day period.

          Without limiting the manner in which the Company may choose to make a
       public announcement of any delay, extension, amendment or termination of
       the Exchange Offers, the Company shall have no obligation to publish,
       advertise, or otherwise communicate any such public announcement, other
       than by making a timely release to an appropriate news agency.

          Upon satisfaction or waiver of all the conditions to the Exchange
       Offers, the Company will accept, promptly after the Expiration Date, all
       Old Securities properly tendered and will issue the New Securities
       promptly after acceptance of the Old Securities.  See "--Conditions."
       For purposes of the Exchange Offers, the Company shall be deemed to have
       accepted properly tendered Old Securities for exchange when, as and if
       the Company shall have given oral or written notice thereof to the
       Exchange Agent or the Transfer Agent, as the case may be.

          In all cases, issuance of the New Securities for Old Securities that
       are accepted for exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offers will be made
       only after timely receipt by the Exchange Agent or the Transfer Agent, as
       the case may be, of a properly completed and duly executed Letter of
       Transmittal and all other required documents; provided, however, that the
       Company reserves the absolute right to waive any defects or
       irregularities in the tender or conditions of the Exchange Offers.  If
       any tendered Old Securities are not accepted for any reason set forth in
       the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offers or if Old Securities are
       submitted for a greater principal amount, or a greater number of shares,
       respectively, than the Holder desires to exchange, then such unaccepted
       or non-exchanged Old Securities evidencing the unaccepted portion, as
       appropriate, will be returned without expense to the tendering Holder
       thereof as promptly as practicable after the expiration or termination of
       the Exchange Offers.

                                      -29-
<PAGE>
 
       CONDITIONS

          Notwithstanding any other term of the Exchange Offers, the Company
       will not be required to exchange any New Securities for any Old
       Securities and may terminate the Exchange Offers before the acceptance of
       any Old Securities for exchange, if:

          (a)  any action or proceeding is instituted or threatened in any court
       or by or before any governmental agency with respect to the Exchange
       Offers which, in the Company's reasonable judgment, might materially
       impair the ability of the Company to proceed with the Exchange Offers; or

          (b)  any law, statute, rule or regulation is proposed, adopted or
       enacted, or any existing law, statute, rule or regulation is interpreted
       by the staff of the Commission, which, in the Company's reasonable
       judgment, might materially impair the ability of the Company to proceed
       with the Exchange Offers; or

          (c)  any governmental approval or approval by Holders of the Old
       Securities has not been obtained, which approval the Company shall, in
       its reasonable judgment, deem necessary for the consummation of the
       Exchange Offers as contemplated hereby.

          If the Company determines in its sole discretion that any of these
       conditions are not satisfied, the Company may (i) refuse to accept any
       Old Securities and return all tendered Old Securities to the tendering
       Holders, (ii) extend the Exchange Offers and retain all Old Securities
       tendered prior to the expiration of the Exchange Offers, subject,
       however, to the rights of Holders who tendered such Old Securities to
       withdraw their tendered Old Securities or (iii) waive such unsatisfied
       conditions with respect to the Exchange Offers and accept all properly
       tendered Old Securities which have not been withdrawn.  If such waiver
       constitutes a material change to the Exchange Offers, the Company will
       promptly disclose such waiver by means of a prospectus supplement that
       will be distributed to the registered Holders, and the Company will
       extend the Exchange Offers for a period of five to ten business days,
       depending upon the significance of the waiver and the manner of
       disclosure to the registered Holders, if the Exchange Offers would
       otherwise expire during such five to ten business day period.

       PROCEDURES FOR TENDERING

          To tender in the Exchange Offers, a Holder must complete, sign and
       date the Letter of Transmittal, or facsimile thereof, have the signatures
       thereon guaranteed if required by the Letter of Transmittal, and mail or
       otherwise deliver such Letter of Transmittal or such facsimile to the
       Exchange Agent, with respect to the Notes,or the Transfer Agent, with
       respect to the Preferred Stock prior to the Expiration Date.  In
       addition, either (i) certificates for such Old Securities must be
       received by the Exchange Agent or Transfer Agent, as the case may be,
       along with the Letter of Transmittal, or (ii) a timely confirmation of
       book-entry transfer (a "Book-Entry Confirmation") of such Old Securities,
       if such procedure is available, into the Exchange Agent's or Transfer
       Agent's account at the Depository Trust Company (the "Book-Entry Transfer
       Facility") pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer described
       below must be received by the Exchange Agent or Transfer Agent, as the
       case may be, prior to the Expiration Date, or (iii) the Holder must
       comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.  To be
       tendered effectively, the Letter of Transmittal and other required
       documents must be received by the Exchange Agent or Transfer Agent, as
       the case may be, at the address set forth below under "-- Exchange Agent;
       Transfer Agent" prior to the Expiration Date.

          The tender by a Holder which is not withdrawn prior to the Expiration
       Date will constitute an agreement between such Holder and the Company in
       accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein
       and in the Letter of Transmittal.

          THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF OLD SECURITIES AND THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
       AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT OR TRANSFER AGENT,
       AS THE CASE MAY BE, IS AT THE ELECTION AND RISK OF THE HOLDER.  INSTEAD
       OF DELIVERY BY MAIL, IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT HOLDERS USE AN OVERNIGHT OR
       HAND DELIVERY SERVICE.  IN ALL CASES, SUFFICIENT TIME SHOULD BE ALLOWED
       TO ASSURE DELIVERY TO THE

                                      -30-
<PAGE>
 
       EXCHANGE AGENT OR TRANSFER AGENT, AS THE CASE MAY BE, BEFORE THE
       EXPIRATION DATE.  NO LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL OR OLD SECURITIES SHOULD BE
       SENT TO THE COMPANY.  HOLDERS MAY REQUEST THEIR RESPECTIVE BROKERS,
       DEALERS, COMMERCIAL BANKS, TRUST COMPANIES OR NOMINEES TO EFFECT THE
       ABOVE TRANSACTIONS FOR SUCH HOLDERS.

          Any beneficial owner whose Old Securities are registered in the name
       of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and
       who wishes to tender should contact the registered Holder promptly and
       instruct such registered Holder to tender on such beneficial owner's
       behalf.  If such beneficial owner wishes to tender on such owner's own
       behalf, such owner must, prior to completing and executing the Letter of
       Transmittal and delivering such owner's Old Securities, either make
       appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the Old Securities in
       such owner's name or obtain a properly completed assignment from the
       registered Holder.  The transfer of registered ownership may take
       considerable time.

          Signatures on a Letter of Transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as
       the case may be, must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution (as
       defined below) unless the Old Securities tendered pursuant thereto is
       tendered (i) by a registered Holder who has not completed the box
       entitled "Special Payment Instructions" or "Special Delivery
       Instructions" on the Letter of Transmittal or (ii) for the account of an
       Eligible Institution (as defined below).  In the event that signatures on
       a Letter of Transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be,
       are required to be guaranteed, such guarantor must be a member firm of a
       registered national securities exchange or of the National Association of
       Securities Dealers, Inc., a commercial bank or trust company having an
       office or correspondent in the United States or an "eligible guarantor
       institution" within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Exchange Act
       (an "Eligible Institution").

          If the Letter of Transmittal is signed by a person other than the
       registered Holder of any Old Securities listed therein, such Old
       Securities must be endorsed or accompanied by a properly completed bond
       or stock power, as the case may be, signed by such registered Holder as
       such registered Holder's name appears on such Old Securities.

          If the Letter of Transmittal or any Old Securities or bond or stock
       powers are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians,
       attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a
       fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate
       when signing, and unless waived by the Company, evidence satisfactory to
       the Company of their authority to so act must be submitted with the
       Letter of Transmittal.

          All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of
       receipt), acceptance of tendered Old Securities and withdrawal of
       tendered Old Securities will be determined by the Company in its sole
       discretion, which determination will be final and binding.  The Company
       reserves the absolute right to reject any and all Old Securities not
       properly tendered or any Old Securities the Company's acceptance of which
       would, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, be unlawful.  The
       Company also reserves the right to waive any defects, irregularities or
       conditions of tender as to particular Old Securities.  The Company's
       interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offers
       (including the instructions in the Letter of Transmittal) will be final
       and binding on all parties.  Unless waived, any defects or irregularities
       in connection with tenders of Old Securities must be cured within such
       time as the Company shall determine.  Although the Company intends to
       notify Holders of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of
       Old Securities, none of the Company, the Exchange Agent, the Transfer
       Agent, or any other person shall incur any liability for failure to give
       such notification.  Tenders of Old Securities will not be deemed to have
       been made until such defects or irregularities have been cured or waived.
       Any Old Securities received by the Exchange Agent or the Transfer Agent,
       as the case may be, that are not properly tendered and as to which the
       defects or irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned
       by the Exchange Agent, or the Transfer Agent, as the case may be, to the
       tendering Holders, unless otherwise provided in the Letter of
       Transmittal, as soon as practicable following the Expiration Date.

          In addition, the Company reserves the right in its sole discretion to
       purchase or make offers for any Old Securities that remain outstanding
       subsequent to the Expiration Date or, as set forth above under "--
       Conditions," to terminate the Exchange Offers and, to the extent
       permitted by applicable law, purchase Old Securities in the open market,
       in privately negotiated transactions or otherwise.  The terms of any such
       purchases or offers could differ from the terms of the Exchange Offers.

                                      -31-
<PAGE>
 
          By tendering, each Holder will represent to the Company that, among
       other things, (i) the New Securities acquired pursuant to the Exchange
       Offers are being obtained in the ordinary course of business of the
       Person receiving such New Securities, whether or not such person is the
       Holder, (ii) neither the Holder nor any such other person is engaging in
       or intends to engage in a distribution of such New Securities (iii)
       neither the Holder nor any such other person has an arrangement or
       understanding with any Person to participate in the distribution of such
       New Securities, and (iv) neither the Holder nor any such other Person is
       an "affiliate," as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, of the
       Company.

          In all cases, issuance of New Securities that are accepted for
       exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offers will be made only after timely
       receipt by the Exchange Agent or Transfer Agent of certificates for such
       Old Securities or a timely Book-Entry Confirmation of such Old Securities
       into the Exchange Agent's or Transfer Agent's account at the Book-Entry
       Transfer Facility, a properly completed and duly executed Letter of
       Transmittal and all other required documents.  If any tendered Old
       Securities are not accepted for any reason set forth in the terms and
       conditions of the Exchange Offers or if Old Securities are submitted for
       a greater principal amount or greater number of shares, as the case may
       be, than the Holder desires to exchange, such unaccepted or non-exchanged
       Old Securities will be returned without expense to the tendering Holder
       thereof (or, in the case of Old Securities tendered by book-entry
       transfer into the Exchange Agent's or Transfer Agent's account at the
       Book-Entry Transfer Facility pursuant to the book-entry transfer
       procedures described below, such non-exchanged Old Securities will be
       credited to an account maintained with such Book-Entry Transfer Facility)
       as promptly as practicable after the expiration or termination of the
       Exchange Offers.

       BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER

          Each of the Exchange Agent and the Transfer Agent each will make a
       request to establish an account with respect to the Old Securities and
       the Old Preferred Stock, respectively, at the Book-Entry Transfer
       Facility for purposes of the Exchange Offers within two business days
       after the date of this Prospectus, and any financial institution that is
       a participant in the Book-Entry Transfer Facility's systems may make
       book-entry delivery of Old Securities by causing the Book-Entry Transfer
       to transfer such Old Notes or Old Preferred Stock into the Exchange
       Agent's or the Transfer Agent's account, respectively, at the Book-Entry
       Transfer Facility in accordance with such Book-Entry Transfer Facility's
       procedures for transfer.  However, although delivery of Old Securities
       may be effected through book-entry transfer at the Book-Entry Transfer
       Facility, the Letter of Transmittal or facsimile thereof, with any
       required signature guarantees and any other required documents, must, in
       any case, be transmitted to and received by the Exchange Agent or the
       Transfer Agent, as the case may be, at the address set forth below under
       "--Exchange Agent; Transfer Agent" "--Transfer Agent" on or prior to the
       Expiration Date or the guaranteed delivery procedures described below
       must be complied with.

       GUARANTEED DELIVERY PROCEDURES

          Holders who wish to tender their Old Securities and (i) whose Old
       Securities are not immediately available or (ii) who cannot deliver their
       Old Securities, the Letter of Transmittal or any other required documents
       to the Exchange Agent or the Transfer Agent, as the case may be, or the
       Transfer Agent, as the case may be prior to the Expiration Date, may
       effect a tender if:

          (a)  The tender is made through an Eligible Institution;

          (b)  Prior to the Expiration Date, the Exchange Agent or the Transfer
       Agent, as the case may be or the Transfer Agent, as the case may be,
       receives from such Eligible Institution a properly completed and duly
       executed Notice of Guaranteed Delivery (by facsimile transmission, mail
       or hand delivery) setting forth the name and address of the Holder, the
       certificate number(s) of such Old Notes or Old Preferred Stock and the
       principal amount of Old Notes or number of shares of Old Preferred Stock
       tendered stating that the tender is being made thereby and guaranteeing
       that, within five New York Stock Exchange trading days after the
       Expiration Date, the Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof)
       together with the certificate(s) representing the Old Notes or Old
       Preferred Stock and any other documents required by the Letter of
       Transmittal will be deposited by the Eligible Institution with the
       Exchange Agent or the Transfer Agent, as the case may be; and

                                      -32-
<PAGE>
 
          (c)  Such properly completed and executed Letter of Transmittal (or
       facsimile thereof), as well as the certificate(s) representing all
       tendered Old Notes or Old Preferred Stock in proper form for transfer and
       other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal are received by the
       Exchange Agent or Transfer Agent, as the case may be, within five New
       York Stock Exchange trading days after the Expiration Date.

          Upon request to the Exchange Agent or the Transfer Agent, as the case
       may be, a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery will be sent to Holders who wish
       to tender their Old Notes or Old Preferred Stock according to the
       guaranteed delivery procedures set forth above.

       WITHDRAWAL OF TENDERS

          Except as otherwise provided herein, tenders of Old Securities may be
       withdrawn at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the
       Expiration Date.

          To withdraw a tender of Old Securities in the Exchange Offers, a
       written or facsimile transmission notice of withdrawal must be received
       by the Exchange Agent or the Transfer Agent, as the case may be, or the
       Transfer Agent, as the case may be, at its respective address set forth
       herein prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.
       Any such notice of withdrawal must (i) specify the name of the person
       having deposited the Old Securities to be withdrawn (the "Depositor"),
       (ii) identify the Old Securities to be withdrawn (including the
       certificate number or), (iii) be signed by the Holder in the same manner
       as the original signature on the Letter of Transmittal by which such Old
       Securities were tendered (including any required signature guarantees) or
       be accompanied by documents of transfer sufficient to have the Trustee
       with respect to the Old Notes, or the Transfer Agent with respect to the
       Old Preferred Stock, register the transfer of such Old Securities in the
       name of the person withdrawing the tender and (iv) specify the name in
       which any such Old Securities are to be registered, if different from
       that of the Depositor. All questions as to the validity, form and
       eligibility (including time of receipt) of such notices will be
       determined by the Company, whose determination shall be final and binding
       on all parties. Any Old Securities so withdrawn will be deemed not to
       have been validly tendered for purposes of the Exchange Offers and no New
       Securities will be issued with respect thereto unless the Old Securities
       so withdrawn are validly retendered. Any Old Securities which have been
       tendered but which are not accepted for payment will be returned to the
       Holder thereof without cost to such Holder as soon as practicable after
       withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the Exchange Offers.
       Properly withdrawn Old Securities may be retendered by following one of
       the procedures described above under "--Procedures for Tendering" at any
       time prior to the Expiration Date.

       EXCHANGE AGENT; TRANSFER AGENT

          Norwest Banks has been appointed as Exchange Agent of the Note
       Exchange Offer.  Questions and requests for assistance, requests for
       additional copies of this Prospectus or of the Letter of Transmittal and
       requests for Notice of Guaranteed Delivery with respect to the exchange
       of the Old Notes should be directed to the Exchange Agent addressed as
       follows:
 
 
By Registered Mail or Certified Mail:    By Overnight Courier:

Norwest Banks                            Norwest Banks
Corporate Trust Section                  Corporate Trust Section
P.O. Box 1517                            NorthStar East Building
Minneapolis, MN  55480-1517              Sixth and Marquette Avenues
                                         Minneapolis, MN  55479-0113

By Telephone:                            By Facsimile:

(612) 667-4070                           (612) 667-4972

                                      -33-
<PAGE>
 
          American Stock Transfer & Trust Company has been appointed Transfer
       Agent of the Preferred Stock Exchange Offer.  Questions and requests for
       assistance, requests for additional copies of this Prospectus or the
       Letter of Transmittal and requests for Notice of Guaranteed Delivery with
       respect to the Old Preferred Stock should be addressed to the Transfer
       Agent as follows:

       By Registered Mail, Certified Mail or Overnight    By Telephone:
       Courier:
                                                          (212) 936-5100
       American Stock Transfer & Trust Company
       40 Wall  Street                                    By Facsimile:
       New York, NY  10005
                                                          (718) 236-4588
 
       FEES AND EXPENSES

          The expenses of soliciting tenders will be paid by the Company.  The
       principal solicitation is being made by mail; however, additional
       solicitation may be made by telecopier, telephone or in person by
       officers and regular employees of the Company and its affiliates.

          The Company has not retained any dealer-manager in connection with the
       Exchange Offers and will not make any payments to brokers-dealers or
       others soliciting acceptances of the Exchange Offers.  The Company,
       however, will pay the Exchange Agent and the Transfer Agent reasonable
       and customary fees for their services and will reimburse them for their
       reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection therewith.

          The cash expenses to be incurred in connection with the Exchange
       Offers will be paid by the Company and are estimated in the aggregate to
       be approximately $200,000.  Such expenses include registration fees, fees
       and expenses of the Exchange Agent and the Transfer Agent, accounting and
       legal fees and printing costs, among others.

          The Company will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the
       exchange of the Old Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offers.  If,
       however, certificates representing New Securities for principal amounts
       or number of shares not tendered or accepted for exchange are to be
       delivered to, or are to be issued in the name of, any person other than
       the registered Holder of Old Securities tendered, or if tendered the Old
       Securities are registered in the name of, any person other than the
       person signing the Letter of Transmittal, or if a transfer tax is imposed
       for any reason other than the exchange of the Old Securities pursuant to
       the Exchange Offers, then the amount of any such transfer taxes (whether
       imposed on the registered Holder or any other persons) will be payable by
       the tendering Holder.  If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes
       or exemption therefrom is not submitted with the Letter of Transmittal,
       the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed directly to such
       tendering Holder.


                            DESCRIPTION OF NEW NOTES

          The New Notes are to be issued under an Indenture, dated as of the
       April 30, 1996 (the "Notes Indenture"), among ICG, as issuer, IntelCom,
       as guarantor (including its successors and assigns, the "Guarantor"), and
       Norwest Bank Colorado, National Association, as Trustee (the "Trustee").
       A copy of the Notes Indenture is available upon request from ICG.  The
       following summary of certain provisions of the Notes Indenture does not
       purport to be complete and is subject to, and is qualified in its
       entirety by reference to, all the provisions of the Notes Indenture,
       including the definitions of certain terms therein and those terms made a
       part thereof by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the "Trust
       Indenture Act").  Whenever particular defined terms of the Notes
       Indenture not otherwise defined herein are referred to, such defined
       terms are incorporated herein by reference. References herein to "$"
       refers to U.S. dollars.

          IntelCom's Board of Directors has adopted a plan under which IntelCom
       will become a subsidiary of a new, publicly traded Delaware corporation
       ("Newco").  Upon the completion of such transaction, references to

                                      -34-
<PAGE>
 
       "IntelCom" herein shall be deemed to also refer to Newco.  In addition,
       Newco will fully and unconditionally guarantee ICG's obligations under
       the New Notes on a senior basis.  Upon completion of the transaction
       whereby IntelCom becomes a subsidiary of Newco, references herein to
       "Guarantor" shall be deemed to also refer to Newco.

       GENERAL

          The New Notes will be unsecured senior obligations of ICG, limited to
       $550,300,000 aggregate principal amount, and will mature on May 1, 2006.
       After May 1, 2001, interest on the New Notes will accrue at the rate of
       12 1/2% per annum from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which
       interest has been paid or provided for, payable semiannually (to Holders
       of record at the close of business on April 15 or October 15 immediately
       preceding the Interest Payment Date) on May 1 and November 1 of each
       year, commencing November 1, 2001.

          Although for U.S. federal income tax purposes a significant amount of
       original issue discount, taxable as ordinary income, will be recognized
       by a Holder of New Notes as such discount is amortized from the date of
       issuance of the New Notes, Holders of New Notes will not receive any cash
       payments of interest on the New Notes until November 1, 2001.  See
       "Certain United States Federal Income Tax Considerations."

          Principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the New Notes will be
       payable, and the New Notes may be exchanged or transferred, at the office
       or agency of ICG (which initially will be the corporate trust office of
       the Trustee at 1740 Broadway, Denver, Colorado); provided that, at the
       option of ICG, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the
       address of the Holders as such address appears in the Security Register.

          The New Notes will be issued only in fully registered form, without
       coupons, in denominations of $1,000 of principal amount at maturity and
       any integral multiple thereof.  See "--Book Entry; Delivery and Form." No
       service charge will be made for any registration of transfer or exchange
       of New Notes, but ICG may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover
       any transfer tax or other similar governmental charge payable in
       connection therewith.

       OPTIONAL REDEMPTION

          The New Notes will be redeemable, at ICG's option, in whole or in
       part, at any time or from time to time, on or after May 1, 2001 and prior
       to maturity, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' prior notice
       mailed by first class mail to each Holder's last address as it appears in
       the Security Register, at the following Redemption Prices (expressed in
       percentages of principal amount at maturity), plus accrued and unpaid
       interest, if any, to the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders
       of record on the relevant Regular Record Date that is on or prior to the
       Redemption Date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date), if
       redeemed during the 12-month period commencing May 1, of the years set
       forth below:
 
                                YEAR                 PERCENTAGE

                          2001....................   106.250%
                          2002....................   103.125%
                          2003 and thereafter.....   100.000%
 

          In addition, at any time on or prior to May 1, 1999, ICG may, at its
       option from time to time, redeem New Notes having an aggregate principal
       amount of up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of all Old Notes
       issued in the Private Offering, at a redemption price equal to 112/1//2%
       of the Accreted Value thereof on the redemption date, with proceeds of
       one or more Public Equity Offerings of Common Stock of (A) IntelCom or
       (B) ICG, provided that (i), with respect to a Public Equity Offering
       referred to in clause (A) above, cash proceeds of such Public Equity
       Offering in an amount sufficient to effect the redemption of New Notes to
       be so redeemed are contributed by IntelCom to ICG prior to such
       redemption and used by ICG to effect such redemption and (ii) such
       redemption occurs within 180 days after consummation of such Public
       Equity Offering.

                                      -35-
<PAGE>
 
          In the case of any partial redemption, selection of the New Notes for
       redemption will be made by the Trustee in compliance with the
       requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on
       which the New Notes are listed or, if the New Notes are not listed on a
       national securities exchange, on a pro rata basis or by lot; provided
       that no New Note of $1,000 in principal amount at maturity or less shall
       be redeemed in part.  If any New Note is to be redeemed in part only, the
       notice of redemption relating to such New Note shall state the portion of
       the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.  A new New Note in principal
       amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name
       of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original New Note.

          In the event that (i) IntelCom has become or would become obligated to
       pay, on the next date on which any amount would be payable under or with
       respect to the New Notes, any Additional Amounts (as defined herein) as a
       result of certain changes affecting Canadian withholding tax laws, and
       (ii) IntelCom cannot reasonably arrange for another obligor to make such
       payment so as to avoid the requirement to pay such Additional Amounts,
       then IntelCom may redeem all, but not less than all, the New Notes at any
       time at 100% of the Accreted Value thereof on the redemption date,
       together with accrued interest thereon, if any, to the redemption date.
       See "--Additional Amounts."

       GUARANTEE

          ICG's obligations under the New Notes are fully and unconditionally
       guaranteed on a senior basis by the Guarantor; provided that the Note
       Guarantee shall not be enforceable against the Guarantor in an amount in
       excess of the net worth of the Guarantor at the time that determination
       of such net worth is, under applicable law, relevant to the
       enforceability of such Note Guarantee.  Such net worth shall include any
       claim of the Guarantor against ICG for reimbursement.

       RANKING

          The New Notes and the Note Guarantee will be senior unsecured
       indebtedness of ICG and IntelCom, respectively, will rank pari passu in
       right of payment with all existing and future unsecured, unsubordinated
       indebtedness and will be senior in right of payment to all existing and
       future subordinated indebtedness of ICG and IntelCom.  See "Risk Factors-
       -Substantial Indebtedness; Ability to Service Debt" and "--Holding
       Company Reliance on Subsidiaries' Funds; Priority of Creditors;
       Subordination of Exchange Debentures."

       CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

          Set forth below is a summary of certain of the defined terms used in
       the covenants and other provisions of the Notes Indenture.  Reference is
       made to the Notes Indenture for the full definition of all terms as well
       as any other capitalized term used herein for which no definition is
       provided.

          "Accreted Value" is defined to mean, for any Specified Date, the
       amount calculated pursuant to (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) for each $1,000
       principal amount at maturity of New Notes:

          (i) if the Specified Date occurs on one of the following dates (each a
       "Semi-Annual Accrual Date"), the Accreted Value will equal the amount set
       forth below for such Semi-Annual Accrual Date:

 
SEMI-ANNUAL                    ACCRETED
ACCRUAL DATE                    VALUE
- ------------                   --------

                                             
April 30, 1996.................. $  545.21 
November 1, 1996................ $  579.48
May 1, 1997..................... $  615.69
November 1, 1997................ $  654.18
May 1, 1998..................... $  695.06

                                      -36-
<PAGE>
 
November 1, 1998................ $  738.50
May 1, 1999..................... $  784.66
November 1, 1999................ $  833.70
May 1, 2000..................... $  885.81
November 1, 2000................ $  941.17
May 1, 2001..................... $1,000.00
 


          (ii)  if the Specified Date occurs before the first Semi-Annual
       Accrual Date, the Accreted Value will equal the sum of (a) the original
       issue price and (b) an amount equal to the product of (1) the Accreted
       Value for the first Semi-Annual Accrual Date less the original issue
       price multiplied by (2) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number
       of days from the issue date of the New Notes to the Specified Date, using
       a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months, and the denominator of which is
       the number of days elapsed from the issue date of the New Notes to the
       first Semi-Annual Accrual Date, using a 360-day year of twelve 30-day
       months;

          (iii) if the Specified Date occurs between two Semi-Annual Accrual
       Dates, the Accreted Value will equal the sum of (a) the Accreted Value
       for the Semi-Annual Accrual Date immediately preceding such Specified
       Date and (b) an amount equal to the product of (1) the Accreted Value for
       the immediately following Semi-Annual Accrual Date less the Accreted
       Value for the immediately preceding Semi-Annual Accrual Date multiplied
       by (2) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days from the
       immediately preceding Semi-Annual Accrual Date to the Specified Date,
       using a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months, and the denominator of
       which is 180; or

          (iv) if the Specified Date occurs after the last Semi-Annual Accrual
       Date, the Accreted Value will equal $1,000.

          "Adjusted Consolidated Net Income" means, for any period, the
       aggregate net income (or loss) of the Guarantor and its Restricted
       Subsidiaries for such period determined in conformity with GAAP; provided
       that the following items shall be excluded in computing Adjusted
       Consolidated Net Income (without duplication): (i) the net income of any
       Person (other than net income attributable to a Restricted Subsidiary) in
       which any Person (other than the Guarantor or any of its Restricted
       Subsidiaries) has a joint interest and the net income of any Unrestricted
       Subsidiary, except to the extent of the amount of dividends or other
       distributions actually paid to the Guarantor or any of its Restricted
       Subsidiaries by such other Person or such Unrestricted Subsidiary during
       such period; (ii) solely for the purposes of calculating the amount of
       Restricted Payments that may be made pursuant to clause (C) of the first
       paragraph of the "Limitation on Restricted Payments" covenant described
       below (and in such case, except to the extent includable pursuant to
       clause (i) above), the net income (or loss) of any Person accrued prior
       to the date it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged into or
       consolidated with the Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or
       all or substantially all of the property and assets of such Person are
       acquired by the Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; (iii)
       the net income of any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent that the
       declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such
       Restricted Subsidiary of such net income is not at the time permitted by
       the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument,
       judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation
       applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary; (iv) any gains or losses (on an
       after-tax basis) attributable to Asset Sales; (v) except for purposes of
       calculating the amount of Restricted Payments that may be made pursuant
       to clause (C) of the first paragraph of the "Limitation on Restricted
       Payments" covenant described below, any amount paid or accrued as
       dividends on preferred stock of the Guarantor or any Restricted
       Subsidiary owned by Persons other than the Guarantor and any of its
       Restricted Subsidiaries; and (vi) all extraordinary gains and
       extraordinary losses.

          "Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets" means the total amount of
       assets of the Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries (less applicable
       depreciation, amortization and other valuation reserves), except to the
       extent resulting from write-ups of capital assets (excluding write-ups in
       connection with accounting for acquisitions in conformity with GAAP),
       after deducting therefrom (i) all current liabilities of the Guarantor
       and its Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding intercompany items) and (ii)
       all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents, unamortized

                                      -37-
<PAGE>
 
       debt discount and expense and other like intangibles, all as set forth on
       the most recently available quarterly or annual consolidated balance
       sheet of the Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries, prepared in
       conformity with GAAP.

          "Affiliate" means, as applied to any Person, any other Person directly
       or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect
       common control with, such Person.  For purposes of this definition,
       "control" (including, with correlative meanings, the terms "controlling,"
       "controlled by" and "under common control with"), as applied to any
       Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to
       direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such
       Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract
       or otherwise; provided that, with respect to the Guarantor and any of its
       Subsidiaries, the term "Affiliate" shall be deemed to include William W.
       Becker, Lawrence L. Becker and any person related by blood or marriage to
       either of them.

          "Asset Acquisition" means (i) an investment by the Guarantor or any of
       its Restricted Subsidiaries in any other Person pursuant to which such
       Person shall become a Restricted Subsidiary of the Guarantor or shall be
       merged into or consolidated with the Guarantor or any of its Restricted
       Subsidiaries; provided that such Person's primary business is related,
       ancillary or complementary to the businesses of the Guarantor and its
       Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of such investment or (ii) an
       acquisition by the Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of the
       property and assets of any Person other than the Guarantor or any of its
       Restricted Subsidiaries that constitute substantially all of a division
       or line of business of such Person; provided that the property and assets
       acquired are related, ancillary or complementary to the businesses of the
       Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of such
       acquisition.

          "Asset Disposition" means the sale or other disposition by the
       Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than to the
       Guarantor or another Restricted Subsidiary of the Guarantor) of (i) all
       or substantially all of the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of
       the Guarantor or (ii) all or substantially all of the assets that
       constitute a division or line of business of the Guarantor or any of its
       Restricted Subsidiaries.

          "Asset Sale" means any sale, transfer or other disposition (including
       by way of merger, consolidation or sale-leaseback transactions) in one
       transaction or a series of related transactions by the Guarantor or any
       of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any Person other than the Guarantor or
       any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of (i) all or any of the Capital Stock
       of any Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) all or substantially all of the
       property and assets of an operating unit or business of the Guarantor or
       any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) any other property and assets
       of the Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries outside the
       ordinary course of business of the Guarantor or such Restricted
       Subsidiary and, in each case, that is not governed by the provisions of
       the Notes Indenture applicable to mergers, consolidations and sales of
       assets of the Guarantor; provided that the meaning of "Asset Sale" shall
       not include (A) sales or other dispositions of inventory, receivables and
       other current assets, and (B) dispositions of assets of the Guarantor or
       any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in substantially simultaneous
       exchanges for consideration consisting of any combination of cash,
       Temporary Cash Investments and assets that are used or useful in the
       telecommunications business of the Guarantor or its Restricted
       Subsidiaries, if such consideration has an aggregate fair market value
       substantially equal to the fair market value of the assets so disposed
       of; provided, however, that fair market value shall be determined in good
       faith by the Board of Directors of ICG, whose determination shall be
       conclusive and evidenced by a Board Resolution delivered to the Trustee;
       and provided further that any cash or Temporary Cash Investments received
       by the Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to any
       transaction described in clause (B) above shall be applied in accordance
       with clause (A) or (B) of the first paragraph of the "Limitation on Asset
       Sales" covenant.

          "Average Life" means, at any date of determination with respect to any
       debt security, the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the
       products of (a) the number of years from such date of determination to
       the dates of each successive scheduled principal payment of such debt
       security and (b) the amount of such principal payment by (ii) the sum of
       all such principal payments.

                                      -38-
<PAGE>
 
          "Capital Stock" means, with respect to any Person, any and all shares,
       interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated,
       whether voting or non-voting) in equity of such Person, whether now
       outstanding or issued after the date of the Notes Indenture, including,
       without limitation, all Common Stock and preferred stock.

          "Capitalized Lease" means, as applied to any Person, any lease of any
       property (whether real, personal or mixed) of which the discounted
       present value of the rental obligations of such Person as lessee, in
       conformity with GAAP, is required to be capitalized on the balance sheet
       of such Person; and "Capitalized Lease Obligations" means the discounted
       present value of the rental obligations under such lease.

          "Change of Control" means such time as (i) a "person" or "group"
       (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act)
       becomes the ultimate "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under
       the Exchange Act) of Voting Stock having more than 40% of the voting
       power of the total Voting Stock of the Guarantor on a fully diluted
       basis; (ii) individuals who on the Closing Date constitute the Board of
       Directors of the Guarantor (together with any new directors whose
       election by the Board of Directors or whose nomination for election by
       the Guarantor's stockholders was approved by a vote of at least a
       majority of the members of the Board of Directors then in office who
       either were members of the Board of Directors on the Closing Date or
       whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved)
       cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the members of the Board
       of Directors then in office; or (iii) all of the Common Stock of ICG is
       not beneficially owned by the Guarantor; provided, however, that a Change
       of Control shall be deemed not to occur solely as a result of a
       Reorganization permitted by the Notes Indenture.

          "Closing Date" means the date on which the New Notes are originally
       issued under the Notes Indenture.

          "Consolidated EBITDA" means, for any period, the sum of the amounts
       for such period of (i) Adjusted Consolidated Net Income, (ii)
       Consolidated Interest Expense, (iii) income taxes, to the extent such
       amount was deducted in calculating Adjusted Consolidated Net Income
       (other than income taxes (either positive or negative) attributable to
       extraordinary and non-recurring gains or losses or sales of assets), (iv)
       depreciation expense, to the extent such amount was deducted in
       calculating Adjusted Consolidated Net Income, (v) amortization expense,
       to the extent such amount was deducted in calculating Adjusted
       Consolidated Net Income, and (vi) all other non-cash items reducing
       Adjusted Consolidated Net Income (other than items that will require cash
       payments and for which an accrual or reserve is, or is required by GAAP
       to be, made), less all non-cash items increasing Adjusted Consolidated
       Net Income, all as determined on a consolidated basis for the Guarantor
       and its Restricted Subsidiaries in conformity with GAAP; provided that,
       if any Restricted Subsidiary is not a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary,
       Consolidated EBITDA shall be reduced (to the extent not otherwise reduced
       in accordance with GAAP) by an amount equal to (A) the amount of the
       Adjusted Consolidated Net Income attributable to such Restricted
       Subsidiary multiplied by (B) the quotient of (1) the number of shares of
       outstanding Common Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary not owned on the
       last day of such period by the Guarantor or any of its Restricted
       Subsidiaries divided by (2) the total number of shares of outstanding
       Common Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary on the last day of such
       period.

          "Consolidated Interest Expense" means, for any period, the aggregate
       amount of interest in respect of Indebtedness (including amortization of
       original issue discount on any Indebtedness and the interest portion of
       any deferred payment obligation, calculated in accordance with the
       effective interest method of accounting; all commissions, discounts and
       other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and
       bankers' acceptance financing; the net costs associated with Interest
       Rate Agreements; and Indebtedness that is Guaranteed or secured by the
       Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) and all but the
       principal component of rentals in respect of Capitalized Lease
       Obligations paid, accrued or scheduled to be paid or to be accrued by the
       Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period; excluding,
       however, without duplication, (i) any amount of such interest of any
       Restricted Subsidiary if the net income of such Restricted Subsidiary is
       excluded in the calculation of Adjusted Consolidated Net Income pursuant
       to clause (iii) of the definition thereof (but only in the same
       proportion as the net income of such Restricted Subsidiary is excluded
       from the calculation of Adjusted Consolidated Net Income pursuant to
       clause (iii) of the definition thereof) and (ii) any premiums, fees and
       expenses (and any amortization thereof) payable in connection with the
       offering of the 13/1//2% Notes and the warrants issued therewith,

                                      -39-
<PAGE>
 
       the New Notes and/or the Preferred Stock, all as determined on a
       consolidated basis (without taking into account Unrestricted
       Subsidiaries) in conformity with GAAP.

          "Consolidated Net Worth" means, at any date of determination,
       stockholders' equity as set forth on the most recently available
       quarterly or annual consolidated balance sheet of the Guarantor and its
       Restricted Subsidiaries (which shall be as of a date not more than 90
       days prior to the date of such computation, and which shall not take into
       account Unrestricted Subsidiaries), less any amounts attributable to
       Redeemable Stock or any equity security convertible into or exchangeable
       for Indebtedness, the cost of treasury stock and the principal amount of
       any promissory notes receivable from the sale of the Capital Stock of the
       Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, each item to be
       determined in conformity with GAAP (excluding the effects of foreign
       currency exchange adjustments under Financial Accounting Standards Board
       Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 52).

          "Currency Agreement" means any foreign exchange contract, currency
       swap agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to
       protect the Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries against
       fluctuations in currency values to or under which the Guarantor or any of
       its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party or a beneficiary on the Closing
       Date or becomes a party or a beneficiary thereafter.

          "Default" means any event that is, or after notice or passage of time
       or both would be, an Event of Default.

          "FOTI" means Fiber Optic Technologies Inc., a Colorado corporation.

          "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles in the United
       States of America as in effect as of August 8, 1995, including, without
       limitation, those set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the
       Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public
       Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting
       Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as
       approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession.  All
       ratios and computations contained in the Notes Indenture shall be
       computed in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis, except
       that calculations made for purposes of determining compliance with the
       terms of the covenants and with other provisions of the Notes Indenture
       shall be made without giving effect to (i) the amortization of any
       expenses incurred in connection with the offering of the 13/1//2% Notes
       and the warrants issued therewith, the New Notes and/or the Preferred
       Stock and (ii) except as otherwise provided, the amortization of any
       amounts required or permitted by Accounting Principles Board Opinion Nos.
       16 and 17.

          "Guarantee" means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any
       Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other
       obligation of any other Person and, without limiting the generality of
       the foregoing, any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or
       otherwise, of such Person (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply
       funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other
       obligation of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership
       arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods,
       securities or services, to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial
       statement conditions or otherwise) or (ii) entered into for purposes of
       assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness or other
       obligation of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss
       in respect thereof (in whole or in part); provided that the term
       "Guarantee" shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in
       the ordinary course of business.  The term "Guarantee" used as a verb has
       a corresponding meaning.

          "Incur" means, with respect to any Indebtedness, to incur, create,
       issue, assume, Guarantee or otherwise become liable for or with respect
       to, or become responsible for, the payment of, contingently or otherwise,
       such Indebtedness, including an Incurrence of Indebtedness by reason of
       the acquisition of more than 50% of the Capital Stock of any Person;
       provided that neither the accrual of interest nor the accretion of
       original issue discount shall be considered an Incurrence of
       Indebtedness.  The term "Incurrence" has a corresponding meaning.

          "Indebtedness" means, with respect to any Person at any date of
       determination (without duplication), (i) all indebtedness of such Person
       for borrowed money, (ii) all obligations of such Person evidenced by
       bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, (iii) all
       obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit or other
       similar instruments (including reimbursement obligations with respect
       thereto), (iv) all obligations of such

                                      -40-
<PAGE>
 
       Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property or
       services, which purchase price is due more than six months after the date
       of placing such property in service or taking delivery and title thereto
       or the completion of such services, except Trade Payables, (v) all
       obligations of such Person as lessee under Capitalized Leases, (vi) all
       Indebtedness of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of such
       Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person;
       provided that the amount of such Indebtedness shall be the lesser of (A)
       the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination and (B)
       the amount of such Indebtedness, (vii) all Indebtedness of other Persons
       Guaranteed by such Person to the extent such Indebtedness is Guaranteed
       by such Person and (viii) to the extent not otherwise included in this
       definition, obligations under Currency Agreements and Interest Rate
       Agreements.  The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall
       be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations
       as described above and, with respect to contingent obligations, the
       maximum liability upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to
       the obligation, provided (i) that the amount outstanding at any time of
       any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount is the original
       issue price of such Indebtedness and (ii) that Indebtedness shall not
       include any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes.

          "Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio" means, as at any date of determination,
       the ratio of (i) the aggregate amount of Indebtedness of the Guarantor,
       ICG and their Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis
       ("Consolidated Indebtedness") as at the date of determination to (ii) the
       Consolidated EBITDA of the Guarantor for the then most recent four full
       fiscal quarters for which reports have been filed pursuant to the
       "Commission Reports and Reports to Holders" covenant described below
       (such four full fiscal quarter period being referred to herein as the
       "Four Quarter Period"); provided that (x) pro forma effect shall be given
       to any Indebtedness Incurred from the beginning of the Four Quarter
       Period through the Transaction Date (including any Indebtedness Incurred
       on the Transaction Date), to the extent outstanding on the Transaction
       Date, (y) if during the period commencing on the first day of such Four
       Quarter Period through the Transaction Date (the "Reference Period"), the
       Guarantor, ICG or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries shall have engaged
       in any Asset Sale, Consolidated EBITDA for such period shall be reduced
       by an amount equal to the EBITDA (if positive), or increased by an amount
       equal to the EBITDA (if negative), directly attributable to the assets
       which are the subject of such Asset Sale and any related retirement of
       Indebtedness as if such Asset Sale and related retirement of Indebtedness
       had occurred on the first day of such Reference Period or (z) if during
       such Reference Period the Guarantor, ICG or any of the Restricted
       Subsidiaries shall have made any Asset Acquisition, Consolidated EBITDA
       of the Guarantor shall be calculated on a pro forma basis as if such
       Asset Acquisition and any related financing had occurred on the first day
       of such Reference Period.

          "IntelCom" means IntelCom Group Inc.  and its successors and assigns.

          "Investment" in any Person means any direct or indirect advance, loan
       or other extension of credit (including, without limitation, by way of
       Guarantee or similar arrangement; but excluding advances to customers in
       the ordinary course of business that are, in conformity with GAAP,
       recorded as accounts receivable on the balance sheet of the Guarantor or
       its Restricted Subsidiaries) or capital contribution to (by means of any
       transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property
       or services for the account or use of others), or any purchase or
       acquisition of Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other similar
       instruments issued by, such Person and shall include the designation of a
       Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary.  For purposes of the
       definition of "Unrestricted Subsidiary" and the "Limitation on Restricted
       Payments" covenant described below, (i) "Investment" shall include the
       fair market value of the assets (net of liabilities) of any Restricted
       Subsidiary of the Guarantor at the time that such Restricted Subsidiary
       of the Guarantor is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary and shall
       exclude the fair market value of the assets (net of liabilities) of any
       Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time that such Unrestricted Subsidiary is
       designated a Restricted Subsidiary of the Guarantor and (ii) any property
       transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its
       fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as
       determined by the Board of Directors in good faith.

          "Lien" means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance,
       lien or charge of any kind (including, without limitation, any
       conditional sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the
       nature thereof, any sale with recourse against the seller or any
       Affiliate of the seller, or any agreement to give any security interest).

          "MTN" means Maritime Telecommunications Network, Inc., a Colorado
       corporation, and its successors.

                                      -41-
<PAGE>
 
          "Net Cash Proceeds" means, (a) with respect to any Asset Sale, the
       proceeds of such Asset Sale in the form of cash or cash equivalents,
       including payments in respect of deferred payment obligations (to the
       extent corresponding to the principal, but not interest, component
       thereof) when received in the form of cash or cash equivalents (except to
       the extent such obligations are financed or sold with recourse to the
       Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Guarantor) and proceeds
       from the conversion of other property received when converted to cash or
       cash equivalents, net of (i) brokerage commissions and other fees and
       expenses (including fees and expenses of counsel and investment bankers)
       related to such Asset Sale, (ii) provisions for all taxes (whether or not
       such taxes will actually be paid or are payable) as a result of such
       Asset Sale without regard to the consolidated results of operations of
       the Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (iii)
       payments made to repay Indebtedness or any other obligation outstanding
       at the time of such Asset Sale that either (A) is secured by a Lien on
       the property or assets sold or (B) is required to be paid as a result of
       such sale and (iv) appropriate amounts to be provided by the Guarantor or
       any Restricted Subsidiary of the Guarantor as a reserve against any
       liabilities associated with such Asset Sale, including, without
       limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities,
       liabilities related to environmental matters and liabilities under any
       indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale, all as
       determined in conformity with GAAP and (b) with respect to any issuance
       or sale of Capital Stock, the proceeds of such issuance or sale in the
       form of cash or cash equivalents, including payments in respect of
       deferred payment obligations (to the extent corresponding to the
       principal, but not interest, component thereof) when received in the form
       of cash or cash equivalents (except to the extent such obligations are
       financed or sold with recourse to the Guarantor or any Restricted
       Subsidiary of the Guarantor) and proceeds from the conversion of other
       property received when converted to cash or cash equivalents, net of
       attorney's fees, accountants' fees, underwriters' or placement agents'
       fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees
       incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid
       or payable as a result thereof.

          "Offer to Purchase" means an offer to purchase New Notes by ICG from
       the Holders commenced by mailing a notice to the Trustee and each Holder
       stating: (i) the covenant pursuant to which the offer is being made and
       that all New Notes validly tendered will be accepted for payment on a pro
       rata basis; (ii) the purchase price and the date of purchase (which shall
       be a Business Day no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the
       date such notice is mailed) (the "Payment Date"); (iii) that any Senior
       Discount Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest pursuant to
       its terms; (iv) that, unless ICG defaults in the payment of the purchase
       price, any Senior Discount Note accepted for payment pursuant to the
       Offer to Purchase shall cease to accrue interest on and after the Payment
       Date; (v) that Holders electing to have a Senior Discount Note purchased
       pursuant to the Offer to Purchase will be required to surrender the
       Senior Discount Note, together with the form entitled "Option of the
       Holder to Elect Purchase" on the reverse side of the Senior Discount Note
       completed, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice
       prior to the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding
       the Payment Date; (vi) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their
       election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of
       business on the third Business Day immediately preceding the Payment
       Date, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name
       of such Holder, the principal amount of New Notes delivered for purchase
       and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such
       New Notes purchased; and (vii) that Holders whose new New Notes are being
                                                         ===                    
       purchased only in part will be issued new  Notes equal in principal
       amount to the unpurchased portion of the New Notes surrendered; provided
       that each Senior Discount Note purchased and each new Senior Discount
       Note issued shall be in a principal amount of $1,000 or integral
       multiples thereof.  On the Payment Date, ICG shall (i) accept for payment
       on a pro rata basis New Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to an
       Offer to Purchase; (ii) deposit with the Paying Agent money sufficient to
       pay the purchase price of all New Notes or portions thereof so accepted;
       and (iii) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee all New Notes
       or portions thereof so accepted together with an Officers' Certificate
       specifying the New Notes or portions thereof accepted for payment by ICG.
       The Paying Agent shall promptly mail to the Holders of New Notes so
       accepted payment in an amount equal to the purchase price, and the
       Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail to such Holders a new Senior
       Discount Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the
       Senior Discount Note surrendered; provided that each Senior Discount Note
       purchased and each new Senior Discount Note issued shall be in a
       principal amount of $1,000 or integral multiples thereof.  ICG will
       publicly announce the results of an Offer to Purchase as soon as
       practicable after the Payment Date.  The Trustee shall act as the Paying
       Agent for an Offer to Purchase.  ICG will comply with Rule 14e-1 under
       the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder
       to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable, in the event that
       ICG is required to repurchase New Notes pursuant to an Offer to Purchase.

                                      -42-
<PAGE>
 
          "Ohio LINX" means ICG Ohio LINX, Inc., an Ohio corporation.

          "Permitted Investment" means (i) an Investment in a Restricted
       Subsidiary or a Person which will, upon the making of such Investment,
       become a Restricted Subsidiary or be merged or consolidated with or into
       or transfer or convey all or substantially all its assets to, the
       Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such person's primary
       business is related, ancillary or complementary to the businesses of the
       Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of such Investment;
       (ii) a Temporary Cash Investment; (iii) payroll, travel and similar
       advances to cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances
       ultimately to be treated as expenses in accordance with GAAP; (iv) loans
       or advances to employees made in the ordinary course of business in
       accordance with past practice of the Guarantor or its Restricted
       Subsidiaries and that do not in the aggregate exceed $2 million at any
       time outstanding; and (v) stock, obligations or securities received in
       satisfaction of judgments.

          "Permitted Liens" means (i) Liens for taxes, assessments, governmental
       charges or claims that are being contested in good faith by appropriate
       legal proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted and for
       which a reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be
       required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made; (ii) statutory
       Liens of landlords and carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, suppliers,
       materialmen, repairmen or other similar Liens arising in the ordinary
       course of business and with respect to amounts not yet delinquent or
       being contested in good faith by appropriate legal proceedings promptly
       instituted and diligently conducted and for which a reserve or other
       appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required in conformity with
       GAAP shall have been made; (iii) Liens incurred or deposits made in the
       ordinary course of business in connection with workers' compensation,
       unemployment insurance and other types of social security; (iv) Liens
       incurred or deposits made to secure the performance of tenders, bids,
       leases, statutory or regulatory obligations, bankers' acceptances, surety
       and appeal bonds, government contracts, performance and return-of-money
       bonds and other obligations of a similar nature incurred in the ordinary
       course of business (exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed
       money); (v) easements, rights of way, municipal and zoning ordinances and
       similar charges, encumbrances, title defects or other irregularities that
       do not materially interfere with the ordinary course of business of the
       Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; (vi) Liens (including
       extensions and renewals thereof) upon real or personal property acquired
       after the Closing Date; provided that (a) such Lien is created solely for
       the purpose of securing Indebtedness Incurred, in accordance with the
       "Limitation on Indebtedness" covenant described below, (1) to finance the
       cost (including the cost of improvement or construction) of the item of
       property or assets subject thereto and such Lien is created prior to, at
       the time of or within six months after the later of the acquisition, the
       completion of construction or the commencement of full operation of such
       property or (2) to refinance any Indebtedness previously so secured, (b)
       the principal amount of the Indebtedness secured by such Lien does not
       exceed 100% of such cost and (c) any such Lien shall not extend to or
       cover any property or assets other than such item of property or assets
       and any improvements on such item; (vii) leases or subleases granted to
       others that do not materially interfere with the ordinary course of
       business of the Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a
       whole; (viii) Liens encumbering property or assets under construction
       arising from progress or partial payments by a customer of the Guarantor
       or its Restricted Subsidiaries relating to such property or assets; (ix)
       any interest or title of a lessor in the property subject to any
       Capitalized Lease or operating lease; (x) Liens arising from filing
       Uniform Commercial Code financing statements regarding leases; (xi) Liens
       on property of, or on shares of stock or Indebtedness of, any corporation
       existing at the time such corporation becomes, or becomes a part of, any
       Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such Liens do not extend to or cover
       any property or assets of the Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary
       other than the property or assets acquired; (xii) Liens in favor of the
       Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary; (xiii) Liens arising from the
       rendering of a final judgment or order against the Guarantor or any
       Restricted Subsidiary of the Guarantor that does not give rise to an
       Event of Default; (xiv) Liens securing reimbursement obligations with
       respect to letters of credit that encumber documents and other property
       relating to such letters of credit and the products and proceeds thereof;
       (xv) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a
       matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the
       importation of goods; (xvi) Liens encumbering customary initial deposits
       and margin deposits, and other Liens that are either within the general
       parameters customary in the industry and incurred in the ordinary course
       of business, in each case, securing Indebtedness under Interest Rate
       Agreements and Currency Agreements and forward contracts, options, future
       contracts, futures options or similar agreements or arrangements designed
       to protect the Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from
       fluctuations in the price of commodities; (xvii) Liens arising out of
       conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements
       for the sale of goods entered into by the Guarantor or any of

                                      -43-
<PAGE>
 
       its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business in
       accordance with the past practices of the Guarantor and its Restricted

       Subsidiaries prior to the Closing Date; and (xviii) Liens on or sales of
       receivables.

          "Preferred stock" or "preferred stock" means, with respect to any
       Person, any and all shares, interests, participations or other
       equivalents (however designated, whether voting or non-voting) of such
       Person's preferred or preference stock, whether now outstanding or issued
       after the date of the Notes Indenture, including, without limitation, all
       series and classes of such preferred or preference stock.

          "Preferred Stock" means the preferred stock of ICG issued on the
       Closing Date and any shares of preferred stock issued as payment in kind
       dividends thereon.

          "Public Equity Offering" means a bona fide underwritten primary public
       offering of Common Stock of IntelCom or ICG pursuant to an effective
       registration statement under the Securities Act.

          "Redeemable Stock" means any class or series of Capital Stock of any
       Person that by its terms or otherwise is (i) required to be redeemed
       prior to the Stated Maturity of the New Notes, (ii) redeemable at the
       option of the holder of such class or series of Capital Stock at any time
       prior to the Stated Maturity of the New Notes or (iii) convertible into
       or exchangeable for Capital Stock referred to in clause (i) or (ii) above
       or Indebtedness having a scheduled maturity prior to the Stated Maturity
       of the New Notes; provided that any Capital Stock that would not
       constitute Redeemable Stock but for provisions thereof giving holders
       thereof the right to require such Person to repurchase or redeem such
       Capital Stock upon the occurrence of an "asset sale" or "change of
       control" occurring prior to the Stated Maturity of the New Notes shall
       not constitute Redeemable Stock if the "asset sale" or "change of
       control" provisions applicable to such Capital Stock are no more
       favorable to the holders of such Capital Stock than the provisions
       contained in "Limitation on Asset Sales" and "Repurchase of New Notes
       Upon a Change of Control" covenants described below and such Capital
       Stock specifically provides that such Person will not repurchase or
       redeem any such stock pursuant to such provision prior to the Guarantor's
       repurchase of such New Notes as are required to be repurchased pursuant
       to the "Limitation on Asset Sales" and "Repurchase of New Notes Upon a
       Change of Control" covenants described below.

          "Restricted Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of the Guarantor other
       than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

          "Significant Subsidiary" means, at any date of determination, any
       Restricted Subsidiary of the Guarantor that, together with its
       Subsidiaries, (i) for the most recent fiscal year of the Guarantor,
       accounted for more than 10% of the consolidated revenues of the Guarantor
       and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (ii) as of the end of such fiscal
       year, was the owner of more than 10% of the consolidated assets of the
       Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries, all as set forth on the most
       recently available consolidated financial statements of the Guarantor for
       such fiscal year.

          "Specified Date" means any redemption date, any date of purchase for
       any purchase of New Notes pursuant to the "Limitation on Asset Sales" or
       "Repurchase of New Notes upon a Change of Control" covenants described
       below or any date on which the New Notes are due and payable after an
       Event of Default.

          "StarCom" means StarCom International Optics Corporation, a British
       Columbia corporation, and its subsidiaries.

          "Stated Maturity" means, (i) with respect to any debt security, the
       date specified in such debt security as the fixed date on which the final
       installment of principal of such debt security is due and payable and
       (ii) with respect to any scheduled installment of principal of or
       interest on any debt security, the date specified in such debt security
       as the fixed date on which such installment is due and payable.

          "Strategic Investor" means any Person engaged in the
       telecommunications business which has a net worth or equity market
       capitalization of at least $1 billion.

          "Strategic Investor Subordinated Indebtedness" means all Indebtedness
       of ICG owed to a Strategic Investor that is contractually subordinate in
       right of payment to the New Notes to at least the following extent: no
       payment

                                      -44-
<PAGE>
 
       of principal (or premium, if any) or interest on or otherwise payable in
       respect of such Indebtedness may be made (whether as a result of a
       default or otherwise) prior to the payment in full of all of the
       Guarantor's and ICG's obligations under the New Notes, provided, however,
       that prior to the payment of such obligations, interest on Strategic
       Investor Subordinated Indebtedness may be payable solely in kind or in
       Common Stock (other than Redeemable Stock) of the Guarantor.

          "Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person, any corporation,
       association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the
       outstanding Voting Stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person
       and one or more other Subsidiaries of such Person.

          "Temporary Cash Investment" means any of the following: (i) direct
       obligations of the United States of America or any agency thereof or
       obligations fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the United States of
       America or any agency thereof, (ii) time deposit accounts, certificates
       of deposit and money market deposits maturing within 270 days of the date
       of acquisition thereof, bankers' acceptances with maturities not
       exceeding 270 days, and overnight bank deposits, in each case issued by
       or with a bank or trust company which is organized under the laws of the
       United States of America, any state thereof or any foreign country
       recognized by the United States, and which bank or trust company has
       capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating in excess of $100
       million (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof) and has outstanding
       debt which is rated "A" (or such similar equivalent rating) or higher by
       at least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization (as
       defined in Rule 436 under the Securities Act) or any money-market fund
       sponsored by a registered broker dealer or mutual fund distributor, (iii)
       repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 30 days for
       underlying securities of the types described in clause (i) above entered
       into with a bank meeting the qualifications described in clause (ii)
       above, (iv) commercial paper, maturing not more than 180 days after the
       date of acquisition, issued by a corporation (other than an Affiliate of
       the Guarantor) organized and in existence under the laws of the United
       States of America, any state thereof or any foreign country recognized by
       the United States of America with a rating at the time as of which any
       investment therein is made of "P-1" (or higher) according to Moody's
       Investors Service, Inc. or "A-1" (or higher) according to Standard &
       Poor's Ratings Group, and (v) securities with maturities of six months or
       less from the date of acquisition issued or fully and unconditionally
       guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States
       of America, or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof,
       and rated at least "A" by Standard & Poor's Ratings Group or Moody's
       Investors Service, Inc.

          "13 1/2% Notes" means the 13 1/2% Notes due 2005 of ICG guaranteed by
       IntelCom on a senior unsecured basis.

          "Transaction Date" means, with respect to the Incurrence of any
       Indebtedness by the Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, the
       date such Indebtedness is to be Incurred and, with respect to any
       Restricted Payment, the date such Restricted Payment is to be made.

          "Unrestricted Subsidiary" means (i) any Subsidiary of the Guarantor
       that at the time of determination shall be designated an Unrestricted
       Subsidiary by the Board of Directors in the manner provided below and
       (ii) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.  The Board of
       Directors may designate any Restricted Subsidiary of the Guarantor
       (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary of the
       Guarantor), other than ICG or a Subsidiary that has given a Subsidiary
       Guarantee, to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary owns
       any Capital Stock of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of, the
       Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that either (A) the
       Subsidiary to be so designated has total assets of $1,000 or less or (B)
       if such Subsidiary has assets greater than $1,000, that such designation
       would be permitted under the "Limitation on Restricted Payments" covenant
       described below.  The Board of Directors may designate any Unrestricted
       Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Guarantor; provided that
       immediately after giving effect to such designation (x) the Guarantor
       could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under the first paragraph of
       the "Limitation on Indebtedness" covenant described below and (y) no
       Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.  Any
       such designation by the Board of Directors shall be evidenced to the
       Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the Board
       Resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officers' Certificate
       certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

                                      -45-
<PAGE>
 
          "Voting Stock" means, with respect to any Person, Capital Stock of any
       class or kind ordinarily having the power to vote for the election of
       directors, managers or other voting members of the governing body of such
       Person.

          "Wholly Owned" means, with respect to any Subsidiary of any Person,
       such Subsidiary if all of the outstanding Capital Stock in such
       Subsidiary (other than any director's qualifying shares or Investments by
       foreign nationals mandated by applicable law) is owned by such Person or
       one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

          "Zycom" means Zycom Corporation, an Alberta, Canada corporation.

       COVENANTS

       LIMITATION ON INDEBTEDNESS

          (a)  Under the terms of the Notes Indenture, the Guarantor will not,
       and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, Incur any
       Indebtedness (other than the New Notes, the Guarantor's Guarantee thereof
       and Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date); provided that the
       Guarantor and ICG may Incur Indebtedness if, after giving effect to the
       Incurrence of such Indebtedness and the receipt and application of the
       proceeds therefrom, the Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio would be greater
       than zero and less than 5:1.

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Guarantor and any Restricted
       Subsidiary (except as specified below) may Incur each and all of the
       following: (i) Indebtedness of the Guarantor or ICG outstanding at any
       time, which Indebtedness generates gross proceeds to the Guarantor or ICG
       of up to $400 million, less the gross proceeds of Indebtedness
       permanently repaid as provided under the "Limitation on Asset Sales"
       covenant described below; provided that (A) Indebtedness generating gross
       proceeds to the Guarantor or ICG of up to $150 million may be Incurred
       under this clause (i) with no additional requirements and (B) prior to,
       or contemporaneously with, the Incurrence of Indebtedness generating all
       or any part of the remaining $250 million of gross proceeds referred to
       under this clause (i), the Guarantor or ICG shall have issued or shall
       issue preferred stock (which has a final stated redemption date later
       than the Stated Maturity of the 13/1// 2% Notes) generating an amount of
       gross proceeds equal to or greater than the amount of Indebtedness so
       Incurred and (x) with respect to preferred stock issued on the same date
       as Indebtedness Incurred under this clause (i)(B), having a dividend rate
       of no more than 2.75 percentage points higher than the interest rate on
       the Indebtedness so Incurred, and (y) with respect to preferred stock
       issued at any other time which will be applied to satisfy the criteria
       under this clause (i)(B), having a secondary market yield, on the same
       date as the Indebtedness so Incurred, which a nationally recognized
       investment banking firm certifies to the Trustee is no more than 2.75
       percentage points higher than the interest rate on the Indebtedness that
       is being Incurred pursuant to this clause (i)(B); (ii) Indebtedness to
       the Guarantor or any of its Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries;
       provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock
       which results in any such Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to
       be a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of
       such Indebtedness (other than to the Guarantor or another Wholly Owned
       Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an
       Incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (ii); (iii)
       Indebtedness issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are
       used to refinance or refund, then outstanding Indebtedness, other than
       Indebtedness Incurred under clause (i), (ii), (v), (vi), (viii), (ix),
       (xi) or (xii) of this paragraph, and any refinancings thereof in an
       amount not to exceed the amount so refinanced or refunded (plus premiums,
       accrued interest, fees and expenses); provided that Indebtedness the
       proceeds of which are used to refinance or refund the New Notes or
       Indebtedness that is pari passu with, or subordinated in right of payment
       to, the New Notes or the Senior Discount Note Guarantee shall only be
       permitted under this clause (iii) if (A) in case the New Notes are
       refinanced in part or the Indebtedness to be refinanced is pari passu
       with the New Notes or the Senior Discount Note Guarantee, such new
       Indebtedness, by its terms or by the terms of any agreement or instrument
       pursuant to which such new Indebtedness is outstanding, is expressly made
       pari passu with, or subordinate in right of payment to, the remaining New
       Notes or the Senior Discount Note Guarantee, as the case may be, (B) in
       case the Indebtedness to be refinanced is subordinated in right of
       payment to the New Notes or the Senior Discount Note Guarantee, such new
       Indebtedness, by its terms or by the terms of any agreement or instrument
       pursuant to which such new Indebtedness is issued or remains outstanding,
       is expressly made subordinate in right of payment to the New Notes or the
       Senior Discount Note Guarantee, as the case may be, at least to the
       extent that the Indebtedness

                                      -46-
<PAGE>
 
       to be refinanced is subordinated to the New Notes or the Senior Discount
       Note Guarantee, as the case may be and (C) such new Indebtedness,
       determined as of the date of Incurrence of such new Indebtedness, does
       not mature prior to the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness to be
       refinanced or refunded, and the Average Life of such new Indebtedness is
       at least equal to the remaining Average Life of the Indebtedness to be
       refinanced or refunded; and provided further that in no event may
       Indebtedness of the Guarantor or ICG be refinanced by means of any
       Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Guarantor or ICG, as the
       case may be, pursuant to this clause (iii); (iv) Indebtedness (A) in
       respect of performance, surety or appeal bonds provided in the ordinary
       course of business, (B) under Currency Agreements and Interest Rate
       Agreements; provided that such agreements do not increase the
       Indebtedness of the obligor outstanding at any time other than as a
       result of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates or interest
       rates or by reason of fees, indemnities and compensation payable
       thereunder; and (C) arising from agreements providing for
       indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, or
       from Guarantees or letters of credit, surety bonds or performance bonds
       securing any obligations of ICG or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
       pursuant to such agreements, in any case Incurred in connection with the
       disposition of any business, assets or Restricted Subsidiary of ICG
       (other than Guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by any Person acquiring
       all or any portion of such business, assets or Restricted Subsidiary of
       ICG for the purpose of financing such acquisition), in a principal amount
       at maturity not to exceed the gross proceeds actually received by ICG or
       any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such disposition; (v)
       Indebtedness of the Guarantor or, to the extent the proceeds referred to
       below are contributed to ICG, ICG, not to exceed, at any one time
       outstanding, twice the amount of Net Cash Proceeds received by the
       Guarantor after the Closing Date from the issuance and sale of its
       Capital Stock (other than Redeemable Stock or preferred stock); provided
       that such Indebtedness does not mature prior to the Stated Maturity of
       the New Notes, has an Average Life longer than the New Notes and is
       subordinated to the New Notes as provided in Schedule I to the Notes
       Indenture; (vi) Strategic Investor Subordinated Indebtedness; (vii)
       Indebtedness of the Guarantor or ICG, to the extent the proceeds thereof
       are immediately used after the Incurrence thereof to purchase New Notes
       tendered in an Offer to Purchase made as a result of a Change of Control;
       (viii) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Guarantor
       Incurred pursuant to any credit agreement (including equipment leasing or
       financing agreements) of such Restricted Subsidiary in effect on August
       8, 1995 (or any agreement refinancing Indebtedness under such credit
       agreement), up to the amount of the commitment under such credit
       agreement on August 8, 1995; (ix) Indebtedness of the Guarantor or ICG,
       in an amount not to exceed $100 million at any one time outstanding,
       consisting of Capitalized Lease Obligations with respect to assets that
       are used or useful in the telecommunications business of the Guarantor or
       its Restricted Subsidiaries; (x) Indebtedness Incurred to defease the New
       Notes; (xi) Indebtedness of any Person that becomes a Restricted
       Subsidiary of the Guarantor after March 31, 1996, which Indebtedness
       exists or for which there is a commitment to lend at the time such Person
       becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and subsequent Incurrences thereof
       ("Acquired Indebtedness"), in an accreted amount not to exceed $50
       million at any one time outstanding in the aggregate for all such
       Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that such Acquired Indebtedness does
       not exceed 65% of the consideration (calculated by including the Acquired
       Indebtedness as a part of such consideration) for the acquisition of such
       Person; and (xii) Indebtedness of the Guarantor or ICG, in an amount not
       to exceed $30 million at any one time outstanding, consisting of letters
       of credit and similar arrangements used to support obligations of the
       Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to the
       acquisition of (by purchase, lease or otherwise), construction of, or
       improvements on, assets that will be used or useful in the
       telecommunications business of the Guarantor or its Restricted
       Subsidiaries.

          (b) For purposes of determining any particular amount of Indebtedness
       under this "Limitation on Indebtedness" covenant, Guarantees, Liens or
       obligations with respect to letters of credit supporting Indebtedness
       otherwise included in the determination of such particular amount shall
       not be included.  For purposes of determining compliance with this
       "Limitation on Indebtedness" covenant, in the event that an item of
       Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the types of
       Indebtedness described in the above clauses, ICG, in its sole discretion,
       shall classify such item of Indebtedness and only be required to include
       the amount and type of such Indebtedness in one of such clauses.

       LIMITATION ON RESTRICTED PAYMENTS

          So long as any of the New Notes are outstanding, the Guarantor will
       not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or
       indirectly, (i) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on
       its Capital Stock

                                      -47-
<PAGE>
 
       held by Persons other than the Guarantor or any of its Restricted
       Subsidiaries (other than dividends or distributions payable solely in
       shares of its or such Restricted Subsidiary's Capital Stock (other than
       Redeemable Stock) of the same class held by such holders or in options,
       warrants or other rights to acquire such shares of Capital Stock and
       other than pro rata dividends or distributions on Common Stock of
       Restricted Subsidiaries), (ii) purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise
       acquire for value any shares of Capital Stock of the Guarantor or any
       Restricted Subsidiary (including options, warrants or other rights to
       acquire such shares of Capital Stock) held by Persons other than the
       Guarantor or any of its Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries (except for
       Capital Stock of MTN, StarCom, Ohio LINX, FOTI and Zycom to the extent
       the consideration therefor consists solely of Common Stock (other than
       Redeemable Stock) of the Guarantor transferred in compliance with the
       Securities Act), (iii) make any voluntary or optional principal payment,
       or voluntary or optional redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other
       acquisition or retirement for value, of Indebtedness of ICG or the
       Guarantor that is subordinated in right of payment to the New Notes or
       the Note Guarantee, as the case may be, or (iv) make any Investment,
       other than a Permitted Investment, in any Person (such payments or any
       other actions described in clauses (i) through (iv) being collectively
       "Restricted Payments") if, at the time of, and after giving effect to,
       the proposed Restricted Payment: (A) a Default or Event of Default shall
       have occurred and be continuing, (B) the Guarantor could not Incur at
       least $1.00 of Indebtedness under the first paragraph of the "Limitation
       on Indebtedness" covenant or (C) the aggregate amount expended for all
       Restricted Payments (the amount so expended, if other than in cash, to be
       determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, whose determination
       shall be conclusive and evidenced by a Board Resolution) after the date
       of the Notes Indenture shall exceed the sum of (1) 50% of the aggregate
       amount of the Adjusted Consolidated Net Income (or, if the Adjusted
       Consolidated Net Income is a loss, minus 100% of such amount) (determined
       by excluding income resulting from transfers of assets by the Guarantor
       or a Restricted Subsidiary to an Unrestricted Subsidiary) accrued on a
       cumulative basis during the period (taken as one accounting period)
       beginning on the first day of the fiscal quarter immediately following
       the Closing Date and ending on the last day of the last fiscal quarter
       preceding the Transaction Date for which reports have been filed pursuant
       to the "Commission Reports and Reports to Holders" covenant plus (2) the
       aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received by the Guarantor after the Closing
       Date from the issuance and sale permitted by the Notes Indenture of its
       Capital Stock (other than Redeemable Stock) to a Person who is not a
       Subsidiary of the Guarantor, or from the issuance to a Person who is not
       a Subsidiary of the Guarantor of any options, warrants or other rights to
       acquire Capital Stock of the Guarantor (in each case, exclusive of any
       Redeemable Stock or any options, warrants or other rights that are
       redeemable at the option of the holder, or are required to be redeemed,
       prior to the Stated Maturity of the New Notes) plus (3) an amount equal
       to the net reduction in Investments (other than reductions in Permitted
       Investments) in any Person resulting from payments of interest on
       Indebtedness, dividends, repayments of loans or advances, or other
       transfers of assets, in each case to the Guarantor or any Restricted
       Subsidiary (except to the extent any such payment is included in the
       calculation of Adjusted Consolidated Net Income), or from redesignations
       of Unrestricted Subsidiaries as Restricted Subsidiaries (valued in each
       case as provided in the definition of "Investments"), not to exceed the
       amount of Investments previously made by the Guarantor and its Restricted
       Subsidiaries in such Person.

          The foregoing provision shall not be violated by reason of: (i) the
       payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration
       thereof if, at said date of declaration, such payment would comply with
       the foregoing paragraph; (ii) the redemption, repurchase, defeasance or
       other acquisition or retirement for value of Indebtedness that is
       subordinated in right of payment to the New Notes or the Senior Discount
       Note Guarantee, as the case may be, including premium, if any, and
       accrued and unpaid interest, with the proceeds of, or in exchange for,
       Indebtedness Incurred under clause (iii) of the second paragraph of the
       "Limitation on Indebtedness" covenant; (iii) the repurchase, redemption
       or other acquisition of Capital Stock of the Guarantor or ICG (or
       options, warrants or other rights to acquire such Capital Stock) and with
       respect to any Preferred Stock, the payment of accrued dividends thereon
       in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of a substantially concurrent
       issuance or sale of, shares of Capital Stock (other than Redeemable
       Stock) of the Guarantor or ICG; provided that the redemption of any
       preferred stock and the payment of accrued dividends thereon pursuant to
       any mandatory redemption feature thereof and any redemption of any other
       Capital Stock and with respect to any Preferred Stock, the payment of
       accrued dividends thereon (or options, warrants or other rights to
       acquire such Capital Stock) shall be deemed to be "substantially
       concurrent" with such issuance and sale if the required notice with
       respect to such redemption is irrevocably given by a date which is no
       later than five Business Days after receipt of the proceeds of such
       issuance and sale and such redemption and payment is consummated within
       the period provided for in the documents providing for the redemption of
       such preferred stock or the documents governing the redemption of such
       other

                                      -48-
<PAGE>
 
       Capital Stock, as the case may be; (iv) the acquisition of Indebtedness
       of ICG or the Guarantor which is subordinated in right of payment to the
       New Notes or the Senior Discount Note Guarantee, as the case may be, in
       exchange for, or out of the proceeds of, a substantially concurrent
       offering of, shares of the Capital Stock of the Guarantor (other than
       Redeemable Stock); (v) payments or distributions, in the nature of
       satisfaction of dissenters' rights, pursuant to or in connection with a
       consolidation, merger or transfer of assets that complies with the
       provisions of the Notes Indenture applicable to mergers, consolidations
       and transfers of all or substantially all of the property and assets of
       ICG or the Guarantor; (vi) Investments, not to exceed $10 million in the
       aggregate, each evidenced by a senior promissory note payable to ICG that
       provides that it will become due and payable prior to (or, in the case of
       acceleration, concurrently with) any required repayment (including
       pursuant to an Offer to Purchase in connection with a Change of Control)
       of the New Notes; (vii) Investments, not to exceed $5 million in the
       aggregate, that meet the requirements of clause (vi) above; provided that
       the Board of Directors of the Guarantor shall have determined, in good
       faith, that each such Investment under this clause (vii) will enable the
       Guarantor, ICG or one of their Restricted Subsidiaries to obtain
       additional business that it might not be able to obtain without the
       making of such Investment; (viii) with respect to preferred stock
       permitted to be issued and sold under the "Limitation on the Issuance of
       Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries" covenant, the payment (A) of
       dividends on such preferred stock in additional shares of preferred stock
       and (B) of cash dividends on such preferred stock and accrued interest on
       unpaid dividends, in each case after May 1, 2001; (ix) the repurchase, in
       the event of a Change of Control, of preferred stock of ICG or the
       Guarantor and Indebtedness of ICG or the Guarantor into which such
       preferred stock has been exchanged; provided that prior to repurchasing
       such preferred stock or Indebtedness, ICG or the Guarantor, as the case
       may be, shall have made a Change of Control Offer to repurchase the New
       Notes in accordance with the terms of the Notes Indenture (and an offer
       to repurchase other Indebtedness, if required by the terms thereof, in
       accordance with the indenture or other document governing such other
       Indebtedness) and shall have accepted and paid for any New Notes (and
       other Indebtedness) properly tendered in connection with such Change of
       Control Offer for the New Notes or change of control offer for such other
       Indebtedness; (x) the issuance of preferred stock permitted to be issued
       under the Notes Indenture in exchange for Indebtedness; provided that the
       Incurrence of such Indebtedness complies with the "Limitation on
       Indebtedness" covenant; and (xi) the redemption of the 12% Redeemable
       Preferred Stock of ICG and the repurchase of 916,666 warrants to purchase
       Common Stock of IntelCom, in each case in accordance with the documents
       governing such redemption or repurchase, with a portion of the net
       proceeds from the issuance of the Preferred Stock; provided that, except
       in the case of clauses (i) and (iii), no Default or Event of Default
       shall have occurred and be continuing or occur as a consequence of the
       actions or payments set forth therein.

          Each Restricted Payment permitted pursuant to the preceding paragraph
       (other than the Restricted Payment referred to in clauses (ii), (viii)(A)
       and (x) thereof), and the Net Cash Proceeds from any issuance of Capital
       Stock referred to in clause (iii) or (iv) shall be included in
       calculating whether the conditions of clause (C) of the first paragraph
       of this "Limitation on Restricted Payments" covenant have been met with
       respect to any subsequent Restricted Payments.  Notwithstanding the
       foregoing, in the event the proceeds of an issuance of Capital Stock of
       the Guarantor are used for the redemption, repurchase or other
       acquisition of the New Notes, or Indebtedness that is pari passu with the
       New Notes, then the Net Cash Proceeds of such issuance shall be included
       in clause (C) of the first paragraph of this "Limitation on Restricted
       Payments" covenant only to the extent such proceeds are not used for such
       redemption, repurchase or other acquisition of such Indebtedness.

       LIMITATION ON DIVIDEND AND OTHER PAYMENT RESTRICTIONS AFFECTING
       RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES

          So long as any of the New Notes are outstanding, the Guarantor will
       not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create or
       otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual
       encumbrance or restriction of any kind on the ability of any Restricted
       Subsidiary to (i) pay dividends or make any other distributions permitted
       by applicable law on any Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary
       owned by the Guarantor or any other Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) pay any
       Indebtedness owed to the Guarantor or any other Restricted Subsidiary,
       (iii) make loans or advances to the Guarantor or any other Restricted
       Subsidiary or (iv) transfer any of its property or assets to the
       Guarantor or any other Restricted Subsidiary.

          The foregoing provisions shall not restrict any encumbrances or
       restrictions: (i) existing on the Closing Date in the Notes Indenture or
       any other agreement in effect on the Closing Date, and any extensions,
       refinancings,

                                      -49-
<PAGE>
 
       renewals or replacements of such agreements; provided that the
       encumbrances and restrictions in any such extensions, refinancings,
       renewals or replacements are no less favorable in any material respect to
       the Holders than those encumbrances or restrictions that are then in
       effect and that are being extended, refinanced, renewed or replaced; (ii)
       existing under or by reason of applicable law; (iii) existing with
       respect to any Person or the property or assets of such Person acquired
       by the Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary, existing at the time of
       such acquisition and not incurred in contemplation thereof, which
       encumbrances or restrictions are not applicable to any Person or the
       property or assets of any Person other than such Person or the property
       or assets of such Person so acquired; (iv) in the case of clause (iv) of
       the first paragraph of this "Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment
       Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries" covenant, (A) that
       restrict in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer of
       any property or asset that is a lease, license, conveyance or contract or
       similar property or asset, (B) existing by virtue of any transfer of,
       agreement to transfer, option or right with respect to, or Lien on, any
       property or assets of the Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary not
       otherwise prohibited by the Notes Indenture or (C) arising or agreed to
       in the ordinary course of business, not relating to any Indebtedness, and
       that do not, individually or in the aggregate, detract from the value of
       property or assets of the Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary in any
       manner material to the Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary; (v) with
       respect to a Restricted Subsidiary and imposed pursuant to an agreement
       that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or
       substantially all of the Capital Stock of, or property and assets of,
       such Restricted Subsidiary; or (vi) imposed pursuant to preferred stock
       of ICG issued under clause (vi) of the "Limitation on the Issuance and
       Sale of Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries" covenant, or exchange
       debentures or exchange notes of ICG issued in exchange therefor; provided
       that such restrictions (A) may include a prohibition (x) on payments on
       Capital Stock upon liquidation, winding-up and dissolution of ICG and (y)
       on the payment of dividends on and the making of any distribution on, or
       the purchase, redemption, retirement or other acquisition for value of
       Capital Stock of ICG if dividends or other amounts on such preferred
       stock are unpaid and (B) any restrictions imposed pursuant to preferred
       stock of ICG other than pursuant to clause (A) shall be no more
       restrictive than the restrictions contained in the Notes Indenture
       (assuming that references to the Guarantor in the Notes Indenture were
       replaced with references to ICG).  Nothing contained in this "Limitation
       on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted
       Subsidiaries" covenant shall prevent the Guarantor or any Restricted
       Subsidiary from (1) creating, incurring, assuming or suffering to exist
       any Liens otherwise permitted in the "Limitation on Liens" covenant or
       (2) restricting the sale or other disposition of property or assets of
       the Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that secure
       Indebtedness of the Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

       LIMITATION ON THE ISSUANCE AND SALE OF CAPITAL STOCK OF RESTRICTED
       SUBSIDIARIES

          Under the terms of the Notes Indenture, the Guarantor will not sell,
       and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to
       issue or sell, any shares of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary
       (including options, warrants or other rights to purchase shares of such
       Capital Stock) except (i) to the Guarantor or a Wholly Owned Restricted
       Subsidiary; (ii) issuances or sales to foreign nationals of shares of
       Capital Stock of foreign Restricted Subsidiaries, to the extent required
       by applicable law; (iii) if, immediately after giving effect to such
       issuance or sale, such Restricted Subsidiary would no longer constitute a
       Restricted Subsidiary; (iv) with respect to Common Stock of MTN, StarCom
       and Zycom; provided that the proceeds of any such sale under clause (iv)
       shall be applied in accordance with clause (A) or (B) of the first
       paragraph of the "Limitation on Asset Sales" covenant described below;
       (v) with respect to Common Stock of FOTI; provided that FOTI shall not
       retain any net proceeds from such sales or issuances in excess of $10
       million in the aggregate and any net proceeds in excess of such $10
       million shall be received by, or paid promptly by FOTI to, the Guarantor,
       ICG or any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Guarantor; and (vi)
       with respect to (A) preferred stock of ICG having an initial liquidation
       preference of up to $250 million and (B) any preferred stock of ICG
       issued as dividends on such preferred stock; provided that such preferred
       stock does not require the payment of cash dividends prior to May 1,
       2001.

       LIMITATION ON ISSUANCES OF GUARANTEES BY RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES

          The Guarantor will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or
       indirectly, to Guarantee any Indebtedness of ICG or any Indebtedness of
       the Guarantor ("Guaranteed Indebtedness"), unless (i) such Restricted
       Subsidiary simultaneously executes and delivers a supplemental indenture
       to the Notes Indenture providing for a Guarantee (a "Subsidiary
       Guarantee") of payment of the New Notes by such Restricted Subsidiary and
       (ii) such Restricted

                                      -50-
<PAGE>
 
       Subsidiary waives and will not in any manner whatsoever claim or take the
       benefit or advantage of, any rights of reimbursement, indemnity or
       subrogation or any other rights against the Guarantor, ICG or any other
       Restricted Subsidiary as a result of any payment by such Restricted
       Subsidiary under its Subsidiary Guarantee; provided that this paragraph
       shall not be applicable to any Guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary
       that (x) existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary
       and (y) was not Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such
       Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary.  If the Guaranteed Indebtedness
       is (A) pari passu with the New Notes or a Senior Discount Note Guarantee,
       then the Guarantee of such Guaranteed Indebtedness shall be pari passu
       with, or subordinated to, the Subsidiary Guarantee or (B) subordinated to
       the New Notes or a Senior Discount Note Guarantee, then the Guarantee of
       such Guaranteed Indebtedness shall be subordinated to the Subsidiary
       Guarantee at least to the extent that the Guaranteed Indebtedness is
       subordinated to the New Notes or the Senior Discount Note Guarantee, as
       the case may be.

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Subsidiary Guarantee by a
       Restricted Subsidiary shall provide by its terms that it shall be
       automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon (i) any
       sale, exchange or transfer, to any Person not an Affiliate of the
       Guarantor of all of ICG's and each Restricted Subsidiary's Capital Stock
       in, or all or substantially all the assets of, such Restricted Subsidiary
       (which sale, exchange or transfer is not prohibited by the Notes
       Indenture) or (ii) the release or discharge of the Guarantee which
       resulted in the creation of such Subsidiary Guarantee, except a discharge
       or release by or as a result of payment under such Guarantee.

       LIMITATION ON TRANSACTIONS WITH SHAREHOLDERS AND AFFILIATES

          Under the terms of the Notes Indenture, the Guarantor will not, and
       will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly,
       enter into, renew or extend any transaction (including, without
       limitation, the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of property or assets,
       or the rendering of any service) with any holder (or any Affiliate of
       such holder) of 5% or more of any class of Capital Stock of the Guarantor
       or with any Affiliate of the Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary,
       except upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to the Guarantor
       or such Restricted Subsidiary than could be obtained, at the time of such
       transaction or at the time of the execution of the agreement providing
       therefor, in a comparable arm's-length transaction with a Person that is
       not such a holder or an Affiliate.

          The foregoing limitation does not limit, and shall not apply to (i)
       transactions (A) approved by a majority of the disinterested members of
       the Board of Directors or (B) for which the Guarantor or a Restricted
       Subsidiary delivers to the Trustee a written opinion of a nationally
       recognized investment banking firm stating that the transaction is fair
       to the Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of
       view; (ii) any transaction solely between the Guarantor and any of its
       Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries or solely between Wholly Owned
       Restricted Subsidiaries; (iii) the payment of reasonable and customary
       regular fees to directors of the Guarantor or ICG who are not employees
       of the Guarantor or ICG; (iv) any payments or other transactions pursuant
       to any tax-sharing agreement between the Guarantor and any other Person
       with which the Guarantor files a consolidated tax return or with which
       the Guarantor is part of a consolidated group for tax purposes; or (v)
       any Restricted Payments not prohibited by the "Limitation on Restricted
       Payments" covenant.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any transaction
       covered by the first paragraph of this "Limitation on Transactions with
       Shareholders and Affiliates" covenant and not covered by clauses (ii)
       through (iv) of this paragraph, the aggregate amount of which exceeds $2
       million in value, must be approved or determined to be fair in the manner
       provided for in clause (i)(A) or (B) above.

       LIMITATION ON LIENS

          Under the terms of the Notes Indenture, the Guarantor will not, and
       will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or
       suffer to exist any Lien on any of its assets or properties of any
       character, or any shares of Capital Stock or Indebtedness of any
       Restricted Subsidiary, without making effective provision for all of the
       New Notes (or, in the case of a Lien on assets or properties of the
       Guarantor, the Senior Discount Note Guarantee) and all other amounts due
       under the Notes Indenture to be directly secured equally and ratably with
       (or, if the obligation or liability to be secured by such Lien is
       subordinated in right of payment to the New Notes or the Senior Discount
       Note Guarantee, prior to) the obligation or liability secured by such
       Lien.

                                      -51-
<PAGE>
 
          The foregoing limitation does not apply to (i) Liens existing on the
       Closing Date; (ii) Liens granted after the Closing Date on any assets or
       Capital Stock of ICG or its Restricted Subsidiaries created in favor of
       the Holders; (iii) Liens with respect to the assets of a Restricted
       Subsidiary granted by such Restricted Subsidiary to the Guarantor or a
       Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary to secure Indebtedness owing to the
       Guarantor or such other Restricted Subsidiary; (iv) Liens securing
       Indebtedness which is Incurred to refinance secured Indebtedness which is
       permitted to be Incurred under clause (iii) of the second paragraph of
       the "Limitation on Indebtedness" covenant; provided that such Liens do
       not extend to or cover any property or assets of the Guarantor, ICG or
       any Restricted Subsidiary other than the property or assets securing the
       Indebtedness being refinanced; (v) Liens with respect to assets or
       properties of any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after the
       Closing Date; provided that such Liens do not extend to or cover any
       assets or properties of the Guarantor or any of its Restricted
       Subsidiaries other than the assets or properties of such Person subject
       to such Lien on the date such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; and
       provided further that such Liens are not incurred in contemplation of, or
       in connection with, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary; (vi)
       Permitted Liens; or (vii) Liens, solely in favor of Acquired
       Indebtedness, on Capital Stock of Persons that become Restricted
       Subsidiaries of the Guarantor after the Closing Date.

       LIMITATION ON SALE-LEASEBACK TRANSACTIONS

          Under the terms of the Notes Indenture, the Guarantor will not, and
       will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into any sale-
       leaseback transaction involving any of its assets or properties whether
       now owned or hereafter acquired, whereby the Guarantor or a Restricted
       Subsidiary sells or transfers such assets or properties and then or
       thereafter leases such assets or properties or any part thereof or any
       other assets or properties which the Guarantor or such Restricted
       Subsidiary, as the case may be, intends to use for substantially the same
       purpose or purposes as the assets or properties sold or transferred.

          The foregoing restriction does not apply to any sale-leaseback
       transaction if (i) the lease is for a period, including renewal rights,
       of not in excess of three years; (ii) the lease secures or relates to
       industrial revenue or pollution control bonds; (iii) the transaction is
       between the Guarantor and any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or
       between Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries; or (iv) the Guarantor or
       such Restricted Subsidiary, within six months after the sale or transfer
       of any assets or properties is completed, applies an amount not less than
       the net proceeds received from such sale in accordance with clause (A) or
       (B) of the first paragraph of the "Limitation on Asset Sales" covenant
       described below.

       LIMITATION ON ASSET SALES

          Under the terms of the Notes Indenture, the Guarantor will not, and
       will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, consummate any Asset Sale,
       unless (i) the consideration received by the Guarantor or such Restricted
       Subsidiary is at least equal to the fair market value of the assets sold
       or disposed of and (ii) at least 75% of the consideration received
       consists of cash or Temporary Cash Investments.  In the event and to the
       extent that the Net Cash Proceeds received by the Guarantor or its
       Restricted Subsidiaries from one or more Asset Sales occurring on or
       after the Closing Date in any period of 12 consecutive months exceed 10%
       of Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets (determined as of the date
       closest to the commencement of such 12-month period for which a
       consolidated balance sheet of ICG and its Subsidiaries has been
       prepared), then the Guarantor shall or shall cause the relevant
       Restricted Subsidiary to (i) within six months after the date Net Cash
       Proceeds so received exceed 10% of Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible
       Assets (A) apply an amount equal to such excess Net Cash Proceeds to
       permanently repay unsubordinated Indebtedness of the Guarantor or ICG, or
       Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary other than ICG, in each case
       owing to a Person other than the Guarantor or any of its Restricted
       Subsidiaries or (B) invest an equal amount, or the amount not so applied
       pursuant to clause (A) (or enter into a definitive agreement committing
       to so invest within six months after the date of such agreement), in
       property or assets of a nature or type or that are used in a business (or
       in a company having property and assets of a nature or type, or engaged
       in a business) similar or related to the nature or type of the property
       and assets of, or the business of, the Guarantor and its Restricted
       Subsidiaries existing on the date of such investment (as determined in
       good faith by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be
       conclusive and evidenced by a Board Resolution) and (ii) apply (no later
       than the end of the six-month period referred to in clause (i)) such
       excess Net Cash Proceeds (to the extent not

                                      -52-
<PAGE>
 
       applied pursuant to clause (i)) as provided in the following paragraphs
       of this "Limitation on Asset Sales" covenant.  The amount of such excess
       Net Cash Proceeds required to be applied (or to be committed to be
       applied) during such six-month period as set forth in clause (i) of the
       preceding sentence and not applied as so required by the end of such
       period shall constitute "Excess Proceeds."

          If, as of the first day of any calendar month, the aggregate amount of
       Excess Proceeds not theretofore subject to an Offer to Purchase pursuant
       to this "Limitation on Asset Sales" covenant totals at least $10 million,
       ICG must commence, not later than the fifteenth Business Day of such
       month, and consummate an Offer to Purchase from the Holders on a pro rata
       basis an aggregate Accreted Value of New Notes equal to the Excess
       Proceeds on such date, at a purchase price equal to 101% of the Accreted
       Value of the New Notes, plus, in each case, accrued interest (if any) to
       the date of purchase.

       REPURCHASE OF NEW NOTES UPON A CHANGE OF CONTROL

          ICG must commence, within 30 days of the occurrence of a Change of
       Control, and consummate an Offer to Purchase for all New Notes then
       outstanding, at a purchase price equal to 101% of the Accreted Value
       thereof, plus accrued interest (if any) to the date of purchase.  Prior
       to the mailing of the notice to Holders commencing such Offer to
       Purchase, but in any event within 30 days following any Change of
       Control, ICG covenants to (i) repay in full all indebtedness of ICG that
       would prohibit the repurchase of the New Notes pursuant to such Offer to
       Purchase or (ii) obtain any requisite consents under instruments
       governing any such indebtedness of ICG to permit the repurchase of the
       New Notes.  ICG shall first comply with the covenant in the preceding
       sentence before it shall be required to repurchase New Notes pursuant to
       this "Repurchase of New Notes upon a Change of Control" covenant.

          If ICG is unable to repay all of its indebtedness that would prohibit
       repurchase of the New Notes or is unable to obtain the consents of the
       holders of indebtedness, if any, of ICG outstanding at the time of a
       Change of Control whose consent would be so required to permit the
       repurchase of New Notes, then ICG will have breached such covenant.  This
       breach will constitute an Event of Default under the Notes Indenture if
       it continues for a period of 30 consecutive days after written notice is
       given to ICG by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate
       principal amount of the New Notes outstanding.  In addition, the failure
       by ICG to repurchase New Notes at the conclusion of the Offer to Purchase
       will constitute an Event of Default without any waiting period or notice
       requirements.

          There can be no assurance that ICG will have sufficient funds
       available at the time of any Change of Control to make any debt payment
       (including repurchases of New Notes) required by the foregoing covenant
       (as well as may be contained in other securities of ICG which might be
       outstanding at the time).  The above covenant requiring ICG to repurchase
       the New Notes will, unless the consents referred to above are obtained,
       require ICG to repay all indebtedness then outstanding which by its terms
       would prohibit such Senior Discount Note repurchase, either prior to or
       concurrently with such Senior Discount Note repurchase.

       COMMISSION REPORTS AND REPORTS TO HOLDERS

          Whether or not ICG or the Guarantor is required to file reports with
       the Commission, if any New Notes are outstanding ICG and the Guarantor
       shall file with the Commission all such reports and other information as
       they would be required to file with the Commission by Sections 13(a) or
       15(d) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.  See
       "Available Information." ICG shall supply the Trustee and each Holder, or
       shall supply to the Trustee for forwarding to each Holder, without cost
       to such Holder, copies of such reports or other information.

       EVENTS OF DEFAULT

          The following events will be defined as "Events of Default" in the
       Notes Indenture: (a) default in the payment of principal of (or premium,
       if any, on) any Senior Discount Note when the same becomes due and
       payable at maturity, upon acceleration, redemption or otherwise; (b)
       default in the payment of interest on any Senior Discount

                                      -53-
<PAGE>
 
       Note when the same becomes due and payable, and such default continues
       for a period of 30 days; (c) ICG or the Guarantor defaults in the
       performance of or breaches any other covenant or agreement of ICG or the
       Guarantor in the Notes Indenture or under the New Notes and such default
       or breach continues for a period of 30 consecutive days after written
       notice to ICG or the Guarantor by the Trustee or the Holders of 25% or
       more in aggregate principal amount at maturity of the New Notes; (d)
       there occurs with respect to any issue or issues of Indebtedness of ICG,
       the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary having an outstanding
       principal amount at maturity of $10 million or more in the aggregate for
       all such issues of all such Persons, whether such Indebtedness now exists
       or shall hereafter be created, (I) an event of default that has caused
       the holder thereof to declare such Indebtedness to be due and payable
       prior to its Stated Maturity and such Indebtedness has not been
       discharged in full or such acceleration has not been rescinded or
       annulled within 30 days of such acceleration and/or (II) the failure to
       make a principal payment at the final (but not any interim) fixed
       maturity and such defaulted payment shall not have been made, waived or
       extended within 30 days of such payment default; (e) any final judgment
       or order (not covered by insurance) for the payment of money in excess of
       $10 million in the aggregate for all such final judgments or orders
       against all such Persons (treating any deductibles, self-insurance or
       retention as not so covered) shall be rendered against ICG, the Guarantor
       or any Significant Subsidiary and shall not be paid or discharged, and
       there shall be any period of 30 consecutive days following entry of the
       final judgment or order that causes the aggregate amount for all such
       final judgments or orders outstanding and not paid or discharged against
       all such Persons to exceed $10 million during which a stay of enforcement
       of such final judgment or order, by reason of a pending appeal or
       otherwise, shall not be in effect; (f) a court having jurisdiction in the
       premises enters a decree or order for (A) relief in respect of ICG, the
       Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case under any
       applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter
       in effect, (B) appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee,
       custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of ICG, the
       Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all
       of the property and assets of ICG, the Guarantor or any Significant
       Subsidiary or (C) the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of ICG,
       the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary and, in each case, such
       decree or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 30
       consecutive days; or (g) ICG, the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary
       (A) commences a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy,
       insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or consents
       to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such
       law, (B) consents to the appointment of or taking possession by a
       receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or
       similar official of ICG, the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary or
       for all or substantially all of the property and assets of ICG, the
       Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary or (C) effects any general
       assignment for the benefit of creditors.

          If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in
       clause (f) or (g) above that occurs with respect to ICG or the Guarantor)
       occurs and is continuing under the Notes Indenture, the Trustee or the
       Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount at maturity of the
       New Notes, then outstanding, by written notice to ICG (and to the Trustee
       if such notice is given by the Holders), may, and the Trustee at the
       request of such Holders shall, declare the Accreted Value of, premium, if
       any, and accrued interest, if any, on the New Notes to be immediately due
       and payable.  Upon a declaration of acceleration, such Accreted Value of,
       premium, if any, and accrued interest, if any, shall be immediately due
       and payable.  In the event of a declaration of acceleration because an
       Event of Default set forth in clause (d) above has occurred and is
       continuing, such declaration of acceleration shall be automatically
       rescinded and annulled if the event of default triggering such Event of
       Default pursuant to clause (d) shall be remedied or cured by ICG, the
       Guarantor or the relevant Significant Subsidiary or waived by the holders
       of the relevant Indebtedness within 60 days after the declaration of
       acceleration with respect thereto.  If an Event of Default specified in
       clause (f) or (g) above occurs with respect to ICG or the Guarantor, the
       Accreted Value of, premium, if any, and accrued interest, if any, on the
       New Notes then outstanding shall ipso facto become and be immediately due
       and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the
       Trustee or any Holder.  The Holders of at least a majority in principal
       amount of the outstanding New Notes by written notice to ICG and to the
       Trustee, may waive all past defaults and rescind and annul a declaration
       of acceleration and its consequences if, among other things, (i) all
       existing Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the Accreted
       Value of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on the New Notes that
       have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been
       cured or waived and (ii) the rescission would not conflict with any
       judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction.  For information
       as to the waiver of defaults, see "--Modification and Waiver."

                                      -54-
<PAGE>
 
          The Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of
       the outstanding New Notes may direct the time, method and place of
       conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or
       exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee.  However, the
       Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the
       Notes Indenture, that may involve the Trustee in personal liability, or
       that the Trustee determines in good faith may be unduly prejudicial to
       the rights of Holders of New Notes not joining in the giving of such
       direction and may take any other action it deems proper that is not
       inconsistent with any such direction received from Holders of New Notes.
       A Holder may not pursue any remedy with respect to the Notes Indenture or
       the New Notes unless: (i) the Holder gives the Trustee written notice of
       a continuing Event of Default; (ii) the Holders of at least 25% in
       aggregate principal amount of outstanding New Notes make a written
       request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy; (iii) such Holder or Holders
       offer the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any
       costs, liability or expense; (iv) the Trustee does not comply with the
       request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of
       indemnity; and (v) during such 60-day period, the Holders of a majority
       in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding New Notes do not give
       the Trustee a direction that is inconsistent with the request.  However,
       such limitations do not apply to the right of any Holder of a Senior
       Discount Note to receive payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or
       interest on, such Senior Discount Note or to bring suit for the
       enforcement of any such payment, on or after the due date expressed in
       the New Notes, which right shall not be impaired or affected without the
       consent of the Holder.

          The Notes Indenture will require certain officers of ICG and the
       Guarantor to certify, on or before a date not more than 90 days after the
       end of each fiscal year of the Guarantor, that a review has been
       conducted of the activities of ICG, or the Guarantor, as the case may be,
       and its Restricted Subsidiaries and ICG's, or the Guarantor's, and its
       Restricted Subsidiaries' performance under the Notes Indenture and that
       ICG and the Guarantor have fulfilled all obligations thereunder, or, if
       there has been a default in the fulfillment of any such obligation,
       specifying each such default and the nature and status thereof.  ICG and
       the Guarantor will also be obligated to notify the Trustee of any default
       or defaults in the performance of any covenants or agreements under the
       Notes Indenture.

       CONSOLIDATION, MERGER AND SALE OF ASSETS

          Neither ICG nor the Guarantor shall consolidate with, merge with or
       into, or sell, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or
       substantially all of its property and assets (as an entirety or
       substantially an entirety in one transaction or a series of related
       transactions) to, any Person (other than a consolidation or merger with
       or into a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary with a positive net worth;
       provided that, in connection with any such merger or consolidation, no
       consideration (other than Common Stock in the surviving Person, ICG or
       the Guarantor) shall be issued or distributed to the stockholders of ICG
       or the Guarantor) or permit any Person to merge with or into ICG or the
       Guarantor unless: (i) ICG or the Guarantor shall be the continuing
       Person, or the Person (if other than ICG or the Guarantor) formed by such
       consolidation or into which ICG or the Guarantor is merged or that
       acquired or leased such property and assets of ICG or the Guarantor shall
       be a corporation organized and validly existing under the laws of the
       United States of America or any jurisdiction thereof and shall expressly
       assume, by a supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the
       Trustee, all of the obligations of ICG or the Guarantor, as the case may
       be, under the Notes Indenture; (ii) immediately after giving effect to
       such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and
       be continuing; (iii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction
       on a pro forma basis, ICG or the Guarantor, as the case may be, or any
       Person becoming the successor obligor of the New Notes or the Senior
       Discount Note Guarantee, as the case may be, shall have a Consolidated
       Net Worth equal to or greater than the Consolidated Net Worth of ICG or
       the Guarantor, as the case may be, immediately prior to such transaction;
       (iv) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma
       basis ICG, or any Person becoming the successor obligor of the New Notes,
       as the case may be, could Incur at least $1.00 of Indebtedness under the
       first paragraph of the "Limitation on Indebtedness" covenant; and (v) ICG
       delivers to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate (attaching the
       arithmetic computations to demonstrate compliance with clauses (iii) and
       (iv) above) and an Opinion of Counsel, in each case stating that such
       consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture
       complies with this provision and that all conditions precedent provided
       for herein relating to such transaction have been complied with;
       provided, however, that clauses (iii) and (iv) above do not apply if, in
       the good faith determination of the Board of Directors of the Guarantor,
       whose determination shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution, the
       principal purpose of such transaction is part of a plan to change the
       jurisdiction of

                                      -55-
<PAGE>
 
       incorporation of ICG or the Guarantor to a state of the United States;
       and provided further that any such transaction shall not have as one of
       its purposes the evasion of the foregoing limitations.

       DEFEASANCE

          Defeasance and Discharge.  The Notes Indenture will provide that ICG
       will be deemed to have paid and will be discharged from any and all
       obligations in respect of the New Notes on the 123rd day after the
       deposit referred to below, and the provisions of the Notes Indenture will
       no longer be in effect with respect to the New Notes (except for, among
       other matters, certain obligations to register the transfer or exchange
       of the New Notes, to replace stolen, lost or mutilated New Notes, to
       maintain paying agencies and to hold monies for payment in trust) if,
       among other things, (A) ICG or the Guarantor has deposited with the
       Trustee, in trust, money and/or U.S. Government Obligations that through
       the payment of interest and principal in respect thereof in accordance
       with their terms will provide money in an amount sufficient to pay the
       principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on the New Notes on
       the Stated Maturity of such payments in accordance with the terms of the
       Notes Indenture and the New Notes, (B) ICG has delivered to the Trustee
       (i) either (x) an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that Holders will not
       recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a
       result of ICG's exercise of its option under this "Defeasance" provision
       and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amount and in the
       same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such
       deposit, defeasance and discharge had not occurred, which Opinion of
       Counsel must be based upon (and accompanied by a copy of) a ruling of the
       Internal Revenue Service to the same effect unless there has been a
       change in applicable federal income tax law after the date of the Notes
       Indenture such that a ruling is no longer required or (y) a ruling
       directed to the Trustee received from the Internal Revenue Service to the
       same effect as the aforementioned Opinion of Counsel and (ii) an Opinion
       of Counsel to the effect that the creation of the defeasance trust does
       not violate the Investment Company Act of 1940 and after the passage of
       123 days following the deposit, the trust fund will not be subject to the
       effect of Section 547 of the United States Bankruptcy Code or Section 15
       of the New York Debtor and Creditor Law, (C) immediately after giving
       effect to such deposit on a pro forma basis, no Event of Default, or
       event that after the giving of notice or lapse of time or both would
       become an Event of Default, shall have occurred and be continuing on the
       date of such deposit or during the period ending on the 123rd day after
       the date of such deposit, and such deposit shall not result in a breach
       or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other agreement or
       instrument to which ICG or the Guarantor is a party or by which ICG or
       the Guarantor is bound and (D) if at such time the New Notes are listed
       on a national securities exchange, ICG has delivered to the Trustee an
       Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the New Notes will not be delisted
       as a result of such deposit, defeasance and discharge.

          Defeasance of Certain Covenants and Certain Events of Default.  The
       Notes Indenture further will provide that the provisions of the Notes
       Indenture will no longer be in effect with respect to clauses (iii) and
       (iv) under "--Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets" and all the
       covenants described herein under "--Covenants," clause (c) under "--
       Events of Default" with respect to such covenants and clauses (iii) and
       (iv) under "--Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets," and clauses (d)
       and (e) under "Events of Default" shall be deemed not to be Events of
       Default, upon, among other things, the deposit with the Trustee, in
       trust, of money and/or U.S. Government Obligations that through the
       payment of interest and principal in respect thereof in accordance with
       their terms will provide money in an amount sufficient to pay the
       principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on the New Notes on
       the Stated Maturity of such payments in accordance with the terms of the
       Notes Indenture and the New Notes, the satisfaction of the provisions
       described in clauses (B)(ii), (C) and (D) of the preceding paragraph and
       the delivery by ICG to the Trustee of an Opinion of Counsel to the effect
       that, among other things, the Holders will not recognize income, gain or
       loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and
       defeasance of certain covenants and Events of Default and will be subject
       to federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at
       the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance
       had not occurred.

          Defeasance and Certain Other Events of Default.  In the event ICG
       exercises its option to omit compliance with certain covenants and
       provisions of the Notes Indenture with respect to the New Notes as
       described in the immediately preceding paragraph and the New Notes are
       declared due and payable because of the occurrence of an Event of Default
       that remains applicable, the amount of money and/or U.S.  Government
       Obligations on deposit with the Trustee will be sufficient to pay amounts
       due on the New Notes at the time of their Stated Maturity but may not be
       sufficient to pay amounts due on the New Notes at the time of the
       acceleration resulting from such Event

                                      -56-
<PAGE>
 
       of Default.  However, ICG will remain liable for such payments and the
       Senior Discount Note Guarantee with respect to such payments will remain
       in effect.

       MODIFICATION AND WAIVER

          Modifications and amendments of the Notes Indenture may be made by
       ICG, the Guarantor and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of not
       less than a majority in aggregate principal amount at maturity of the
       outstanding New Notes; provided, however, that no such modification or
       amendment may, without the consent of each Holder affected thereby, (i)
       change the Stated Maturity of the principal of, or any installment of
       interest on, any Senior Discount Note, (ii) reduce the principal amount
       at maturity of, or premium, if any, payable upon the redemption of, or
       the rate of interest on, any Senior Discount Note, (iii) adversely affect
       any right of repayment at the option of any Holder of any Senior Discount
       Note, (iv) change the currency in which principal of, or premium, if any,
       or interest on, any Senior Discount Note is payable, (v) impair the right
       to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or after the
       Stated Maturity (or, in the case of a redemption, on or after the
       Redemption Date) of any Senior Discount Note, (vi) waive a default in the
       payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the New Notes,
       (vii) reduce the percentage in principal amount at maturity of
       outstanding New Notes the consent of whose Holders is necessary for
       waiver of compliance with certain provisions of the Notes Indenture or
       for waiver of certain defaults or (viii) release the Guarantor from its
       Senior Discount Note Guarantee.

       NO PERSONAL LIABILITY OF INCORPORATORS, SHAREHOLDERS, OFFICERS,
       DIRECTORS, OR EMPLOYEES

          The Notes Indenture provides that no recourse for the payment of the
       principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any of the New Notes or for
       any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof, and no recourse
       under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of ICG or the
       Guarantor in the Notes Indenture, or in any of the New Notes or because
       of the creation of any Indebtedness represented thereby, shall be had
       against any incorporator, shareholder, officer, director, employee or
       controlling person of ICG or the Guarantor or of any successor Person
       thereof.  Each Holder, by accepting the New Notes, waives and releases
       all such liability.

       CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE

          The Notes Indenture provides that, except during the continuance of a
       Default, the Trustee will not be liable, except for the performance of
       such duties as are specifically set forth in such Notes Indenture.  If an
       Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee will use the
       same degree of care and skill in its exercise as a prudent person would
       exercise under the circumstances in the conduct of such person's own
       affairs.

          The Notes Indenture and provisions of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939,
       as amended, incorporated by reference therein contain limitations on the
       rights of the Trustee, should it become a creditor of ICG or the
       Guarantor, to obtain payment of claims in certain cases or to realize on
       certain property received by it in respect of any such claims, as
       security or otherwise.  The Trustee is permitted to engage in other
       transactions; provided, however, that if it acquires any conflicting
       interest, it must eliminate such conflict or resign.

       ADDITIONAL AMOUNTS

          Any payments made by IntelCom under or with respect to the New Notes
       pursuant to the Note Guarantee will be made free and clear of and without
       withholding or deduction for or on account of any present or future tax,
       duty, levy, impost, assessment or other governmental charge (including
       penalties, interest and other liabilities related thereto) imposed or
       levied by or on behalf of the Government of Canada or of any province or
       territory thereof or by any authority or agency therein or thereof having
       power to tax (hereinafter "Taxes"), unless IntelCom is required to
       withhold or deduct Taxes by law or by the interpretation or
       administration thereof.  If IntelCom is required to withhold or deduct
       any amount for or on account of Taxes from any payment made under or with
       respect to the New Notes, IntelCom will pay such additional amounts
       ("Additional Amounts") as may be necessary, so that the net amount
       received by each Holder of New Notes (including Additional Amounts) after
       such withholding or deduction will not be less than the amount such
       Holder would have received if such Taxes had not been withheld or
       deducted; provided, however, that no Additional Amounts will be payable
       with respect to a payment made to a

                                      -57-
<PAGE>
 
       Holder (an "Excluded Holder") (i) with which IntelCom does not deal at
       arm's length (within the meaning of the Income Tax Act (Canada)) at the
       time of making such payment, or (ii) which is subject to such Taxes by
       reason of its being connected with Canada or any province or territory
       thereof otherwise than solely by reason of the Holder's activity in
       connection with purchasing the New Notes, by the mere holding of New
       Notes or by reason of the receipt of payments thereunder.  IntelCom will
       upon written request of any Holder (other than an Excluded Holder),
       reimburse such Holder, for the amount of (i) any Taxes so levied or
       imposed and paid by such Holder as a result of payments made under or
       with respect to the New Notes and (ii) any Taxes so levied or imposed
       with respect to any reimbursement under the foregoing clause (i), but
       excluding any such Taxes on such Holder's net income so that the net
       amount received by such Holder after such reimbursement will not be less
       than the net amount the Holder would have received if Taxes on such
       reimbursement had not been imposed.

          At least 30 days prior to each date on which any payment under or with
       respect to the Senior Discount Notes is due and payable, if IntelCom will
       be obligated to pay Additional Amounts with respect to such payment,
       IntelCom will deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating the
       fact that such Additional Amounts will be payable and the amounts so
       payable and will set forth such other information necessary to enable the
       Trustee to pay such Additional Amounts to Holders on the payment date.
       Whenever either in the Notes Indenture, the New Notes or in this
       Memorandum there is mentioned, in any context, the payment of principal
       (and premium, if any), Redemption Price, interest or any other amount
       payable under or with respect to any Senior Discount Note, such mention
       shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Amounts
       to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or
       would be payable in respect thereof.  See "--Optional Redemption."

       CONSENT TO JURISDICTION AND SERVICE

          IntelCom will appoint ICG as its agent for service of process in any
       suit, action or proceeding with respect to the Notes Indenture or the New
       Notes and for actions brought under federal or state securities laws
       brought in any federal or state court located in the City of New York and
       will agree to submit to such jurisdiction.

       BOOK ENTRY; DELIVERY AND FORM

          So long as DTC, or its nominee, is the registered owner or holder of
       the Global New Note, DTC or such nominee, as the case may be, will be
       considered the sole owner or holder of the New Notes represented by such
       Global New Note for all purposes under the Notes Indenture and the New
       Notes.  No beneficial owner of an interest in the Global New Note will be
       able to transfer that interest except in accordance with DTC's applicable
       procedures, in addition to those provided for under the Notes Indenture
       and, if applicable, those of Euroclear and Cedel.

          Payments of the principal of, and interest on, the Global New Notes
       will be made to DTC or its nominee, as the case may be, as the registered
       owner thereof.  ICG will have no responsibility or liability for any
       aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of
       beneficial ownership interests in the Global New Notes or for
       maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such
       beneficial ownership interests.

          ICG expects that DTC or its nominee, upon receipt of any payment of
       principal or interest in respect of the  Global New Note, will credit
       participants' accounts with payments in amounts proportionate to their
       respective beneficial interests in the principal amount of such Global
       New Note, as shown on the records of DTC or its nominee.  ICG also
       expects that payments by participants to owners of beneficial interest in
       such Global New Note held through such participants will be governed by
       standing instructions and customary practices, as is now the case with
       securities held for the accounts of customers registered in the names of
       nominees for such customers.  Such payments will be the responsibility of
       such participants.

          Transfers between participants in DTC will be effected in the ordinary
       way in accordance with DTC rules. Transfers between participants in
       Euroclear and Cedel will be effected in the ordinary way in accordance
       with their respective rules and operating procedures.

          ICG understands that DTC will take any action permitted to be taken by
       a holder of New Notes (including the presentation of New Notes for
       exchange as described below) only at the direction of one or more
       participants

                                      -58-
<PAGE>
 
       to whose account the DTC interests in the Global New Notes is credited
       and only in respect of such portion of the aggregate principal amount of
       New Notes as to which such participant or participants has or have given
       such direction.  However, if there is an Event of Default under the New
       Notes, DTC will exchange the Global New Notes for Certificated New Notes,
       which it will distribute to its participants.

          ICG understands: DTC is a limited purpose trust company organized
       under the laws of the State of New York, a "banking organization" within
       the meaning of New York Banking Law, a member of the Federal Reserve
       System, a "clearing corporation" within the meaning of the Uniform
       Commercial Code and a "Clearing Agency" registered pursuant to the
       provisions of Section 17A of the Exchange Act.  DTC was created to hold
       securities for its participants and facilitate the clearance and
       settlement of securities transaction between participants through
       electronic book entry changes in accounts of its participants, thereby
       eliminating the need for physical movement of certificates and certain
       other organizations.  Indirect access to the DTC system is available to
       others such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear
       through or maintain a custodial relationship with a participant, either
       directly or indirectly ("indirect participants").

          Although DTC, Euroclear and Cedel are expected to follow the foregoing
       procedures in order to facilitate transfers of interest in the Global New
       Notes among participants of DTC, Euroclear and Cedel, they are under no
       obligation to perform or continue to perform such procedures, and such
       procedures may be discontinued at any time. ICG will have no
       responsibility for the performance by DTC, Euroclear or Cedel or their
       respective participants or indirect participants of their respective
       obligations under the rules and procedures governing their operations.

          Certificated New Notes.  If DTC is at any time unwilling or unable to
       continue as a depositary for the Global New Note and a successor
       depositary is not appointed by ICG within 90 days, ICG will issue
       Certificated New Notes in exchange for the Global New Note.


                       DESCRIPTION OF NEW PREFERRED STOCK

          The New Preferred Stock will be issued pursuant to the Amended
       Articles.  The summary contained herein of certain provisions of the New
       Preferred Stock does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its
       entirety by reference to the provisions of the Amended Articles, a copy
       of which is available from ICG upon request.  The definitions of certain
       terms used in the Amended Articles and in the following summary are set
       forth below.  See "--Certain Definitions." References herein to "$"
       refers to U.S. dollars.

          IntelCom's Board of Directors has adopted a plan under which IntelCom
       will become a subsidiary of a new, publicly traded Delaware corporation
       ("Newco").  Upon the completion of such transaction, references to
       "IntelCom" herein shall be deemed to also refer to Newco.

       GENERAL

          ICG is authorized to issue 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock,
       without par value.  ICG's Board of Directors has authority, without
       further action by stockholders of IntelCom, to authorize the issuance of
       classes of preferred stock of ICG from time to time in one or more
       series, with such designations, preferences and relative rights within
       the limits prescribed by the Colorado Business Corporation Act (the
       "CBCA"), as may be determined by ICG's Board of Directors.  The Board of
       Directors of ICG has authorized the issuance of up to 1,000,000 shares of
       Preferred Stock, which consist of the 150,000 shares of Preferred Stock
       issued in the Private Offering, plus additional shares of Preferred Stock
       which may be used to pay dividends on the Preferred Stock if ICG elects
       to pay dividends in additional shares of New Preferred Stock.  The New
       Preferred Stock, when issued by ICG and paid for by the Placement Agent,
       will be fully paid and non-assessable, and the holders thereof will not
       have any subscription or preemptive rights related thereto.  American
       Stock Transfer and Trust Company, 40 Wall Street, 46th floor, New York,
       New York 10005, will be transfer agent and registrar for the New
       Preferred Stock.

                                      -59-
<PAGE>
 
       RANKING

          The New Preferred Stock will, with respect to dividend distributions
       and distributions upon the liquidation, winding-up and dissolution of
       ICG, rank (i) senior to all classes of common stock of ICG and to each
       other class of capital stock or series of preferred stock established
       after the date of this Memorandum by ICG's Board of Directors the terms
       of which do not expressly provide that it ranks senior to or on a parity
       with the New Preferred Stock as to dividend distributions and
       distributions upon the liquidation, winding-up and dissolution of ICG
       (collectively referred to with the common stock of ICG as "Junior
       Securities"); (ii) on a parity with any class of capital stock or series
       of preferred stock issued by ICG established after the date of this
       Memorandum by ICG's Board of Directors, the terms of which expressly
       provide that such class or series will rank on a parity with the New
       Preferred Stock as to dividend distributions and distributions upon the
       liquidation, winding-up and dissolution of ICG (collectively referred to
       as "Parity Securities"); and (iii) subject to certain conditions
       described below, junior to each class of capital stock or series of
       preferred stock issued by ICG established after the date of this
       Memorandum by ICG's Board of Directors, the terms of which expressly
       provide that such class or series will rank senior to the New Preferred
       Stock as to dividend distributions and distributions upon liquidation,
       winding-up and dissolution of ICG (collectively referred to as "Senior
       Securities").  The New Preferred Stock will be subject to the issuance of
       series of Junior Securities, Parity Securities and Senior Securities;
       provided that ICG may not issue any new class of Senior Securities
       without the approval of the holders of at least a majority of the shares
       of New Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting or consenting, as the
       case may be, separately as one class, except that without the approval of
       holders of the New Preferred Stock, ICG may issue shares of Senior
       Securities (1) in exchange for, or the proceeds of which are used to
       redeem or repurchase, all, but not less than all, shares of New Preferred
       Stock then outstanding, or (2) in exchange for, or the proceeds of which
       are used to repay, any outstanding Indebtedness of ICG.

       DIVIDENDS

          Holders of New Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive, when, as
       and if declared by ICG's Board of Directors, out of funds legally
       available therefor, dividends on the New Preferred Stock at a rate per
       annum equal to 14 1/4% of the liquidation preference per share of New
       Preferred Stock, payable quarterly.  All dividends will be cumulative,
       whether or not earned or declared, on a daily basis from the date of
       issuance of the New Preferred Stock and will be payable quarterly in
       arrears on February 1, May 1, August 1 and November 1 of each year,
       commencing on August 1, 1996.  The Amended Articles provide that on or
       before May 1, 2001, ICG may, at its option, pay dividends in cash or in
       additional fully paid and non-assessable shares of New Preferred Stock
       having an aggregate liquidation preference equal to the amount of such
       dividends.  However, the 13 1/2% Notes Indenture and Notes Indenture
       contain limitations on ICG's ability to pay dividends in cash prior to
       May 1, 2001.  After May 1, 2001, dividends may be paid only in cash.
       Future agreements of ICG or IntelCom could restrict the payment of cash
       dividends by ICG.  If any dividend (or portion thereof) payable on any
       dividend payment date on or before May 1, 2001 is not declared or paid in
       full in cash or in shares of New Preferred Stock as described above on
       such dividend payment date, the amount of the accrued and unpaid dividend
       will bear interest at the dividend rate on the New Preferred Stock,
       compounding quarterly from such dividend payment date until paid in full.
       If any dividend (or portion thereof) payable on any dividend payment date
       after May 1, 2001 is not declared or paid in full in cash on such
       dividend payment date, the amount of the accrued and unpaid dividend will
       bear interest at the dividend rate on the New Preferred Stock,
       compounding quarterly from such dividend payment date until paid in full.

          No full dividends may be declared or paid or funds set apart for the
       payment of dividends on any Parity Securities for any period unless full
       cumulative dividends on the New Preferred Stock shall have been or
       contemporaneously are declared and paid in full or declared and, if
       payable in cash, a sum in cash set apart for such payment on the New
       Preferred Stock.  If full dividends are not so paid, the New Preferred
       Stock will share dividends pro rata with the Parity Securities.

       OPTIONAL REDEMPTION

          The New Preferred Stock may be redeemed (subject to contractual and
       other restrictions with respect thereto and to the legal availability of
       funds therefor) at any time on or after May 1, 2001, in whole or in part,
       at the option

                                      -60-
<PAGE>
 
       of ICG, at the redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of the
       liquidation preference thereof) set forth below, plus an amount in cash
       equal to all accumulated and unpaid dividends (including an amount in
       cash equal to a prorated dividend for the period from the dividend
       payment date immediately prior to the redemption date to the redemption
       date, subject to the right of holders of preferred stock on a record date
       to receive dividends on a dividend payment date) if redeemed during the
       12-month period beginning May 1 of each of the years set forth below:

 
                     YEAR                      PERCENTAGE

                      2001.................     107.125%
                      2002.................     104.750%
                      2003.................     102.375%
                      2004 and thereafter..     100.000%
 

          In addition, on or prior to May 1, 1999, ICG may, at its option from
       time to time, redeem shares of New Preferred Stock having an aggregate
       liquidation preference of up to 35% of the aggregate liquidation
       preference of all shares of New Preferred Stock issued in the Private
       Offering, at a redemption price equal to 114 1/4% of the liquidation
       preference thereof (subject to the right of holders of New Preferred
       Stock on relevant record dates to receive dividends due on relevant
       dividend payment dates), plus an amount in cash equal to a prorated
       dividend for the period from the dividend payment date immediately prior
       to the redemption date to the redemption date, with proceeds of one or
       more Public Equity Offerings of Common Stock of (A) ICG or (B) IntelCom,
       provided that (i) with respect to a Public Offering referred to in clause
       (B) above, cash proceeds of such Public Equity Offering in an amount
       sufficient to effect the redemption of New Preferred Stock to be so
       redeemed are contributed by IntelCom to ICG prior to such redemption and
       used by ICG to effect such redemption and (ii) such redemption occurs
       within 180 days after consummation of such Public Equity Offering.

          No optional redemption may be authorized or made unless prior thereto
       full unpaid cumulative dividends shall have been paid or a sum set apart
       for such payment on the New Preferred Stock.

          In the event of partial redemptions of New Preferred Stock, the shares
       to be redeemed will be determined pro rata, except that ICG may redeem
       such shares held by any holder of fewer than 100 shares without regard to
       such pro rata redemption requirement.  The Notes Indenture and the
       13 1/2% Notes Indenture restrict the ability of ICG to redeem the New
       Preferred Stock, and future agreements may contain similar provisions.
       See "Description of New Notes."  Notice of redemption shall be mailed by
       first class mail at least 30 but no more than 60 days before the
       redemption date to each holder of New Preferred Stock to be redeemed at
       its registered address.  If any New Preferred Stock is to be redeemed in
       part, the notice of redemption that related to such New Preferred Stock
       shall state the portion of the liquidation preference to be redeemed.
       New shares of New Preferred Stock having an aggregate liquidation
       preference equal to the unredeemed portion will be issued in the name of
       the holder thereof upon cancellation of the original share of New
       Preferred Stock and, unless ICG fails to pay the redemption price on the
       redemption date, after the redemption date dividends will cease to accrue
       on the New Preferred Stock called for redemption.

       MANDATORY REDEMPTION

          The New Preferred Stock will be subject to mandatory redemption
       (subject to the legal availability of funds therefor) in whole on May 1,
       2007 at a price, payable in cash, equal to the liquidation preference
       thereof, plus all accumulated and unpaid dividends to the date of
       redemption.  Future agreements of ICG or IntelCom may restrict or
       prohibit ICG from redeeming the New Preferred Stock, but ICG will be
       required to redeem the New Preferred Stock on May 1, 2007,
       notwithstanding any such restriction.

       CHANGE OF CONTROL

                                      -61-
<PAGE>
 
          Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control ICG will be required
       (subject to the legal availability of funds therefor) to make an offer
       (the "Change of Control Offer") to each holder of New Preferred Stock to
       repurchase all or any part of such holder's New Preferred Stock at a cash
       purchase price equal to 101% of the liquidation preference thereof, plus
       an amount in cash equal to all accumulated and unpaid dividends per share
       to the date of purchase.  The Change of Control Offer must be made within
       30 days following a Change of Control, must remain open for at least 30
       and not more than 40 days and must comply with the requirements of Rule
       14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other applicable securities laws and
       regulations.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, ICG has agreed not to make a
       Change of Control Offer if any of the New Notes or 13 1/2% Notes are
       outstanding upon the occurrence of a Change of Control unless all of the
       New Notes and 13 1/2% Notes tendered pursuant to the "Change of Control
       Offers" with respect thereto are repurchased as a result of such Change
       of Control, in which case the date on which all New Notes and 13 1/2%
       Notes (and any other Indebtedness or Senior Securities of ICG having
       provisions similar to Section 4.04(x) of the Notes Indenture) are so
       repurchased will, under the Amended Articles, be deemed to be the date on
       which such Change of Control shall have occurred.

          "Change of Control" means such time as (i) a "person" or "group"
       (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act)
       becomes the ultimate "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under
       the Exchange Act) of Voting Stock having more than 40% of the voting
       power of the total Voting Stock of IntelCom on a fully diluted basis;
       (ii) individuals who on the Closing Date constitute the Board of
       Directors of IntelCom (together with any new directors whose election by
       the Board of Directors or whose nomination for election by IntelCom's
       stockholders was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the members
       of the Board of Directors then in office who either were members of the
       Board of Directors on the Closing Date or whose election or nomination
       for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to
       constitute a majority of the members of the Board of Directors then in
       office; or (iii) all of the Common Stock of ICG is not beneficially owned
       by IntelCom; provided, however, that a Change of Control shall be deemed
       not to occur as a result of a Reorganization permitted by the Amended
       Articles.

          None of the provisions in the Amended Articles relating to a purchase
       upon a Change of Control can be waived by ICG's Board of Directors.  ICG
       could, in the future, enter into certain transactions, including certain
       recapitalizations of ICG, that would not constitute a Change of Control,
       but would increase the amount of indebtedness outstanding at such time.
       If a Change of Control were to occur, ICG would be obligated to offer to
       repurchase all of the New Notes and 13 1/2% Notes prior to making an
       offer to repurchase shares of New Preferred Stock, and there can be no
       assurance that ICG would have sufficient funds to pay the purchase price
       for all shares of New Preferred Stock that ICG is required to purchase.
       In the event that ICG were required to purchase outstanding shares of New
       Preferred Stock pursuant to a Change of Control Offer, ICG expects that
       it would need to seek third-party financing, to the extent it does not
       have available funds, to meet its purchase obligations.  However, there
       can be no assurance that ICG would be able to obtain such financing.  In
       addition, ICG's ability to purchase the New Preferred Stock may be
       limited by other then-existing agreements and by restrictions imposed by
       the CBCA.

       LIQUIDATION PREFERENCE

          Upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-
       up of ICG, holders of New Preferred Stock will be entitled to be paid,
       out of the assets of ICG available for distribution, $1,000 per share,
       plus an amount in cash equal to accumulated and unpaid dividends thereon
       to the date fixed for liquidation, dissolution or winding-up (including
       an amount equal to a prorated dividend for the period from the last
       dividend payment date to the date fixed for liquidation, dissolution or
       winding-up), before any distribution is made on any Junior Securities,
       including, without limitation, ICG Common Stock.  If, upon any voluntary
       or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of ICG, the amounts
       payable with respect to the New Preferred Stock and all other Parity
       Securities are not paid in full, the holders of the New Preferred Stock
       and the Parity Securities will share equally and ratably in any
       distribution of assets of ICG with respect to the New Preferred Stock and
       Parity Securities, in proportion to the full liquidation preference and
       accumulated and unpaid dividends to which each is entitled.  After
       payment of the full amount of the liquidation preferences and accumulated
       and unpaid dividends to which they are entitled, the holders of shares of
       New Preferred Stock will not be entitled to any further participation in
       any distribution of assets of ICG.  However, a merger, consolidation or
       sale of substantially all of ICG's assets that complies with the

                                      -62-
<PAGE>
 
       provisions described below under the "Mergers, Consolidation and Sale of
       Assets" covenant shall be deemed not to be a liquidation, dissolution or
       winding up of ICG.

          The Amended Articles do not contain any provision requiring funds to
       be set aside to protect the liquidation preference of the New Preferred
       Stock.  The CBCA provides that no distribution to shareholders of a
       Colorado corporation (including a dividend or a purchase, redemption or
       other acquisition of shares) may be made if, after giving effect to such
       distribution, (i) the corporation would not be able to pay its debts as
       they become due in the usual course of business or (ii) the corporation's
       total assets would be less than the sum of its total liabilities plus the
       amount that would be needed, if the corporation were to be dissolved at
       the time of the distribution, to satisfy the preferential rights upon
       dissolution of shareholders whose preferential rights are superior to
       those receiving the distribution.  A corporation's board of directors may
       base its determination that a distribution is not prohibited by the
       restriction described in the foregoing sentence either on financial
       statements prepared on the basis of accounting practices and principles
       that are reasonable under the circumstances or on a fair valuation or
       other method that is reasonable under the circumstances.

       VOTING RIGHTS

          Holders of the New Preferred Stock will have no voting rights with
       respect to any matters except as provided by law or as set forth in the
       Amended Articles.  The Amended Articles provide that if (i) (a) dividends
       on the New Preferred Stock are in arrears and have not been paid (or if,
       after May 1, 2001, such dividends have not been paid in cash) for four
       quarterly periods (whether or not consecutive), (b) ICG fails to
       discharge any redemption obligation with respect to the New Preferred
       Stock, (c) a breach or violation by ICG of the provisions described below
       under "--Exchange" occurs, or ICG fails to exchange Exchange Debentures
       for the New Preferred Stock tendered for exchange on the Exchange Date
       (as defined below), whether or not ICG satisfies the conditions to permit
       such exchange, (d) ICG fails to make a Change of Control Offer or cash
       payment with respect thereto if required by the provisions set forth
       above under "--Change of Control," (e) a breach or violation of the
       provisions described below under "--Certain Covenants" occurs and is not
       remedied within 30 days after notice thereof to ICG by holders of 25% or
       more of the liquidation preference of the New Preferred Stock then
       outstanding, or (f) a default occurs on the obligation to pay principal
       of, interest on or any other payment obligation when due (a "Payment
       Default") at final maturity, on one or more classes of Indebtedness of
       ICG or any Subsidiary of ICG, whether such Indebtedness exists on the
       Closing Date or is incurred thereafter, having individually or in the
       aggregate an outstanding principal amount of $10 million or more, or any
       other Payment Default occurs on one or more such classes of Indebtedness
       and such class or classes of Indebtedness are declared due and payable
       prior to their respective maturities, and (ii) in the case of clauses (e)
       and (f), such event continues for a period of 180 days or more, then the
       number of directors constituting ICG's Board of Directors will be
       adjusted to permit the holders of the majority of the then outstanding
       New Preferred Stock, voting separately as a class, to elect two
       directors.  Such voting rights and the term of office of such elected
       directors will continue until such time as (i) all dividends in arrears
       on the New Preferred Stock are paid in full (and, in the case of
       dividends payable with respect to any period after May 1, 2001, are paid
       in cash) and (ii) any failure, breach or default referred to in clause
       (b), (c), (d), (e) or (f) is remedied, at which time the term of any
       directors elected pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph shall
       terminate. For the purpose of determining the number of quarterly periods
       for which accrued dividends have not been paid, any accrued and unpaid
       dividend that is subsequently paid shall not be treated as unpaid.  Each
       such event described in clauses (a) through (f) above is referred to
       herein as a "Voting Rights Triggering Event." Within 15 days of the time
       ICG becomes aware of the occurrence of any default referred to in clause
       (f) above, ICG shall give notice thereof o holders of the New Preferred
       Stock at their addresses as they appear on the records of the Transfer
       Agent.

          The Amended Articles provide that upon the occurrence of a Voting
       Rights Triggering Event, the number of directors constituting ICG's Board
       of Directors will be increased by two directors, whom the holders of the
       New Preferred Stock will be entitled to elect.  Whenever the right of the
       holders of New Preferred Stock to elect directors shall cease, the number
       of directors constituting ICG's Board of Directors will be restored to
       the number of directors constituting ICG's Board of Directors prior to
       the time or event which entitled the holders of New Preferred Stock to
       elect directors.

                                      -63-
<PAGE>
 
          Any vacancy occurring in the office of a director elected by holders
       of the New Preferred Stock may be filled by the remaining director
       elected by such holders unless and until such vacancy shall be filled by
       vote of such holders.

          The Amended Articles provide that, except as stated above under "--
       Ranking," ICG will not authorize any class of Senior Securities without
       the affirmative vote or consent of holders of at least a majority of the
       shares of New Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting or consenting, as
       the case may be, separately as one class.  The Amended Articles also
       provide that ICG may not amend the Amended Articles so as to affect
       adversely the specified rights, preferences, privileges or voting rights
       of holders of shares of the New Preferred Stock or authorize the issuance
       of any additional shares of New Preferred Stock (other than to pay
       dividends in kind on New Preferred Stock), without the affirmative vote
       or consent of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding
       shares of New Preferred Stock, voting or consenting, as the case may be,
       separately as one class.  The holders of at least a majority of the
       outstanding shares of New Preferred Stock, voting or consenting, as the
       case may be, separately as one class, may also waive compliance with any
       provision of the Amended Articles.

          Under Colorado law, holders of New Preferred Stock will be entitled to
       vote as a separate voting group upon a proposed amendment to the Amended
       Articles that requires a shareholder vote, whether or not entitled to
       vote thereon by the Amended Articles, if the amendment would: (i)
       increase or decrease the aggregate number of authorized shares of
       preferred stock; (ii) effect an exchange or reclassification of all or
       part of the shares of the New Preferred Stock into shares of another
       class or series; (iii) effect an exchange or reclassification, or create
       the right of exchange, of all or part of the shares of another class or
       series into shares of New Preferred Stock; (iv) change the designation,
       preferences, limitations or relative rights of all or part of the shares
       of New Preferred Stock; (v) change the shares of all or part of the New
       Preferred Stock into a different number of shares of New Preferred Stock;
       (vi) create a new class of shares having rights or preferences with
       respect to distributions or dissolution that are prior, superior, or
       substantially equal to the New Preferred Stock; (vii) increase the
       rights, preferences, or number of authorized shares of any class or
       series that, after giving effect to the amendment, have rights or
       preferences with respect to distributions or to dissolution that are
       prior, superior, or substantially equal to the New Preferred Stock; or
       (viii) cancel or otherwise affect rights to distributions or dividends
       that have accumulated but have not yet been declared on all or part of
       the shares of New Preferred Stock.  Under Colorado law, if an amendment
       that entitles two or more series of a class of shares to vote as separate
       voting groups would affect those two or more series in the same or a
       substantially similar way, the shares of all the series so affected are
       instead required to vote together as a single voting group rather than as
       separate voting groups.

          In general, except as otherwise provided in the Amended Articles, the
       voting rights described in the foregoing paragraph will not apply to an
       amendment to the Amended Articles that is approved by ICG's Board of
       Directors, without being subject to any requirement for shareholder
       action, establishing the preferences, limitations, and relative rights of
       any class or series of ICG preferred stock already authorized by the
       Amended Articles at the time of such amendment.  Under the Amended
       Articles, ICG's Board of Directors has the authority to authorize the
       issuance of classes or series of preferred stock up to the 1,000,000
       shares authorized without further action by shareholders, including
       without any voting by holders of New Preferred Stock under Colorado law
       as described in the preceding paragraph. See "--General." Notwithstanding
       the foregoing, the Amended Articles provide that ICG will not authorize
       or issue any class of Senior Securities without the affirmative vote of
       holders of a majority of the shares of New Preferred Stock then
       outstanding voting separately as a class, except as described above under
       "--Ranking." See "--Voting Rights."

       CERTAIN COVENANTS

       INCURRENCE OF INDEBTEDNESS AND ISSUANCE OF NEW PREFERRED STOCK

          (a)  Under the terms of the Amended Articles, ICG will not, and will
       not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, Incur any Indebtedness
       (other than the New Notes, the Exchange Debentures and Indebtedness
       existing on the Closing Date) or issue any Redeemable Stock; provided
       that ICG may Incur Indebtedness or issue Redeemable Stock if, after
       giving effect to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness or the issuance of
       such Redeemable

                                      -64-
<PAGE>
 
       Stock and the receipt and application of the proceeds therefrom, the
       Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio would be greater than zero and less than
       5:1.

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, ICG and any Restricted Subsidiary
       (except as specified below) may Incur each and all of the following: (i)
       Indebtedness of ICG or any Restricted Subsidiary or Redeemable Stock of
       ICG outstanding at any time, which Indebtedness or Redeemable Stock
       generates gross proceeds to ICG of up to $900 million, less (without
       duplication) the gross proceeds of Indebtedness permanently repaid as
       provided under the "Limitation on Asset Sales" covenant contained in the
       13/1//2% Notes Indenture and the Notes Indenture; (ii) Indebtedness to
       IntelCom, ICG or any of ICG's Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries;
       provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock
       which results in any such Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to
       be a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of
       such Indebtedness (other than to IntelCom, ICG or another Wholly Owned
       Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an
       Incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (ii); (iii)
       Indebtedness or Redeemable Stock issued in exchange for, or the net
       proceeds of which are used to refinance or refund, then outstanding
       Indebtedness or Redeemable Stock, other than Indebtedness Incurred or
       Redeemable Stock issued under clause (i), (ii), (v), (vi), (viii), (ix),
       (x) or (xi) of this paragraph, and any refinancings thereof in an amount
       not to exceed the amount so refinanced or refunded (plus premiums,
       accrued interest, accrued dividends, fees and expenses); provided that
       such new Indebtedness or Redeemable Stock, determined as of the date of
       Incurrence of such new Indebtedness or issuance of Redeemable Stock, does
       not mature prior to the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness or have a
       mandatory redemption date prior to the Redeemable Stock to be refinanced
       or refunded, and the Average Life of such new Indebtedness is at least
       equal to the remaining Average Life of the Indebtedness to be refinanced
       or refunded; and provided further that in no event may Indebtedness or
       Redeemable Stock of ICG be refinanced by means of any Indebtedness or
       Redeemable Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of ICG pursuant to this
       clause (iii); (iv) Indebtedness (A) in respect of performance, surety or
       appeal bonds provided in the ordinary course of business, (B) under
       Currency Agreements and Interest Rate Agreements; provided that such
       agreements do not increase the Indebtedness of the obligor outstanding at
       any time other than as a result of fluctuations in foreign currency
       exchange rates or interest rates or by reason of fees, indemnities and
       compensation payable thereunder; and (C) arising from agreements
       providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar
       obligations, or from Guarantees or letters of credit, surety bonds or
       performance bonds securing any obligations of ICG or any of its
       Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to such agreements, in any case Incurred
       in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or Restricted
       Subsidiary of ICG (other than Guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by any
       Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or
       Restricted Subsidiary of ICG for the purpose of financing such
       acquisition), in a principal amount at maturity not to exceed the gross
       proceeds actually received by ICG or any Restricted Subsidiary in
       connection with such disposition; (v) Indebtedness or Redeemable Stock of
       ICG, to the extent the proceeds referred to below are contributed to ICG,
       not to exceed, at any one time outstanding, twice the amount of Net Cash
       Proceeds received by IntelCom after the Closing Date from the issuance
       and sale of its Capital Stock (other than Redeemable Stock or preferred
       stock); provided that such Indebtedness does not mature prior to the
       final mandatory redemption date of the New Preferred Stock; (vi)
       Strategic Investor Subordinated Indebtedness; (vii) Indebtedness or
       Redeemable Stock of ICG, to the extent the proceeds thereof are
       immediately used after the Incurrence or issuance thereof to purchase New
       Preferred Stock tendered in a Change of Control Offer; (viii)
       Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary of ICG Incurred pursuant to any
       credit agreement of such Restricted Subsidiary in effect on August 8,
       1995 (or any agreement refinancing Indebtedness under such credit
       agreement), up to the amount of the commitment under such credit
       agreement (including equipment leasing or financing agreements) on August
       8, 1995; (ix) Indebtedness of ICG, in an amount not to exceed $100
       million at any one time outstanding, consisting of Capitalized Lease
       Obligations with respect to assets that are used or useful in the
       telecommunications business of ICG or its Restricted Subsidiaries; (x)
       Indebtedness or Redeemable Stock of any Person that becomes a Restricted
       Subsidiary of ICG after the Closing Date, which Indebtedness exists
       or, with respect to such Indebtedness for which there is a commitment to
       lend, at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and, with
       respect to such Indebtedness, the subsequent incurrence thereof
       ("Acquired Indebtedness"), in an accreted amount not to exceed $50
       million at any one time outstanding in the aggregate for all such
       Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that such Acquired Indebtedness does
       not exceed 65% of the consideration (calculated by including such
       Acquired Indebtedness as a part of such consideration) paid by ICG and
       its Restricted Subsidiaries for the acquisition of such Person; and (xi)
       Indebtedness of ICG, in an amount not to exceed $30 million at any one
       time outstanding, consisting of letters of credit and similar
       arrangements used to support obligations of ICG or any

                                      -65-
<PAGE>
 
       of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to the acquisition of (by
       purchase, lease or otherwise), construction of, or improvements on,
       assets that will be used or useful in the telecommunications business of
       ICG or its Restricted Subsidiaries.

          (b) For purposes of determining any particular amount of Indebtedness
       under this "Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of New Preferred
       Stock" covenant, Guarantees, Liens or obligations with respect to letters
       of credit supporting Indebtedness otherwise included in the determination
       of such particular amount shall not be included.  For purposes of
       determining compliance with this "Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance
       of New Preferred Stock" covenant, in the event that an item of
       Indebtedness or Redeemable Stock meets the criteria of more than one of
       the types of Indebtedness or Redeemable Stock described in the above
       clauses, ICG, in its sole discretion, shall classify such item of
       Indebtedness or Redeemable Stock and only be required to include the
       amount and type of such Indebtedness or Redeemable Stock in one of such
       clauses.

       LIMITATION ON RESTRICTED PAYMENTS

          So long as any shares of the New Preferred Stock are outstanding, ICG
       will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or
       indirectly, (i) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on
       Junior Securities held by Persons other than ICG or any of its Restricted
       Subsidiaries (other than dividends or distributions payable solely in
       shares of its or such Restricted Subsidiary's Junior Securities (other
       than Redeemable Stock) of the same class held by such holders or in
       options, warrants or other rights to acquire such shares of Junior
       Securities and other than pro rata dividends or distributions on Common
       Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries); (ii) purchase, redeem, retire or
       otherwise acquire for value any shares of Junior Securities of ICG or any
       Restricted Subsidiary (including options, warrants or other rights to
       acquire such shares of Junior Securities) held by Persons other than ICG
       or any of its Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries (except for Junior
       Securities of MTN, StarCom, Ohio LINX, FOTI and Zycom to the extent the
       consideration therefor consists solely of common stock (other than
       Redeemable Stock) of IntelCom or Junior Securities of ICG, in each case,
       transferred in compliance with the Securities Act); or (iii) make any
       Investment, other than a Permitted Investment, in any Person (such
       payments or any other actions described in clauses (i) through (iii)
       being collectively "Restricted Payments") if, at the time of, and after
       giving effect to, the proposed Restricted Payment: (A) an event referred
       to in clauses (i)(a) through (i)(f) under "Voting Rights" shall have
       occurred and be continuing, (B) ICG could not Incur at least $1.00 of
       Indebtedness under the first paragraph of the "Incurrence of Indebtedness
       and Issuance of New Preferred Stock" covenant, (C) the aggregate amount
       expended for all Restricted Payments (the amount so expended, if other
       than in cash, to be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors,
       whose determination shall be conclusive and evidenced by a Board
       Resolution) after the date of the Amended Articles shall exceed the sum
       of (1) 50% of the aggregate amount of the Adjusted Consolidated Net
       Income (or, if the Adjusted Consolidated Net Income is a loss, minus 100%
       of such amount) (determined by excluding income resulting from transfers
       of assets by ICG or a Restricted Subsidiary to an Unrestricted
       Subsidiary) accrued on a cumulative basis during the period (taken as one
       accounting period) beginning on the first day of the fiscal quarter
       immediately following the Closing Date and ending on the last day of the
       last fiscal quarter preceding the Transaction Date for which reports have
       been filed pursuant to the "Reports" covenant plus (2) the aggregate Net
       Cash Proceeds received by ICG after the Closing Date (x) from the
       issuance and sale, permitted by the Amended Articles, of Junior
       Securities (other than Redeemable Stock) to a Person who is not a
       Subsidiary of ICG, or from the issuance to a Person who is not a
       Subsidiary of ICG of any options, warrants or other rights to acquire
       Junior Securities of ICG (in each case, exclusive of any Redeemable Stock
       or any options, warrants or other rights that are redeemable at the
       option of the holder, or are required to be redeemed, prior to the Stated
       Maturity of the New Preferred Stock) or (y) as a capital contribution
       from IntelCom plus (3) an amount equal to the net reduction in
       Investments (other than reductions in Permitted Investments) in any
       Person resulting from payments of interest on Indebtedness, dividends,
       repayments of loans or advances, or other transfers of assets, in each
       case to ICG or any Restricted Subsidiary (except to the extent any such
       payment is included in the calculation of Adjusted Consolidated Net
       Income), or from redesignations of Unrestricted Subsidiaries as
       Restricted Subsidiaries (valued in each case as provided in the
       definition of "Investments"), not to exceed the amount of Investments
       previously made by ICG and its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Person or
       (D) dividends on the New Preferred Stock shall not have been paid in full
       as provided in the Amended Articles.

                                      -66-
<PAGE>
 
          The foregoing provision shall not be violated by reason of: (i) the
       payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration
       thereof if, at said date of declaration, such payment would comply with
       the foregoing paragraph; (ii) the repurchase, redemption or other
       acquisition of Junior Securities of ICG (or options, warrants or other
       rights to acquire such Junior Securities) and with respect to any Junior
       Securities, the payment of accrued dividends thereon, in exchange for, or
       out of the proceeds of a substantially concurrent issuance or sale of,
       shares of Junior Securities (other than Redeemable Stock) of ICG;
       provided that the redemption of any preferred stock pursuant to any
       mandatory redemption feature thereof and any redemption of any other
       Junior Securities and, in each case, the payment of accrued dividends
       thereon (or options, warrants or other rights to acquire such Junior
       Securities) and with respect to any Junior Securities, the payment of
       accrued dividends thereon, shall be deemed to be "substantially
       concurrent" with such issuance and sale if the required notice with
       respect to such redemption is irrevocably given by a date which is no
       later than five Business Days after receipt of the proceeds of such
       issuance and sale and such redemption and payment is consummated within
       the period provided for in the document governing such preferred stock or
       the documents governing the redemption of such other Junior Securities,
       as the case may be; (iii) payments or distributions, in the nature of
       satisfaction of dissenters' rights, pursuant to or in connection with a
       consolidation, merger or transfer of assets that complies with the
       provisions of the Amended Articles applicable to mergers, consolidations
       and transfers of all or substantially all of the property and assets of
       ICG; (iv) Investments, not to exceed $10 million in aggregate, each
       evidenced by a senior promissory note payable to ICG that provides that
       it will become due and payable prior to any required repurchase
       (including pursuant to an Offer to Purchase in connection with a Change
       of Control) of the New Preferred Stock; (v) Investments, not to exceed $5
       million in the aggregate, that meet the requirements of clause (iv)
       above; provided that the Board of Directors of ICG shall have determined,
       in good faith, that each such Investment under this clause (v) will
       enable ICG or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries to obtain additional
       business that it might not be able to obtain without the making of such
       Investment; (vi) with respect to Junior Securities permitted to be issued
       and sold by the "Limitation on Issuance and Sale of Capital Stock of
       Restricted Subsidiaries" covenant, the payment (A) of dividends on such
       Junior Securities in additional shares of Junior Securities and (B) of
       cash dividends on such Junior Securities in an amount not to exceed the
       dividend rate thereon and accrued interest on unpaid dividends, in each
       case after May 1, 2001; (vii) the repurchase, in the event of a Change of
       Control, of Junior Securities of ICG and Indebtedness of ICG into which
       such Junior Securities have been exchanged; provided that prior to
       repurchasing such Junior Securities or Indebtedness, ICG shall have made
       a Change of Control Offer to repurchase the shares of New Preferred Stock
       in accordance with the terms of the Amended Articles (and an offer to
       repurchase other Indebtedness, if required by the terms thereof, in
       accordance with the indenture or other document governing such other
       Indebtedness) and shall have accepted and paid for any shares of New
       Preferred Stock (and other Indebtedness) properly tendered in connection
       with such Change of Control Offer for the shares of New Preferred Stock
       or change of control offer for such other Indebtedness; (viii) the
       issuance of Junior Securities permitted to be issued under the Amended
       Articles in exchange for Indebtedness; provided that the Incurrence of
       such Indebtedness complies with the "Incurrence of Indebtedness and
       Issuance of New Preferred Stock" covenant and (ix) (A) the payment of a
       dividend or other transfer of funds to IntelCom, with a portion of the
       proceeds of the issuance of the New Preferred Stock in an amount not to
       exceed the amount required to repurchase 916,666 warrants to purchase
       Common Stock of IntelCom and (B) the redemption of the 12% Redeemable New
       Preferred Stock of ICG, in each case, in accordance with the provisions
       of the documents governing such repurchase or redemption, provided that,
       except in the case of clause (i), no Default or Event of Default shall
       have occurred and be continuing or occur as a consequence of the actions
       or payments set forth therein.

          Each Restricted Payment permitted pursuant to the preceding paragraph
       (other than the Restricted Payments referred to in clauses (vi)(A) and
       (viii) thereof), and the Net Cash Proceeds from any issuance of Junior
       Securities referred to in clause (ii), shall be included in calculating
       whether the conditions of clause (C) of the first paragraph of this
       "Limitation on Restricted Payments" covenant have been met with respect
       to any subsequent Restricted Payments.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in
       the event the proceeds of an issuance of Junior Securities are used for
       the redemption, repurchase or other acquisition of the New Preferred
       Stock, or Parity Securities, then the Net Cash Proceeds of such issuance
       shall be included in clause (C) of the first paragraph of this
       "Limitation on Restricted Payments" covenant only to the extent such
       proceeds are not used for such redemption, repurchase or other
       acquisition of New Preferred Stock or Parity Securities.

                                      -67-
<PAGE>
 
       LIMITATION ON DIVIDEND AND OTHER PAYMENT RESTRICTIONS AFFECTING
       RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES

          So long as any shares of New Preferred Stock are outstanding, ICG will
       not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create or
       otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual
       encumbrance or restriction of any kind on the ability of any Restricted
       Subsidiary to (i) pay dividends or make any other distributions permitted
       by applicable law on any Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary
       owned by ICG or any other Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) pay any
       Indebtedness owed to ICG or any other Restricted Subsidiary, (iii) make
       loans or advances to ICG or any other Restricted Subsidiary or (iv)
       transfer any of its property or assets to ICG or any other Restricted
       Subsidiary.

          The foregoing provisions shall not restrict any encumbrances or
       restrictions: (i) existing on the Closing Date in any agreements in
       effect on the Closing Date, and any extensions, refinancings, renewals or
       replacements of such agreements; provided that the encumbrances and
       restrictions in any such extensions, refinancings, renewals or
       replacements are no less favorable in any material respect to the holders
       of the New Preferred Stock than those encumbrances or restrictions that
       are then in effect and that are being extended, refinanced, renewed or
       replaced; (ii) existing under or by reason of applicable law; (iii)
       existing with respect to any Person or the property or assets of such
       Person acquired by ICG or any Restricted Subsidiary, existing at the time
       of such acquisition and not incurred in contemplation thereof, which
       encumbrances or restrictions are not applicable to any Person or the
       property or assets of any Person other than such Person or the property
       or assets of such Person so acquired; (iv) in the case of clause (iv) of
       the first paragraph of this "Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment
       Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries" covenant, (A) that
       restrict in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer of
       any property or asset that is a lease, license, conveyance or contract or
       similar property or asset, (B) existing by virtue of any transfer of,
       agreement to transfer, option or right with respect to, or Lien on, any
       property or assets of ICG or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise
       prohibited by the Amended Articles or (C) arising or agreed to in the
       ordinary course of business, not relating to any Indebtedness, and that
       do not, individually or in the aggregate, detract from the value of
       property or assets of ICG or any Restricted Subsidiary in any manner
       material to ICG or any Restricted Subsidiary; or (v) with respect to a
       Restricted Subsidiary and imposed pursuant to an agreement that has been
       entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of
       the Capital Stock of, or property and assets of, such Restricted
       Subsidiary.  Nothing contained in this "Limitation on Dividend and Other
       Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries" covenant shall
       prevent ICG or any Restricted Subsidiary from (1 creating, incurring,
       assuming or suffering to exist any Liens otherwise permitted in the
       "Limitation on Liens" covenant or (2) restricting the sale or other
       disposition of property or assets of ICG or any of its Restricted
       Subsidiaries that secure Indebtedness of ICG or any of its Restricted
       Subsidiaries.

       LIMITATION ON ISSUANCES AND SALE OF CAPITAL STOCK OF RESTRICTED
       SUBSIDIARIES

          Under the terms of the Amended Articles, ICG will not sell, and will
       not permit any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to issue or
       sell, any shares of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary (including
       options, warrants or other rights to purchase shares of such Capital
       Stock) except (i) to ICG or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary; (ii)
       issuances or sales to foreign nationals of shares of Capital Stock of
       foreign Restricted Subsidiaries, to the extent required by applicable
       law; (iii) if, immediately after giving effect to such issuance or sale,
       such Restricted Subsidiary would no longer constitute a Restricted
       Subsidiary; (iv) with respect to Common Stock of MTN, StarCom and Zycom;
       provided that the proceeds of any such sale under clause (iv) shall be
       reinvested in the business of ICG and its Restricted Subsidiaries or used
       to repay Indebtedness of ICG or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or
       Senior Securities; and (v) with respect to Common Stock of FOTI; provided
       that FOTI shall not retain any net proceeds from such sales or issuances
       in excess of $10 million in the aggregate and any net proceeds in excess
       of such $10 million shall be received by, or paid promptly by FOTI to,
       ICG or any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of ICG.

       LIMITATION ON TRANSACTIONS WITH SHAREHOLDERS AND AFFILIATES

          Under the terms of the Amended Articles, ICG will not, and will not
       permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, enter into,
       renew or extend any transaction (including, without limitation, the
       purchase, sale, lease or exchange of property or assets, or the rendering
       of any service) with any holder (or any Affiliate of such

                                      -68-
<PAGE>
 
       holder) of 5% or more of any class of Capital Stock of ICG or with any
       Affiliate of ICG or any Restricted Subsidiary, except upon fair and
       reasonable terms no less favorable to ICG or such Restricted Subsidiary
       than could be obtained, at the time of such transaction or at the time of
       the execution of the agreement providing therefor, in a comparable arm's-
       length transaction with a Person that is not such a holder or an
       Affiliate.

          The foregoing limitation does not limit, and shall not apply to (i)
       transactions (A) approved by a majority of the disinterested members of
       the Board of Directors of ICG or (B) for which ICG or a Restricted
       Subsidiary delivers to the Transfer Agent a written opinion of a
       nationally recognized investment banking firm stating that the
       transaction is fair to ICG or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial
       point of view; (ii) any transaction solely between ICG and any of its
       Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries or solely between Wholly Owned
       Restricted Subsidiaries; (iii) the payment of reasonable and customary
       regular fees to directors of ICG who are not employees of ICG; (iv) any
       payments or other transactions pursuant to any tax-sharing agreement (or
       a similar agreement that is not materially adverse to the interests of
       holders of the New Preferred Stock) between ICG and any other Person with
       which ICG files a consolidated tax return or with which ICG is part of a
       consolidated group for tax purposes; or (v) any Restricted Payments not
       prohibited by the "Limitation on Restricted Payments" covenant.
       Notwithstanding the foregoing, any transaction covered by the first
       paragraph of this "Limitation on Transactions with Shareholders and
       Affiliates" covenant and not covered by clauses (ii) through (iv) of this
       paragraph, the aggregate amount of which exceeds $2 million in value,
       must be approved or determined to be fair in the manner provided for in
       clause (i)(A) or (B) above.

       LIMITATION ON LIENS

          Under the terms of the Amended Articles, ICG will not, and will not
       permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or suffer to
       exist any Lien on any of its assets or properties, now or hereafter
       acquired, or any shares of Capital Stock of or Indebtedness of any
       Restricted Subsidiary.

          The foregoing limitation does not apply to (i) Liens existing on the
       Closing Date; (ii) Liens granted after the Closing Date on any assets or
       Capital Stock of ICG or its Restricted Subsidiaries created in favor of
       the holders of the New Preferred Stock; (iii) Liens with respect to the
       assets of a Restricted Subsidiary granted by such Restricted Subsidiary
       to ICG or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary to secure Indebtedness
       owing to ICG or such other Restricted Subsidiary; (iv) Liens securing
       Indebtedness which is Incurred to refinance secured Indebtedness which is
       permitted to be Incurred under clause (iii) of the second paragraph of
       the "Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of New Preferred Stock"
       covenant; provided that such Liens do not extend to or cover any property
       or assets of ICG or any Restricted Subsidiary other than the property or
       assets securing the Indebtedness being refinanced; (v) Liens with respect
       to assets or properties of any Person that becomes a Restricted
       Subsidiary after the Closing Date; provided that such Liens do not extend
       to or cover any assets or properties of ICG or any of its Restricted
       Subsidiaries other than the assets or properties of such Person subject
       to such Lien on the date such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; and
       provided further that such Liens are not incurred in contemplation of, or
       in connection with, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary; (vi)
       Permitted Liens; and (vii) Liens securing Indebtedness.

       MERGER, CONSOLIDATION AND SALE OF ASSETS

          ICG shall not consolidate with, merge with or into, or sell, convey,
       transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its
       property and assets (as an entirety or substantially an entirety in one
       transaction or a series of related transactions) to, any Person (other
       than a consolidation or merger with or into a Wholly Owned Restricted
       Subsidiary with a positive net worth; provided that, in connection with
       any such merger or consolidation, no consideration (other than Common
       Stock in the surviving Person or ICG) shall be issued or distributed to
       the stockholders of ICG) or permit any Person to merge with or into ICG
       unless: (i) ICG shall be the continuing Person, or the Person (if other
       than ICG) formed by such consolidation or into which ICG is merged or
       that acquired or leased such property and assets of ICG shall be a
       corporation organized and validly existing under the laws of the United
       States of America or any jurisdiction thereof and the New Preferred Stock
       shall be converted into or exchanged for and shall become shares of such
       successor company, having in respect of such successor or resulting
       company substantially the same powers, preferences and relative
       participating, optional or other special rights and

                                      -69-
<PAGE>
 
       the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereon that the New
       Preferred Stock had immediately prior to such transaction; (ii)
       immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no event referred to
       under clauses (a) through (e) under "--Voting Rights" or any default,
       breach or violation that would become such an event after the giving of
       notice, the passage of time or both, shall have occurred and be
       continuing; (iii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on
       a pro forma basis, ICG or any Person becoming the successor issuer of the
       New Preferred Stock, as the case may be, shall have a Consolidated Net
       Worth equal to or greater than the Consolidated Net Worth of ICG
       immediately prior to such transaction; (iv) immediately after giving
       effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis ICG, or any Person
       becoming the successor issuer of the New Preferred Stock, as the case may
       be, could Incur at least $1.00 of Indebtedness under the first paragraph
       of the "Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of New Preferred Stock"
       covenant; and (v) ICG delivers to the Transfer Agent an Officers'
       Certificate (attaching the arithmetic computations to demonstrate
       compliance with clauses (iii) and (iv) above) and an Opinion of Counsel,
       in each case stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer complies
       with this provision and that all conditions precedent provided for herein
       relating to such transaction have been complied with; provided, however,
       that clauses (iii) and (iv) above do not apply if, in the good faith
       determination of the Board of Directors of ICG, whose determination shall
       be evidenced by a Board Resolution, the principal purpose of such
       transaction is part of a plan to change the jurisdiction of incorporation
       of ICG to a different state of the United States; and provided further
       that any such transaction shall not have as one of its purposes the
       evasion of the foregoing limitations.

       SENIOR SUBORDINATED INDEBTEDNESS

          So long as any shares of New Preferred Stock are outstanding, ICG will
       not Incur any Indebtedness, other than the Exchange Debentures, that is
       expressly made subordinated in right of payment to any Senior
       Indebtedness (as defined in the Exchange Debenture Indenture) unless such
       Indebtedness, by its terms and by the terms of any agreement or
       instrument pursuant to which such Indebtedness is outstanding is
       expressly made pari passu with, or subordinate in right of payment to,
       the Exchange Debentures pursuant to provisions substantially similar to
       those contained in Article Eleven of the Exchange Debenture Indenture;
       provided that the foregoing limitations shall not apply to distinctions
       between categories of Senior Indebtedness that exist by reason of any
       Liens or Guarantees arising or created in respect of some but not all
       Senior Indebtedness.

       REPORTS

          So long as any shares of New Preferred Stock are outstanding, ICG
       shall file with the Commission the annual reports, quarterly reports and
       the information, documents and other reports required to be filed by ICG
       with the Commission pursuant to Sections 13 or 15 of the Exchange Act,
       whether or not ICG has or is required to have a class of securities
       registered under the Exchange Act, at the time it is or would be required
       to file the same with the Commission and, within 15 days after ICG is or
       would be required to file such reports, information or documents with the
       Commission.

       EXCHANGE

          ICG may exchange all, but not less than all, of the outstanding shares
       of New Preferred Stock, including any shares of New Preferred Stock
       issued as payment for dividends, into Exchange Debentures at any time
       following the date on which such exchange is permitted by the terms of
       the Notes Indenture and the 13/1//2% Notes Indenture. Presently, the
       Exchange of the New Preferred Stock for Exchange Debentures would be
       restricted by covenants in such indentures relating to the incurrence of
       Indebtedness.  There can be no assurance that the conditions in such
       covenants for the exchange of New Preferred Stock for Exchange Debentures
       will be satisfied or that the exchange will occur or that future
       Indebtedness of ICG would not also restrict an exchange.  See
       "Description of New Notes". In order to effect such exchange, ICG shall
       (a) if necessary to satisfy the condition set forth in clause (B) in the
       following paragraph based upon the written advice of counsel to ICG, file
       a registration statement with the Commission relating to the exchange,
       and (b) if a registration statement is filed with the Commission pursuant
       to clause (a), use its best efforts to cause such registration statement
       to be declared effective as soon as practicable by the Commission unless
       the opinion referred to in clause (B) in the following paragraph shall
       have been subsequently delivered.

                                      -70-
<PAGE>
 
          Prior to initiating such exchange, ICG shall certify, to the
       satisfaction of the trustees under the 13/1//2% Notes Indenture and the
       Notes Indenture, that such exchange is permitted under such respective
       Indentures.  ICG shall also provide such Trustees with an Officer's
       Certificate setting forth with specificity the basis for ICG's conclusion
       that such exchange is so permitted.  In order to effectuate such
       exchange, ICG shall send a written notice of exchange by mail to each
       holder of record of shares of New Preferred Stock, which notice shall
       state (i) that ICG is exchanging the New Preferred Stock into Exchange
       Debentures pursuant to the Amended Articles and (ii) the date fixed for
       exchange (the "Exchange Date"), which date shall not be less than 15 days
       nor more than 60 days following the date on which such notice is mailed
       (except as provided in the last sentence of this paragraph).  On the
       Exchange Date, if the conditions set forth in clauses (A) through (E)
       below are satisfied and if the exchange is then permitted under the Notes
       Indenture and the 13/1//2% Notes Indenture, ICG shall issue Exchange
       Debentures in exchange for the New Preferred Stock as provided in the
       next paragraph, provided that on the Exchange Date: (A) there shall be
       legally available funds sufficient therefor (including, without
       limitation, legally available funds sufficient therefor under Section 7-
       106-401 (or any successor provision) of the CBCA); (B) a registration
       statement relating to the Exchange Debentures shall have been declared
       effective under the Securities Act prior to such exchange and shall
       continue to be effective on the Exchange Date or ICG shall have obtained
       a written opinion of counsel that an exemption from the registration
       requirements of the Securities Act is available for such exchange and
       that upon receipt of such Exchange Debentures pursuant to such exchange
       made in accordance with such exemption, each holder of an Exchange
       Debenture that is not an Affiliate of ICG will not be subject to any
       restrictions imposed by the Securities Act upon the resale of such
       Exchange Debenture, and such exemption is relied upon by ICG for such
       exchange; (C) the Exchange Debenture Indenture and the trustee thereunder
       shall have been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as
       amended (the "Trust Indenture Act"); (D) immediately after giving effect
       to such exchange, no Default or Event of Default (each as defined in the
       Exchange Debenture Indenture) would exist under the Exchange Debenture
       Indenture; and (E) ICG shall have delivered to the Trustee under the
       Exchange Debenture Indenture a written opinion of counsel, dated the date
       of exchange, regarding the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in
       clauses (A), (B) and (C).  In the event that (i) the issuance of the
       Exchange Debentures is not permitted on the Exchange Date or (ii) any of
       the conditions set forth in clause (A) through (E) of the preceding
       sentence are not satisfied on the Exchange Date, ICG shall use its best
       efforts to satisfy such conditions and effect such exchange as soon as
       practicable.

          Upon any exchange pursuant to the preceding paragraph, the holders of
       outstanding shares of New Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive a
       principal amount of Exchange Debentures for shares of New Preferred
       Stock, the liquidation preference of which, plus the amount of
       accumulated and unpaid dividends (including a prorated dividend for the
       period from the immediately preceding dividend payment date to the date
       of exchange) with respect to which, equals such principal amount.  The
       Exchange Debentures will be issued in registered form, without coupons.
       Exchange Debentures issued in exchange for New Preferred Stock will be in
       principal amounts of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof to the extent
       practicable, and will also be issued in principal amounts less than
       $1,000 so that each holder of New Preferred Stock will receive
       certificates representing the entire principal amount of Exchange
       Debentures to which its shares of New Preferred Stock entitle it,
       provided that ICG may, subject to the restrictions in the Notes Indenture
       and the 13/1//2% Notes Indenture and any of its other then-existing
       Indebtedness, pay cash in lieu of issuing an Exchange Debenture in a
       principal amount less than $1,000.  On and after the date of exchange,
       dividends will cease to accrue on the outstanding shares of New Preferred
       Stock, and all rights of the holders of New Preferred Stock (except the
       right to receive the Exchange Debentures, an amount in cash, to the
       extent applicable, equal to the accrued and unpaid dividends to the
       Exchange Date, and if ICG so elects, cash in lieu of any Exchange
       Debenture which is in an amount that is not an integral multiple of
       $1,000) will terminate.  The person entitled to receive the Exchange
       Debentures issuable upon such exchange will be treated for all purposes
       as the registered holder of such Exchange Debentures.

          IntelCom and ICG will comply with the provisions of Rule 13e-4
       promulgated pursuant to the Exchange Act in connection with any exchange,
       to the extent applicable.

       NEW PREFERRED STOCK BOOK ENTRY; DELIVERY AND FORM

          So long as DTC, or its nominee, is the registered owner or holder of a
       Global New Preferred Stock Certificate, DTC or such nominee, as the case
       may be, will be considered the sole owner or holder of the New

                                      -71-
<PAGE>
 
       Preferred Stock represented by such Global New Preferred Stock
       Certificate for all purposes under the Amended Articles and the New
       Preferred Stock.  No beneficial owner of an interest in the Global New
       Preferred Stock Certificate will be able to transfer that interest except
       in accordance with DTC's applicable procedures, in addition to those
       provided for under the Amended Articles.

          Payments made with respect to the Global New Preferred Stock
       Certificate will be made to DTC or its nominee, as the case may be, as
       the registered owner thereof.  ICG will have no responsibility or
       liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on
       account of beneficial ownership interests in the Global New Preferred
       Stock or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating
       to such beneficial ownership interests.

          ICG expects that DTC or its nominee, upon receipt of any payments made
       with respect to the Global New Preferred Stock, will credit participants'
       accounts with payments in amounts proportionate to their respective
       beneficial interests in the amount of such Global New Preferred Stock as
       shown on the records of DTC or its nominee.  ICG also expects that
       payments by participants to owners of beneficial interest in such Global
       New Preferred Stock held through such participants will be governed by
       standing instructions and customary practices, as is now the case with
       securities held for the accounts of customers registered in the names of
       nominees for such customers. Such payments will be the responsibility of
       such participants.

          Transfers between participants in DTC will be effected in the ordinary
       way in accordance with DTC rules and will be settled in same-day funds.

          The Company understands that DTC will take any action permitted to be
       taken by a holder of New Preferred Stock (including the presentation of
       New Preferred Stock for exchange as described below) only at the
       direction of one or more participants to whose account the DTC interests
       in the Global New Preferred Stock is credited and only in respect of such
       portion of the aggregate liquidation preference of New Preferred Stock as
       to which such participant or participants has or have given such
       direction.

          The Company understands: DTC is a limited purpose trust company
       organized under the laws of the State of New York, a "banking
       organization" within the meaning of New York Banking Law, a member of the
       Federal Reserve System, a "clearing corporation" within the meaning of
       the Uniform Commercial Code and a "Clearing Agency" registered pursuant
       to the provisions of Section 17A of the Exchange Act.  DTC was created to
       hold securities for its participants and facilitate the clearance and
       settlement of securities transaction between participants through
       electronic book entry changes in accounts of its participants, thereby
       eliminating the need for physical movement of certificates and certain
       other organizations.  Indirect access to the DTC system is available to
       others such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear
       through or maintain a custodial relationship with a participant, either
       directly or indirectly ("indirect participants").

          Although DTC is expected to follow the foregoing procedures in order
       to facilitate transfers of interest in the Global New Preferred Stock
       Certificate among participants of DTC, it is under no obligation to
       perform or continue to perform such procedures, and such procedures may
       be discontinued at any time.  The Company will have no responsibility for
       the performance by DTC or its respective participants or indirect
       participants of its respective obligations under the rules and procedures
       governing their operations.

       CERTIFICATED NEW PREFERRED STOCK

          If DTC is at any time unwilling or unable to continue as a depositary
       for the Global New Preferred Stock and a successor depositary is not
       appointed by ICG within 90 days, ICG will issue Certificated New
       Preferred Stock in exchange for the Global New Preferred Stock
       Certificate.

       CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

                                      -72-
<PAGE>
 
          Set forth below are certain defined terms used in the Amended
       Articles.  Reference is made to the Amended Articles for the full
       definition of such terms, as well as any other capitalized terms used
       herein for which no definition is provided.

          "Adjusted Consolidated Net Income" means, for any period, the
       aggregate net income (or loss) of ICG and its Restricted Subsidiaries for
       such period determined in conformity with GAAP; provided that the
       following items shall be excluded in computing Adjusted Consolidated Net
       Income (without duplication): (i) the net income of any Person (other
       than net income attributable to a Restricted Subsidiary) in which any
       Person (other than ICG or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) has a joint
       interest and the net income of any Unrestricted Subsidiary, except to the
       extent of the amount of dividends or other distributions actually paid to
       ICG or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries by such other Person or such
       Unrestricted Subsidiary during such period; (ii) solely for the purposes
       of calculating the amount of Restricted Payments that may be made
       pursuant to clause (C) of the first paragraph of the "Limitation on
       Restricted Payments" covenant described above (and in such case, except
       to the extent includable pursuant to clause (i) above), the net income
       (or loss) of any Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Restricted
       Subsidiary or is merged into or consolidated with ICG or any of its
       Restricted Subsidiaries or all or substantially all of the property and
       assets of such Person are acquired by ICG or any of its Restricted
       Subsidiaries; (iii) the net income of any Restricted Subsidiary to the
       extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar
       distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary of such net income is not at
       the time permitted by the operation of the terms of its charter or any
       agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or
       governmental regulation applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary; (iv)
       any gains or losses (on an after-tax basis) attributable to Asset Sales;
       (v) except for purposes of calculating the amount of Restricted Payments
       that may be made pursuant to clause (C) of the first paragraph of the
       "Limitation on Restricted Payments" covenant described above, any amount
       paid or accrued as dividends on preferred stock of ICG or any Restricted
       Subsidiary owned by Persons other than ICG and any of its Restricted
       Subsidiaries; and (vi) all extraordinary gains and extraordinary losses.

          "Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets" means the total amount of
       assets of ICG and its Restricted Subsidiaries (less applicable
       depreciation, amortization and other valuation reserves), except to the
       extent resulting from write-ups of capital assets (excluding write-ups in
       connection with accounting for acquisitions in conformity with GAAP),
       after deducting therefrom (i) all current liabilities of ICG and its
       Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding intercompany items) and (ii) all
       goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents, unamortized debt discount and
       expense and other like intangibles, all as set forth on the most recently
       available quarterly or annual consolidated balance sheet of ICG and its
       Restricted Subsidiaries, prepared in conformity with GAAP.

          "Affiliate" means, as applied to any Person, any other Person directly
       or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect
       common control with, such Person.  For purposes of this definition,
       "control" (including, with correlative meanings, the terms "controlling,"
       "controlled by" and "under common control with"), as applied to any
       Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to
       direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such
       Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract
       or otherwise; provided that, with respect to ICG and any of its
       Subsidiaries, the term "Affiliate" shall be deemed to include Mr. William
       Becker, Mr. Lawrence Becker and any person related by blood or marriage
       to either of them.

          "Asset Acquisition" means (i) an investment by ICG or any of its
       Restricted Subsidiaries in any other Person pursuant to which such Person
       shall become a Restricted Subsidiary of ICG or shall be merged into or
       consolidated with ICG or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided
       that such Person's primary business is related, ancillary or
       complementary to the businesses of ICG and its Restricted Subsidiaries on
       the date of such investment or (ii) an acquisition by ICG or any of its
       Restricted Subsidiaries of the property and assets of any Person other
       than ICG or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that constitute
       substantially all of a division or line of business of such Person;
       provided that the property and assets acquired are related, ancillary or
       complementary to the businesses of ICG and its Restricted Subsidiaries on
       the date of such acquisition.

          "Asset Disposition" means the sale or other disposition by ICG or any
       of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than to ICG or another Restricted
       Subsidiary of ICG) of (i) all or substantially all of the Capital Stock
       of any Restricted Subsidiary of ICG or (ii) all or substantially all of
       the assets that constitute a division or line of business of ICG or any
       of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

                                      -73-
<PAGE>
 
          "Asset Sale" means any sale, transfer or other disposition (including
       by way of merger, consolidation or sale-leaseback transactions) in one
       transaction or a series of related transactions by ICG or any of its
       Restricted Subsidiaries to any Person other than ICG or any of its
       Restricted Subsidiaries of (i) all or any of the Capital Stock of any
       Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) all or substantially all of the property and
       assets of an operating unit or business of ICG or any of its Restricted
       Subsidiaries or (iii) any other property and assets of ICG or any of its
       Restricted Subsidiaries outside the ordinary course of business of ICG or
       such Restricted Subsidiary and, in each case, that is not governed by the
       provisions described under "--Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets,"
       provided that the meaning of "Asset Sale" shall not include (A) sales or
       other dispositions of inventory, receivables and other current assets,
       and (B) dispositions of assets of ICG or any of its Restricted
       Subsidiaries, in substantially simultaneous exchanges for consideration
       consisting of any combination of cash, Temporary Cash Investments and
       assets that are used or useful in the telecommunications business of ICG
       or its Restricted Subsidiaries, if such consideration has an aggregate
       fair market value substantially equal to the fair market value of the
       assets so disposed of; provided, however, that fair market value shall be
       determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of ICG, whose
       determination shall be conclusive and evidenced by a Board Resolution
       delivered to the Transfer Agent.

          "Average Life" means, at any date of determination with respect to any
       debt security, the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the
       products of (a) the number of years from such date of determination to
       the dates of each successive scheduled principal payment of such debt
       security and (b) the amount of such principal payment by (ii) the sum of
       all such principal payments.

          "Capital Stock" means, with respect to any Person, any and all shares,
       interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated,
       whether voting or non-voting) in equity of such Person, whether now
       outstanding or issued after the date of the Amended Articles, including,
       without limitation, all Common Stock and preferred stock.

          "Capitalized Lease" means, as applied to any Person, any lease of any
       property (whether real, personal or mixed) of which the discounted
       present value of the rental obligations of such Person as lessee, in
       conformity with GAAP, is required to be capitalized on the balance sheet
       of such Person; and "Capitalized Lease Obligations" means the discounted
       present value of the rental obligations under such lease.

          "Closing Date" means the date the New Preferred Stock is originally
       issued under the Amended Articles.

          "Consolidated EBITDA" means, for any period, the sum of the amounts
       for such period of (i) Adjusted Consolidated Net Income, (ii)
       Consolidated Interest Expense, (iii) income taxes, to the extent such
       amount was deducted in calculating Adjusted Consolidated Net Income
       (other than income taxes (either positive or negative) attributable to
       extraordinary and non-recurring gains or losses or sales of assets), (iv)
       depreciation expense, to the extent such amount was deducted in
       calculating Adjusted Consolidated Net Income, (v) amortization expense,
       to the extent such amount was deducted in calculating Adjusted
       Consolidated Net Income, and (vi) all other non-cash items reducing
       Adjusted Consolidated Net Income (other than items that will require cash
       payments and for which an accrual or reserve is, or is required by GAAP
       to be, made), less all non-cash items increasing Adjusted Consolidated
       Net Income, all as determined on a consolidated basis for ICG and its
       Restricted Subsidiaries in conformity with GAAP; provided that, if any
       Restricted Subsidiary is not a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary,
       Consolidated EBITDA shall be reduced (to the extent not otherwise reduced
       in accordance with GAAP) by an amount equal to (A) the amount of the
       Adjusted Consolidated Net Income attributable to such Restricted
       Subsidiary multiplied by (B) the quotient of (1) the number of shares of
       outstanding Common Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary not owned on the
       last day of such period by ICG or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
       divided by (2) the total number of shares of outstanding Common Stock of
       such Restricted Subsidiary on the last day of such period.

          "Consolidated Interest Expense" means, for any period, the aggregate
       amount of interest in respect of Indebtedness (including amortization of
       original issue discount on any Indebtedness and the interest portion of
       any deferred payment obligation, calculated in accordance with the
       effective interest method of accounting; all commissions, discounts and
       other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and
       bankers' acceptance financing; the net costs associated with Interest
       Rate Agreements; and Indebtedness that is Guaranteed or secured by ICG or
       any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) and all but the principal component
       of rentals in respect of Capitalized

                                      -74-
<PAGE>
 
       Lease Obligations paid, accrued or scheduled to be paid or to be accrued
       by ICG and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period; excluding,
       however, without duplication, (i) any amount of such interest of any
       Restricted Subsidiary if the net income of such Restricted Subsidiary is
       excluded in the calculation of Adjusted Consolidated Net Income pursuant
       to clause (iii) of the definition thereof (but only in the same
       proportion as the net income of such Restricted Subsidiary is excluded
       from the calculation of Adjusted Consolidated Net Income pursuant to
       clause (iii) of the definition thereof) and (ii) any premiums, fees and
       expenses (and any amortization thereof) payable in connection with the
       offering of the 13/1//2% Notes and the warrants issued therewith, the New
       Notes and/or the New Preferred Stock, all as determined on a consolidated
       basis (without taking into account Unrestricted Subsidiaries) in
       conformity with GAAP.

          "Consolidated Net Worth" means, at any date of determination,
       stockholders' equity as set forth on the most recently available
       quarterly or annual consolidated balance sheet of ICG and its Restricted
       Subsidiaries (which shall be as of a date not more than 90 days prior to
       the date of such computation, and which shall not take into account
       Unrestricted Subsidiaries), less any amounts attributable to Redeemable
       Stock or any equity security convertible into or exchangeable for
       Indebtedness, the cost of treasury stock and the principal amount of any
       promissory notes receivable from the sale of the Capital Stock of ICG or
       any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, each item to be determined in
       conformity with GAAP (excluding the effects of foreign currency exchange
       adjustments under Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement of
       Financial Accounting Standards No. 52).

          "Currency Agreement" means any foreign exchange contract, currency
       swap agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to
       protect ICG or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries against fluctuations in
       currency values to or under which ICG or any of its Restricted
       Subsidiaries is a party or a beneficiary on the Closing Date or becomes a
       party or a beneficiary thereafter.

          "FOTI" means Fiber Optic Technologies Inc., a Colorado corporation.

          "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles in the United
       States of America as in effect as of August 8, 1995, including, without
       limitation, those set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the
       Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public
       Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting
       Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as
       approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession.  All
       ratios and computations contained in the Indenture shall be computed in
       conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis, except that
       calculations made for purposes of determining compliance with the terms
       of the covenants and with other provisions of the Indenture shall be made
       without giving effect to (i) the amortization of any expenses incurred in
       connection with the offering of the 13/1// 2% Notes and the warrants
       issued therewith, the New Notes and/or the New Preferred Stock and (ii)
       except as otherwise provided, the amortization of any amounts required or
       permitted by Accounting Principles Board Opinion Nos. 16 and 17.

          "Guarantee" means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any
       Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other
       obligation of any other Person and, without limiting the generality of
       the foregoing, any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or
       otherwise, of such Person (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply
       funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other
       obligation of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership
       arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods,
       securities or services, to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial
       statement conditions or otherwise) or (ii) entered into for purposes of
       assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness or other
       obligation of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss
       in respect thereof (in whole or in part); provided that the term
       "Guarantee" shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in
       the ordinary course of business.  The term "Guarantee" used as a verb has
       a corresponding meaning.

          "Incur" means, with respect to any Indebtedness, to incur, create,
       issue, assume, Guarantee or otherwise become liable for or with respect
       to, or become responsible for, the payment of, contingently or otherwise,
       such Indebtedness, including an Incurrence of Indebtedness by reason of
       the acquisition of more than 50% of the Capital Stock of any Person;
       provided that neither the accrual of interest nor the accretion of
       original issue discount shall be considered an Incurrence of
       Indebtedness.

                                      -75-
<PAGE>
 
          "Indebtedness" means, with respect to any Person at any date of
       determination (without duplication), (i) all indebtedness of such Person
       for borrowed money, (ii) all obligations of such Person evidenced by
       bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, (iii) all
       obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit or other
       similar instruments (including reimbursement obligations with respect
       thereto), (iv) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and
       unpaid purchase price of property or services, which purchase price is
       due more than six months after the date of placing such property in
       service or taking delivery and title thereto or the completion of such
       services, except Trade Payables, (v) all obligations of such Person as
       lessee under Capitalized Leases, (vi) all Indebtedness of other Persons
       secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such
       Indebtedness is assumed by such Person; provided that the amount of such
       Indebtedness shall be the lesser of (A) the fair market value of such
       asset at such date of determination and (B) the amount of such
       Indebtedness, (vii) all Indebtedness of other Persons Guaranteed by such
       Person to the extent such Indebtedness is Guaranteed by such Person and
       (viii) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition,
       obligations under Currency Agreements and Interest Rate Agreements.  The
       amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be the outstanding
       balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above
       and, with respect to contingent obligations, the maximum liability upon
       the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation, provided
       (i) that the amount outstanding at any time of any Indebtedness issued
       with original issue discount is the original issue price of such
       Indebtedness and (ii) that Indebtedness shall not include any liability
       for federal, state, local or other taxes.

          "Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio" means, as at any date of determination,
       the ratio of (i) the aggregate amount of Indebtedness of ICG and its
       Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis ("Consolidated
       Indebtedness") as at the date of determination (the "Transaction Date")
       to (ii) the Consolidated EBITDA of ICG for the then most recent four full
       fiscal quarters for which reports have been filed pursuant to the
       "Reports" covenant described above (such four full fiscal quarter period
       being referred to herein as the "Four Quarter Period"); provided that (x)
       pro forma effect shall be given to any Indebtedness Incurred from the
       beginning of the Four Quarter Period through the Transaction Date
       (including any Indebtedness Incurred on the Transaction Date), to the
       extent outstanding on the Transaction Date, (y) if during the period
       commencing on the first day of such Four Quarter Period through the
       Transaction Date (the "Reference Period"), ICG or any of the Restricted
       Subsidiaries shall have engaged in any Asset Sale, Consolidated EBITDA
       for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the EBITDA (if
       positive), or increased by an amount equal to the EBITDA (if negative),
       directly attributable to the assets which are the subject of such Asset
       Sale and any related retirement of Indebtedness as if such Asset Sale and
       related retirement of Indebtedness had occurred on the first day of such
       Reference Period or (z) if during such Reference Period ICG or any of the
       Restricted Subsidiaries shall have made any Asset Acquisition,
       Consolidated EBITDA of ICG shall be calculated on a pro forma basis as if
       such Asset Acquisition and any related financing had occurred on the
       first day of such Reference Period.  In calculating this ratio for
       purposes of the Amended Articles, the amount of outstanding Indebtedness
       shall be deemed to include the liquidation preference of any preferred
       stock then outstanding.

          "IntelCom" means IntelCom Group Inc. and its successors and assigns.

          "Investment" in any Person means any direct or indirect advance, loan
       or other extension of credit (including, without limitation, by way of
       Guarantee or similar arrangement; but excluding advances to customers in
       the ordinary course of business that are, in conformity with GAAP,
       recorded as accounts receivable on the balance sheet of ICG or its
       Restricted Subsidiaries) or capital contribution to (by means of any
       transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property
       or services for the account or use of others), or any purchase or
       acquisition of Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other similar
       instruments issued by, such Person and shall include the designation of a
       Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary.  For purposes of the
       definition of "Unrestricted Subsidiary" and the "Limitation on Restricted
       Payments" covenant described above, (i) "Investment" shall include the
       fair market value of the assets (net of liabilities) of any Restricted
       Subsidiary of ICG at the time that such Restricted Subsidiary of ICG is
       designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary and shall exclude the fair market
       value of the assets (net of liabilities) of any Unrestricted Subsidiary
       at the time that such Unrestricted Subsidiary is designated a Restricted
       Subsidiary of ICG and (ii) any property transferred to or from an
       Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the
       time of such transfer, in each case as determined by the Board of
       Directors in good faith.

                                      -76-
<PAGE>
 
          "Lien" means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance,
       lien or charge of any kind (including, without limitation, any
       conditional sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the
       nature thereof, any sale with recourse against the seller or any
       Affiliate of the seller, or any agreement to give any security interest).

          "MTN" means Maritime Telecommunications Network, Inc., a Colorado
       corporation, and its successors.

          "Net Cash Proceeds" means, (a) with respect to any Asset Sale, the
       proceeds of such Asset Sale in the form of cash or cash equivalents,
       including payments in respect of deferred payment obligations (to the
       extent corresponding to the principal, but not interest, component
       thereof) when received in the form of cash or cash equivalents (except to
       the extent such obligations are financed or sold with recourse to ICG or
       any Restricted Subsidiary of ICG) and proceeds from the conversion of
       other property received when converted to cash or cash equivalents, net
       of (i) brokerage commissions and other fees and expenses (including fees
       and expenses of counsel and investment bankers) related to such Asset
       Sale, (ii) provisions for all taxes (whether or not such taxes will
       actually be paid or are payable) as a result of such Asset Sale without
       regard to the consolidated results of operations of ICG and its
       Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (iii) payments made to repay
       Indebtedness or any other obligation outstanding at the time of such
       Asset Sale that either (A) is secured by a Lien on the property or assets
       sold or (B) is required to be paid as a result of such sale and (iv)
       appropriate amounts to be provided by ICG or any Restricted Subsidiary of
       ICG as a reserve against any liabilities associated with such Asset Sale,
       including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit
       liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters and liabilities
       under any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale,
       all as determined in conformity with GAAP and (b) with respect to any
       issuance or sale of Capital Stock, the proceeds of such issuance or sale
       in the form of cash or cash equivalents, including payments in respect of
       deferred payment obligations (to the extent corresponding to the
       principal, but not interest, component thereof) when received in the form
       of cash or cash equivalents (except to the extent such obligations are
       financed or sold with recourse to ICG or any Restricted Subsidiary of
       ICG) and proceeds from the conversion of other property received when
       converted to cash or cash equivalents, net of attorney's fees,
       accountants' fees, underwriters' or placement agents' fees, discounts or
       commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees incurred in
       connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as
       a result thereof.

          "Offer to Purchase" means an offer to purchase shares of New Preferred
       Stock by ICG from the Holders commenced by mailing a notice to the
       Transfer Agent and each Holder stating: (i) the covenant pursuant to
       which the offer is being made and that all shares of New Preferred Stock
       validly tendered will be accepted for payment on a pro rata basis; (ii)
       the purchase price and the date of purchase (which shall be a Business
       Day no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such
       notice is mailed) (the "Payment Date"); (iii) that any shares of New
       Preferred Stock not tendered will continue to accrue dividends pursuant
       to its terms; (iv) that, unless ICG defaults in the payment of the
       purchase price, any shares of New Preferred Stock accepted for payment
       pursuant to the Offer to Purchase shall cease to accrue dividends on and
       after the Payment Date; (v) that Holders electing to have an shares of
       New Preferred Stock purchased pursuant to the Offer to Purchase will be
       required to surrender the shares of New Preferred Stock together with the
       form entitled "Option of the Holder to Elect Purchase" on the reverse
       side of the shares of New Preferred Stock completed, to the Paying Agent
       at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on
       the Business Day immediately preceding the Payment Date; (vi) that
       Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent
       receives, not later than the close of business on the third Business Day
       immediately preceding the Payment Date, a telegram, facsimile
       transmission or letter setting forth the name of such Holder, the
       liquidation preference of the shares of New Preferred Stock delivered for
       purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to
       have such shares of New Preferred Stock purchased; and (vii) that Holders
       whose shares of New Preferred Stock are being purchased only in part will
       be issued new shares of New Preferred Stock equal in the liquidation
       preference of the shares of New Preferred Stock surrendered; provided
       that each share of New Preferred Stock purchased and each new share of
       New Preferred Stock issued shall be in a principal amount of $1,000 or
       integral multiples thereof.  On the Payment Date, ICG shall (i) accept
       for payment on a pro rata basis shares of New Preferred Stock or portions
       thereof tendered pursuant to an Offer to Purchase; (ii) deposit with the
       Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the purchase price of all shares of
       New Preferred Stock or portions thereof, so accepted; and (iii) deliver,
       or cause to be delivered, to the Transfer Agent all shares of New
       Preferred Stock or portions thereof, so accepted together with an
       Officers' Certificate specifying the shares of New Preferred Stock or
       portions thereof accepted for payment by ICG.  The Paying Agent

                                      -77-
<PAGE>
 
       shall promptly mail to the Holders of shares of New Preferred Stock so
       accepted, payment in an amount equal to the purchase price, and the
       Transfer Agent shall promptly authenticate and mail to such Holders new
       shares of New Preferred Stock equal in liquidation preference to any
       unpurchased portion of the shares of New Preferred Stock surrendered;0
       provided that each share of New Preferred Stock purchased and each new
       share of New Preferred Stock issued shall be in a principal amount of
       $1,000 or integral multiples thereof.  ICG will publicly announce the
       results of an Offer to Purchase as soon as practicable after the Payment
       Date.  The Transfer Agent shall act as the Paying Agent for an Offer to
       Purchase.  ICG will comply with Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any
       other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws
       and regulations are applicable, in the event that ICG is required to
       repurchase shares of New Preferred Stock pursuant to an Offer to
       Purchase.

          "Ohio LINX" means ICG Ohio LINX, Inc., an Ohio corporation.

          "Permitted Investment" means (i) an Investment in a Restricted
       Subsidiary or a Person which will, upon the making of such Investment,
       become a Restricted Subsidiary or be merged or consolidated with or into
       or transfer or convey all or substantially all its assets to, ICG or a
       Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such person's primary business is
       related, ancillary or complementary to the businesses of ICG and its
       Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of such Investment; (ii) a Temporary
       Cash Investment; (iii) payroll, travel and similar advances to cover
       matters that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be
       treated as expenses in accordance with GAAP; (iv) loans or advances to
       employees made in the ordinary course of business in accordance with past
       practice of ICG or its Restricted Subsidiaries and that do not in the
       aggregate exceed $2 million at any time outstanding; (v) stock,
       obligations or securities received in satisfaction of judgments; and (vi)
       Indebtedness of IntelCom owed to ICG, in an amount not to exceed the
       reasonable expenses of IntelCom as a holding company that are actually
       incurred, and paid, by IntelCom; provided that such Indebtedness of
       IntelCom is evidenced by an unsubordinated promissory note that provides
       that it will be paid prior to any mandatory redemption of the New
       Preferred Stock if such payment would be necessary to effectuate such
       redemption.

          "Permitted Liens" means (i) Liens for taxes, assessments, governmental
       charges or claims that are being contested in good faith by appropriate
       legal proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted and for
       which a reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be
       required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made; (ii) statutory
       Liens of landlords and carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, suppliers,
       materialmen, repairmen or other similar Liens arising in the ordinary
       course of business and with respect to amounts not yet delinquent or
       being contested in good faith by appropriate legal proceedings promptly
       instituted and diligently conducted and for which a reserve or other
       appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required in conformity with
       GAAP shall have been made; (iii) Liens incurred or deposits made in the
       ordinary course of business in connection with workers' compensation,
       unemployment insurance and other types of social security; (iv) Liens
       incurred or deposits made to secure the performance of tenders, bids,
       leases, statutory or regulatory obligations, bankers' acceptances, surety
       and appeal bonds, government contracts, performance and return-of-money
       bonds and other obligations of a similar nature incurred in the ordinary
       course of business (exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed
       money); (v) easements, rights of way, municipal and zoning ordinances and
       similar charges, encumbrances, title defects or other irregularities that
       do not materially interfere with the ordinary course of business of ICG
       or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; (vi) Liens (including extensions
       and renewals thereof) upon real or personal property acquired after the
       Closing Date; provided that (a) such Lien is created solely for the
       purpose of securing Indebtedness Incurred, in accordance with the
       "Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of New Preferred Stock" covenant
       described above, (1) to finance the cost (including the cost of
       improvement or construction) of the item of property or assets subject
       thereto and such Lien is created prior to, at the time of or within six
       months after the later of the acquisition, the completion of construction
       or the commencement of full operation of such property or (2) to
       refinance any Indebtedness previously so secured, (b) the principal
       amount of the Indebtedness secured by such Lien does not exceed 100% of
       such cost and (c) any such Lien shall not extend to or cover any property
       or assets other than such item of property or assets and any improvements
       on such item; (vii) leases or subleases granted to others that do not
       materially interfere with the ordinary course of business of ICG and its
       Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; (viii) Liens encumbering
       property or assets under construction arising from progress or partial
       payments by a customer of ICG or its Restricted Subsidiaries relating to
       such property or assets; (ix) any interest or title of a lessor in the
       property subject to any Capitalized Lease or operating lease; (x) Liens
       arising from filing Uniform Commercial Code financing statements
       regarding leases; (xi) Liens on property of, or on shares of

                                      -78-
<PAGE>
 
       stock or Indebtedness of, any corporation existing at the time such
       corporation becomes, or becomes a part of, any Restricted Subsidiary;
       provided that such Liens do not extend to or cover any property or assets
       of ICG or any Restricted Subsidiary other than the property or assets
       acquired; (xii) Liens in favor of ICG or any Restricted Subsidiary;
       (xiii) Liens arising from the rendering of a final judgment or order
       against ICG or any Restricted Subsidiary of ICG that does not give rise
       to an Event of Default; (xiv) Liens securing reimbursement obligations
       with respect to letters of credit that encumber documents and other
       property relating to such letters of credit and the products and proceeds
       thereof; (xv) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising
       as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with
       the importation of goods; (xvi) Liens encumbering customary initial
       deposits and margin deposits, and other Liens that are either within the
       general parameters customary in the industry and incurred in the ordinary
       course of business, in each case, securing Indebtedness under Interest
       Rate Agreements and Currency Agreements and forward contracts, options,
       future contracts, futures options or similar agreements or arrangements
       designed to protect ICG or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from
       fluctuations in the price of commodities; (xvii) Liens arising out of
       conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements
       for the sale of goods entered into by ICG or any of its Restricted
       Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the
       past practices of ICG and its Restricted Subsidiaries prior to the
       Closing Date; and (xviii) Liens on or sales of receivables.

          "Preferred stock" or "preferred stock" means, with respect to any
       Person, any and all shares, interests, participations or other
       equivalents (however designated, whether voting or non-voting) of such
       Person's preferred or preference stock, whether now outstanding or issued
       after the date of the Amended Articles, including, without limitation,
       all series and classes of such preferred or preference stock.

          "Public Equity Offering" means a bona fide underwritten primary public
       offering of Common Stock of IntelCom or ICG pursuant to an effective
       registration statement under the Securities Act.

          "Redeemable Stock" means any class or series of Capital Stock of any
       Person that by its terms or otherwise is (i) required to be redeemed
       prior to the mandatory redemption date of the shares of New Preferred
       Stock, (ii) redeemable at the option of the holder of such class or
       series of Capital Stock at any time prior to the mandatory redemption
       date of the shares of New Preferred Stock, or (iii) convertible into or
       exchangeable for Capital Stock referred to in clause (i) or (ii) above or
       Indebtedness having a scheduled maturity prior to the mandatory
       redemption date of the shares of New Preferred Stock; provided that any
       Capital Stock that would not constitute Redeemable Stock but for
       provisions thereof giving holders thereof the right to require such
       Person to repurchase or redeem such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of
       a "change of control" occurring prior to the mandatory redemption date of
       the shares of New Preferred Stock shall not constitute Redeemable Stock
       if the "change of control" provisions applicable to such Capital Stock
       are no more favorable to the holders of such Capital Stock than the
       provisions contained in the "Change of Control" covenant described above
       and such Capital Stock specifically provides that such Person will not
       repurchase or redeem any such stock pursuant to such provision prior to
       ICG's repurchase of New Preferred Stock as described above under "--
       Change of Control."

          "Restricted Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of ICG other than an
       Unrestricted Subsidiary.

          "New Notes" means the New Notes Due 2006 of ICG, guaranteed by
       IntelCom on a senior unsecured basis and issued on the Closing Date.

          "Notes Indenture" means the Indenture dated as of the Closing Date
       among ICG, IntelCom and the Trustee pursuant to which the New Notes are
       issued.

          "Significant Subsidiary" means, at any date of determination, any
       Restricted Subsidiary of ICG that, together with its Subsidiaries, (i)
       for the most recent fiscal year of ICG, accounted for more than 10% of
       the consolidated revenues of ICG and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (ii)
       as of the end of such fiscal year, was the owner of more than 10% of the
       consolidated assets of ICG and its Restricted Subsidiaries, all as set
       forth on the most recently available consolidated financial statements of
       ICG for such fiscal year.

                                      -79-
<PAGE>
 
          "StarCom" means StarCom International Optics Corporation, a British
       Columbia corporation, and its subsidiaries.

          "Strategic Investor" means any Person engaged in the
       telecommunications business which has a net worth or equity market
       capitalization of at least $1 billion.

          "Strategic Investor Subordinated Indebtedness" means all Indebtedness
       of ICG owed to a Strategic Investor that is contractually subordinate in
       right of payment to the shares of New Preferred Stock to at least the
       following extent: no payment of principal (or premium, if any) or
       interest on or otherwise payable in respect of such Indebtedness may be
       made (whether as a result of a default or otherwise) prior to the payment
       in full of all of ICG's obligations under the shares of New Preferred
       Stock; provided, however, that prior to the payment of such obligations,
       interest on Strategic Investor Subordinated Indebtedness may be payable
       solely in kind or in common stock (other than Redeemable Stock) of
       IntelCom or ICG.

          "Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person, any corporation,
       association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the
       outstanding Voting Stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person
       and one or more other Subsidiaries of such Person.

          "Temporary Cash Investment" means any of the following: (i) direct
       obligations of the United States of America or any agency thereof or
       obligations fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the United States of
       America or any agency thereof, (ii) time deposit accounts, certificates
       of deposit and money market deposits maturing within 270 days of the date
       of acquisition thereof, bankers' acceptances with maturities not
       exceeding 270 days, and overnight bank deposits, in each case issued by
       or with a bank or trust company which is organized under the laws of the
       United States of America, any state thereof or any foreign country
       recognized by the United States, and which bank or trust company has
       capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating in excess of $100
       million (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof) and has outstanding
       debt which is rated "A" (or such similar equivalent rating) or higher by
       at least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization (as
       defined in Rule 436 under the Securities Act) or any money-market fund
       sponsored by a registered broker dealer or mutual fund distributor, (iii)
       repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 30 days for
       underlying securities of the types described in clause (i) above entered
       into with a bank meeting the qualifications described in clause (ii)
       above, (iv) commercial paper, maturing not more than 180 days after the
       date of acquisition, issued by a corporation (other than an Affiliate of
       the Guarantor) organized and in existence under the laws of the United
       States of America, any state thereof or any foreign country recognized by
       the United States of America with a rating at the time as of which any
       investment therein is made of "P-1" (or higher) according to Moody's
       Investors Service, Inc. or "A-1" (or higher) according to Standard &
       Poor's Ratings Group, and (v) securities with maturities of six months or
       less from the date of acquisition issued or fully and unconditionally
       guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States
       of America, or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof,
       and rated at least "A" by Standard & Poor's Ratings Group or Moody's
       Investors Service, Inc.

          "13 1/2% Notes" means the 13 1/2% Notes Due 2005 of ICG guaranteed by
       IntelCom on a senior unsecured basis.

          "13 1/2% Notes Indenture" means Indenture dated as of August 8, 1995
       among ICG, the Guarantor and the Trustee pursuant to which ICG issued the
       13 1/2% Notes.

          "Transaction Date" means, with respect to the Incurrence of any
       Indebtedness by ICG or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the Issuance
       of any Redeemable Stock of ICG, the date such Indebtedness is to be
       Incurred and, with respect to any Restricted Payment, the date such
       Restricted Payment is to be made.

          "Unrestricted Subsidiary" means (i) any Subsidiary of ICG that at the
       time of determination shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by
       the Board of Directors in the manner provided below and (ii) any
       Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.  The Board of Directors may
       designate any Restricted Subsidiary of ICG (including any newly acquired
       or newly formed Subsidiary of ICG), other than ICG or a Subsidiary that
       has given a Subsidiary Guarantee, to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless
       such Subsidiary owns any Capital Stock of, or owns or holds

                                      -80-
<PAGE>
 
       any Lien on any property of, ICG or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided
       that either (A) the Subsidiary to be so designated has total assets of
       $1,000 or less or (B) if such Subsidiary has assets greater than $1,000,
       that such designation would be permitted under the "Limitation on
       Restricted Payments" covenant described above.  The Board of Directors
       may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary
       of ICG; provided that immediately after giving effect to such designation
       (x) ICG could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under the first
       paragraph of the "Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of New
       Preferred Stock" covenant described above and (y) no Default or Event of
       Default shall have occurred and be continuing.  Any such designation by
       the Board of Directors shall be evidenced to the Transfer Agent by
       promptly filing with the Transfer Agent a copy of the Board Resolution
       giving effect to such designation and an Officers' Certificate certifying
       that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

          "Voting Stock" means, with respect to any Person, Capital Stock of any
       class or kind ordinarily having the power to vote for the election of
       directors, managers or other voting members of the governing body of such
       Person.

          "Wholly Owned" means, with respect to any Subsidiary of any Person,
       such Subsidiary if all of the outstanding Capital Stock in such
       Subsidiary (other than any director's qualifying shares or Investments by
       foreign nationals mandated by applicable law) is owned by such Person or
       one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

          "Zycom" means Zycom Corporation, an Alberta, Canada corporation.

                                      -81-
<PAGE>
 
                       DESCRIPTION OF EXCHANGE DEBENTURES

          The Exchange Debentures, if issued, will be issued under the Exchange
       Debenture Indenture among ICG, IntelCom, as guarantor, and Norwest Bank
       Colorado, National Association, as trustee or such other trustee as may
       qualify under the Trust Indenture Act and be selected by ICG (the
       "Trustee").  A copy of the form of Exchange Debenture Indenture is
       available from the Company upon request.  The terms of the Exchange
       Debentures include those stated in the Exchange Debenture Indenture and
       those made part of the Exchange Debenture Indenture by reference to the
       Trust Indenture Act.  Prospective holders of the Exchange Debentures are
       referred to the Exchange Debenture Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act
       for a statement of such terms.  The following summary of certain
       provisions of the Exchange Debenture Indenture does not purport to be
       complete and is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by reference
       to, the Trust Indenture Act and to all of the provisions of the Exchange
       Debenture Indenture, including the definitions of certain terms therein
       and those terms made a part of the Exchange Debenture Indenture by
       reference to the Trust Indenture Act.  The definitions of certain terms
       used in the Exchange Debenture Indenture and in the following summary are
       set forth below under "--Certain Definitions." References herein to "$"
       refers to U.S. dollars.

          IntelCom's Board of Directors has adopted a plan under which IntelCom
       will become a subsidiary of a new, publicly traded Delaware corporation
       ("Newco").  If such transaction is completed, references to "IntelCom"
       herein shall be deemed to also refer to Newco.  In addition, Newco will
       fully and unconditionally guarantee ICG's obligations under the Exchange
       Debentures on a senior subordinated basis.  Upon completion of the
       transaction whereby IntelCom becomes a subsidiary of Newco, references
       herein to "Guarantor" shall be deemed to also refer to Newco.

       GENERAL

          The Exchange Debentures will be general unsecured obligations of ICG
       and will be limited in aggregate principal amount to the aggregate
       liquidation preference of the New Preferred Stock (including shares of
       New Preferred Stock issued in payment of dividends), plus accrued and
       unpaid dividends, on the date of exchange of the New Preferred Stock into
       Exchange Debentures (plus any additional Exchange Debentures issued in
       lieu of cash interest as described herein).  The Exchange Debentures will
       be issued in fully registered form only in denominations of $1,000 and
       integral multiples thereof (other than as described in "Description of
       New Preferred Stock--Exchange" or with respect to additional Exchange
       Debentures issued in lieu of cash interest as described herein).  The
       Exchange Debentures will be senior subordinated obligations of ICG,
       subordinated to all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of ICG and
       senior to all subordinated obligations of ICG.

          Principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on the Exchange
       Debentures will be payable, and the Exchange Debentures may be presented
       for registration of transfer or exchange, at the office of the Paying
       Agent and Registrar. At ICG's option, interest, to the extent paid in
       cash, may be paid by check mailed to the registered address of Holders of
       the Exchange Debentures as shown on the register for the Exchange
       Debentures.  The Trustee will initially act as Paying Agent and
       Registrar.  ICG may change any Paying Agent and Registrar without prior
       notice to Holders of the Exchange Debentures.  Holders of the Exchange
       Debentures must surrender Exchange Debentures to the Paying Agent to
       collect principal payments.

          The Exchange Debentures will mature on May 1, 2007.  Each Exchange
       Debenture will bear interest at the rate of 14/1//4% per annum from the
       Exchange Debenture Issue Date or from the most recent interest payment
       date to which interest has been paid or provided for.  Interest will be
       payable semiannually in cash (or, on or prior to May 1, 2001, at the
       option of ICG, in additional Exchange Debentures, subject to the
       restrictions contained in the Notes Indenture, the 13/1//2% Notes
       Indenture and any other agreement of ICG or IntelCom) in arrears on each
       of May 1 and November 1 commencing with the first such date after the
       Exchange Debenture Issue Date.  Interest on the Exchange Debentures will
       be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months and
       the actual number of days elapsed.

          Because of ICG's option through May 1, 2001 to pay interest on the
       Exchange Debentures by issuing additional Exchange Debentures, any
       Exchange Debentures issued prior to that date will be treated as issued
       with

                                      -82-
<PAGE>
 
       OID, unless under special rules for interest holidays the amount of OID
       is treated as de minimis.  See "Certain United States Federal Income Tax
       Consequences."

       GUARANTEE

          ICG's obligations under the Exchange Debentures will be fully and
       unconditionally guaranteed (the "Debenture Guarantee") on a senior
       subordinated basis by IntelCom (in such context, the "Guarantor");
       provided that the Debenture Guarantee shall not be enforceable against
       the Guarantor in an amount in excess of the net worth of the Guarantor at
       the time that determination of such net worth is, under applicable law,
       relevant to the enforceability of such Debenture Guarantee.  Such net
       worth shall include any claim of the Guarantor against ICG for
       reimbursement.

       ADDITIONAL AMOUNTS

          Any payments made by IntelCom under or with respect to the Exchange
       Debentures pursuant to the Debenture Guarantee will be made free and
       clear of and without withholding or deduction for or on account of any
       present or future tax, duty, levy, impost, assessment or other
       governmental charge (including penalties, interest and other liabilities
       related thereto) imposed or levied by or on behalf of the Government of
       Canada or of any province or territory thereof or by any authority or
       agency therein or thereof having power to tax (hereinafter, "Taxes"),
       unless IntelCom is required to withhold or deduct Taxes by law or by the
       interpretation or administration thereof.  If IntelCom is required to
       withhold or deduct any amount for or on account of Taxes from any payment
       made under or with respect to the Exchange Debentures, IntelCom will pay
       such additional amounts ("Additional Amounts") as may be necessary, so
       that the net amount received by each Holder of Exchange Debentures
       (including Additional Amounts) after such withholding or deduction will
       not be less than the amount such Holder would have received if such Taxes
       had not been withheld or deducted; provided, however, that no Additional
       Amounts will be payable with respect to a payment made to a Holder (an
       "Excluded Holder") (i) with which IntelCom does not deal at arm's length
       (within the meaning of the Income Tax Act (Canada)) at the time of making
       such payment, or (ii) which is subject to such Taxes by reason of its
       being connected with Canada or any province or territory thereof
       otherwise than solely by reason of the Holder's activity in connection
       with purchasing the Exchange Debentures, by the mere holding of Exchange
       Debentures or by reason of the receipt of payments thereunder.  IntelCom
       will upon written request of any Holder (other than an Excluded Holder),
       reimburse such Holder, for the amount of (i) any Taxes so levied or
       imposed and paid by such Holder as a result of payments made under or
       with respect to the Exchange Debentures and (ii) any Taxes so levied or
       imposed with respect to any reimbursement under the foregoing clause (i),
       but excluding any such Taxes on such Holder's net income so that the net
       amount received by such Holder after such reimbursement will not be less
       than the net amount the Holder would have received if Taxes on such
       reimbursement had not been imposed.

          At least 30 days prior to each date on which any payment under or with
       respect to the Exchange Debentures is due and payable, if IntelCom will
       be obligated to pay Additional Amounts with respect to such payment,
       IntelCom will deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating the
       fact that such Additional Amounts will be payable and the amounts so
       payable and will set forth such other information necessary to enable the
       Trustee to pay such Additional Amounts to Holders on the payment date.
       Whenever either in the Exchange Debenture Indenture, any Exchange
       Debenture or in this Memorandum there is mentioned, in any context, the
       payment of principal (and premium, if any), Redemption Price, interest or
       any other amount payable under or with respect to any Exchange Debenture,
       such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of
       Additional Amounts to the extent that, in such context, Additional
       Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof.

          In the event that (i) IntelCom has become or would become obligated to
       pay, on the next date on which any amount would be payable under or with
       respect to the Exchange Debentures, any Additional Amounts as a result of
       certain changes affecting Canadian withholding tax laws, and (ii)
       IntelCom cannot reasonably arrange for another obligor to make such
       payment so as to avoid the requirement to pay such Additional Amounts,
       then IntelCom may redeem all, but not less than all, the Exchange
       Debentures at any time at 100% of the principal amount thereof, together
       with accrued interest thereon, if any, to the redemption date.  See "--
       Optional Redemption."

                                      -83-
<PAGE>
 
       SUBORDINATION AND RANKING

          The Exchange Debentures will be senior subordinated Indebtedness of
       ICG, subordinated to the prior payment when due of the principal of, and
       premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on, all existing and
       future Senior Indebtedness of ICG and senior to the prior payment when
       due of the principal of, and premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid
       interest on, all subordinated Indebtedness of ICG.  IntelCom's guarantee
       of the Exchange Debentures will be senior subordinated Indebtedness of
       IntelCom, subordinated to the prior payment when due of the principal of,
       and premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on, all existing and
       future Senior Guarantor Indebtedness of IntelCom and senior to the prior
       payment when due of the principal of, and premium, if any and accrued and
       unpaid interest on, all subordinated Indebtedness of IntelCom.

          Upon (a) any distribution to creditors of ICG in a liquidation or
       dissolution of ICG or in a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency,
       receivership or similar proceeding relating to ICG or its property or (b)
       an assignment for the benefit of creditors or any marshalling of ICG's
       assets and liabilities, the holders of Senior Indebtedness shall be
       entitled to receive payment in full of all Obligations due in respect of
       such Senior Indebtedness (including interest after the commencement of
       any such proceeding at the rate specified in the applicable Senior
       Indebtedness) before holders of the Exchange Debentures shall be entitled
       to receive any payment with respect to the Exchange Debentures.  Until
       all Obligations with respect to Senior Indebtedness are paid in full, any
       distribution to which holders of the Exchange Debentures would be
       entitled shall be made to holders of Senior Indebtedness.
       Notwithstanding the foregoing, holders of the Exchange Debentures may
       receive securities that are subordinated, at least to the same extent as
       the Exchange Debentures, to Senior Indebtedness and any securities issued
       in exchange for Senior Indebtedness.

          In addition, ICG may not make any payment upon or in respect of the
       Exchange Debentures (except in such subordinated securities) if (a) a
       default in the payment of any principal, premium, if any, interest or
       other Obligations with respect to any Designated Senior Indebtedness
       occurs and is continuing beyond any applicable grace period (whether upon
       maturity, as a result of acceleration or otherwise) or (b) any other
       default occurs and is continuing with respect to any Designated Senior
       Indebtedness that permits holders of such Designated Senior Indebtedness
       to accelerate its maturity, and ICG and the Trustee receive a notice of
       such default (a "Payment Blockage Notice") from the holders, or from the
       trustee, agent or other representative of the holders, of any such
       Designated Senior Indebtedness.  Payments on the Exchange Debentures may
       and shall be resumed upon the earlier of (i) the date upon which the
       default is cured or waived or (ii) in the case of a default referred to
       in clause (b) above, 179 days after the date on which the applicable
       Payment Blockage Notice is received, unless the maturity of any
       Designated Senior Indebtedness has been accelerated.  No new period of
       payment blockage may be commenced within 360 days after the receipt by
       the Trustee of any prior Payment Blockage Notice.  No nonpayment default
       that existed or was continuing on the date of delivery of any Payment
       Blockage Notice to the Trustee shall be, or be made, the basis for a
       subsequent Payment Blockage Notice unless such default shall have been
       cured or waived for a period of not less than 180 days.

          Upon (a) any distribution to creditors of IntelCom in a liquidation or
       dissolution of IntelCom or in a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency,
       receivership or similar proceeding relating to IntelCom or its property
       or (b) an assignment for the benefit of creditors or any marshalling of
       IntelCom's assets and liabilities, the holders of Senior Guarantor
       Indebtedness shall be entitled to receive payment in full of all
       Obligations due in respect of such Senior Guarantor Indebtedness
       (including interest after the commencement of any such proceeding at the
       rate specified in the applicable Senior Guarantor Indebtedness) before
       holders of the Exchange Debentures shall be entitled to receive any
       payment with respect to the Exchange Debentures.  Until all Obligations
       with respect to Senior Guarantor Indebtedness are paid in full, any
       distribution to which holders of the Exchange Debentures would be
       entitled shall be made to holders of Senior Guarantor Indebtedness.
       Notwithstanding the foregoing, holders of the Exchange Debentures may
       receive securities that are subordinated, at least to the same extent as
       the Exchange Debentures, to Senior Guarantor Indebtedness and any
       securities issued in exchange for Senior Guarantor Indebtedness.

          IntelCom may not make any payment upon or in respect of its Debenture
       Guarantee (except in subordinated securities described in the second
       paragraph above) if (a) a default in the payment of any principal,
       premium, if any,

                                      -84-
<PAGE>
 
       interest or other Obligations with respect to any Designated Senior
       Guarantor Indebtedness occurs and is continuing beyond any applicable
       grace period (whether upon maturity, as a result of acceleration or
       otherwise) or (b) any other default occurs and is continuing with respect
       to any Designated Senior Guarantor Indebtedness that permits holders of
       such Designated Senior Guarantor Indebtedness to accelerate its maturity,
       and IntelCom and the Trustee receive a notice of such default (a
       "Guarantor Payment Blockage Notice") from the holders, or from the
       trustee, agent or other representative of the holders, of any such
       Designated Senior Guarantor Indebtedness.  Payments on the Exchange
       Debentures may and shall be resumed upon the earlier of (i) the date upon
       which the default is cured or waived or (ii) in the case of a default
       referred to in clause (b) above, 179 days after the date on which the
       applicable Guarantor Payment Blockage Notice is received, unless the
       maturity of any Designated Senior Guarantor Indebtedness has been
       accelerated.  No new period of payment blockage may be commenced within
       360 days after the receipt by the Trustee of any prior Guarantor Payment
       Blockage Notice.  No nonpayment default that existed or was continuing on
       the date of delivery of any Guarantor Payment Blockage Notice to the
       Trustee shall be, or be made, the basis for a subsequent Guarantor
       Payment Blockage Notice unless such default shall have been cured or
       waived for a period of not less than 180 days.

          The Exchange Debenture Indenture will further require that ICG
       promptly notify holders of Senior Indebtedness if payment on the Exchange
       Debentures is accelerated because of an Event of Default.

          "Designated Senior Indebtedness" under the Exchange Debenture
       Indenture is defined to mean the Indebtedness specified in clause (i)(A)
       of the definition of Senior Indebtedness and any Indebtedness
       constituting Senior Indebtedness that, at the date of determination, has
       an aggregate principal amount of at least $25 million and that is
       specifically designated by ICG in the instrument creating or evidencing
       such Senior Indebtedness as "Designated Senior Indebtedness."

          "Designated Senior Guarantor Indebtedness" under the Exchange
       Debenture Indenture is defined to mean the Indebtedness specified in
       clause (i)(A) of the definition of Senior Guarantor Indebtedness and any
       Indebtedness constituting Senior Guarantor Indebtedness that, at the date
       of determination, has an aggregate principal amount of at least $25
       million and that is specifically designated by the Guarantor in the
       instrument creating or evidencing such Senior Guarantor Indebtedness as
       "Designated Guarantor Senior Indebtedness."

          "Senior Guarantor Indebtedness" means (i) Indebtedness of the
       Guarantor under its Guarantee of the New Notes and its Guarantee under
       the Notes Indenture, its Guarantee of the 13/1//2% Notes and its
       Guarantee under the 13/1//2% Notes Indenture and all fees, expenses and
       indemnities payable in connection with any of the foregoing and (ii) all
       other Indebtedness of the Guarantor (other than the Debenture Guarantee),
       including principal and interest on such Indebtedness, unless such
       Indebtedness, by its terms or by the terms of any agreement or instrument
       pursuant to which such Indebtedness is issued, is pari passu with, or
       subordinated in right of payment to, the Debenture Guarantee; provided
       that the term "Senior Guarantor Indebtedness" shall not include (a) any
       Indebtedness of the Guarantor that, when Incurred and without respect to
       any election under Section 1111(b) of the United States Bankruptcy Code,
       was without recourse to the Guarantor, (b) any Indebtedness of the
       Guarantor to a Subsidiary of the Guarantor or to a joint venture in which
       the Guarantor has an interest, (c) any Indebtedness of the Guarantor, to
       the extent not permitted by the "Limitation on Indebtedness" or the
       "Senior Subordinated Indebtedness" covenants described below, (d) any
       repurchase, redemption or other obligation in respect of Redeemable
       Stock, (e) any Indebtedness to any employee of the Guarantor or any of
       its Subsidiaries, (f) any liability for federal, state, local or other
       taxes owed or owing by the Guarantor, (g) the Guarantor's obligations
       with respect to the Convertible Subordinated Notes or (h) any trade
       payables.  Senior Indebtedness will also include interest accruing
       subsequent to events of bankruptcy of the Guarantor at the rate provided
       for in the document governing such Senior Guarantor Indebtedness, whether
       or not such interest is an allowed claim enforceable against the debtor
       in a bankruptcy case under federal bankruptcy law.

          "Senior Indebtedness" means (i) Indebtedness of ICG under the New
       Notes and the Notes Indenture, the 13/1//2% Notes and the 13/1//2 % Notes
       Indenture and all fees, expenses and indemnities payable in connection
       with any of the foregoing and (ii) all other Indebtedness of ICG (other
       than the Exchange Debentures), including principal and interest on such
       Indebtedness, unless such Indebtedness, by its terms or by the terms of
       any agreement or instrument pursuant to which such Indebtedness is
       issued, is pari passu with, or subordinated in right of payment

                                      -85-
<PAGE>
 
       to, the Exchange Debentures; provided that the term "Senior Indebtedness"
       shall not include (a) any Indebtedness of ICG that, when Incurred and
       without respect to any election under Section 1111(b) of the United
       States Bankruptcy Code, was without recourse to ICG, (b) any Indebtedness
       of ICG to a Subsidiary of ICG or to a joint venture in which ICG has an
       interest, (c) any Indebtedness of ICG, to the extent not permitted by the
       "Limitation on Indebtedness" or the "Senior Subordinated Indebtedness"
       covenants described below, (d) any repurchase, redemption or other
       obligation in respect of Redeemable Stock, (e) any Indebtedness to any
       employee of ICG or any of its Subsidiaries, (f) any liability for
       federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by ICG or (g) any
       trade payables.  Senior Indebtedness will also include interest accruing
       subsequent to events of bankruptcy of ICG at the rate provided for in the
       document governing such Senior Indebtedness, whether or not such interest
       is an allowed claim enforceable against the debtor in a bankruptcy case
       under federal bankruptcy law.

          As a result of the subordination provisions described above, in the
       event of a liquidation or insolvency, Holders of the Exchange Debentures
       may recover less ratably than other creditors of ICG or IntelCom.
       IntelCom and ICG are expected to incur substantial amounts of additional
       indebtedness in the future, subject to compliance with the limitations
       contained in the Notes Indenture, the 13/1//2% Notes Indenture and the
       Exchange Debenture Indenture. See "Risk Factors--Substantial
       Indebtedness; Ability to Service Debt" and "--Holding Company Reliance on
       Subsidiaries' Funds; Priority of Creditors; Subordination of Exchange
       Debentures."

       OPTIONAL REDEMPTION

          The Exchange Debentures will be redeemable at ICG's option on or after
       May 1, 2001.  Thereafter, the Exchange Debentures will be subject to
       redemption at the option of ICG, in whole or in part, at any time upon
       not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' prior notice mailed by first
       class mail to each Holder's last address as it appears in the Security
       Register, at the redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of
       principal amount) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if
       any, to the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of Holders
       of record on the relevant Regular Record Date that is on or prior to the
       redemption date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date), if
       redeemed during the 12-month period beginning on May 1 of the years
       indicated below:
 
 
                         YEAR                      PERCENTAGE

                          2001..................    107.125%
                          2002..................    104.750%
                          2003..................    102.375%
                          2004 and thereafter...    100.000%
 

          In addition, at any time on or prior to May 1, 1999, ICG may, at its
       option from time to time, redeem Exchange Debentures having an aggregate
       principal amount of up to $52.5 million at a redemption price equal to
       114 1/4% of the principal amount thereof, with proceeds of one or more
       Public Equity Offerings of Common Stock of (A) ICG or (B) IntelCom,
       provided that (i) with respect to the Public Equity Offering referred to
       in clause (B) above, cash proceeds of such Public Equity Offering in an
       amount sufficient to effect the redemption of Exchange Debentures to be
       so redeemed are contributed by IntelCom to ICG prior to such redemption
       and used by ICG to effect such redemption and (ii) such redemption occurs
       within 180 days after consummation of such Public Equity Offering.

          If less than all of the Exchange Debentures are to be redeemed at any
       time, the Trustee shall select the Exchange Debentures to be redeemed on
       a pro rata basis, by lot or in accordance with any other method the
       Trustee considers fair and appropriate (and in such manner as complies
       with applicable legal and stock exchange requirements, if any); provided
       that no Exchange Debentures with a principal amount of $1,000 or less
       shall be redeemed in part.  Notice of redemption shall be mailed by first
       class mail at least 30 but no more than 60 days before the redemption
       date to each Holder of Exchange Debentures to be redeemed at its
       registered address.  If any Exchange Debenture is to be redeemed in part
       only the notice of redemption that related to such Exchange Debenture
       shall state the portion of the principal amount to be redeemed.  A new
       Exchange Debenture in principal

                                      -86-
<PAGE>
 
       amount equal to the unredeemed portion will be issued in the name of the
       Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Exchange Debenture, and
       after the redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on the Exchange
       Debentures called for redemption.

       REPURCHASE OF EXCHANGE DEBENTURES UPON A CHANGE OF CONTROL

          Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control ICG will be required
       (whether or not funds are available therefor) to make an offer (the
       "Change of Control Offer") to each holder of Exchange Debentures to
       repurchase all or any part of such holder's Exchange Debentures at a cash
       purchase price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof,
       plus an amount in cash equal to accumulated and unpaid interest, if any,
       accrued to the date of purchase.  The Change of Control Offer must be
       made within 30 days following a Change of Control, must remain open for
       at least 30 and not more than 40 days and must comply with the
       requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other
       applicable securities laws and regulations.  Notwithstanding the
       foregoing, ICG has agreed not to make a Change of Control Offer if any of
       the New Notes or 13/1//2% Notes are outstanding upon the occurrence of a
       Change of Control unless all of the New Notes and 13/1//2% Notes tendered
       pursuant to the "Change of Control Offers" with respect thereto are
       repurchased as a result of such Change of Control, in which case the date
       on which all New Notes and 13/1 //2% Notes (and any other Indebtedness of
       ICG having provisions similar to Section 4.04(x) of the Notes Indenture)
       are so repurchased will, under the Exchange Indenture, be deemed to be
       the date on which such Change of Control shall have occurred.

          "Change of Control" means such time as (i) a "person" or "group"
       (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act)
       becomes the ultimate "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under
       the Exchange Act) of Voting Stock having more than 40% of the voting
       power of the total Voting Stock of IntelCom on a fully diluted basis;
       (ii) individuals who on the Closing Date constitute the Board of
       Directors of IntelCom (together with any new directors whose election by
       the Board of Directors or whose nomination for election by IntelCom's
       stockholders was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the members
       of the Board of Directors then in office who either were members of the
       Board of Directors on the Closing Date or whose election or nomination
       for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to
       constitute a majority of the members of the Board of Directors then in
       office; or (iii) all of the Common Stock of ICG is not beneficially owned
       by IntelCom; provided, however, that a Change of Control shall be deemed
       not to occur solely as a result of a Reorganization permitted by the
       Exchange Debenture Indenture.

          None of the provisions in the Exchange Debenture Indenture relating to
       a purchase upon a Change of Control are waivable by ICG's Board of
       Directors.  ICG could, in the future, enter into certain transactions,
       including certain recapitalizations of ICG, that would not constitute a
       Change of Control, but would increase the amount of indebtedness
       outstanding at such time.  If a Change of Control were to occur, ICG
       would be obligated to offer to repurchase all of the New Notes and
       13/1//2% Notes prior to making an offer to repurchase Exchange
       Debentures, and there can be no assurance that ICG would have sufficient
       funds to pay the purchase price for all the Exchange Debentures that ICG
       is required to purchase.  In the event that ICG were required to purchase
       outstanding Exchange Debentures pursuant to a Change of Control Offer,
       ICG expects that it would need to seek third-party financing, to the
       extent it does not have available funds, to meet its purchase
       obligations.  However, there can be no assurance that ICG would be able
       to obtain such financing.  In addition, ICG's ability to purchase
       Exchange Debentures may be limited by other then-existing agreements.

       CERTAIN COVENANTS

       LIMITATION ON INDEBTEDNESS

          (a)  Under the terms of the Exchange Debenture Indenture, the
       Guarantor will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted
       Subsidiaries to, Incur any Indebtedness (other than the Exchange
       Debentures, the Debenture Guarantee and Indebtedness outstanding on the
       Exchange Debenture Issue Date); provided that the Guarantor and ICG may
       Incur Indebtedness if, after giving effect to the Incurrence of such
       Indebtedness and the receipt and application of the proceeds therefrom,
       the Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio would be greater than zero and less than
       5:1.

                                      -87-
<PAGE>
 
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Guarantor and any Restricted
       Subsidiary (except as specified below) may Incur each and all of the
       following: (i) Indebtedness of the Guarantor or ICG outstanding at any
       time, which Indebtedness generates gross proceeds to the Guarantor or ICG
       of up to $900 million, less the gross proceeds of Indebtedness
       permanently repaid as provided under the "Limitation on Asset Sales"
       covenant described below; (ii) Indebtedness to the Guarantor or any of
       its Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that any subsequent
       issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock which results in any such
       Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Wholly Owned
       Restricted Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of such Indebtedness
       (other than to the Guarantor or another Wholly Owned Restricted
       Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an Incurrence of
       such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (ii); (iii) Indebtedness
       issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to
       refinance or refund, then outstanding Indebtedness, other than
       Indebtedness Incurred under clause (i), (ii), (v), (vi), (viii), (ix),
       (xi) or (xii) of this paragraph, and any refinancings thereof in an
       amount not to exceed the amount so refinanced or refunded (plus premiums,
       accrued interest, fees and expenses); provided that Indebtedness the
       proceeds of which are used to refinance or refund the Exchange Debentures
       or Indebtedness that is pari passu with, or subordinated in right of
       payment to, the Exchange Debentures or the Debenture Guarantee shall only
       be permitted under this clause (iii) if (A) in case the Exchange
       Debentures are refinanced in part or the Indebtedness to be refinanced is
       pari passu with the Exchange Debentures or the Debenture Guarantee, as
       the case may be, such new Indebtedness, by its terms or by the terms of
       any agreement or instrument pursuant to which such new Indebtedness is
       outstanding, is expressly made pari passu with, or subordinate in right
       of payment to, the remaining Exchange Debentures or the Debenture
       Guarantee, as the case may be, (B) in case the Indebtedness to be
       refinanced is subordinated in right of payment to the Exchange Debentures
       or the Debenture Guarantee, as the case may be, such new Indebtedness, by
       its terms or by the terms of any agreement or instrument pursuant to
       which such new Indebtedness is issued or remains outstanding, is
       expressly made subordinate in right of payment to the Exchange Debentures
       or the Debenture Guarantee, as the case may be, at least to the extent
       that the Indebtedness to be refinanced is subordinated to the Exchange
       Debentures or the Debenture Guarantee, as the case may be and (C) such
       new Indebtedness, determined as of the date of Incurrence of such new
       Indebtedness, does not mature prior to the Stated Maturity of the
       Indebtedness to be refinanced or refunded, and the Average Life of such
       new Indebtedness is at least equal to the remaining Average Life of the
       Indebtedness to be refinanced or refunded; and provided further that in
       no event may Indebtedness of the Guarantor or ICG be refinanced by means
       of any Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Guarantor or ICG,
       as the case may be, pursuant to this clause (iii); (iv) Indebtedness (A)
       in respect of performance, surety or appeal bonds provided in the
       ordinary course of business, (B) under Currency Agreements and Interest
       Rate Agreements; provided that such agreements do not increase the
       Indebtedness of the obligor outstanding at any time other than as a
       result of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates or interest
       rates or by reason of fees, indemnities and compensation payable
       thereunder; and (C) arising from agreements providing for
       indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, or
       from Guarantees or letters of credit, surety bonds or performance bonds
       securing any obligations of ICG or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
       pursuant to such agreements, in any case Incurred in connection with the
       disposition of any business, assets or Restricted Subsidiary of ICG
       (other than Guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by any Person acquiring
       all or any portion of such business, assets or Restricted Subsidiary of
       ICG for the purpose of financing such acquisition), in a principal amount
       at maturity not to exceed the gross proceeds actually received by ICG or
       any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such disposition; (v)
       Indebtedness of the Guarantor or, to the extent the proceeds referred to
       below are contributed to ICG, ICG, not to exceed, at any one time
       outstanding, twice the amount of Net Cash Proceeds received by the
       Guarantor after the Closing Date from the issuance and sale of its
       Capital Stock (other than Redeemable Stock or preferred stock); provided
       that such Indebtedness does not mature prior to the Stated Maturity of
       the Exchange Debenture and has an Average Life longer than the Exchange
       Debentures; (vi) Strategic Investor Subordinated Indebtedness; (vii)
       Indebtedness of the Guarantor or ICG, to the extent the proceeds thereof
       are immediately used after the Incurrence thereof to purchase Exchange
       Debentures tendered in an Offer to Purchase made as a result of a Change
       of Control; (viii) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary of the
       Guarantor Incurred pursuant to any credit agreement (including equipment
       leasing or financing agreements) of such Restricted Subsidiary in effect
       on August 8, 1995 (or any agreement refinancing Indebtedness under such
       credit agreement), up to the amount of the commitment under such credit
       agreement on August 8, 1995; (ix) Indebtedness of the Guarantor or ICG,
       in an amount not to exceed $100 million at any one time outstanding,
       consisting of Capitalized Lease Obligations with respect to assets that
       are used or useful in the telecommunications business of the Guarantor or
       its Restricted Subsidiaries; (x) Indebtedness incurred to defease the
       Exchange Debentures; (xi) Indebtedness of any Person that becomes a
       Restricted Subsidiary of the Guarantor after the Closing

                                      -88-
<PAGE>
 
       Date, which Indebtedness exists or for which there is a commitment to
       lend at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, and
       subsequent Incurrences thereof ("Acquired Indebtedness"), in an accreted
       amount not to exceed $50 million at any one time outstanding in aggregate
       for all such Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that such Acquired
       Indebtedness does not exceed 65% of the consideration (calculated by
       including the Acquired Indebtedness as part of such consideration) for
       the acquisition of such Person; and (xii) Indebtedness of the Guarantor
       or ICG, in an amount not to exceed $30 million at any one time
       outstanding, consisting of letters of credit and similar arrangements
       used to support obligations of the Guarantor or any of its Restricted
       Subsidiaries with respect to the acquisition of (by purchase, lease or
       otherwise), construction of, or improvements on, assets that will be used
       or useful in the telecommunications business of the Guarantor or its
       Restricted Subsidiaries.

          (b) For purposes of determining any particular amount of Indebtedness
       under this "Limitation on Indebtedness" covenant, Guarantees, Liens or
       obligations with respect to letters of credit supporting Indebtedness
       otherwise included in the determination of such particular amount shall
       not be included.  For purposes of determining compliance with this
       "Limitation on Indebtedness" covenant, in the event that an item of
       Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the types of
       Indebtedness or Redeemable Stock described in the above clauses, ICG, in
       its sole discretion, shall classify such item of Indebtedness or
       Redeemable Stock and only be required to include the amount and type of
       such Indebtedness Redeemable Stock in one of such clauses.

       LIMITATION ON RESTRICTED PAYMENTS

          So long as any of the Exchange Debentures are outstanding, the
       Guarantor will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to,
       directly or indirectly, (i) declare or pay any dividend or make any
       distribution on its Capital Stock (other than dividends or distributions
       payable solely in shares of its or such Restricted Subsidiary's Capital
       Stock (other than Redeemable Stock) of the same class held by such
       holders or in options, warrants or other rights to acquire such shares of
       Capital Stock) held by Persons other than the Guarantor or any of its
       Restricted Subsidiaries (and other than pro rata dividends or
       distributions on Common Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries), (ii) purchase,
       redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value any shares of Capital Stock
       of the Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary (including options,
       warrants or other rights to acquire such shares of Capital Stock) held by
       Persons other than the Guarantor or any of its Wholly Owned Restricted
       Subsidiaries (except for Capital Stock of MTN, StarCom, Ohio LINX, FOTI
       and Zycom to the extent the consideration therefor consists solely of
       Common Stock (other than Redeemable Stock) of the Guarantor transferred
       in compliance with the Securities Act), (iii) make any voluntary or
       optional principal payment, or voluntary or optional redemption,
       repurchase, defeasance, or other acquisition or retirement for value, of
       Indebtedness of ICG or the Guarantor that is subordinated in right of
       payment to the Exchange Debentures or the Debenture Guarantee, as the
       case may be; or (iv) make any Investment, other than a Permitted
       Investment, in any Person (such payments or any other actions described
       in clauses (i) through (iv) being collectively "Restricted Payments") if,
       at the time of, and after giving effect to, the proposed Restricted
       Payment: (A) a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
       continuing, (B) the Guarantor could not Incur at least $1.00 of
       Indebtedness under the first paragraph of the "Limitation on
       Indebtedness" covenant or (C)  the aggregate amount expended for all
                                       ===                                  
       Restricted Payments (the amount so expended, if other than in cash, to be
       determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, whose determination
       shall be conclusive and evidenced by a Board Resolution) after the date
       of the Exchange Debenture Indenture shall exceed the sum of (1) 50% of
       the aggregate amount of the Adjusted Consolidated Net Income (or, if the
       Adjusted Consolidated Net Income is a loss, minus 100% of such amount)
       (determined by excluding income resulting from transfers of assets by the
       Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary to an Unrestricted Subsidiary)
       accrued on a cumulative basis during the period (taken as one accounting
       period) beginning on the first day of the fiscal quarter immediately
       following the Closing Date and ending on the last day of the last fiscal
       quarter preceding the Transaction Date for which reports have been filed
       pursuant to the "Reports" covenant plus (2) the aggregate Net Cash
       Proceeds received by the Guarantor after the Closing Date from the
       issuance and sale permitted by the Exchange Debenture Indenture of its
       Capital Stock (other than Redeemable Stock) to a Person who is not a
       Subsidiary of the Guarantor, or from the issuance to a Person who is not
       a Subsidiary of the Guarantor of any options, warrants or other rights to
       acquire Capital Stock of the Guarantor (in each case, exclusive of any
       Redeemable Stock or any options, warrants or other rights that are
       redeemable at the option of the holder, or are required to be redeemed,
       prior to the Stated Maturity of the Exchange Debentures) plus (3) an
       amount equal to the net reduction in Investments (other than reductions
       in Permitted Investments) in any Person resulting from payments of
       interest on Indebtedness, dividends, repayments of loans or

                                      -89-
<PAGE>
 
       advances, or other transfers of assets, in each case to the Guarantor or
       any Restricted Subsidiary (except to the extent any such payment is
       included in the calculation of Adjusted Consolidated Net Income), or from
       redesignations of Unrestricted Subsidiaries as Restricted Subsidiaries
       (valued in each case as provided in the definition of "Investments"), not
       to exceed the amount of Investments previously made by the Guarantor and
       its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Person.

          The foregoing provision shall not be violated by reason of: (i) the
       payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration
       thereof if, at said date of declaration, such payment would comply with
       the foregoing paragraph; (ii) the redemption, repurchase, defeasance or
       other acquisition or retirement for value of Indebtedness that is
       subordinated in right of payment to the Exchange Debentures or the
       Debenture Guarantee, as the case may be, including premium, if any, and
       accrued and unpaid interest, with the proceeds of, or in exchange for,
       Indebtedness Incurred under clause (iii) of the second paragraph of the
       "Limitation on Indebtedness" covenant; (iii) the repurchase, redemption
       or other acquisition of Capital Stock of the Guarantor or ICG (or
       options, warrants or other rights to acquire such Capital Stock) and with
       respect to any New Preferred Stock, the payment of accrued dividends
       thereon, in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of a substantially
       concurrent issuance or sale of, shares of Capital Stock (other than
       Redeemable Stock) of the Guarantor or ICG; provided that the redemption
       of any preferred stock and the payment of accrued dividends thereon
       pursuant to any mandatory redemption feature thereof and any redemption
       of any other Capital Stock and with respect to any New Preferred Stock,
       the payment of accrued dividends thereon (or options, warrants or other
       rights to acquire such Capital Stock) shall be deemed to be
       "substantially concurrent" with such issuance and sale if the required
       notice with respect to such redemption is irrevocably given by a date
       which is no later than five Business Days after receipt of the proceeds
       of such issuance and sale and such redemption and payment is consummated
       within the period provided for in the documents providing for the
       redemption of such preferred stock or the documents governing the
       redemption of such other Capital Stock, as the case may be; (iv) the
       acquisition of Indebtedness of ICG or the Guarantor which is subordinated
       in right of payment to the Exchange Debentures or the Debenture
       Guarantee, as the case may be, in exchange for, or out of the proceeds
       of, a substantially concurrent offering of, shares of the Capital Stock
       of the Guarantor (other than Redeemable Stock); (v) payments or
       distributions, in the nature of satisfaction of dissenters' rights,
       pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, merger or transfer of
       assets that complies with the provisions of the Exchange Debenture
       Indenture applicable to mergers, consolidations and transfers of all or
       substantially all of the property and assets of ICG or the Guarantor;
       (vi) Investments, not to exceed $10 million in aggregate, each evidenced
       by a senior promissory note payable to ICG that provides that it will
       become due and payable prior to (or, in the case of acceleration,
       concurrently with) any required repayment (including pursuant to an Offer
       to Purchase in connection with a Change of Control) of the Exchange
       Debentures; (vii) Investments, not to exceed $5 million in the aggregate,
       that meet the requirements of clause (vi) above; provided that the Board
       of Directors of the Guarantor shall have determined, in good faith, that
       each such Investment under this clause (vii) will enable the Guarantor,
       ICG or one of their Restricted Subsidiaries to obtain additional business
       that it might not be able to obtain without the making of such
       Investment; (viii) with respect to preferred stock permitted to be issued
       and sold by the "Limitation on Issuance and Sale of Capital Stock of
       Restricted Subsidiaries" covenant, the payment (A) of dividends on such
       preferred stock in additional shares of preferred stock and (B) of cash
       dividends on such preferred stock and accrued interest on unpaid
       dividends, in each case after May 1, 2001; (ix) the repurchase, in the
       event of a Change of Control, of preferred stock of ICG or the Guarantor
       and Indebtedness of ICG or the Guarantor into which such preferred stock
       has been exchanged; provided that prior to repurchasing such preferred
       stock or Indebtedness, ICG or the Guarantor, as the case may be, shall
       have made a Change of Control Offer to repurchase the Exchange Debentures
       in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Debenture Indenture (and an
       offer to repurchase other Indebtedness, if required by the terms thereof,
       in accordance with the indenture or other document governing such other
       Indebtedness) and shall have accepted and paid for any Exchange
       Debentures (and other Indebtedness) properly tendered in connection with
       such Change of Control Offer for the Exchange Debentures or change of
       control offer for such other Indebtedness; and (x) the issuance of
       preferred stock permitted to be issued under the Exchange Debenture
       Indenture in exchange for Indebtedness; provided that the Incurrence of
       such Indebtedness complies with the "Limitation on Indebtedness"
       covenant; provided that, except in the case of clauses (i) and (iii), no
       Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or
       occur as a consequence of the actions or payments set forth therein.

                                      -90-
<PAGE>
 
          Each Restricted Payment permitted pursuant to the preceding paragraph
       (other than the Restricted Payment referred to in clauses (ii), (viii)(A)
       and (x) thereof), and the Net Cash Proceeds from any issuance of Capital
       Stock referred to in clause (iii) or (iv) shall be included in
       calculating whether the conditions of clause (C) of the first paragraph
       of this "Limitation on Restricted Payments" covenant have been met with
       respect to any subsequent Restricted Payments.  Notwithstanding the
       foregoing, in the event the proceeds of an issuance of Capital Stock of
       the Guarantor are used for the redemption, repurchase or other
       acquisition of the Exchange Debentures, or Indebtedness that is pari
       passu with or senior to the Exchange Debentures, then the Net Cash
       Proceeds of such issuance shall be included in clause (C) of the first
       paragraph of this "Limitation on Restricted Payments" covenant only to
       the extent such proceeds are not used for such redemption, repurchase or
       other acquisition of such Indebtedness.

       LIMITATION ON DIVIDEND AND OTHER PAYMENT RESTRICTIONS AFFECTING
       RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES

          So long as any of the Exchange Debentures are outstanding, the
       Guarantor will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to,
       create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any
       consensual encumbrance or restriction of any kind on the ability of any
       Restricted Subsidiary to (i) pay dividends or make any other
       distributions permitted by applicable law on any Capital Stock of such
       Restricted Subsidiary owned by the Guarantor or any other Restricted
       Subsidiary, (ii) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Guarantor or any other
       Restricted Subsidiary, (iii) make loans or advances to the Guarantor or
       any other Restricted Subsidiary or (iv) transfer any of its property or
       assets to the Guarantor or any other Restricted Subsidiary.

          The foregoing provisions shall not restrict any encumbrances or
       restrictions: (i) existing on the Exchange Debenture Issue Date in the
       Exchange Debenture Indenture or any other agreements in effect on the
       Exchange Debenture Issue Date, and any extensions, refinancings, renewals
       or replacements of such agreements; provided that the encumbrances and
       restrictions in any such extensions, refinancings, renewals or
       replacements are no less favorable in any material respect to the Holders
       than those encumbrances or restrictions that are then in effect and that
       are being extended, refinanced, renewed or replaced; (ii) existing under
       or by reason of applicable law; (iii) existing with respect to any Person
       or the property or assets of such Person acquired by the Guarantor or any
       Restricted Subsidiary, existing at the time of such acquisition and not
       incurred in contemplation thereof, which encumbrances or restrictions are
       not applicable to any Person or the property or assets of any Person
       other than such Person or the property or assets of such Person so
       acquired; (iv) in the case of clause (iv) of the first paragraph of this
       "Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting
       Restricted Subsidiaries" covenant, (A) that restrict in a customary
       manner the subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset
       that is a lease, license, conveyance or contract or similar property or
       asset, (B) existing by virtue of any transfer of, agreement to transfer,
       option or right with respect to, or Lien on, any property or assets of
       the Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise prohibited by
       the Exchange Debenture Indenture or (C) arising or agreed to in the
       ordinary course of business, not relating to any Indebtedness, and that
       do not, individually or in the aggregate, detract from the value of
       property or assets of the Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary in any
       manner material to the Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary; (v) with
       respect to a Restricted Subsidiary and imposed pursuant to an agreement
       that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or
       substantially all of the Capital Stock of, or property and assets of,
       such Restricted Subsidiary; or (vi) imposed pursuant to preferred stock
       of ICG issued pursuant to clause (vi) of the "Limitation on Issuance and
       Sale of Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries" covenant, or exchange
       debentures or exchange notes of ICG issued in exchange therefor; provided
       that such restrictions (A) may include a prohibition (x) on payments on
       Capital Stock upon liquidation, winding-up and dissolution of ICG and (y)
       on the payment of dividends on and the making of any distribution on, or
       the purchase, redemption, retirement or other acquisition for value of,
       Capital Stock of ICG if dividends or another amounts on such preferred
       stock are unpaid and (B) any restrictions imposed pursuant to preferred
       stock of ICG other than pursuant to clause (A) shall be no more
       restrictive than the restrictions contained in the Exchange Debenture
       Indenture (assuming that references to the Guarantor in the Exchange
       Debenture Indenture were replaced with references to ICG).  Nothing
       contained in this "Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions
       Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries" covenant shall prevent the Guarantor
       or any Restricted Subsidiary from (1) creating, incurring, assuming or
       suffering to exist any Liens otherwise permitted in the "Limitation on
       Liens" covenant or (2) restricting the sale or other disposition of
       property or assets of the Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
       that secure Indebtedness of the Guarantor or any of its Restricted
       Subsidiaries.

                                      -91-
<PAGE>
 
       LIMITATION ON ISSUANCES AND SALE OF CAPITAL STOCK OF RESTRICTED
       SUBSIDIARIES

          Under the terms of the Exchange Debenture Indenture, the Guarantor
       will not sell, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or
       indirectly, to issue or sell, any shares of Capital Stock of a Restricted
       Subsidiary (including options, warrants or other rights to purchase
       shares of such Capital Stock) except (i) to the Guarantor or a Wholly
       Owned Restricted Subsidiary; (ii) issuances or sales to foreign nationals
       of shares of Capital Stock of foreign Restricted Subsidiaries, to the
       extent required by applicable law; (iii) if, immediately after giving
       effect to such issuance or sale, such Restricted Subsidiary would no
       longer constitute a Restricted Subsidiary; (iv) with respect to Common
       Stock of MTN, StarCom and Zycom; provided that the proceeds of any such
       sale under clause (iv) shall be applied in accordance with clause (A) or
       (B) of the first paragraph of the "Limitation on Asset Sales" covenant
       described below; (v) with respect to Common Stock of FOTI; provided that
       FOTI shall not retain any net proceeds from such sales or issuances in
       excess of $10 million in the aggregate and any net proceeds in excess of
       such $10 million shall be received by, or paid promptly by FOTI to, the
       Guarantor, ICG or any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the
       Guarantor; and (vi) with respect to (A) preferred stock of ICG having an
       initial liquidation preference of up to $250 million and (B) any
       preferred stock of ICG issued as dividends on such preferred stock;
       provided that such preferred stock does not require the payment of cash
       dividends prior to May 1, 2001.

       LIMITATION ON ISSUANCES OF GUARANTEES BY RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES

          The Guarantor will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or
       indirectly, to Guarantee any Indebtedness of ICG or any Indebtedness of
       the Guarantor ("Guaranteed Indebtedness"), unless (i) such Restricted
       Subsidiary simultaneously executes and delivers a supplemental indenture
       to the Exchange Debenture Indenture providing for a Guarantee (a
       "Subsidiary Guarantee") of payment of the Exchange Debentures by such
       Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) such Restricted Subsidiary waives and will
       not in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of,
       any rights of reimbursement, indemnity or subrogation or any other rights
       against the Guarantor, ICG or any other Restricted Subsidiary as a result
       of any payment by such Restricted Subsidiary under its Subsidiary
       Guarantee; provided that this paragraph shall not be applicable to any
       Guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary that (x) existed at the time such
       Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and (y) was not Incurred in
       connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a
       Restricted Subsidiary.  If the Guaranteed Indebtedness is (A) pari passu
       with the Exchange Debentures or the Debenture Guarantee, then the
       Guarantee of such Guaranteed Indebtedness shall be pari passu with, or
       subordinated to, the Subsidiary Guarantee or (B) subordinated to the
       Exchange Debentures or the Debenture Guarantee, then the Guarantee of
       such Guaranteed Indebtedness shall be subordinated to the Subsidiary
       Guarantee at least to the extent that the Guaranteed Indebtedness is
       subordinated to the Exchange Debentures or the Debenture Guarantee, as
       the case may be.

          If, on or prior to the Exchange Debenture Issue Date, any Restricted
       Subsidiary shall have Guaranteed any Guaranteed Indebtedness, the
       Guarantor shall cause such Restricted Subsidiary to grant a Subsidiary
       Guarantee meeting the requirements of the preceding paragraph.  Such
       Subsidiary Guarantee shall be granted on the Exchange Debenture Issue
       Date.

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Subsidiary Guarantee by a
       Restricted Subsidiary shall provide by its terms that it shall be
       automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon (i) any
       sale, exchange or transfer, to any Person not an Affiliate of the
       Guarantor, of all of ICG's and each Restricted Subsidiary's Capital Stock
       in, or all or substantially all the assets of, such Restricted Subsidiary
       (which sale, exchange or transfer is not prohibited by the Exchange
       Debenture Indenture) or (ii) the release or discharge of the Guarantee
       which resulted in the creation of such Subsidiary Guarantee, except a
       discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such Guarantee.

       LIMITATION ON TRANSACTIONS WITH SHAREHOLDERS AND AFFILIATES

          Under the terms of the Exchange Debenture Indenture, the Guarantor
       will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or
       indirectly, enter into, renew or extend any transaction (including,
       without limitation, the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of property or
       assets, or the rendering of any service) with any holder (or any
       Affiliate of such holder) of 5% or more of any class of Capital Stock of
       the Guarantor or with any

                                      -92-
<PAGE>
 
       Affiliate of the Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary, except upon fair
       and reasonable terms no less favorable to the Guarantor or such
       Restricted Subsidiary than could be obtained, at the time of such
       transaction or at the time of the execution of the agreement providing
       therefor, in a comparable arm's-length transaction with a Person that is
       not such a holder or an Affiliate.

          The foregoing limitation does not limit, and shall not apply to (i)
       transactions (A) approved by a majority of the disinterested members of
       the Board of Directors or (B) for which the Guarantor or a Restricted
       Subsidiary delivers to the Trustee a written opinion of a nationally
       recognized investment banking firm stating that the transaction is fair
       to the Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of
       view; (ii) any transaction solely between the Guarantor and any of its
       Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries or solely between Wholly Owned
       Restricted Subsidiaries; (iii) the payment of reasonable and customary
       regular fees to directors of the Guarantor or ICG who are not employees
       of the Guarantor or ICG; (iv) any payments or other transactions pursuant
       to any tax-sharing agreement between the Guarantor and any other Person
       with which the Guarantor files a consolidated tax return or with which
       the Guarantor is part of a consolidated group for tax purposes; or (v)
       any Restricted Payments not prohibited by the "Limitation on Restricted
       Payments" covenant.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any transaction
       covered by the first paragraph of this "Limitation on Transactions with
       Shareholders and Affiliates" covenant and not covered by clauses (ii)
       through (iv) of this paragraph, the aggregate amount of which exceeds $2
       million in value, must be approved or determined to be fair in the manner
       provided for in clause (i)(A) or (B) above.

       LIMITATION ON LIENS

          Under the terms of the Exchange Debenture Indenture, the Guarantor
       will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create,
       incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien on any of its assets or
       properties of any character, or any shares of Capital Stock or
       Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary, without making effective
       provision for all of the Exchange Debentures (or, in the case of a Lien
       on assets or properties of the Guarantor, the Debenture Guarantee) and
       all other amounts due under the Exchange Debenture Indenture to be
       directly secured equally and ratably with (or, if the obligation or
       liability to be secured by such Lien is subordinated in right of payment
       to the Exchange Debentures or the Debenture Guarantee, prior to) the
       obligation or liability secured by such Lien.

          The foregoing limitation does not apply to (i) Liens existing on the
       Closing Date; (ii) Liens granted after the Closing Date on any assets or
       Capital Stock of ICG or its Restricted Subsidiaries created in favor of
       the Holders; (iii) Liens with respect to the assets of a Restricted
       Subsidiary granted by such Restricted Subsidiary to the Guarantor or a
       Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary to secure Indebtedness owing to the
       Guarantor or such other Restricted Subsidiary; (iv) Liens securing
       Indebtedness which is Incurred to refinance secured Indebtedness which is
       permitted to be Incurred under clause (iii) of the second paragraph of
       the "Limitation on Indebtedness" covenant; provided that such Liens do
       not extend to or cover any property or assets of the Guarantor, ICG or
       any Restricted Subsidiary other than the property or assets securing the
       Indebtedness being refinanced; (v) Liens with respect to assets or
       properties of any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after the
       Closing Date; provided that such Liens do not extend to or cover any
       assets or properties of the Guarantor or any of its Restricted
       Subsidiaries other than the assets or properties of such Person subject
       to such Lien on the date such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; and
       provided further that such Liens are not incurred in contemplation of, or
       in connection with, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary; (vi)
       Permitted Liens; (vii) Liens securing Senior Indebtedness or Senior
       Guarantor Indebtedness; or (viii) Liens, solely in favor of Acquired
       Indebtedness, on Capital Stock of Persons that become Restricted
       Subsidiaries of the Guarantor after the Closing Date.

       MERGER, CONSOLIDATION AND SALE OF ASSETS

          Neither ICG nor the Guarantor shall consolidate with, merge with or
       into, or sell, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or
       substantially all of its property and assets (as an entirety or
       substantially an entirety in one transaction or a series of related
       transactions) to, any Person (other than a consolidation or merger with
       or into a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary with a positive net worth;
       provided that, in connection with any such merger or consolidation, no
       consideration (other than Common Stock in the surviving Person, ICG or
       the Guarantor) shall be issued or distributed to the stockholders of ICG
       or the Guarantor) or permit any Person to merge with or into

                                      -93-
<PAGE>
 
       ICG or the Guarantor unless: (i) ICG or the Guarantor shall be the
       continuing Person, or the Person (if other than ICG or the Guarantor)
       formed by such consolidation or into which ICG or the Guarantor is merged
       or that acquired or leased such property and assets of ICG or the
       Guarantor shall be a corporation organized and validly existing under the
       laws of the United States of America or any jurisdiction thereof and
       shall expressly assume, by a supplemental indenture, executed and
       delivered to the Trustee, all of the obligations of ICG or the Guarantor,
       as the case may be, and under the Exchange Debenture Indenture; (ii)
       immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event
       of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; (iii) immediately after
       giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, ICG or the
       Guarantor, as the case may be, or any Person becoming the successor
       obligor of the Exchange Debentures or the Debenture Guarantee, as the
       case may be, shall have a Consolidated Net Worth equal to or greater than
       the Consolidated Net Worth of ICG or the Guarantor, as the case may be,
       immediately prior to such transaction; (iv) immediately after giving
       effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis ICG, or any Person
       becoming the successor obligor of the Exchange Debentures, as the case
       may be, could Incur at least $1.00 of Indebtedness under the first
       paragraph of the "Limitation on Indebtedness" covenant; and (v) ICG
       delivers to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate (attaching the
       arithmetic computations to demonstrate compliance with clauses (iii) and
       (iv) above) and an Opinion of Counsel, in each case stating that such
       consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture
       complies with this provision and that all conditions precedent provided
       for herein relating to such transaction have been complied with;
       provided, however, that clauses (iii) and (iv) above do not apply if, in
       the good faith determination of the Board of Directors of the Guarantor,
       whose determination shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution, the
       principal purpose of such transaction is part of a plan to change the
       jurisdiction of incorporation of ICG or the Guarantor to a state of the
       United States; and provided further that any such transaction shall not
       have as one of its purposes the evasion of the foregoing limitations.

       LIMITATION ON ASSET SALES

          Under the terms of the Exchange Debenture Indenture, the Guarantor
       will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, consummate
       any Asset Sale, unless (i) the consideration received by the Guarantor or
       such Restricted Subsidiary is at least equal to the fair market value of
       the assets sold or disposed of and (ii) at least 75% of the consideration
       received consists of cash or Temporary Cash Investments.  In the event
       and to the extent that the Net Cash Proceeds received by the Guarantor or
       its Restricted Subsidiaries from one or more Asset Sales occurring on or
       after the Closing Date in any period of 12 consecutive months exceed 10%
       of Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets (determined as of the date
       closest to the commencement of such 12-month period for which a
       consolidated balance sheet of ICG and its Subsidiaries has been
       prepared), then the Guarantor shall or shall cause the relevant
       Restricted Subsidiary to (i) within six months after the date Net Cash
       Proceeds so received exceed 10% of Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible
       Assets (A) apply an amount equal to such excess Net Cash Proceeds to
       permanently repay unsubordinated Indebtedness of the Guarantor or ICG, or
       Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary other than ICG, in each case
       owing to a Person other than the Guarantor or any of its Restricted
       Subsidiaries or (B) invest an equal amount, or the amount not so applied
       pursuant to clause (A) (or enter into a definitive agreement committing
       to so invest within six months after the date of such agreement), in
       property or assets of a nature or type or that are used in a business (or
       in a company having property and assets of a nature or type, or engaged
       in a business) similar or related to the nature or type of the property
       and assets of, or the business of, the Guarantor and its Restricted
       Subsidiaries existing on the date of such investment (as determined in
       good faith by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be
       conclusive and evidenced by a Board Resolution) and (ii) apply (no later
       than the end of the six-month period referred to in clause (i)) such
       excess Net Cash Proceeds (to the extent not applied pursuant to clause
       (i)) as provided in the following paragraphs of this "Limitation on Asset
       Sales" covenant.  The amount of such excess Net Cash Proceeds required to
       be applied (or to be committed to be applied) during such six-month
       period as set forth in clause (i) of the preceding sentence and not
       applied as so required by the end of such period shall constitute "Excess
       Proceeds."

          If, as of the first day of any calendar month, the aggregate amount of
       Excess Proceeds not theretofore subject to an Offer to Purchase pursuant
       to this "Limitation on Asset Sales" covenant totals at least $10 million,
       ICG must commence, not later than the seventy-fifth Business Day
       following the first day of such month, and consummate an Offer to
       Purchase from the Holders on a pro rata basis an aggregate principal
       amount of Exchange Debentures equal to the Excess Proceeds on such date,
       at a purchase price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of
       the Exchange Debentures, plus, in each case, accrued interest (if any) to
       the date of purchase.

                                      -94-
<PAGE>
 
       SENIOR SUBORDINATED INDEBTEDNESS

          Neither the Guarantor nor ICG will incur any Indebtedness, other than
       the Exchange Debentures or the Debenture Guarantee, respectively, that is
       expressly made subordinated in right of payment to any Senior
       Indebtedness or Senior Guarantor Indebtedness, unless such Indebtedness,
       by its terms and by the terms of any agreement or instrument pursuant to
       which such Indebtedness is outstanding is expressly made pari passu with,
       or subordinate in right of payment to, the Exchange Debentures or the
       Debenture Guarantee, as the case may be, pursuant to provisions
       substantially similar to those contained in Article Eleven of the
       Exchange Debenture Indenture; provided that the foregoing limitations
       shall not apply to distinctions between categories of Senior Indebtedness
       that exist by reason of any Liens or Guarantees arising or created in
       respect of some but not all Senior Indebtedness.

       REPORTS

          So long as any Exchange Debentures are outstanding, ICG and the
       Guarantor shall file with the Commission the annual reports, quarterly
       reports and the information, documents and other reports required to be
       filed by ICG with the Commission pursuant to Sections 13 or 15 of the
       Exchange Act, whether or not ICG has or is required to have a class of
       securities registered under the Exchange Act, at the time it is or would
       be required to file the same with the Commission and, within 15 days
       after ICG is or would be required to file such reports, information or
       documents with the Commission, shall mail such reports, information and
       documents to the Trustee and to holders of the Exchange Debentures.

       EVENTS OF DEFAULT

          The following events will be defined as "Events of Default" in the
       Exchange Debenture Indenture: (a) default in the payment of principal of
       (or premium, if any, on) any Exchange Debenture when the same becomes due
       and payable at maturity, upon acceleration, redemption or otherwise
       whether or not such payment is prohibited by Article Eleven of the
       Exchange Debenture Indenture; (b) default in the payment of interest on
       any Exchange Debenture when the same becomes due and payable, and such
       default continues for a period of 30 days whether or not such payment is
       prohibited by Article Eleven of the Exchange Debenture Indenture; (c) ICG
       or the Guarantor defaults in the performance of or breaches any other
       covenant or agreement of ICG or the Guarantor in the Exchange Debenture
       Indenture or under the Exchange Debentures and such default or breach
       continues for a period of 30 consecutive days after written notice to ICG
       by the Trustee or the Holders of 25% or more in aggregate principal
       amount of the Exchange Debentures; (d) there occurs with respect to any
       issue or issues of Indebtedness of ICG, the Guarantor or any Significant
       Subsidiary having an outstanding principal amount at maturity of $10
       million or more in the aggregate for all such issues of all such Persons,
       whether such Indebtedness now exists or shall hereafter be created, (I)
       an event of default that has caused the holder thereof to declare such
       Indebtedness to be due and payable prior to its Stated Maturity and such
       Indebtedness has not been discharged in full or such acceleration has not
       been rescinded or annulled within 30 days of such acceleration and/or
       (II) the failure to make a principal payment at the final (but not any
       interim) fixed maturity and such defaulted payment shall not have been
       made, waived or extended within 30 days of such payment default; (e) any
       final judgment or order (not covered by insurance) for the payment of
       money in excess of $10 million in the aggregate for all such final
       judgments or orders against all such Persons (treating any deductibles,
       self-insurance or retention as not so covered) shall be rendered against
       ICG, the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary and shall not be paid or
       discharged, and there shall be any period of 30 consecutive days
       following entry of the final judgment or order that causes the aggregate
       amount for all such final judgments or orders outstanding and not paid or
       discharged against all such Persons to exceed $10 million during which a
       stay of enforcement of such final judgment or order, by reason of a
       pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in effect; (f) a court having
       jurisdiction in the premises enters a decree or order for (A) relief in
       respect of ICG, the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary in an
       involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other
       similar law now or hereafter in effect, (B) appointment of a receiver,
       liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar
       official of ICG, the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary or for all
       or substantially all of the property and assets of ICG, the Guarantor or
       any Significant Subsidiary or (C) the winding up or liquidation of the
       affairs of ICG, the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary and, in each
       case, such decree or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a
       period of 30 consecutive days; or

                                      -95-
<PAGE>
 
       (g) ICG, the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary (A) commences a
       voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other
       similar law now or hereafter in effect, or consents to the entry of an
       order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, (B) consents
       to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator,
       assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of ICG,
       the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially
       all of the property and assets of ICG, the Guarantor or any Significant
       Subsidiary or (C) effects any general assignment for the benefit of
       creditors.

          If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in
       clause (f) or (g) above that occurs with respect to ICG or the Guarantor)
       occurs and is continuing under the Exchange Debenture Indenture, the
       Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of
       the Exchange Debentures, then outstanding, by written notice to ICG (and
       to the Trustee if such notice is given by the Holders), may, and the
       Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare the principal
       amount of, premium, if any, and accrued interest, if any, on the Exchange
       Debentures to be immediately due and payable.  Upon a declaration of
       acceleration, such principal amount, premium, if any, and accrued
       interest, if any, shall be immediately due and payable.  In the event of
       a declaration of acceleration because an Event of Default set forth in
       clause (d) above has occurred and is continuing, such declaration of
       acceleration shall be automatically rescinded and annulled if the event
       of default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to clause (d) shall
       be remedied or cured by ICG, the Guarantor or the relevant Significant
       Subsidiary or waived by the holders of the relevant Indebtedness within
       60 days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto.  If
       an Event of Default specified in clause (f) or (g) above occurs with
       respect to ICG or the Guarantor, the principal amount of, premium, if
       any, and accrued interest, if any, on the Exchange Debentures then
       outstanding shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable
       without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any
       Holder.  The Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the
       outstanding Exchange Debentures by written notice to ICG and to the
       Trustee, may waive all past defaults and rescind and annul a declaration
       of acceleration and its consequences if, among other things, (i) all
       existing Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the principal
       of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on the Exchange Debentures that
       have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been
       cured or waived and (ii) the rescission would not conflict with any
       judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction.  For information
       as to the waiver of defaults, see "--Modification and Waiver."

          The Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of
       the outstanding Exchange Debentures may direct the time, method and place
       of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or
       exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee.  However, the
       Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the
       Exchange Debenture Indenture, that may involve the Trustee in personal
       liability, or that the Trustee determines in good faith may be unduly
       prejudicial to the rights of Holders of Exchange Debentures not joining
       in the giving of such direction and may take any other action it deems
       proper that is not inconsistent with any such direction received from
       Holders of Exchange Debentures.  A Holder may not pursue any remedy with
       respect to the Exchange Debenture Indenture or the Exchange Debentures
       unless: (i) the Holder gives the Trustee written notice of a continuing
       Event of Default; (ii) the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal
       amount of outstanding Exchange Debentures make a written request to the
       Trustee to pursue the remedy; (iii) such Holder or Holders offer the
       Trustee indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any costs,
       liability or expense; (iv) the Trustee does not comply with the request
       within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of indemnity;
       and (v) during such 60-day period, the Holders of a majority in aggregate
       principal amount of the outstanding Exchange Debentures do not give the
       Trustee a direction that is inconsistent with the request.  However, such
       limitations do not apply to the right of any Holder of an Exchange
       Debenture to receive payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or
       accrued interest on, such Exchange Debenture or to bring suit for the
       enforcement of any such payment, on or after the due date expressed in
       the Exchange Debentures, which right shall not be impaired or affected
       without the consent of the Holder.

          The Exchange Debenture Indenture will require certain officers of ICG
       and the Guarantor to certify, on or before a date not more than 90 days
       after the end of each fiscal year of the Guarantor, that a review has
       been conducted of the activities of ICG, or the Guarantor, as the case
       may be, and its Restricted Subsidiaries and ICG's, or the Guarantor's,
       and its Restricted Subsidiaries' performance under the Exchange Debenture
       Indenture and that ICG and the Guarantor have fulfilled all obligations
       thereunder, or, if there has been a default in the fulfillment of any
       such obligation, specifying each such default and the nature and status
       thereof.  ICG and the Guarantor will also

                                      -96-
<PAGE>
 
       be obligated to notify the Trustee of any default or defaults in the
       performance of any covenants or agreements under the Exchange Debenture
       Indenture.

       LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

          ICG may, at its option and at any time, elect to have its obligations
       discharged with respect to the outstanding Exchange Debentures ("legal
       defeasance").  Such legal defeasance means that ICG shall be deemed to
       have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by the
       outstanding Exchange Debentures, except for (a) the rights of Holders of
       outstanding Exchange Debentures to receive payments in respect of the
       principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, such Exchange
       Debentures when such payments are due, or on the redemption date, as the
       case may be, (b) ICG's obligations with respect to the Exchange
       Debentures concerning issuing temporary Exchange Debentures, registration
       of Exchange Debentures, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Exchange
       Debentures and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and
       money for security payments held in trust, (c) the rights, powers, trust,
       duties and immunities of the Trustee, and ICG's obligations in connection
       therewith and (d) the legal defeasance provisions of the Exchange
       Debenture Indenture.  In addition, ICG may, at its option and at any
       time, elect to have the obligations of ICG released with respect to
       certain covenants that are described in the Exchange Debenture Indenture
       ("covenant defeasance") and thereafter any omission to comply with such
       obligations shall not constitute a Default or Event of Default with
       respect to the Exchange Debentures.  In the event covenant defeasance
       occurs, certain events (not including non-payment, bankruptcy,
       receivership, rehabilitation and insolvency events) described under
       "Events of Default" will no longer constitute an Event of Default with
       respect to the Exchange Debentures.

          In order to exercise either legal defeasance or covenant defeasance,
       (i) ICG must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the
       benefit of the holders of the Exchange Debentures, cash in U.S. dollars,
       non-callable U.S. government obligations, or a combination thereof, in
       such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally
       recognized firm of independent public accountants selected by the
       Trustee, to pay the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on,
       the outstanding Exchange Debentures on the stated maturity or on the
       applicable optional redemption date, as the case may be, of such
       principal or installment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest
       on, the outstanding Exchange Debentures; (ii) in the case of legal
       defeasance, ICG shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of counsel
       in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that
       (A) ICG has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal
       Revenue Service a ruling or (B) since the New Preferred Stock Issue Date,
       there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in
       either case to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion of counsel
       shall confirm that, the holders of the outstanding Exchange Debentures
       will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes
       as a result of such legal defeasance and will be subject to federal
       income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times
       as would have been the case if such legal defeasance had not occurred;
       (iii) in the case of covenant defeasance, ICG shall have delivered to the
       Trustee an opinion of counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable
       to the Trustee confirming that the holders of the outstanding Exchange
       Debentures will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax
       purposes as a result of such covenant defeasance and will be subject to
       federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the
       same times as would have been the case if such covenant defeasance had
       not occurred; (iv) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and
       be continuing on the date of such deposit or, insofar as Events of
       Default from bankruptcy or insolvency events are concerned, at any time
       in the period ending on the 123rd day after the date of deposit; (v) such
       legal defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not result in a breach or
       violation of, or constitute a default under, the Exchange Debenture
       Indenture or any other material agreement or instrument to which ICG is a
       party or by which ICG is bound; (vi) ICG shall have delivered to the
       Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by
       ICG with the intent of preferring the holders of Exchange Debentures over
       the other creditors of ICG or with the intent of defeating, hindering,
       delaying or defrauding creditors of the Company or others; and (vii) ICG
       shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an
       opinion of counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent relating
       to the legal defeasance or the covenant defeasance have been complied
       with.

       MODIFICATION AND WAIVER

                                      -97-
<PAGE>
 
          Modifications and amendments of the Exchange Debenture Indenture may
       be made by ICG, the Guarantor and the Trustee with the consent of the
       Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
       outstanding Exchange Debentures; provided, however, that no such
       modification or amendment may, without consent of each Holder affected
       thereby, (i) change the Stated Maturity of the principal of, or any
       installment of interest on, any Exchange Debenture, (ii) reduce the
       principal amount of, or any premium, if any, payable upon the redemption
       of, or the rate of interest on, any Exchange Debenture, (iii) adversely
       affect the right of repayment at the option of any Holder of any Exchange
       Debenture, (iv) change the currency in which principal of, or premium, if
       any, or interest on, any Exchange Debenture is payable, (v) impair the
       right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or after
       the Stated Maturity (or, in the case of a redemption, on or after the
       Redemption Date) of any Exchange Debenture, (vi) waive a default in the
       payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Exchange
       Debenture, (vii) reduce the percentage in principal amount of outstanding
       Exchange Debentures the consent of whose Holders is necessary for waiver
       of compliance with certain provisions of the Exchange Debenture Indenture
       or for waiver of certain defaults, (viii) release the Guarantor from its
       Debenture Guarantee or (ix) modify any of the provisions of Article
       Eleven of the Exchange Debenture Indenture in a manner adverse to the
       Holders.

       NO PERSONAL LIABILITY OF INCORPORATORS, SHAREHOLDERS, OFFICERS,
       DIRECTORS, OR EMPLOYEES

          The Exchange Debenture Indenture provides that no recourse for the
       payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any of the
       Exchange Debentures or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in
       respect thereof, and no recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant
       or agreement of ICG or the Guarantor in the Exchange Debenture Indenture,
       or in any of the Exchange Debentures or because of the creation of any
       Indebtedness represented thereby, shall be had against any incorporator,
       shareholder, officer, director, employee or controlling person of ICG or
       the Guarantor or of any successor Person thereof.  Each Holder, by
       accepting the Exchange Debentures, waives and releases all such
       liability.

       CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE

          The Exchange Debenture Indenture provides that, except during the
       continuance of a Default, the Trustee will not be liable, except for the
       performance of such duties as are specifically set forth in such Exchange
       Debenture Indenture.  If an Event of Default has occurred and is
       continuing, the Trustee will use the same degree of care and skill in its
       exercise as a prudent person would exercise under the circumstances in
       the conduct of such person's own affairs.

          The Exchange Debenture Indenture and provisions of the Trust Indenture
       Act of 1939, as amended, incorporated by reference therein contain
       limitations on the rights of the Trustee, should it become a creditor of
       ICG or the Guarantor, to obtain payment of claims in certain cases or to
       realize on certain property received by it in respect of any such claims,
       as security or otherwise.  The Trustee is permitted to engage in other
       transactions; provided, however, that if it acquires any conflicting
       interest, it must eliminate such conflict or resign.

       CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

          Set forth below are certain defined terms used in the Exchange
       Debenture Indenture.  Reference is made to the Exchange Debenture
       Indenture for the full definition of such terms, as well as any other
       capitalized terms used herein for which no definition is provided.

          "Adjusted Consolidated Net Income" means, for any period, the
       aggregate net income (or loss) of the Guarantor and its Restricted
       Subsidiaries for such period determined in conformity with GAAP; provided
       that the following items shall be excluded in computing Adjusted
       Consolidated Net Income (without duplication): (i) the net income of any
       Person (other than net income attributable to a Restricted Subsidiary) in
       which any Person (other than the Guarantor or any of its Restricted
       Subsidiaries) has a joint interest and the net income of any Unrestricted
       Subsidiary, except to the extent of the amount of dividends or other
       distributions actually paid to the Guarantor or any of its Restricted
       Subsidiaries by such other Person or such Unrestricted Subsidiary during
       such period; (ii) solely for the purposes of calculating the amount of
       Restricted Payments that may be made pursuant to clause (C) of the first
       paragraph of the "Limitation on Restricted Payments" covenant described
       above (and in such case, except to

                                      -98-
<PAGE>
 
       the extent includable pursuant to clause (i) above), the net income (or
       loss) of any Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Restricted
       Subsidiary or is merged into or consolidated with the Guarantor or any of
       its Restricted Subsidiaries or all or substantially all of the property
       and assets of such Person are acquired by the Guarantor or any of its
       Restricted Subsidiaries; (iii) the net income of any Restricted
       Subsidiary to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or
       similar distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary of such net income is
       not at the time permitted by the operation of the terms of its charter or
       any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or
       governmental regulation applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary; (iv)
       any gains or losses (on an after-tax basis) attributable to Asset Sales;
       (v) except for purposes of calculating the amount of Restricted Payments
       that may be made pursuant to clause (C) of the first paragraph of the
       "Limitation on Restricted Payments" covenant described above, any amount
       paid or accrued as dividends on preferred stock of the Guarantor or any
       Restricted Subsidiary owned by Persons other than the Guarantor and any
       of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and (vi) all extraordinary gains and
       extraordinary losses.

          "Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets" means the total amount of
       assets of the Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries (less applicable
       depreciation, amortization and other valuation reserves), except to the
       extent resulting from write-ups of capital assets (excluding write-ups in
       connection with accounting for acquisitions in conformity with GAAP),
       after deducting therefrom (i) all current liabilities of the Guarantor
       and its Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding intercompany items) and (ii)
       all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents, unamortized debt discount
       and expense and other like intangibles, all as set forth on the most
       recently available quarterly or annual consolidated balance sheet of the
       Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries, prepared in conformity with
       GAAP.

          "Affiliate" means, as applied to any Person, any other Person directly
       or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect
       common control with, such Person.  For purposes of this definition,
       "control" (including, with correlative meanings, the terms "controlling,"
       "controlled by" and "under common control with"), as applied to any
       Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to
       direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such
       Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract
       or otherwise; provided that, with respect to the Guarantor and any of its
       Subsidiaries, the term "Affiliate" shall be deemed to include William W.
       Becker, Lawrence L. Becker and any person related by blood or marriage to
       either of them.

          "Asset Acquisition" means (i) an investment by the Guarantor or any of
       its Restricted Subsidiaries in any other Person pursuant to which such
       Person shall become a Restricted Subsidiary of the Guarantor or shall be
       merged into or consolidated with the Guarantor or any of its Restricted
       Subsidiaries; provided that such Person's primary business is related,
       ancillary or complementary to the businesses of the Guarantor and its
       Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of such investment or (ii) an
       acquisition by the Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of the
       property and assets of any Person other than the Guarantor or any of its
       Restricted Subsidiaries that constitute substantially all of a division
       or line of business of such Person; provided that the property and assets
       acquired are related, ancillary or complementary to the businesses of the
       Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of such
       acquisition.

          "Asset Disposition" means the sale or other disposition by the
       Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than to the
       Guarantor or another Restricted Subsidiary of the Guarantor) of (i) all
       or substantially all of the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of
       the Guarantor or (ii) all or substantially all of the assets that
       constitute a division or line of business of the Guarantor or any of its
       Restricted Subsidiaries.

          "Asset Sale" means any sale, transfer or other disposition (including
       by way of merger, consolidation or sale-leaseback transactions) in one
       transaction or a series of related transactions by the Guarantor or any
       of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any Person other than the Guarantor or
       any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of (i) all or any of the Capital Stock
       of any Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) all or substantially all of the
       property and assets of an operating unit or business of the Guarantor or
       any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) any other property and assets
       of the Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries outside the
       ordinary course of business of the Guarantor or such Restricted
       Subsidiary and, in each case, that is not governed by the provisions of
       the Exchange Debenture Indenture applicable to mergers, consolidations
       and sales of assets of the Guarantor; provided that the meaning of "Asset
       Sale"

                                      -99-
<PAGE>
 
       shall not include (A) sales or other dispositions of inventory,
       receivables and other current assets, and (B) dispositions of assets of
       the Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in substantially
       simultaneous exchanges for consideration consisting of any combination of
       cash, Temporary Cash Investments and assets that are used or useful in
       the telecommunications business of the Guarantor or its Restricted
       Subsidiaries, if such consideration has an aggregate fair market value
       substantially equal to the fair market value of the assets so disposed
       of; provided, however, that fair market value shall be determined in good
       faith by the Board of Directors of ICG, whose determination shall be
       conclusive and evidenced by a Board Resolution delivered to the Trustee;
       and provided further that any cash or Temporary Cash Investments received
       by the Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to any
       transaction described in clause (B) above shall be applied in accordance
       with clause (A) or (B) of the first paragraph of the "Limitation on Asset
       Sales" covenant described above.

          "Average Life" means, at any date of determination with respect to any
       debt security, the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the
       products of (a) the number of years from such date of determination to
       the dates of each successive scheduled principal payment of such debt
       security and (b) the amount of such principal payment by (ii) the sum of
       all such principal payments.

          "Capital Stock" means, with respect to any Person, any and all shares,
       interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated,
       whether voting or non-voting) in equity of such Person, whether now
       outstanding or issued after the date of the Exchange Debenture Indenture,
       including, without limitation, all Common Stock and preferred stock.

          "Capitalized Lease" means, as applied to any Person, any lease of any
       property (whether real, personal or mixed) of which the discounted
       present value of the rental obligations of such Person as lessee, in
       conformity with GAAP, is required to be capitalized on the balance sheet
       of such Person; and "Capitalized Lease Obligations" means the discounted
       present value of the rental obligations under such lease.

          "Closing Date" means the date the New Preferred Stock is originally
       issued under the Amended Articles.

          "Consolidated EBITDA" means, for any period, the sum of the amounts
       for such period of (i) Adjusted Consolidated Net Income, (ii)
       Consolidated Interest Expense, (iii) income taxes, to the extent such
       amount was deducted in calculating Adjusted Consolidated Net Income
       (other than income taxes (either positive or negative) attributable to
       extraordinary and non-recurring gains or losses or sales of assets), (iv)
       depreciation expense, to the extent such amount was deducted in
       calculating Adjusted Consolidated Net Income, (v) amortization expense,
       to the extent such amount was deducted in calculating Adjusted
       Consolidated Net Income, and (vi) all other non-cash items reducing
       Adjusted Consolidated Net Income (other than items that will require cash
       payments and for which an accrual or reserve is, or is required by GAAP
       to be, made), less all non-cash items increasing Adjusted Consolidated
       Net Income, all as determined on a consolidated basis for the Guarantor
       and its Restricted Subsidiaries in conformity with GAAP; provided that,
       if any Restricted Subsidiary is not a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary,
       Consolidated EBITDA shall be reduced (to the extent not otherwise reduced
       in accordance with GAAP) by an amount equal to (A) the amount of the
       Adjusted Consolidated Net Income attributable to such Restricted
       Subsidiary multiplied by (B) the quotient of (1) the number of shares of
       outstanding Common Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary not owned on the
       last day of such period by the Guarantor or any of its Restricted
       Subsidiaries divided by (2) the total number of shares of outstanding
       Common Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary on the last day of such
       period.

          "Consolidated Interest Expense" means, for any period, the aggregate
       amount of interest in respect of Indebtedness (including amortization of
       original issue discount on any Indebtedness and the interest portion of
       any deferred payment obligation, calculated in accordance with the
       effective interest method of accounting; all commissions, discounts and
       other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and
       bankers' acceptance financing; the net costs associated with Interest
       Rate Agreements; and Indebtedness that is Guaranteed or secured by the
       Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) and all but the
       principal component of rentals in respect of Capitalized Lease
       Obligations paid, accrued or scheduled to be paid or to be accrued by the
       Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period; excluding,
       however, without duplication, (i) any amount of such interest of any
       Restricted Subsidiary if the net income of such Restricted Subsidiary is
       excluded in the calculation of

                                     -100-
<PAGE>
 
       Adjusted Consolidated Net Income pursuant to clause (iii) of the
       definition thereof (but only in the same proportion as the net income of
       such Restricted Subsidiary is excluded from the calculation of Adjusted
       Consolidated Net Income pursuant to clause (iii) of the definition
       thereof) and (ii) any premiums, fees and expenses (and any amortization
       thereof) payable in connection with the offering of the 13/1//2% Notes
       and the warrants issued therewith, the New Notes and/or the New Preferred
       Stock, all as determined on a consolidated basis (without taking into
       account Unrestricted Subsidiaries) in conformity with GAAP.

          "Consolidated Net Worth" means, at any date of determination,
       stockholders' equity as set forth on the most recently available
       quarterly or annual consolidated balance sheet of the Guarantor and its
       Restricted Subsidiaries (which shall be as of a date not more than 90
       days prior to the date of such computation, and which shall not take into
       account Unrestricted Subsidiaries), less any amounts attributable to
       Redeemable Stock or any equity security convertible into or exchangeable
       for Indebtedness, the cost of treasury stock and the principal amount of
       any promissory notes receivable from the sale of the Capital Stock of the
       Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, each item to be
       determined in conformity with GAAP (excluding the effects of foreign
       currency exchange adjustments under Financial Accounting Standards Board
       Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 52).

          "Convertible Subordinated Notes" means the 8% Convertible Subordinated
       Notes and the 7% Convertible Subordinated Notes of IntelCom.

          "Currency Agreement" means any foreign exchange contract, currency
       swap agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to
       protect the Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries against
       fluctuations in currency values to or under which the Guarantor or any of
       its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party or a beneficiary on the date of
       the Exchange Debenture Indenture or becomes a party or a beneficiary
       thereafter.

          "Default" means any event that is, or after notice or passage of time
       or both would be, an Event of Default.

          "Exchange Debenture Issue Date" means the date the Exchange Debentures
       are originally issued under the Exchange Debenture Indenture.

          "FOTI" means Fiber Optic Technologies Inc., a Colorado corporation.

          "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles in the United
       States of America as in effect as of August 8, 1995, including, without
       limitation, those set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the
       Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public
       Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting
       Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as
       approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession. All
       ratios and computations contained in the Exchange Debenture Indenture
       shall be computed in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis,
       except that calculations made for purposes of determining compliance with
       the terms of the covenants and with other provisions of the Exchange
       Debenture Indenture shall be made without giving effect to (i) the
       amortization of any expenses incurred in connection with the offering of
       the 13/1//2% Notes and the warrants issued therewith, the New Notes
       and/or the New Preferred Stock and (ii) except as otherwise provided, the
       amortization of any amounts required or permitted by Accounting
       Principles Board Opinion Nos. 16 and 17.

          "Guarantee" means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any
       Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other
       obligation of any other Person and, without limiting the generality of
       the foregoing, any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or
       otherwise, of such Person (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply
       funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other
       obligation of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership
       arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods,
       securities or services, to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial
       statement conditions or otherwise) or (ii) entered into for purposes of
       assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness or other
       obligation of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss
       in respect thereof (in whole or in part); provided that the term
       "Guarantee" shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in
       the ordinary course of business. The term "Guarantee" used as a verb has
       a corresponding meaning.

                                     -101-
<PAGE>
 
          "Incur" means, with respect to any Indebtedness, to incur, create,
       issue, assume, Guarantee or otherwise become liable for or with respect
       to, or become responsible for, the payment of, contingently or otherwise,
       such Indebtedness, including an Incurrence of Indebtedness by reason of
       the acquisition of more than 50% of the Capital Stock of any Person;
       provided that neither the accrual of interest nor the accretion of
       original issue discount shall be considered an Incurrence of
       Indebtedness. The term "Incurrence" has a corresponding meaning.

          "Indebtedness" means, with respect to any Person at any date of
       determination (without duplication), (i) all indebtedness of such Person
       for borrowed money, (ii) all obligations of such Person evidenced by
       bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, (iii) all
       obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit or other
       similar instruments (including reimbursement obligations with respect
       thereto), (iv) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and
       unpaid purchase price of property or services, which purchase price is
       due more than six months after the date of placing such property in
       service or taking delivery and title thereto or the completion of such
       services, except Trade Payables, (v) all obligations of such Person as
       lessee under Capitalized Leases, (vi) all Indebtedness of other Persons
       secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such
       Indebtedness is assumed by such Person; provided that the amount of such
       Indebtedness shall be the lesser of (A) the fair market value of such
       asset at such date of determination and (B) the amount of such
       Indebtedness, (vii) all Indebtedness of other Persons Guaranteed by such
       Person to the extent such Indebtedness is Guaranteed by such Person and
       (viii) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition,
       obligations under Currency Agreements and Interest Rate Agreements. The
       amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be the outstanding
       balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above
       and, with respect to contingent obligations, the maximum liability upon
       the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation, provided
       (i) that the amount outstanding at any time of any Indebtedness issued
       with original issue discount is the original issue price of such
       Indebtedness and (ii) that Indebtedness shall not include any liability
       for federal, state, local or other taxes.

          "Indebtedness to EBITDA Ratio" means, as at any date of determination,
       the ratio of (i) the aggregate amount of Indebtedness of the Guarantor,
       ICG and their Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis
       ("Consolidated Indebtedness") as at the Transaction Date to (ii) the
       Consolidated EBITDA of the Guarantor for the then most recent four full
       fiscal quarters for which reports have been filed pursuant to the
       "Reports" covenant described above (such four full fiscal quarter period
       being referred to herein as the "Four Quarter Period"); provided that (x)
       pro forma effect shall be given to any Indebtedness Incurred from the
       beginning of the Four Quarter Period through the Transaction Date
       (including any Indebtedness Incurred on the Transaction Date), to the
       extent outstanding on the Transaction Date, (y) if during the period
       commencing on the first day of such Four Quarter Period through the
       Transaction Date (the "Reference Period"), the Guarantor, ICG or any of
       the Restricted Subsidiaries shall have engaged in any Asset Sale,
       Consolidated EBITDA for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal
       to the EBITDA (if positive), or increased by an amount equal to the
       EBITDA (if negative), directly attributable to the assets which are the
       subject of such Asset Sale and any related retirement of Indebtedness as
       if such Asset Sale and related retirement of Indebtedness had occurred on
       the first day of such Reference Period or (z) if during such Reference
       Period the Guarantor, ICG or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries shall
       have made any Asset Acquisition, Consolidated EBITDA of the Guarantor
       shall be calculated on a pro forma basis as if such Asset Acquisition and
       any related financing had occurred on the first day of such Reference
       Period. In calculating this ratio for purposes of the Amended Articles,
       the amount of outstanding Indebtedness shall be deemed to include the
       liquidation preference of any preferred stock then outstanding.

          "IntelCom" means IntelCom Group Inc. and its successors and assigns.

          "Investment" in any Person means any direct or indirect advance, loan
       or other extension of credit (including, without limitation, by way of
       Guarantee or similar arrangement; but excluding advances to customers in
       the ordinary course of business that are, in conformity with GAAP,
       recorded as accounts receivable on the balance sheet of the Guarantor or
       its Restricted Subsidiaries) or capital contribution to (by means of any
       transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property
       or services for the account or use of others), or any purchase or
       acquisition of Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other similar
       instruments issued by, such Person and shall include the designation of a
       Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary. For purposes of the
       definition of "Unrestricted Subsidiary" and the "Limitation on Restricted
       Payments" covenant described above, (i) "Investment" shall include the
       fair market value of the assets (net of liabilities) of any Restricted
       Subsidiary of the Guarantor at

                                     -102-
<PAGE>
 
       the time that such Restricted Subsidiary of the Guarantor is designated
       an Unrestricted Subsidiary and shall exclude the fair market value of the
       assets (net of liabilities) of any Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time
       that such Unrestricted Subsidiary is designated a Restricted Subsidiary
       of the Guarantor and (ii) any property transferred to or from an
       Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the
       time of such transfer, in each case as determined by the Board of
       Directors in good faith.

          "Lien" means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance,
       lien or charge of any kind (including, without limitation, any
       conditional sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the
       nature thereof, any sale with recourse against the seller or any
       Affiliate of the seller, or any agreement to give any security interest).

          "MTN" means Maritime Telecommunications Network, Inc., a Colorado
       corporation, and its successors.

          "Net Cash Proceeds" means, (a) with respect to any Asset Sale, the
       proceeds of such Asset Sale in the form of cash or cash equivalents,
       including payments in respect of deferred payment obligations (to the
       extent corresponding to the principal, but not interest, component
       thereof) when received in the form of cash or cash equivalents (except to
       the extent such obligations are financed or sold with recourse to the
       Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Guarantor) and proceeds
       from the conversion of other property received when converted to cash or
       cash equivalents, net of (i) brokerage commissions and other fees and
       expenses (including fees and expenses of counsel and investment bankers)
       related to such Asset Sale, (ii) provisions for all taxes (whether or not
       such taxes will actually be paid or are payable) as a result of such
       Asset Sale without regard to the consolidated results of operations of
       the Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (iii)
       payments made to repay Indebtedness or any other obligation outstanding
       at the time of such Asset Sale that either (A) is secured by a Lien on
       the property or assets sold or (B) is required to be paid as a result of
       such sale and (iv) appropriate amounts to be provided by the Guarantor or
       any Restricted Subsidiary of the Guarantor as a reserve against any
       liabilities associated with such Asset Sale, including, without
       limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities,
       liabilities related to environmental matters and liabilities under any
       indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale, all as
       determined in conformity with GAAP and (b) with respect to any issuance
       or sale of Capital Stock, the proceeds of such issuance or sale in the
       form of cash or cash equivalents, including payments in respect of
       deferred payment obligations (to the extent corresponding to the
       principal, but not interest, component thereof) when received in the form
       of cash or cash equivalents (except to the extent such obligations are
       financed or sold with recourse to the Guarantor or any Restricted
       Subsidiary of the Guarantor) and proceeds from the conversion of other
       property received when converted to cash or cash equivalents, net of
       attorney's fees, accountants' fees, underwriters' or placement agents'
       fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees
       incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid
       or payable as a result thereof.

          "Offer to Purchase" means an offer to purchase Exchange Debentures by
       ICG from the Holders commenced by mailing a notice to the Trustee and
       each Holder stating: (i) the covenant pursuant to which the offer is
       being made and that all Exchange Debentures validly tendered will be
       accepted for payment on a pro rata basis; (ii) the purchase price and the
       date of purchase (which shall be a Business Day no earlier than 30 days
       nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed) (the "Payment
       Date"); (iii) that any Exchange Debenture not tendered will continue to
       accrue interest pursuant to its terms; (iv) that, unless ICG defaults in
       the payment of the purchase price, any Exchange Debenture accepted for
       payment pursuant to the Offer to Purchase shall cease to accrue interest
       on and after the Payment Date; (v) that Holders electing to have an
       Exchange Debenture purchased pursuant to the Offer to Purchase will be
       required to surrender the Exchange Debenture, together with the form
       entitled "Option of the Holder to Elect Purchase" on the reverse side of
       the Exchange Debenture completed, to the Paying Agent at the address
       specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the Business
       Day immediately preceding the Payment Date; (vi) that Holders will be
       entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not
       later than the close of business on the third Business Day immediately
       preceding the Payment Date, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter
       setting forth the name of such Holder, the principal amount of Exchange
       Debentures delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is
       withdrawing his election to have such Exchange Debentures purchased; and
       (vii) that Holders whose Exchange Debentures are being purchased only in
       part will be issued new Exchange Debentures equal in principal amount to
       the unpurchased portion of the Exchange Debentures surrendered; provided
       that each Exchange Debenture purchased and each new Exchange Debenture
       issued shall be in a principal amount of $1,000 or integral multiples
       thereof. On the Payment Date, ICG shall (i) accept for payment on a pro

                                     -103-
<PAGE>
 
       rata basis Exchange Debentures or portions thereof tendered pursuant to
       an Offer to Purchase; (ii) deposit with the Paying Agent money sufficient
       to pay the purchase price of all Exchange Debentures or portions thereof,
       so accepted; and (iii) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee
       or Transfer Agent, as the case may be, all Exchange Debentures or
       portions thereof, so accepted together with an Officers' Certificate
       specifying the Exchange Debentures or portions thereof accepted for
       payment by ICG. The Paying Agent shall promptly mail to the Holders of
       Exchange Debentures so accepted, payment in an amount equal to the
       purchase price, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail to
       such Holders a new Exchange Debenture equal in principal amount to any
       unpurchased portion of the Exchange Debenture surrendered; provided that
       each Exchange Debenture purchased and each new Exchange Debenture issued
       shall be in a principal amount of $1,000 or integral multiples thereof.
       ICG will publicly announce the results of an Offer to Purchase as soon as
       practicable after the Payment Date. The Trustee shall act as the Paying
       Agent for an Offer to Purchase. ICG will comply with Rule 14e-1 under the
       Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to
       the extent such laws and regulations are applicable, in the event that
       ICG is required to repurchase Exchange Debentures pursuant to an Offer to
       Purchase.

          "Ohio LINX" means ICG Ohio LINX, Inc., an Ohio corporation.

          "Permitted Investment" means (i) an Investment in a Restricted
       Subsidiary or a Person which will, upon the making of such Investment,
       become a Restricted Subsidiary or be merged or consolidated with or into
       or transfer or convey all or substantially all its assets to, the
       Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such person's primary
       business is related, ancillary or complementary to the businesses of the
       Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of such Investment;
       (ii) a Temporary Cash Investment; (iii) payroll, travel and similar
       advances to cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances
       ultimately to be treated as expenses in accordance with GAAP; (iv) loans
       or advances to employees made in the ordinary course of business in
       accordance with past practice of the Guarantor or its Restricted
       Subsidiaries and that do not in the aggregate exceed $2 million at any
       time outstanding; and (v) stock, obligations or securities received in
       satisfaction of judgments.

          "Permitted Liens" means (i) Liens for taxes, assessments, governmental
       charges or claims that are being contested in good faith by appropriate
       legal proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted and for
       which a reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be
       required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made; (ii) statutory
       Liens of landlords and carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, suppliers,
       materialmen, repairmen or other similar Liens arising in the ordinary
       course of business and with respect to amounts not yet delinquent or
       being contested in good faith by appropriate legal proceedings promptly
       instituted and diligently conducted and for which a reserve or other
       appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required in conformity with
       GAAP shall have been made; (iii) Liens incurred or deposits made in the
       ordinary course of business in connection with workers' compensation,
       unemployment insurance and other types of social security; (iv) Liens
       incurred or deposits made to secure the performance of tenders, bids,
       leases, statutory or regulatory obligations, bankers' acceptances, surety
       and appeal bonds, government contracts, performance and return-of-money
       bonds and other obligations of a similar nature incurred in the ordinary
       course of business (exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed
       money); (v) easements, rights of way, municipal and zoning ordinances and
       similar charges, encumbrances, title defects or other irregularities that
       do not materially interfere with the ordinary course of business of the
       Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; (vi) Liens (including
       extensions and renewals thereof) upon real or personal property acquired
       after the Closing Date; provided that (a) such Lien is created solely for
       the purpose of securing Indebtedness Incurred, in accordance with the
       "Limitation on Indebtedness" covenant described above, (1) to finance the
       cost (including the cost of improvement or construction) of the item of
       property or assets subject thereto and such Lien is created prior to, at
       the time of or within six months after the later of the acquisition, the
       completion of construction or the commencement of full operation of such
       property or (2) to refinance any Indebtedness previously so secured, (b)
       the principal amount of the Indebtedness secured by such Lien does not
       exceed 100% of such cost and (c) any such Lien shall not extend to or
       cover any property or assets other than such item of property or assets
       and any improvements on such item; (vii) leases or subleases granted to
       others that do not materially interfere with the ordinary course of
       business of the Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a
       whole; (viii) Liens encumbering property or assets under construction
       arising from progress or partial payments by a customer of the Guarantor
       or its Restricted Subsidiaries relating to such property or assets; (ix)
       any interest or title of a lessor in the property subject to any
       Capitalized Lease or operating lease; (x) Liens arising from filing
       Uniform Commercial Code financing statements regarding leases; (xi) Liens
       on property of, or on shares of stock

                                     -104-
<PAGE>
 
       or Indebtedness of, any corporation existing at the time such corporation
       becomes, or becomes a part of, any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that
       such Liens do not extend to or cover any property or assets of the
       Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary other than the property or assets
       acquired; (xii) Liens in favor of the Guarantor or any Restricted
       Subsidiary; (xiii) Liens arising from the rendering of a final judgment
       or order against the Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary of the
       Guarantor that does not give rise to an Event of Default; (xiv) Liens
       securing reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit that
       encumber documents and other property relating to such letters of credit
       and the products and proceeds thereof; (xv) Liens in favor of customs and
       revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of
       customs duties in connection with the importation of goods; (xvi) Liens
       encumbering customary initial deposits and margin deposits, and other
       Liens that are either within the general parameters customary in the
       industry and incurred in the ordinary course of business, in each case,
       securing Indebtedness under Interest Rate Agreements and Currency
       Agreements and forward contracts, options, future contracts, futures
       options or similar agreements or arrangements designed to protect the
       Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from fluctuations in the
       price of commodities; (xvii) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title
       retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods
       entered into by the Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in
       the ordinary course of business in accordance with the past practices of
       the Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries prior to the Closing Date;
       and (xviii) Liens on or sales of receivables.

          "Preferred stock" or "preferred stock" means, with respect to any
       Person, any and all shares, interests, participations or other
       equivalents (however designated, whether voting or non-voting) of such
       Person's preferred or preference stock, whether now outstanding or issued
       after the date of the Exchange Debenture Indenture, including, without
       limitation, all series and classes of such preferred or preference stock.

          "Public Equity Offering" means a bona fide underwritten primary public
       offering of Common Stock of ICG or IntelCom pursuant to an effective
       registration statement under the Securities Act.

          "Redeemable Stock" means any class or series of Capital Stock of any
       Person that by its terms or otherwise is (i) required to be redeemed
       prior to the Stated Maturity of the Exchange Debentures, (ii) redeemable
       at the option of the holder of such class or series of Capital Stock at
       any time prior to the Stated Maturity of the Exchange Debentures, or
       (iii) convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock referred to in
       clause (i) or (ii) above or Indebtedness having a scheduled maturity
       prior to the Stated Maturity of the Exchange Debentures; provided that
       any Capital Stock that would not constitute Redeemable Stock but for
       provisions thereof giving holders thereof the right to require such
       Person to repurchase or redeem such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of
       an "asset sale" or "change of control" occurring prior to the Stated
       Maturity of the Exchange Debentures shall not constitute Redeemable Stock
       if the "asset sale" or "change of control" provisions applicable to such
       Capital Stock are no more favorable to the holders of such Capital Stock
       than the provisions contained in "Limitation on Asset Sales" and
       "Repurchase of Exchange Debentures upon a Change of Control" covenants
       described above and such Capital Stock specifically provides that such
       Person will not repurchase or redeem any such stock pursuant to such
       provision prior to the Guarantor's or ICG's repurchase of such Exchange
       Debentures, as are required to be repurchased pursuant to the "Limitation
       on Asset Sales" and "Repurchase of Exchange Debentures upon a Change of
       Control" covenants described above.

          "Restricted Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of the Guarantor other
       than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

          "New Notes" means the New Notes Due 2006 of ICG, guaranteed by
       IntelCom on a senior unsecured basis and issued on the Closing Date.

          "Significant Subsidiary" means, at any date of determination, any
       Restricted Subsidiary of the Guarantor that, together with its
       Subsidiaries, (i) for the most recent fiscal year of the Guarantor,
       accounted for more than 10% of the consolidated revenues of the Guarantor
       and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (ii) as of the end of such fiscal
       year, was the owner of more than 10% of the consolidated assets of the
       Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries, all as set forth on the most
       recently available consolidated financial statements of the Guarantor for
       such fiscal year.

          "StarCom" means StarCom International Optics Corporation, a British
       Columbia corporation, and its subsidiaries.

                                     -105-
<PAGE>
 
          "Stated Maturity" means, (i) with respect to any debt security, the
       date specified in such debt security as the fixed date on which the final
       installment of principal of such debt security is due and payable and
       (ii) with respect to any scheduled installment of principal of or
       interest on any debt security, the date specified in such debt security
       as the fixed date on which such installment is due and payable.

          "Strategic Investor" means any Person engaged in the
       telecommunications business which has a net worth or equity market
       capitalization of at least $1 billion.

          "Strategic Investor Subordinated Indebtedness" means all Indebtedness
       of ICG owed to a Strategic Investor that is contractually subordinate in
       right of payment to the Exchange Debentures to at least the following
       extent: no payment of principal (or premium, if any) or interest on or
       otherwise payable in respect of such Indebtedness may be made (whether as
       a result of a default or otherwise) prior to the payment in full of all
       of the Guarantor's and ICG's obligations under the Exchange Debentures;
       provided, however, that prior to the payment of such obligations,
       interest on Strategic Investor Subordinated Indebtedness may be payable
       solely in kind or in Common Stock (other than Redeemable Stock) of the
       Guarantor.

          "Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person, any corporation,
       association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the
       outstanding Voting Stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person
       and one or more other Subsidiaries of such Person.

          "Temporary Cash Investment" means any of the following: (i) direct
       obligations of the United States of America or any agency thereof or
       obligations fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the United States of
       America or any agency thereof, (ii) time deposit accounts, certificates
       of deposit and money market deposits maturing within 270 days of the date
       of acquisition thereof, bankers' acceptances with maturities not
       exceeding 270 days, and overnight bank deposits, in each case issued by
       or with a bank or trust company which is organized under the laws of the
       United States of America, any state thereof or any foreign country
       recognized by the United States, and which bank or trust company has
       capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating in excess of $100
       million (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof) and has outstanding
       debt which is rated "A" (or such similar equivalent rating) or higher by
       at least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization (as
       defined in Rule 436 under the Securities Act) or any money-market fund
       sponsored by a registered broker dealer or mutual fund distributor, (iii)
       repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 30 days for
       underlying securities of the types described in clause (i) above entered
       into with a bank meeting the qualifications described in clause (ii)
       above, (iv) commercial paper, maturing not more than 180 days after the
       date of acquisition, issued by a corporation (other than an Affiliate of
       the Guarantor) organized and in existence under the laws of the United
       States of America, any state thereof or any foreign country recognized by
       the United States of America with a rating at the time as of which any
       investment therein is made of "P-1" (or higher) according to Moody's
       Investors Service, Inc. or "A-1" (or higher) according to Standard &
       Poor's Ratings Group, and (v) securities with maturities of six months or
       less from the date of acquisition issued or fully and unconditionally
       guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States
       of America, or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof,
       and rated at least "A" by Standard & Poor's Ratings Group or Moody's
       Investors Service, Inc.

          "13 1/2% Notes" means the 13 1/2% Notes Due 2005 of ICG guaranteed by
       IntelCom on a senior unsecured basis.

          "Transaction Date" means, with respect to the Incurrence of any
       Indebtedness by the Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, the
       date such Indebtedness is to be Incurred and, with respect to any
       Restricted Payment, the date such Restricted Payment is to be made.

          "Unrestricted Subsidiary" means (i) any Subsidiary of the Guarantor
       that at the time of determination shall be designated an Unrestricted
       Subsidiary by the Board of Directors in the manner provided below and
       (ii) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.  The Board of
       Directors may designate any Restricted Subsidiary of the Guarantor
       (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary of the
       Guarantor), other than ICG or a Subsidiary that has given a Subsidiary
       Guarantee, to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary owns
       any Capital Stock of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of, the
       Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary;

                                     -106-
<PAGE>
 
       provided that either (A) the Subsidiary to be so designated has total
       assets of $1,000 or less or (B) if such Subsidiary has assets greater
       than $1,000, that such designation would be permitted under the
       "Limitation on Restricted Payments" covenant described above. The Board
       of Directors may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted
       Subsidiary of the Guarantor; provided that immediately after giving
       effect to such designation (x) the Guarantor could Incur $1.00 of
       additional Indebtedness under the first paragraph of the "Limitation on
       Indebtedness" covenant described above and (y) no Default or Event of
       Default shall have occurred and be continuing. Any such designation by
       the Board of Directors shall be evidenced to the Trustee by promptly
       filing with the Trustee a copy of the Board Resolution giving effect to
       such designation and an Officers' Certificate certifying that such
       designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

          "Voting Stock" means, with respect to any Person, Capital Stock of any
       class or kind ordinarily having the power to vote for the election of
       directors, managers or other voting members of the governing body of such
       Person.

          "Wholly Owned" means, with respect to any Subsidiary of any Person,
       such Subsidiary if all of the outstanding Capital Stock in such
       Subsidiary (other than any director's qualifying shares or Investments by
       foreign nationals mandated by applicable law) is owned by such Person or
       one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

          "Zycom" means Zycom Corporation, an Alberta, Canada corporation.

                                     -107-
<PAGE>
 
    
            CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

           Reid & Priest LLP, counsel to the Company, has advised the Company
       that the following summary  expresses their opinion as to the material
       anticipated federal income tax consequences of the purchase, ownership
       and disposition of the New Notes, the New Preferred Stock and the
       Exchange Debentures.  Except where noted, it deals only with New Notes,
       New Preferred Stock and Exchange Debentures held as capital assets by
       United States Holders and does not deal with special situations, such as
       those of dealers in securities or currencies, financial institutions,
       life insurance companies, persons holding New Notes, New Preferred Stock
       or Exchange Debentures as a part of a hedging or conversion transaction
       or a straddle or United States Holders whose "functional currency" is not
       the U.S. dollar.  It does not describe any federal income tax
       consequences of the purchase, ownership or disposition of the New
       Preferred Stock or the Exchange Debentures by Non-United States Holders,
       as defined below, because the Old Preferred Stock and Exchange Debentures
       were not sold in the Private Offering to persons other than United States
       Holders.  Furthermore, the discussion below is based upon the provisions
       of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), and
       regulations, including final Treasury regulations addressing debt
       instruments issued with original issue discount (the "OID Regulations"),
       rulings and judicial decisions thereunder as of the date hereof, and such
       authorities may be repealed, revoked or modified so as to result in
       federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below.
       ALL PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS ARE ADVISED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS
       REGARDING THE FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE
       PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF THE NEW NOTES, THE NEW PREFERRED
       STOCK OR THE EXCHANGE DEBENTURES.     

       EXCHANGE OF NEW PREFERRED STOCK OR NEW NOTES

          An exchange of the New Preferred Stock for the Old Preferred Stock, or
       the New Notes for the Old Notes should not constitute a taxable event for
       federal income tax purposes because the New Preferred Stock should not be
       considered to differ materially in kind or extent from the Old Preferred
       Stock and the New Notes should not be considered to differ materially in
       kind or extent from the Old Notes.  Rather, the New Preferred Stock
       received by a holder should be treated as a continuation of the Old
       Preferred Stock in the hands of such holder and the New Notes should be
       treated as a continuation of the Old Notes in the hands of such holder.
       As a result, holders who exchange their Old Preferred Stock for New
       Preferred Stock or their Old Notes for New Notes should not recognize any
       income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes with respect to such
       exchange.  The following discussion assumes that an exchange of New
       Preferred Stock for Old Preferred Stock or an exchange of New Notes for
       Old Notes will not be treated as an exchange for federal income tax
       purposes.

       TAX CONSEQUENCES TO UNITED STATES HOLDERS

          As used herein, a "United States Holder" means a beneficial owner that
       is a citizen or resident of the United States, a corporation, partnership
       or other entity created or organized in or under the laws of the United
       States or any political subdivision thereof, or an estate or trust the
       income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation
       regardless of its source.  An individual may, subject to certain
       exceptions, be deemed to be a resident (as opposed to a non-resident
       alien) of the United States by virtue of being present in the United
       States on at least 31 days in the calendar year and for an aggregate of
       at least 183 days during a three-year period ending in the current
       calendar year (counting for such purposes all of the days present in the
       current year, one-third of the days present in the immediately preceding
       year, and one-sixth of the days present in the second preceding year).  A
       "Non-United States Holder" is a holder that is not a United States
       Holder.

       DIVIDENDS ON THE NEW PREFERRED STOCK

          Distributions of cash or of additional New Preferred Stock on the New
       Preferred Stock will be treated as dividends to United States Holders to
       the extent of the Company's current and accumulated earnings and profits
       as determined under federal income tax principles.  The amount of the
       Company's earnings and profits at any time will depend upon the future
       actions and financial performance of the Company.  The amount of a
       distribution of additional New Preferred Stock will equal the fair market
       value New Preferred Stock distributed on the date of the distribution.
       The Company believes that it does not presently have any current or
       accumulated earnings and profits.

                                     -108-
<PAGE>
 
       Consequently, unless the Company generates earnings and profits in the
       future, distributions with respect to the New Preferred Stock may not
       qualify as dividends for federal income tax purposes.  To the extent that
       the amount of a distribution on the New Preferred Stock exceeds the
       Company's current and accumulated earnings and profits, such
       distributions will be treated as a nontaxable return of capital and will
       be applied against and reduce the adjusted tax basis of the New Preferred
       Stock in the hands of each United States Holder (but not below zero),
       thus increasing the amount of any gain (or reducing the amount of any
       loss) which would otherwise be realized by such United States Holder upon
       the sale or other taxable disposition of such New Preferred Stock.  The
       amount of any such distribution which exceeds the adjusted tax basis of
       the New Preferred Stock in the hands of the United States Holder will be
       treated as capital gain and will be either long-term or short-term
       capital gain depending on the United States Holder's holding period for
       the New Preferred Stock.

          Under Section 243 of the Code, corporate United States Holders
       generally will be able to deduct 70% of the amount of any distribution
       qualifying as a dividend.  There are, however, many exceptions and
       restrictions relating to the availability of such dividends-received
       deduction.  Section 246A of the Code reduces the dividends-received
       deduction allowed to a corporate United States Holder that has incurred
       indebtedness "directly attributable" to its investment in portfolio
       stock.  Section 246(c) of the Code requires that, in order to be eligible
       for the dividends-received deduction, a corporate United States Holder
       must generally hold the shares of New Preferred Stock for a 46-day
       minimum holding period or a 91-day period in certain circumstances.  A
       taxpayer's holding period for these purposes is suspended during any
       period in which a United States Holder has certain options or contractual
       obligations with respect to substantially identical stock or holds one or
       more other positions with respect to substantially identical stock that
       diminishes the risk of loss from holding the New Preferred Stock.  A
       recent legislative proposal would (i) reduce the dividends-received
       deduction from 70% to 50%, and (ii) modify the manner in which the 46- or
       91-day minimum holding period is determined.  It is unclear whether and
       in what form such proposal will be enacted.

          Under Section 1059 of the Code a corporate United States Holder is
       required to reduce its tax basis (but not below zero) in the New
       Preferred Stock by the nontaxed portion of any "extraordinary dividend"
       if such stock has not been held for more than two years before the
       earliest of the date such dividend is declared, announced or agreed to.
       Generally, the nontaxed portion of an extraordinary dividend is the
       amount excluded from income by operation of the dividends-received
       deduction provisions of Section 243 of the Code.  An extraordinary
       dividend on the New Preferred Stock generally would be a dividend that
       (i) equals or exceeds 5% of the corporate United States Holder's adjusted
       tax basis in the New Preferred Stock, treating all dividends having ex-
       dividend dates within an 85-day period as one dividend or (ii) exceeds
       20% of the corporate United States Holder's adjusted tax basis in such
       stock, treating all dividends having ex-dividend dates within a 365-day
       period as one dividend.  In determining whether a dividend paid on the
       New Preferred Stock is an extraordinary dividend, a corporate United
       States Holder may elect to substitute the fair market value of the New
       Preferred Stock for such United States Holder's tax basis for purposes of
       applying these tests, provided such fair market value is established to
       the satisfaction of the Secretary of Treasury (the "Secretary") as of the
       day before the ex-dividend date.  An extraordinary dividend also
       currently includes any amount treated as a dividend in the case of a
       redemption that is either non-pro rata as to all stockholders or in
       partial liquidation of the Company, regardless of the stockholder's
       holding period and regardless of the size of the dividend, including a
       redemption pursuant to ICG's right to redeem the New Preferred Stock for
       cash or exchange the New Preferred Stock for Exchange Debentures.  If any
       part of the nontaxed portion of an extraordinary dividend is not applied
       to reduce the corporate United States Holder's tax basis as a result of
       the limitation on reducing such basis below zero, such part will be
       treated as gain upon sale or exchange of the New Preferred Stock.
       However, recently introduced legislation would require gain on the
       nontaxed portion of an extraordinary dividend to be recognized at the
       time when the extraordinary dividend is paid rather than at the time of
       the sale or exchange of the New Preferred Stock.  It is unclear whether
       and in what form such legislation will be enacted.  Special rules exist
       with respect to extraordinary dividends for "qualified preferred
       dividends." A qualified preferred dividend is any fixed dividend payable
       with respect to any share of stock which (i) provides for fixed preferred
       dividends payable not less frequently than annually and (ii) is not in
       arrears as to dividends at the time the United States Holder acquires
       such stock.  A qualified preferred dividend does not include any dividend
       payable with respect to any share of stock if the actual rate of return
       of such stock exceeds 15%.  Section 1059 does not apply to qualified
       preferred dividends if the corporate United States Holder holds such
       stock for more than five years.  If the United States Holder disposes of
       such stock before it has been held for more than five years, the

                                     -109-
<PAGE>
 
       amount subject to extraordinary dividend treatment with respect to
       qualified preferred dividends is limited to the excess of the actual rate
       of return over the stated rate of return.  Actual or stated rates of
       return are the actual or stated dividends expressed as a percentage of
       the lesser of (1) the United States Holder's tax basis in such stock or
       (2) the liquidation preference of such stock.  CORPORATE UNITED STATES
       HOLDERS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE
       POSSIBLE APPLICATION OF SECTION 1059 TO THEIR OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION
       OF THE NEW PREFERRED STOCK.

          A corporate United States Holder's liability for alternative minimum
       tax may be affected by the portion of the dividends received which such
       corporate United States Holder deducts in computing taxable income.  This
       results from the fact that corporate stockholders are required to
       increase alternative minimum taxable income by 75% of the excess of
       current earnings and profits (with certain adjustments) over alternative
       minimum taxable income (determined without regard to earnings and profit
       adjustments or the alternative tax net operating loss deduction).

       REDEMPTION PREMIUM

          Under Section 305(c) of the Code and the applicable Treasury
       regulations thereunder, if the redemption price of New Preferred Stock
       exceeds its issue price, the difference ("redemption premium") may be
       taxable as a constructive distribution of additional New Preferred Stock
       to the United States Holder (treated as a dividend to the extent of the
       Company's current and accumulated earnings and profits and otherwise
       subject to the treatment described above for distributions) over a
       certain period.  Because the New Preferred Stock provides for an optional
       right of redemption by the Company at a price in excess of the issue
       price, United States Holders could be required to recognize such
       redemption premium under a constant interest rate method similar to that
       described below for accruing OID (see "--Original Issue Discount") if,
       based on all of the facts and circumstances, the optional redemption is
       more likely than not to occur.  If stock may be redeemed at more than one
       time, the time and price at which such redemption is most likely to occur
       must be determined based on all of the facts and circumstances.
       Applicable Treasury regulations provide a "safe harbor" under which a
       right to redeem will not be treated as more likely than not to occur if
       (i) the issuer and the United States Holder are not related within the
       meaning of the Treasury regulations; (ii) there are no plans,
       arrangements or agreements that effectively require or are intended to
       compel the issuer to redeem the stock (disregarding, for this purpose, a
       separate mandatory redemption) and (iii) exercise of the right to redeem
       would not reduce the yield of the stock, as determined under the Treasury
       regulations.  Further, the Treasury regulations provide that such
       redemption premium is not taxable as a constructive distribution if it is
       solely in the nature of a penalty for premature redemption.  A redemption
       premium is solely in the nature of a penalty for premature redemption if
       it is paid as a result of changes in economic or market conditions over
       which neither the issuer nor the holder have control.  Regardless of
       whether the optional redemption is more likely than not to occur or
       whether the redemption premium is solely in the nature of a penalty for
       premature redemption, constructive dividend treatment will not result if
       the redemption premium does not exceed a de minimis amount.  Based on the
       Treasury regulations, the Company intends to take the position that the
       existence of the Company's optional redemption right does not result in a
       constructive distribution to the United States Holders.

       REDEMPTION AND EXCHANGE FOR EXCHANGE DEBENTURES

          A redemption of shares of the New Preferred Stock for cash or an
       exchange of the New Preferred Stock for Exchange Debentures will be a
       taxable transaction on which a United States Holder will generally
       recognize capital gain or loss (except to the extent of amounts received
       on the exchange that are attributable to declared dividends, which will
       be treated in the same manner as distributions described above) provided
       that the redemption (i) results in complete termination of the holder's
       stock interest in ICG or (ii) results in a "meaningful reduction" in a
       United States Holder's stock interest in the Company.  Whether a
       redemption will result in a meaningful reduction depends on the
       particular holder's facts and circumstances.  In determining whether a
       United States Holder's interest in ICG has been reduced or terminated,
       the holder is deemed, under the constructive ownership rules of Section
       302(c) of the Code, to own any shares of ICG stock that are owned, or
       deemed owned, by certain related persons and entities and any shares that
       such holder, or related person or entity, has the right to acquire by
       exercise of an option.  If the redemption of the New Preferred Stock does
       not result in a complete termination or meaningful reduction, as
       described above, the transaction would be treated as a distribution of
       cash or Exchange Debentures, as the case may be.  Such distribution will
       be treated in the same manner as distributions described above.  However,
       corporate

                                     -110-
<PAGE>
 
       holders should be aware that to the extent such distribution is treated
       as a dividend it would be an extraordinary dividend under Section 1059 of
       the Code.  If the redemption of the New Preferred Stock does result in a
       complete termination or meaningful reduction, the gain or loss recognized
       on such exchange will generally be equal to the difference between the
       amount realized by the United States Holder of the New Preferred Stock
       and such United States Holder's adjusted tax basis in the New Preferred
       Stock surrendered in the redemption.

          In the case of a redemption for cash, the amount realized will be the
       cash received on the redemption.  In the case of an exchange of New
       Preferred Stock for Exchange Debentures, the amount realized on receipt
       of the Exchange Debenture would be equal to the "issue price" of the
       Exchange Debenture.  Thus, the amount realized on the exchange will be
       equal to the issue price of the Exchange Debentures plus any cash
       received on the exchange (other than cash received with respect to
       declared dividends).  The issue price of an Exchange Debenture would be
       equal to its fair market value if as of the exchange date the Exchange
       Debentures or the New Preferred Stock are traded on an established
       securities market on or at any time during the 60-day period ending 30
       days after the exchange date.  If neither the New Preferred Stock nor the
       Exchange Debentures are so traded, the issue price of the Exchange
       Debentures would be the stated principal amount of the Exchange
       Debentures provided that the yield on the Exchange Debentures is equal to
       or greater than the "applicable federal rate" in effect at the time the
       Exchange Debenture is issued.  If the yield on the Exchange Debentures is
       less than such applicable federal rate, its issue price under Section
       1274 of the Code would be equal to the present value as of the issue date
       of all payments to be made on the Exchange Debentures, discounted at the
       applicable federal rate.  It cannot be determined at the present time
       whether the New Preferred Stock or the Exchange Debentures will be, at
       the relevant time, traded on an established securities market within the
       meaning of the Proposed Regulations.

          Depending upon a United States Holder's particular circumstances, the
       tax consequences of holding Exchange Debentures may be less advantageous
       than the tax consequences of holding New Preferred Stock because, for
       example, payments of interest on the Exchange Debentures will not be
       eligible for any dividends-received deduction that may be available to
       corporate United States Holders and because, as discussed below, the
       Exchange Debentures will be issued with OID.

       PAYMENTS OF INTEREST ON THE NEW NOTES AND EXCHANGE DEBENTURES

          The stated interest on a New Note and, if issued with OID, an Exchange
       Debenture will not be treated as interest for federal income tax
       purposes, but instead will be subject to the OID rules described below.
       If the Exchange Debentures are not issued with OID, then interest on an
       Exchange Debenture generally will be includible in a United States
       Holder's income as ordinary income under the Holder's method of
       accounting.

          In the event IntelCom makes payments to a United States Holder
       pursuant to the Note Guarantee or the Debenture Guarantee, such Holder
       will be required to include in income, as ordinary income, not only
       amounts received but also any additional amounts payable for Canadian
       withholding taxes.

       ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT

          The New Notes were, and the Exchange Debentures, if issued in exchange
       for New Preferred Stock, may be, issued with OID, as further discussed
       below.  United States Holders of New Notes or Exchange Debentures issued
       with OID will be subject to special tax accounting rules, as described in
       greater detail below.  Holders of such New Notes or Exchange Debentures
       should be aware that they generally must include OID in gross income for
       federal income tax purposes on an annual basis under a constant yield
       accrual method.  As a result, Holders will include OID in income in
       advance of the receipt of cash attributable to that income.  However,
       United States Holders of New Notes or Exchange Debentures issued with OID
       generally will not be required to include separately in income cash
       payments received on such Notes or Debentures, even if denominated as
       interest, to the extent such payments do not constitute qualified stated
       interest (as defined below).  The New Notes and Exchange Debentures
       issued with OID will be referred to as "Original Issue Discount
       Debentures." The Company will report to United States Holders of New
       Notes on a timely basis the reportable amount of OID and interest income
       based on its understanding of applicable law and, if any Exchange
       Debentures are issued with OID, the Company will report such amounts to

                                     -111-
<PAGE>
 
       United States Holders of such Debentures.  STOCKHOLDERS ARE URGED TO
       CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS AS TO THE CONSEQUENCES OF OWNING EXCHANGE
       DEBENTURES.

          The amount of OID, if any, on a debt instrument is the excess of its
       "stated redemption price at maturity" over its "issue price," subject to
       a statutorily defined de minimis exception.  The "issue price" of a debt
       instrument issued for cash is equal to the first price (excluding sales
       to bond houses and brokers) at which price a substantial amount of such
       debt instruments was sold.  The "stated redemption price at maturity" of
       a debt instrument is the sum of its principal amount plus all other
       payments required thereunder, other than payments of "qualified stated
       interest" (defined generally as stated interest that is unconditionally
       payable in cash or in property (other than the debt instruments of the
       issuer), at least annually at a single fixed rate that appropriately
       takes into account the length of intervals between payments).

          Because interest on the New Notes is not payable until November 1,
       2001, the stated interest on the New Notes will not be treated as
       qualified stated interest.  In addition, the New Notes were issued at a
       price that was less than the stated principal amount.  As a result, the
       New Notes will be treated as having been issued with OID equal to the
       excess of their stated redemption price at maturity (which will be equal
       to the sum of the principal amount plus all payments of stated interest)
       over the issue price of the Old Notes (which will be equal to the initial
       price at which a substantial amount of Old Notes were sold (excluding
       sales to bond houses and brokers)).

           In the event that an exchange offer is not consummated or shelf
            ==                                                             
       registration is not declared effective prior to the date that is six
       months after the Closing Date then, as liquidated damages, additional
       interest payable in cash ("Additional Interest") shall become payable
       with respect to the New Notes.  Treasury regulations provide that in the
       case of a debt instrument such as a New Note that provides for an
       alternative payment schedule applicable upon the occurrence of one or
       more contingencies, the yield and maturity of such debt instrument for
       purposes of calculating the amount of OID are determined by assuming that
       the payments will be made according to the stated payment schedule of the
       debt instrument unless, based on all the facts and circumstances as of
       the closing date, it is more likely than not that payments will not be
       made in accordance with the stated payment schedule of the debt
       instrument.  ICG has determined that it is more likely than not that
       Additional Interest will not be required to be paid.  As a result, ICG
       will calculate OID with respect to the New Notes by assuming that no
       Additional Interest will be paid.  This determination by ICG is generally
       binding on all holders of New Notes, unless a Holder explicitly discloses
       on a statement attached to such Holder's timely filed United States
       federal income tax return for the taxable year that includes the
       acquisition date of the Note that its determination of yield and maturity
       is different from that of ICG.  The yield to maturity of the New Notes
       is, rounded to two decimal places, 12.50%, based on the issue price and
       computed on the basis of semiannual compounding.  The above yield does
       not take into account any Additional Interest.  There can be no assurance
       that forthcoming regulations will not require that such amounts be
       included in computing the yield to maturity.  If Additional Interest does
       become payable, then solely for purposes of the accrual of OID, the yield
       and maturity of the New Notes will be redetermined by treating the New
       Notes as reissued on the date the exchange offer requirement is not met
       for an amount equal to its adjusted issue price on that date.

          Because ICG has the option through May 1, 2001 to pay interest on the
       Exchange Debentures by issuing additional Exchange Debentures, if any
       Exchange Debentures are issued on or prior to that date none of the
       stated interest on the Exchange Debentures would be treated as qualified
       stated interest unless under special rules for interest holidays the
       amount of OID is treated as de minimis.  Any Exchange Debentures so
       issued would be treated as having been issued with OID equal to the
       excess of their stated redemption price at maturity (which will be equal
       to the sum of the principal amount plus all payments of stated interest)
       over their issue price (which will be as described under the "--
       Redemption and Exchange for Exchange Debenture", above).  Any additional
       Exchange Debentures issued in lieu of cash would not be treated as debt
       instruments separate from the Exchange Debentures upon which they were
       issued, but instead are aggregated with such Exchange Debentures.

          The right to issue additional Exchange Debentures in lieu of paying
       cash interest through May 1, 2001 is treated for purposes of the original
       issue discount provisions of the Code as an option to defer the interest
       payments on the Exchange Debentures until maturity.  Treasury regulations
       provide that in the case of a debt instrument that provides the issuer
       with an unconditional option or options exercisable during the term of
       the debt instrument that,

                                     -112-
<PAGE>
 
       if exercised, require payments to be made on the debt instrument under an
       alternative payment schedule, the yield and maturity of such debt
       instrument for purposes of calculating OID are determined by assuming the
       issuer exercises or does not exercise the option in a manner that
       minimizes the yield on the debt instrument.

          If the issue price of the Exchange Debentures is equal to their
       principal amount, the yield to maturity of the Exchange Debentures if the
       option to pay interest with additional Exchange Debentures is exercised
       will be equal to the yield to maturity if the option is not exercised.
       Accordingly, for purposes of calculating OID, it would be assumed that
       ICG will not exercise the option because exercise of the option will not
       minimize the yield.  If the option was in fact subsequently exercised and
       additional Exchange Debentures were issued by ICG in lieu of cash, such
       additional Exchange Debentures would be aggregated with the Exchange
       Debentures upon which they were issued, and OID would be calculated for
       the remainder of the term of the Exchange Debentures based upon an
       adjusted issue price which includes the principal amount of the
       additional Exchange Debentures.  As a result of such exercise, United
       States Holders of Exchange Debentures would include OID in income in
       advance of the receipt of cash, regardless of such Holders' regular
       methods of accounting.

          If the issue price of the Exchange Debentures is less than their
       principal amount, the yield to maturity of the Exchange Debentures, if
       the option to pay interest with additional Exchange Debentures is
       exercised, will be less than the yield to maturity if the option is not
       exercised.  Accordingly, for purposes of calculating OID, it would be
       assumed that ICG will exercise the option because to do so will minimize
       the yield.  If ICG does in fact exercise its option and issues additional
       Exchange Debentures in lieu of cash, United States Holders of Exchange
       Debentures will include OID in income in advance of the receipt of cash,
       regardless of such Holders' regular methods of accounting.  If ICG
       subsequently makes a cash payment instead of exercising its option and
       issuing an additional Exchange Debenture, the cash payment made will be
       treated as a prepayment of the Exchange Debentures, partially retiring
       such Exchange Debentures on a pro rata basis on the date of such payment.
       Such retirement would be a taxable exchange to the Holder of the Exchange
       Debenture.

          If the Exchange Debentures are issued after May 1, 2001, ICG would not
       have the option to pay interest with additional Exchange Debentures.  In
       such event, (i) all interest payments on any Exchange Debenture issued
       will be qualified stated interest, (ii) the redemption price at maturity
       of any Exchange Debenture will be equal to its principal amount, and
       (iii) any Exchange Debenture will therefore be issued with OID only to
       the extent its principal amount exceeds its issue price (provided that
       such excess is not de minimis).

          The amount of OID includible in income by the initial United States
       Holder of an Original Issue Discount Debenture is the sum of the "daily
       portions" of OID with respect to the Original Issue Discount Debenture
       for each day during the taxable year or portion of the taxable year in
       which such United States Holder held such Debenture ("accrued OID").  The
       daily portion is determined by allocating to each day in any "accrual
       period" a pro rata portion of the OID allocable to that accrual period.
       The "accrual period" for an Original Issue Discount Debenture may be of
       any length and may vary in length over the term of the Original Issue
       Discount Debenture, provided that each accrual period is no longer than
       one year and each scheduled payment of principal or interest occurs on
       the first day or the final day of an accrual period.  The amount of OID
       allocable to any accrual period is an amount equal to the excess, if any,
       of (a) the product of the Original Issue Discount Debenture's adjusted
       issue price at the beginning of such accrual period and its yield to
       maturity (determined on the basis of compounding at the close of each
       accrual period and properly adjusted for the length of the accrual
       period) over (b) the sum of any qualified stated interest allocable to
       the accrual period.  OID allocable to a final accrual period is the
       difference between the amount payable at maturity (other than a payment
       of qualified stated interest) and the adjusted issue price at the
       beginning of the final accrual period.  The yield of a New Note is,
       rounded to two decimal places, 12.50%.  Special rules will apply for
       calculating OID for an initial short accrual period.  The "adjusted issue
       price" of an Original Issue Discount Debenture at the beginning of any
       accrual period is equal to its issue price increased by the accrued OID
       for each prior accrual period (determined without regard to the
       amortization of any acquisition or bond premium, as described below) and
       reduced by any payments made on such Debenture (other than qualified
       stated interest) on or before the first day of the accrual period.

          Both the New Notes and the Exchange Debentures may be redeemed prior
       to their Stated Maturity at the option of the Company.  For purposes of
       computing the yield of such instrument, ICG will be deemed to exercise

                                     -113-
<PAGE>
 
       or not exercise its option to redeem the Original Issue Discount
       Debentures in a manner that minimizes the yield on the Original Issue
       Discount Debentures.  It is not anticipated that ICG's ability to redeem
       prior to stated maturity would affect the yield of such instrument.

    
          In the event of a change of control, ICG will be required to offer to
       repurchase all of the New Notes and the Exchange Debentures.  The right
       of holders to require repurchase upon a Change of Control will not affect
       the yield or maturity date of  (i) the New Notes or  any Exchange
       Debentures issued before August 13, 1996 unless, based on all the facts
       and circumstances as of the issue date, it is more likely than not that
       such an event giving rise to the repurchase will occur or (ii) any
       Exchange Debentures issued on or after August 13, 1996, provided that,
       based on all the facts and circumstances as of the issue date,  the
       payment schedule on such Exchange Debentures that does not reflect a
       change of control is significantly more likely than not  to  occur.
       ICG does not intend to treat the change of control provisions of the New
       Notes or the Exchange Debentures as affecting the computation of the
       yield to maturity of any New Notes or Exchange Debentures.     

          United States Holders may elect to treat all interest on any New Note
       or Exchange Debenture as OID and calculate the amount includible in gross
       income under the constant yield method described above.  For the purposes
       of this election, interest includes stated interest, acquisition
       discount, OID, de minimis OID, market discount, de minimis market
       discount and unstated interest, as adjusted by any amortizable bond
       premium or acquisition premium.  The election is to be made for the
       taxable year in which the United States Holder acquired the New Note or
       Exchange Debenture, and may not be revoked without the consent of the
       Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS").  UNITED STATES HOLDERS SHOULD
       CONSULT WITH THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS ABOUT THIS ELECTION.

       MARKET DISCOUNT ON RESALE OF NEW NOTES OR EXCHANGE DEBENTURES

          If a United States Holder purchases an Exchange Debenture (other than
       an Original Issue Discount Debenture) for an amount less than its stated
       redemption price at maturity or, in the case of an Original Issue
       Discount Debenture, for an amount that is less than its adjusted issue
       price, the amount of the difference will be treated as "market discount"
       for federal income tax purposes, unless such difference is less than a
       specified de minimis amount.  However, with respect to a United States
       Holder who purchases a New Note at original issuance, such instrument
       will not be treated as issued with market discount unless it is purchased
       for less than its issue price and the difference between the purchase
       price and the issue price is greater than a specified de minimis amount.
       Under the market discount rules, a United States Holder will be required
       to treat any principal payment on a New Note or an Exchange Debenture, or
       any gain on the sale, exchange, retirement or other disposition of, a New
       Note or an Exchange Debenture as ordinary income to the extent of the
       market discount which has not previously been included in income and is
       treated as having accrued on such New Note or Exchange Debenture at the
       time of such payment or disposition.  In addition, the United States
       Holder may be required to defer, until the maturity of the New Note or
       the Exchange Debenture or its earlier disposition in a taxable
       transaction, the deduction of all or a portion of the interest expense on
       any indebtedness incurred or continued to purchase or carry such New Note
       or Exchange Debenture.

          Any market discount will be considered to accrue ratably during the
       period from the date of acquisition to the maturity date of the New Note
       or the Exchange Debenture, unless the United States Holder elects to
       accrue on a constant interest method.  A United States Holder of a New
       Note or the Exchange Debenture may elect to include market discount in
       income currently as it accrues (on either a ratable or constant interest
       method), in which case the rule described above regarding deferral of
       interest deductions will not apply.  This election to include market
       discount in income currently, once made, applies to all market discount
       obligations acquired on or after the first taxable year to which the
       election applies and may not be revoked without the consent of the IRS.

                                     -114-
<PAGE>
 
       ACQUISITION PREMIUM; AMORTIZABLE BOND PREMIUM

          A United States Holder that purchases a New Note or an Exchange
       Debenture for an amount that is greater than its adjusted issue price but
       equal to or less than the sum of all amounts payable on the New Note or
       Exchange Debenture after the purchase date, other than qualified stated
       interest, will be considered to have purchased such New Note or Exchange
       Debenture at an "acquisition premium." Under the acquisition premium
       rules, the amount of OID, if any, which such United States Holder must
       include in its gross income with respect to such New Note or Exchange
       Debenture for any taxable year will be reduced by the portion of such
       acquisition premium properly allocable to such year.

          If at the time the New Preferred Stock is exchanged for Exchange
       Debentures or at the time a subsequent United States Holder purchases
       Exchange Debentures, the United States Holder's tax basis in any such
       Exchange Debenture exceeds the sum of all amounts payable on the Exchange
       Debenture after the exchange date or purchase date, other than qualified
       stated interest, such excess may constitute "premium" and such United
       States Holder will not be required to include any OID in income.  A
       United States Holder generally may elect to amortize bond premium over
       the remaining term of the Exchange Debenture on a constant yield method.
       The amount amortized in any year will be treated as a reduction of the
       United States Holder's interest income from the Exchange Debenture.  Bond
       premium on an Exchange Debenture held by a United States Holder that does
       not make such an election will decrease the gain or increase the loss
       otherwise recognized on disposition of the Exchange Debenture.  The
       election to amortize bond premium on a constant yield method once made
       applies to all debt obligations held or subsequently acquired by the
       electing United States Holder on or after the first day of the first
       taxable year to which the election applies and may not be revoked without
       the consent of the IRS.

       REDEMPTION, SALE OR EXCHANGE OF NEW NOTES OR EXCHANGE DEBENTURES

          The adjusted tax basis of a United States Holder who receives Exchange
       Debentures in exchange for New Preferred Stock will, in general, be equal
       to the issue price of such Exchange Debentures, increased by OID and
       market discount previously included in income by the United States Holder
       and reduced by any amortized premium and any cash payments on the
       Exchange Debentures other than qualified stated interest.  A United
       States Holder's tax basis in a New Note will, in general, be the United
       States Holder's cost therefor, increased by market discount previously
       included in income by the United States Holder and reduced by any
       amortized premium and any cash payments on the New Notes.  Upon the
       redemption, sale, exchange or retirement of a New Note or Exchange
       Debenture, a United States Holder will recognize gain or loss equal to
       the difference between the amount realized upon the redemption, sale,
       exchange or retirement (less any accrued qualified stated interest, not
       previously taken into account, which will be taxable as such) and the
       adjusted tax basis of the New Note or Exchange Debenture.  Such gain or
       loss will be capital gain or loss and will be long-term capital gain or
       loss if at the time of redemption, sale, exchange or retirement the New
       Note or Exchange Debenture has been held for more than one year.

       APPLICABLE HIGH YIELD DISCOUNT OBLIGATIONS

          If the yield to maturity on Original Issue Discount Debentures equals
       or exceeds the sum of (x) the "applicable federal rate" (as determined
       under Section 1274(d) of the Code) in effect for the month in which the
       Original Issue Discount Debentures are issued (the "AFR") and (y) 5% and
       the OID on such Original Issue Discount Debentures is "significant," the
       Original Issue Discount Debentures will be considered "applicable high
       yield discount obligations" ("AHYDOs") under Section 163(i) of the Code.
       The "applicable federal rate" is 6.4% for long-term debt instruments
       issued in April 1996.  Consequently, the Company will not be allowed to
       take a deduction for interest (including OID) accrued on the Original
       Issue Discount Debentures for U.S. federal income tax purposes until such
       time as the Company actually pays such interest (including OID) in cash
       or in other property (other than stock or debt of the Company or a person
       deemed to be related to the Company under Section 453(f)(1) of the Code).

          Moreover, if the yield to maturity on the Original Issue Discount
       Debenture exceeds the sum of (x) the AFR and (y) 6% (such excess shall be
       referred to hereinafter as the "Disqualified Yield"), the deduction for
       interest (including OID) accrued on the Original Issue Discount
       Debentures will be permanently disallowed (regardless of

                                     -115-
<PAGE>
 
       whether the Company actually pays such interest or OID in cash or in
       other property) for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent such
       interest or OID is attributable to the Disqualified Yield on the Original
       Issue Discount Debentures ("Dividend-Equivalent Interest").  For purposes
       of the dividends-received deduction, such Dividend-Equivalent Interest
       will be treated as a dividend to the extent it is deemed to have been
       paid out of the Company's current or accumulated earnings and profits.

          Due to their maturity date, yield to maturity, and amount of OID, the
       New Notes will be subject to the applicable high yield discount
       obligation rules described above.  As a result, ICG will not be permitted
       to deduct any OID on such New Notes until such OID is paid.  In addition,
       with respect to corporate United States Holders, the Dividend Equivalent
       Interest will be treated as a dividend for purposes of the dividends-
       received deduction under Section 243 of the Code to the extent of ICG's
       current and accumulated earnings and profits and will not be deductible
       by ICG.  To the extent that ICG's earnings and profits are insufficient,
       any portion of the Dividend Equivalent Interest that would have otherwise
       been treated as a dividend for purposes of the dividends-received
       deduction will continue to be taxed as OID income in accordance with the
       rules described above under the heading "Original Issue Discount."

          Because the amount of OID, if any, attributable to the Exchange
       Debentures will be determined at such time such Exchange Debentures are
       issued and the AFR at the time such Exchange Debentures are issued in
       exchange for New Preferred Stock is not predictable, it is impossible to
       determine at the present time whether an Exchange Debenture will be
       treated as an AHYDO.

       ADDITIONAL LIMITATION ON DEDUCTION OF INTEREST BY ICG

          Under Section 163(j) of the Code, no deduction is allowed for
       "disqualified interest" paid or accrued by a corporation during a taxable
       year if (i) such corporation has "excess interest expense" (as defined by
       the Code generally to mean the excess, if any, of the corporation's net
       interest expense over 50% of the "adjusted taxable income" of the
       corporation) for the taxable year, and (ii) the ratio of debt to equity
       of such corporation exceeds 1.5:1.  "Disqualified Interest" includes any
       interest paid or accrued by a corporation with respect to debt that is
       guaranteed by a foreign person that is related to such corporation to the
       extent that no gross basis United States tax is imposed with respect to
       such interest.  ICG expects that Section 163(j) of the Code may apply, at
       least initially, to interest paid or accrued by ICG with respect to the
       New Notes because (1) the New Notes are guaranteed by IntelCom (a foreign
       person that is related to ICG and its Subsidiaries), (2) it is
       anticipated that there will be no gross basis U.S. tax imposed on
       interest paid or accrued with respect to the New Notes, and (3) the ratio
       of debt to equity of ICG presently exceeds 1.5:1.  As a result, the
       ability of ICG to deduct interest paid or accrued with respect to the New
       Notes may be substantially limited by Section 163(j) of the Code.
       Because the Exchange Debentures are not being issued currently, it is
       impossible to determine at the present time whether an Exchange Debenture
       will be subject to the limitation of Section 163(j).

       INFORMATION REPORTING AND BACKUP WITHHOLDING

          In general, information reporting requirements will apply to certain
       payments of dividends, principal, interest, OID, and premium and to the
       proceeds of sales of New Notes, Exchange Debentures and New Preferred
       Stock made to United States Holders other than certain exempt recipients
       (such as corporations).  A 31% backup withholding tax will apply to such
       payments if the United States Holder fails to provide a taxpayer
       identification number or certification of foreign or other exempt status
       or fails to report in full dividend and interest income.

          Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules will be
       allowed as a refund or a credit against such United States Holder's U.S.
       federal income tax liability provided the required information is
       furnished to the IRS.

                                     -116-
<PAGE>
 
       TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-UNITED STATES HOLDERS

       INTEREST AND OID ON NEW NOTES

          Subject to the discussion below concerning backup withholding, no
       withholding of United States federal income tax will be required with
       respect to the payment by the Company or any paying agent of principal or
       interest (which for purposes of this discussion includes OID) on a New
       Note owned by a Non-United States Holder, provided (i) that the
       beneficial owner does not actually or constructively own 10% or more of
       the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company
       entitled to vote within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3) of the Code and
       the regulations thereunder, (ii) the beneficial owner is not a controlled
       foreign corporation that is related to the Company through stock
       ownership, (iii) the beneficial owner is not a bank whose receipt of
       interest on a New Note is described in Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code
       and (iv) the beneficial owner satisfies the statement requirement
       (described generally below) set forth in Section 871(h) and Section
       881(c) of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

          To satisfy the requirement referred to in (iv) above, the beneficial
       owner of such New Note, or a financial institution holding the New Note
       on behalf of such owner, must provide, in accordance with specified
       procedures, the Company or its paying agent with a statement to the
       effect that the beneficial owner is not a U.S. person.  These
       requirements will be met if (1) the beneficial owner provides his name
       and address, and certifies, under penalties of perjury, that he is not a
       U.S. person (which certification may be made on an Internal Revenue
       Service Form W-8 (or successor form)) or (2) a financial institution
       holding the New Note on behalf of the beneficial owner certifies, under
       penalties of perjury, that such statement has been received by it and
       furnishes a paying agent with a copy thereof.

          The Company will not withhold federal income tax on interest paid to a
       Non-United States Holder if it receives the Service's Form 4224 from that
       Non-United States Holder, establishing that such income is effectively
       connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States,
       unless the Company has knowledge to the contrary.  Interest (including
       OID) or redemption premium paid to a Non-United States Holder (other than
       a partnership) that is effectively connected with the conduct by the
       holder of a trade or business in the United States is generally taxed at
       the graduated rates that are applicable to United States persons.  In the
       case of a Non-United States Holder that is a corporation, such
       effectively connected income may also be subject to the United States
       federal branch profits tax (which is generally imposed on a foreign
       corporation on the deemed repatriation from the United States of
       effectively connected earnings and profits) at a 30% rate (unless the
       rate is reduced or eliminated by an applicable income tax treaty and the
       holder is a qualified resident of the treaty country).  In the case of a
       partnership that has foreign partners (i.e., persons who would be Non-
       United States Holders if they held the New Notes directly), such
       effectively connected income allocable to the foreign partner would
       generally be subject to United States federal withholding tax (regardless
       of whether such income is, in fact, distributed to such foreign partner)
       at a 35% rate, if the foreign partner is a corporation, or at a 39.6%
       rate, if the foreign partner is not a corporation.  Any foreign partner
       of such a partnership would be entitled to a credit against his United
       States federal income tax for his share of the withholding tax paid by
       the partnership.

       SALE, EXCHANGE, REDEMPTION OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF NEW NOTES

          A Non-United States Holder will generally not be subject to United
       States federal income tax with respect to gain recognized on a sale,
       exchange, redemption or other disposition of New Notes unless (i) the
       gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of the Non-United
       States Holder in the United States, or (ii) in the case of a Non-United
       States Holder who is an individual and holds the New Notes as a capital
       asset, such holder is present in the United States for 183 or more days
       in the taxable year of the sale or other disposition and certain other
       conditions are met.

          Gains derived by a Non-United States Holder (other than a partnership)
       from the sale or other disposition of New Notes that are effectively
       connected with the conduct by the holder of a trade or business in the
       United States are generally taxed at the graduated rates that are
       applicable to United States persons.  In the case of a Non-United States
       Holder that is a corporation, such effectively connected income may also
       be subject to the United States

                                     -117-
<PAGE>
 
       federal branch profits tax (which is generally imposed on a foreign
       corporation on the deemed repatriation from the United States of
       effectively connected earnings and profits) at a 30% rate (unless the
       rate is reduced or eliminated by an applicable income tax treaty and the
       holder is a qualified resident of the treaty country).  In the case of a
       partnership that has foreign partners (i.e., persons who would be Non-
       United States Holders if they held the New Notes, directly), such
       effectively connected income allocable to the foreign partner would
       generally be subject to United States federal withholding tax (regardless
       of whether such income is, in fact, distributed to such foreign partner)
       at a 35% rate, if the foreign partner is a corporation, or at a 39.6%
       rate, if the foreign partner is not a corporation.  Any foreign partner
       of such a partnership would be entitled to a credit against his United
       States federal income tax for his share of the withholding tax paid by
       the partnership.  If an individual Non-United States Holder falls under
       clause (ii) above, he will be subject to a flat 30% tax on the gain
       derived from the sale or other disposition, which may be offset by United
       States capital losses recognized within the same taxable year as such
       sale or other disposition (notwithstanding the fact that he is not
       considered a resident of the United States).

       FEDERAL ESTATE AND GIFT TAX

          A New Note beneficially owned by an individual who at the time of
       death is a Non-United States Holder will not be subject to United States
       federal estate tax as a result of such individual's death, provided that
       such individual does not actually or constructively own 10% or more of
       the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company
       entitled to vote within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3) of the Code and
       provided that the interest payments with respect to such New Note would
       not have been, if received at the time of such individual's death,
       effectively connected with the conduct of a United States trade or
       business by such individual.

          Any Non-United States Holder will not be subject to United States
       federal gift tax on a transfer of New Notes, unless such person is an
       individual who is a domiciliary of the United States.

       INFORMATION REPORTING AND BACKUP WITHHOLDING

          No information reporting or backup withholding will be required with
       respect to payments made by the Company or any paying agent to Non-United
       States Holders if a statement described in (iv) under "Non-United States
       Holders--Interest and OID on New Notes" has been received and the payor
       does not have actual knowledge that the beneficial owner is a United
       States person.

          In addition, backup withholding and information reporting will not
       apply if payments of principal, interest, OID or premium on a New Note
       are paid or collected by a foreign office of a custodian, nominee or
       other foreign agent on behalf of the beneficial owner of such New Note,
       or if a foreign office of a broker (as defined in applicable Treasury
       regulations) pays the proceeds of the sale of a New Note to the owner
       thereof.  If, however, such nominee, custodian, agent or broker is, for
       United States federal income tax purposes, a U.S. person, a controlled
       foreign corporation or a foreign person that derives 50% or more of its
       gross income for certain periods from the conduct of a trade or business
       in the United States, such payments will not be subject to backup
       withholding but will be subject to information reporting, unless (I) such
       custodian, nominee, agent or broker has documentary evidence in its
       records that the beneficial owner is not a U.S. person and certain other
       conditions are met or (2) the beneficial owner otherwise establishes an
       exemption.  Temporary Treasury regulations provide that the Treasury is
       considering whether backup withholding will apply with respect to such
       payments of principal, interest or the proceeds of a sale that are not
       subject to backup withholding under the current regulations.

          Payments of principal, interest, OID and premium on a New Note, paid
       to the beneficial owner of a New Note by a United States office of a
       custodian, nominee or agent, or the payment by the United States office
       of a broker of the proceeds of sale of a New Note will be subject to both
       backup withholding and information reporting unless the beneficial owner
       provides the statement referred to in (iv) under "Non-United States
       Holders--Interest and OID on New Notes" and the payor does not have
       actual knowledge that the beneficial owner is a United States person or
       otherwise establishes an exemption.

          Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules will be
       allowed as a refund or a credit against such Holder's U.S. federal income
       tax liability provided the required information is furnished to the IRS.

                                     -118-
<PAGE>
 
                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

          Except as described below, a broker-dealer may not participate in the
       Exchange Offers in connection with a distribution of the New Notes or the
       New Preferred Stock.  Each broker-dealer that receives New Notes or New
       Preferred Stock for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offers must
       acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any
       resale of such New Notes or New Preferred Stock.  This Prospectus, as it
       may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a
       broker-dealer in connection with resales of New Notes or New Preferred
       Stock received in exchange for Old Notes or Old Preferred Stock where
       such Old Notes or Old Preferred Stock were acquired as a result of
       market-making activities or other trading activities.  The Company has
       agreed that for a period of 90 days after the Expiration Date, it will
       make this Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any
       broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale.  In addition,
       until ____________ __, 1996 all dealers effecting transactions in the New
       Notes or New Preferred Stock may be required to deliver a prospectus.

          The Company will not receive any proceeds from any sale of New Notes
       or New Preferred Stock by broker-dealers.  New Notes or New Preferred
       Stock received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the
       Exchange Offers may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions
       in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the
       writing of options on the New Notes or New Preferred Stock or a
       combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the
       time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or
       negotiated prices.  Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or
       to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form
       of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer and/or the
       purchasers of any such New Notes or New Preferred Stock.  Any broker-
       dealer that resells New Notes that were received by it for its own
       account pursuant to the Exchange Offers and any broker or dealer that
       participates in a distribution of such New Notes or New Preferred Stock
       may be deemed to be an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities
       Act and any profit on any such resale of New Notes or New Preferred Stock
       and any commissions or concessions received by any such persons may be
       deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The
       Letter of Transmittal states that by acknowledging that it will deliver
       and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to
       admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities
       Act.

          The Company has agreed to pay all expenses incident to the Exchange
       Offers other than commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers
       and expenses of counsel for the holders of the New Notes or New Preferred
       Stock and will indemnify the holders of the New Notes and the New
       Preferred Stock (including any broker-dealers) against certain
       liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.


                                 LEGAL MATTERS

          The validity of the New Notes and the New Preferred Stock offered
       hereby will be passed upon by Reid & Priest LLP, New York, New York.  The
       validity of the New Note Guarantee will be passed upon by Tupper Jonsson
       & Yeadon, Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada.


                                    EXPERTS

          The consolidated financial statements and financial statement
       schedules of IntelCom as of September 30, 1995 and 1994, and for each of
       the years in the three-year period ended September 30, 1995, have been
       incorporated by reference herein and in the Registration Statement, in
       reliance upon the reports of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, independent certified
       public accountants, incorporated by reference herein, and upon the
       authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

                                     -119-
<PAGE>
 
       No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any
representations other than those contained in this Prospectus, and, if given or
made, such information or representations must not be relied upon as having been
authorized.  This Prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or the
solicitation of an offer to buy any securities other than the securities to
which it related or any offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy
such securities in any circumstances in which such offer or solicitation is
unlawful.  Neither the delivery of this Prospectus nor any sale made hereunder
shall, under any circumstances, create any implication that there has been no
change in the affairs of the Company since the date hereof or that the
information contained herein is correct as of any time subsequent to its date.



TABLE OF CONTENTS


    
AVAILABLE INFORMATION.................. -4-

INFORMATION INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE.. -4-

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY..................... -6-

RISK FACTORS........................... -21-

THE EXCHANGE OFFERS.................... -28-

DESCRIPTION OF NEW NOTES............... -36-

DESCRIPTION OF NEW PREFERRED STOCK..... -60-

DESCRIPTION OF EXCHANGE DEBENTURES..... -83-

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION...................-120-

LEGAL MATTERS..........................-120-

EXPERTS................................-120-     


                         INTELCOM GROUP (U.S.A.), INC.


                              INTELCOM GROUP INC.



                                 -------------
                                   PROSPECTUS
                                 -------------







                              __________ ___, 1996
<PAGE>
 
                                    PART II

                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

  ITEM 20. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

       As permitted by Section 7-3-101.5 of the Colorado Corporation Code, ICG's
  First Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation provide that ICG shall
  indemnify any and all officers, directors, or employees against expenses
  incurred by them, in connection with the defense of any legal proceedings or
  threatened legal proceedings to which such persons are made a party because of
  such positions if:

    (I) He conducted himself in good faith;

    (II)  He reasonably believed;

       (A) In the case of conduct in his official capacity with the corporation,
           that his conduct was in the corporation's best interest; or

       (B) In all other cases, that his conduct was at least not opposed to the
           corporation's best interests; and

    (III)  In the case of any criminal proceeding, he had no reasonable cause to
           believe his conduct was unlawful.

    The IntelCom Bylaws, as amended, contain a provision limiting the liability
  of directors of IntelCom to the fullest extent permitted under the laws of the
  Canada Business Corporations Act (the "CBCA").  The CBCA allows IntelCom, with
  court approval, to indemnify a Director or former Director of IntelCom against
  all costs, charges and expenses, actually and reasonably incurred by him,
  including an amount paid to settle an action or satisfy a judgment in civil,
  criminal or administrative action or proceeding to which he is made a party by
  reason of being or having been a Director, including an action brought by
  IntelCom if:

    a) he acted honestly and in good faith with the view to the best interest of
       the company; and

    b) in the case of criminal or administrative action or proceeding that is
       enforced by a monetary penalty, he had reasonable grounds for believing
       that his conduct was lawful.

    IntelCom's Bylaws also allow the Directors to cause IntelCom to indemnify
  any officer, employee or agent of IntelCom against all costs, charges and
  expenses incurred by him resulting from his acting as officer, employee or
  agent of the company. See Part 7 of IntelCom's Bylaws for a description of the
  indemnification provisions of IntelCom's Bylaws.

    See Item 22 of this Registration Statement regarding the position of the
  Securities and Exchange Commission on indemnification for liabilities arising
  under the Securities Act.

  ITEM 21. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

    
  (1) Underwriting Agreement.  Not Applicable
      ----------------------

  (2) Plan of Acquisition, Reorganization, Arrangement, Liquidation or
      ----------------------------------------------------------------
      Succession.  None
      ----------

  (3) Articles of Incorporation.
      -------------------------

       3.1:  First Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of IntelCom
            (U.S.A.),  Inc.+     

  (4) Instruments defining the rights of security holders, including indentures.
      -------------------------------------------------------------------------

      4.1:  Note Purchase Agreement, dated September 16, 1993 [Incorporated by
            reference to Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended September
            30, 1993, as filed on March 31, 1994].

      4.2:  Note Purchase Agreement, dated October 27, 1993 [Incorporated by
            reference to Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended September
            30, 1993, as filed on March 31, 1994].

                                     II-1
<PAGE>
 
      4.3:  Form of Indenture between IntelCom Group Inc. and Bankers Trust
            Company for 7% Convertible Subordinated Redeemable Notes due 1998
            [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Registration Statement
            on Form S-1, File No. 33-75636].

      4.4:  Form of Indenture between IntelCom Group Inc. and Bankers Trust
            Company for 7% Simple Interest Convertible Subordinated Redeemable
            Notes due 1998 [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to
            Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 33-75636].

      4.4:  Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 14, 1995, among IntelCom
            Group (U.S.A.), Inc., IntelCom Group Inc., Morgan Stanley Group Inc.
            ("MS Group") (the "Initial Purchaser"), Princes Gate Investors,
            L.P., Acorn Partnership I, L.P., PGI Investments Limited, PGI Sweden
            AB, and Gregor von Opel (collectively, together with the Initial
            Purchaser, the "Committed Purchasers") and MS Group, as agent for
            the Purchasers (as such term is defined therein) [Incorporated by
            reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Form 8-K, as filed on August 2, 1995].

      4.5:  Warrant Agreement, dated as of July 14, 1995, among the Registrant,
            the Committed Purchasers, and IntelCom Group (U.S.A.), Inc., as
            Warrant Agent [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Form 8-K,
            as filed on August 2, 1995].

      4.6:  Indenture, dated as of August 8, 1995, among IntelCom Group
            (U.S.A.), Inc., IntelCom Group Inc. and Norwest Bank Colorado,
            National Association [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to
            Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1995,
            as filed on August 10, 1995].

      4.7:  Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 8, 1995 among
            IntelCom Group Inc., IntelCom Group (U.S.A.), Inc. and Morgan
            Stanley & Co. Incorporated [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2
            to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30,
            1995, as filed on August 10, 1995].

      4.8:  Warrant Agreement, dated as of August 8, 1995 between IntelCom
            Group Inc. and Norwest Bank Colorado, National Association
            [Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Quarterly Report on
            Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1995, as filed on August
            10, 1995].

      4.9:  Warrant Agreement Amendment, dated as of August 8, 1995 among
            IntelCom Group Inc., Morgan Stanley Group, Inc., Princes Gate
            Investors, L.P., IntelCom Group (U.S.A.), Inc., and certain
            subsidiaries of IntelCom Group (U.S.A.), Inc. [Incorporated by
            reference to Exhibit 4.4 to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
            quarter ended June 30, 1995, as filed on August 10, 1995].
    
      4.10:  Form of Old Note
  
      4.11:  Form of New Note
  
      4.12:  Form of Letter of Transmittal  with respect to the Note Exchange
             Offer

      4.13:  Indenture, dated as of April 30, 1996, among IntelCom Group
             (U.S.A.), Inc., IntelCom Group Inc. and Norwest Bank Colorado,
             National  Association.+

      4.14:  Registration Rights Agreement, dated April 30, 1996, among
             IntelCom Group (U.S.A.), Inc., IntelCom Group Inc. and Norwest Bank
             Colorado, National Association, with respect to the Preferred 
             Stock.+

      4.15:  Registration Rights  Agreement dated April 30, 1996, among
             IntelCom Group (U.S.A.), Inc., IntelCom Group Inc. and Norwest Bank
             Colorado, National Association, with respect to the Senior Discount
             Notes.+     

      4.16:  Form of Old Preferred Stock Certificate

    
      4.17:  Form of New Preferred Stock Certificate

      4:18:  Form of Letter of Transmittal with respect to the Preferred
             Stock Exchange Offer.     

  (5)    Opinion regarding legality.
         -------------------------- 

    
       5.1:  Opinion of Reid & Priest LLP     

                                     II-2
<PAGE>
 
    
       5.2:  Opinion of Tupper, Jonsson & Yeadon     

  (8)    Opinion regarding tax matters.
         ----------------------------- 

    
       8.1:  Opinion of Reid & Priest LLP     


  (10) Material Contracts.  Not Applicable
       ------------------                 


  (12) Statement re Computation of Ratios.  Not Applicable
       ----------------------------------                 

    
  (15) Letter regarding Unaudited Interim Financial Statements.  Not 
       -------------------------------------------------------                  
       Applicable     

  (23)  Consents.
        -------- 

       23.1:  Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP

       23.2:  Consent of Reid & Priest LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)

       23.3:  Consent of Tupper, Jonsson & Yeadon (included in Exhibit 5.2)

       23.2:  Consent of Connecticut Research [Incorporated by reference to
              Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 1994,
              as filed on December 27, 1994].

  (24)  Power of Attorney.
        ----------------- 

    
       24.1 Power of Attorney with respect to IntelCom Group (U.S.A.),   Inc.+

       24.2 Power of Attorney with respect to IntelCom Group,  Inc.+     

  (25) Statement of Eligibility of Trustee.
       ----------------------------------- 

       25.1:  Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility and Qualification under the
            Trust Indenture Act of 1939 of Norwest Bank Colorado, National
            Association.


       ______________________

    
       + Previously filed     

  ITEM 22. UNDERTAKINGS.

    Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
  of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
  Company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Company has
  been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission
  such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is,
  therefore, unenforceable.  In the event that a claim for indemnification
  against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Company of expenses
  incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Company
  in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by
  such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities
  being registered, the Company will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the
  matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of
  appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is
  against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the
  final adjudication of such issue.

    The undersigned Registrants hereby undertake:

    (1) To respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference
        into the prospectus pursuant to Items 4, 10(b), 11 or 13 of this Form,
        within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the
        incorporated documents by first class mail or other equally prompt
        means.  This includes information contained in documents filed
        subsequent to the effective date of the Registration Statement through
        the date of responding to the request;

                                     II-3
<PAGE>
 
  (2) To supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information
      concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein,
      that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement
      when it became effective;

  (3) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a
      post-effective amendment to this registration statement;

         (i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the
             Securities Act of 1933;

         (ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the
              effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent
              post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the
              aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set
              forth in the registration statement;

        (iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of
              distribution not previously disclosed in the registration
              statement or any material change to such information in the
              registration statement;

  (4) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities
      Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a
      new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein,
      and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be
      the initial bona fide offering thereof.

  (5) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any
      of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination
      of the offering;

  (6) That, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act
      of 1933, each filing of the Registrant's annual report pursuant to
      Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where
      applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan's annual report
      pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that is
      incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be deemed
      to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered
      therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed
      to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.


                                     II-4
<PAGE>
 
    

                                   SIGNATURES

  Pursuant to the requirement of the Securities Act, the Registrant has duly
  caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the
  undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City and County of Denver,
  State of Colorado, on  June 17, 1996.

                                        INTELCOM GROUP (U.S.A.), INC.


                                        By:              *
                                             ------------------------
                                             J. Shelby Bryan
                                             Chairman of the Board, President,
                                             Chief Executive Officer and
                                             Director

  



       Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
  registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the
  capacities and on the dates indicated:
 
         Signature                         Title                     Date
- ----------------------------  -------------------------------  ----------------
 
            *                   Chairman of the Board,          June 17, 1996
- ----------------------------          President,
      J. Shelby Bryan         Chief Executive Officer and
                              Director (Principal executive
                                        officer)


     /s/ John D. Field        Executive Vice President and      June 17, 1996
- ----------------------------             Director
        John D. Field

           *                     Executive Vice President,      June 17, 1996
- ----------------------------   Chief Financial Officer and
      James D. Grenfell       Director (Principal accounting
                                         officer)
 

           *                            Director                June 17, 1996
- ----------------------------
William J. Maxwell


           *                            Director                June 17, 1996
- ----------------------------
Marc E. Maassen
 


- ---------------------------

    By:           /s/ John D. Field
        -----------------------------------------
             John D. Field
             Attorney-in-Fact     

                                     II-5
<PAGE>
 
                                   SIGNATURES

         Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
    Registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its
    behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City and County
    of Denver, State of Colorado, on  June 17, 1996.

                                     INTELCOM GROUP INC.

                                     By:    *
                                        --------------------------------------
                                        J. Shelby Bryan
                                        President, Chief Executive Officer and
                                        Director

    


    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
    Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
    capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
Signature                        Title                    Date
- ----------------------  ----------------------------  ----------------


                                           
- ----------------------    Chairman of the                June    , 1996
William J. Laggett        Board of Directors 


                                                 
  *                       President, Chief Executive     June 17, 1996
- ----------------------    Officer and Director       
J. Shelby Bryan


                                                     
  *                       Executive Vice President       June 17, 1996
- --------------------      and Chief Financial Officer
James D. Grenfell
 

  *                       Director                       June 17, 1996
- -------------------- 
Harry R. Herbst
 

- --------------------      Director                       June    , 1996
William W. Becker
 
  *                       Director                       June 17, 1996
- --------------------
Jay E. Ricks
 
  *                       Director                       June 17, 1996
- --------------------
Gregory C.K. Smith
 
  *                       Director                       June 17, 1996
- --------------------
Leontis Teryazos
 



- ---------------------------


By:           /s/ John D. Field
   -----------------------------------------
             John D. Field
             Attorney-in-Fact     

                                     II-6
<PAGE>

        
    

    Exhibit Index  Page No.
    -------------  --------

    

         4.10:  Form of Old Note
    
         4.11:  Form of New Note
    
         4.12:  Form of Letter of Transmittal   with respect to the Note
                Exchange Offer

         4.16:  Form of Old Preferred Stock Certificate


         4.17   Form of New Preferred Stock Certificate

         4.18   Form of Letter Transmittal with respect to the Preferred Stock
                Exchange Offer     


    (5)    Opinion regarding legality.
           -------------------------- 

    
         5.1:   Opinion of Reid & Priest LLP

         5.2:   Opinion of Tupper, Jonsson & Yeadon     

    (8)    Opinion regarding tax matters.
           ----------------------------- 

    
         8.1:  Opinion of Reid & Priest LLP     

    (23)  Consents.
          -------- 

         23.1:  Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP

         23.2:  Consent of Reid & Priest LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)

         23.3:  Consent of Tupper, Jonsson & Yeadon (included in Exhibit 5.2)

             


    (25) Statement of Eligibility of Trustee.
         ----------------------------------- 

         25.1:  Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility and Qualification under the
              Trust Indenture Act of 1939 of Norwest Bank Colorado, National
              Association.
    
         

<PAGE>
 
                                                                    EXHIBIT 4.10

                         INTELCOM GROUP (U.S.A.), INC.

                     12 1/2% Senior Discount Note Due 2006


                                                                 CUSIP 45814VAC6

No. 1                                                           $_______________

        The following information is supplied for purposes of Sections 1273 and
1275 of the Internal Revenue Code:

<TABLE>
<S>                                              <C>
Issue Date: April 30, 1996                       Original issue discount under Section
                                                 1273 of the Internal Revenue Code (for 
Yield to maturity for period from Issue          each $1,000 principal amount at
 Date to May 1, 2006: 12.50% (rounded to         maturity): $1079.79
 two decimal places), compounded                                                                               
 semiannually on May 1 and November 1            Issue Price (for each $1,000 principal
 commencing April 30, 1996 (computed             amount at maturity): $545.21           
 without giving effect to the additional         
 payments of interest in the event the issuer
 fails to commence the exchange offer and
 fails to cause the shelf registration
 statement to be declared effective, each as
 referred to on the reverse hereof)
</TABLE>

          INTELCOM GROUP (U.S.A.), INC., a Colorado corporation (the "Company",
which term includes any successor under the Indenture hereinafter referred to),
for value received, promises to pay to ___________, or its registered assigns,
the principal sum of _________________________ ($___________) on May 1, 2006.

          Interest Payment Dates: May 1 and November 1, commencing November 1,
2001.

          Regular Record Dates: April 15 and October 15.

          Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Note set
forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes
have the same effect as if set forth at this place.
<PAGE>
 
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be signed
manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized officers.


Date: April 30, 1996 INTELCOM GROUP (U.S.A.), INC.



                                By:
                                   _______________________________
                                   John D. Field
                                   Executive Vice President



                                By:
                                   _______________________________
                                   James D. Grenfell
                                   Chief Financial Officer &
                                   Executive Vice President


               (Form of Trustee's Certificate of Authentication)

This is one of the 12 1/2% Senior Discount Notes due 2006 described in the
within-mentioned Indenture.



                                NORWEST BANK COLORADO.
                                NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee


                                By:
                                   _______________________________
                                   Authorized Signatory
<PAGE>
 
                             [REVERSE Side OF NOTE]

                         INTELCOM GROUP (U.S.A.), INC.

                     12 1/2% Senior Discount Note due 2006


1.  Principal and Interest.
    ---------------------- 

          The Company will pay the principal of this Note on May 1, 2006.

          The Company promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this
Note on each Interest Payment Date, as set forth below, at the rate per annum
shown above.

          Interest will be payable semiannually (to the holders of record of the
Notes at the close of business on the April 15 or October 15 immediately
preceding the Interest Payment Date) on each Interest Payment Date, commencing
November 1, 2001; provided that no interest shall accrue on the principal amount
of this Note prior to May 1, 2001 and no interest shall be paid on this Note
prior to November 1, 2001, except as provided in the next paragraph.

          If an exchange offer registered under the Securities Act is not
consummated, and a shelf registration statement under the Securities Act with
respect to resales of the Notes is not declared effective by the Commission, on
or before November 1, 1996 in accordance with the terms of the Registration
Rights Agreement dated April 30, 1996 among the Company, the Guarantor and
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, interest (in addition to the accrual of
original discount during the period ending May 1, 2001 and in addition to the
interest otherwise due on the Notes after such date) will accrue, at an annual
rate of 0.5% of the Accreted Value on the preceding Semi-Annual Accrual Date on
the Notes, from November 1, 1996, payable in cash semiannually, in arrears, on
each May 1 and November 1, commencing May 1, 1997.  The Holder of this Note is
entitled to the benefits of such Registration Rights Agreement.

          From and after May 1, 2001, interest on the Notes will accrue from the
most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been
paid, from May 1, 2001; provided that, if there is no existing default in the
payment of interest and this Note is authenticated between a Regular Record Date
referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date,
interest shall accrue from such Interest Payment Date. Interest will be computed
on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

          The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal and premium, if
any, and interest on overdue installments of interest, to the extent lawful, at
a rate per annum that is 2% in excess of the rate otherwise payable.
<PAGE>
 
2.  Method of Payment.
    ----------------- 

          The Company will pay principal as provided above and interest (except
defaulted interest) on the principal amount of the Notes as provided above on
each May 1 and November 1 to the persons who are Holders (as reflected in the
Security Register at the close of business on such April 15 and October 15,
immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date), in each case, even if the Note
is cancelled on registration of transfer or registration of exchange after such
record date; provided that, with respect to the payment of principal, the
Company will not make payment to the Holder unless this Note is surrendered to a
Paying Agent.

          The Company will pay principal, premium, if any, and as provided
above, interest in money of the United States that at the time of payment is
legal tender for payment of public and private debts.  However, the Company may
pay principal, premium, if any, and interest by its check payable in such money.
It may mail an interest check to a Holder's registered address (as reflected in
the Security Register).  If a payment date is a date other than a Business Day
at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding
day that is a Business Day and no interest shall accrue for the intervening
period.

3.  Paying Agent and Registrar.
    -------------------------- 

          Initially, the Trustee will act as authenticating agent, Paying Agent
and Registrar.  The Company may change any authenticating agent, Paying Agent or
Registrar without notice.  The Company, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate of any
of them may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-Registrar.

4.  Indenture; Limitations.
    ---------------------- 

          The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of April 30,
1996 (the "Indenture"), among the Company, IntelCom Group Inc., a Canadian
federal corporation (the "Guarantor"), and Norwest Bank Colorado, National
Association, as trustee (the "Trustee").  Capitalized terms herein are used as
defined in the Indenture unless otherwise indicated.  The terms of the Notes
include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by
reference to the Trust Indenture Act.  The Notes are subject to all such terms,
and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a
statement of all such terms.  To the extent permitted by applicable law, in the
event of any inconsistency between the terms of this Note and the terms of the
Indenture, the terms of the Indenture shall control.

          The Notes are general unsecured obligations of the Company.  The
Indenture limits the original aggregate principal amount at maturity of the
Notes to $550,300,000 plus any Exchange Securities that may be issued pursuant
to the Registration Rights Agreement.
<PAGE>
 
5.  Redemption.
    ---------- 

          The Notes will be redeemable, at the Company's option, in whole or in
part, at any time and from time to time on or after May 1, 2001 and prior to
maturity, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' prior notice mailed by
first-class mail to each Holders' last address as it appears in the Security
Register, at the following Redemption Prices (expressed in percentages of their
principal amount at maturity), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the
Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant
Regular Record Date that is on or prior to the Redemption Date to receive
interest due on an Interest Payment Date that is on or prior to the Redemption
Date) if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on May 1 of the
applicable year set forth below:


                               Redemption
          Year                   Price
          ----                 ----------
          2001                   106.250%
          2002                   103.125
          2003 and thereafter    100.000

          In addition, at any time on or prior to May 1, 1999, the Company may,
at its option from time to time, redeem Securities having an aggregate principal
amount of up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of all Securities issued,
at a redemption price equal to 112 1/2% of the Accreted Value thereof on the
Redemption Date, with proceeds of one or more Public Equity Offerings of Common
Stock of (A) the Guarantor or (B) the Company, provided that (i) with respect to
a Public Equity Offering referred to in clause (A) above, cash proceeds of such
Public Equity Offering in an amount sufficient to effect the redemption of
Securities to be so redeemed are contributed by the Guarantor to the Company
prior to such redemption and used by the Company to effect such redemption and
(ii) such redemption occurs within 180 days after consummation of such Public
Equity Offering.

6.   Notice of Redemption.
     -------------------- 

          Notice of any optional redemption will be mailed at least 30 days but
not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes to be
redeemed at his last address as it appears in the Security Register.  Notes in
original denominations larger than $1,000 may be redeemed in part.  On and after
the Redemption Date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of Notes
called for redemption, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the
Redemption Price.


7.   Repurchase upon Change in Control.
     --------------------------------- 

          Upon the occurrence of any Change of Control, each Holder shall have
the right to require the repurchase of its Notes by the Company in cash pursuant
to the offer 
<PAGE>
 
described in the Indenture at a purchase price equal to 101% of the Accreted
Value thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase
(the "Change of Control Payment").

          A notice of such Change of Control will be mailed within 30 days after
any Change of Control occurs to each Holder at his last address as it appears in
the Security Register.  Notes in original denominations larger than $1,000 may
be sold to the Company in part. On and after the date of the Change of Control
Payment, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of Notes surrendered for
purchase by the Company, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the
Change of Control Payment.

8.   Denominations; Transfer; Exchange.
     --------------------------------- 

          The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of
$1,000 of principal amount at maturity and multiples of $1,000 in excess
thereof.  A Holder may register the transfer or exchange of Notes in accordance
with the Indenture.  The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to
furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay any taxes and
fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture.  The Registrar need not
register the transfer or exchange of any Notes selected for redemption.  Also,
it need not register the transfer or exchange of any Notes for a period of 15
days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed is made.

9.   Persons Deemed Owners.
     --------------------- 

          A Holder shall be treated as the owner of a Note for all purposes.

10.  Unclaimed Money.
     --------------- 

          If money for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest
remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee and the Paying Agent will pay the
money back to the Company at its request.  After that, Holders entitled to the
money must look to the Company for payment, unless an abandoned property law
designates another Person, and all liability of the Trustee and such Paying
Agent with respect to such money shall cease.

11.  Discharge Prior to Redemption or Maturity.
     ----------------------------------------- 

          If the Company or the Guarantor deposits with the Trustee money or
U.S. Government Obligations sufficient to pay the then outstanding principal of,
premium, if any, and accrued interest on the Notes (a) to redemption or
maturity, the Company will be discharged from the Indenture and the Notes,
except in certain circumstances for certain sections thereof, and (b) to the
Stated Maturity, the Company and the Guarantor will be discharged from certain
covenants set forth in the Indenture.
<PAGE>
 
12.  Amendment; Supplement; Waiver.
     ----------------------------- 

          Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Notes may be
amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority
in principal amount at maturity of the Notes then outstanding, and any existing
default or compliance with any provision may be waived with the consent of the
Holders of at least a majority in principal amount at maturity of the Notes then
outstanding.  Without notice to or the consent of any Holder, the parties
thereto may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Notes to, among other
things, cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency and make any change that
does not materially and adversely affect the rights of any Holder.

13.  Restrictive Covenants.
     --------------------- 

          The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the
Company and the Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries, among other things,
to Incur Indebtedness, make Restricted Payments, use the proceeds from Asset
Sales, engage in transactions with Affiliates or, with respect to each of the
Company and the Guarantor, merge, consolidate or transfer substantially all of
its assets.  Within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter (90 days after
the end of the last fiscal quarter of each year), the Company must report to the
Trustee on compliance with such limitations.

14.  Successor Persons.
     ----------------- 

          When a successor person or other entity assumes all the obligations of
its predecessor under the Notes and the Indenture, the predecessor person will
be released from those obligations.

15.  Defaults and Remedies.
     --------------------- 

          The following events constitute "Events of Default" under the
Indenture: (a) default in the payment of principal of (or premium, if any, on)
any Note when the same becomes due and payable at maturity, upon acceleration,
redemption or otherwise; (b) default in the payment of interest on any Note when
the same becomes due and payable, and such default continues for a period of 30
days; (c) the Company or the Guarantor defaults in the performance of or
breaches any other covenant or agreement of the Company or the Guarantor in the
Indenture or under the Notes and such default or breach continues for a period
of 30 consecutive days after written notice by the Trustee or the Holders of 25%
or more in aggregate principal amount at maturity of the Notes; (d) there occurs
with respect to any issue or issues of Indebtedness of the Company, the
Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary having an outstanding principal amount
at maturity of $10 million or more in the aggregate for all such issues of all
such Persons, whether such Indebtedness now exists or shall hereafter be
created, (I) an event of default that has caused the holder thereof to declare
such Indebtedness to be due and payable prior to its Stated Maturity and such
Indebtedness 
<PAGE>
 
has not been discharged in full or such acceleration has not been
rescinded or annulled within 30 days of such acceleration and/or (II) the
failure to make a principal payment at the final (but not any interim) fixed
maturity and such defaulted payment shall not have been made, waived or extended
within 30 days of such payment default; (e) any final judgment or order (not
covered by insurance) for the payment of money in excess of $10 million in the
aggregate for all such final judgments or orders against all such Persons
(treating any deductibles, self-insurance or retention as not so covered) shall
be rendered against the Company, the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary and
shall not be paid or discharged, and there shall be any period of 30 consecutive
days following entry of the final judgment or order that causes the aggregate
amount for all such final judgments or orders outstanding and not paid or
discharged against all such Persons to exceed $10 million during which a stay of
enforcement of such final judgment or order, by reason of a pending appeal or
otherwise, shall not be in effect; (f) a court having jurisdiction in the
premises enters a decree or order for (A) relief in respect of the Company, the
Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case under any
applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in
effect, (B) appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee,
sequestrator or similar official of the Company, the Guarantor or any
Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property and
assets of the Company, the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary or (C) the
winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Company, the Guarantor or any
Significant Subsidiary and, in each case, such decree or order shall remain
unstayed and in effect for a period of 30 consecutive days; or (g) the Company,
the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary (A) commences a voluntary case under
any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in
effect, or consents to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case
under any such law, (B) consents to the appointment of or taking possession by a
receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar
official of the Company, the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary or for all
or substantially all of the property and assets of the Company, the Guarantor or
any Significant Subsidiary or (C) effects any general assignment for the benefit
of creditors. If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified
in clause (f) or (g) above that occurs with respect to the Company or the
Guarantor) occurs and is continuing under the Indenture, the Trustee or the
Holders of at least 25 in aggregate principal amount at maturity of the Notes,
then outstanding, by written notice to the Company (and to the Trustee if such
notice is given by the Holders), may, and the Trustee at the request of such
Holders shall, declare the Accreted Value of, premium, if any, and accrued
interest, if any, on the Notes to be immediately due and payable.

          If an Event of Default, as defined in the Indenture, occurs and is
continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount at
maturity of the Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable.  If a
bankruptcy or insolvency default with respect to the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary occurs and is continuing, the Notes automatically become due and
payable.  Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided
in the Indenture.  The Trustee may require indemnity satisfactory to it before
it enforces the Indenture or the Notes.  Subject to certain limitations, Holders
of at 
<PAGE>
 
least a majority in principal amount at maturity of the Notes then outstanding
may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power.

16.  Additional Amounts
     ------------------

          Any payments by the Guarantor under or with respect to the Notes may
require the payment of Additional Amounts as may become payable under Section
4.20 of the Indenture.

17.  Redemption for Changes in Withholding Taxes.
     ------------------------------------------- 

          The Notes may be redeemed at the election of the Guarantor, as a
whole, but not in part, at 100% of their Accreted Value on the Redemption Date,
together with accrued interest thereon, if any, to the Redemption Date, if (a)
the Guarantor has become or would become obligated to pay, on the next date on
which any amount would be payable with respect to the Notes, any Additional
Amounts as a result of a change in the laws (including any regulations
promulgated thereunder) of Canada (or any political subdivision or taxing
authority thereof or therein), or any change in any official position regarding
the application or interpretation of such laws or regulations, which change is
announced or becomes effective on or after April 25, 1996, and (b) the Guarantor
cannot reasonably arrange for another obligor to make such payment so as to
avoid the requirement to pay such Additional Amounts.

18.  Guarantee.
     --------- 

          The Company's obligations under the Notes are fully and irrevocably
guaranteed by the Guarantor.

19.  Trustee Dealings with Company or Guarantor.
     ------------------------------------------ 

          The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other
capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from and perform services for the
Company, the Guarantor or their Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the
Company, the Guarantor or their Affiliates as if it were not the Trustee.

20.  No Recourse Against Others.
     -------------------------- 

          No incorporator or any past, present or future partner, shareholder,
other equity holder, officer, director, employee or controlling person as such,
of the Company or the Guarantor or of any successor Person shall have any
liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantor under the Notes or
the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of, such
obligations or their creation.  Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and
releases all such liability.  The waiver and release are part of the
consideration for the issuance of the Notes.
<PAGE>
 
21.  Authentication.
     -------------- 

          This Note shall not be valid until the Trustee or authenticating agent
signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note.

22.  Abbreviations.
     ------------- 

          Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an
assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the
entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as
tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian) and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors
Act).

          The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and
without charge a copy of the Indenture.  Requests may be made to IntelCom Group
(U.S.A.), Inc., 9605 East Maroon Circle, P.O. Box 6742, Englewood, Colorado,
80155-6742, Attention: Chief Financial Officer.


                           [FORM OF TRANSFER NOTICE]


          FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned registered holder hereby sell(s),
assign(s) and transfer(s) unto

Insert Taxpayer Identification No.
- ----------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Please print or typewrite name and address including zip code of assignee
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
the within Note and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably constituting and
appointing __________________________________________ attorney to transfer
said Note on the books of the Company with full power of substitution in the
premises.

     In connection with any transfer of this Note occurring prior to the date
which is the earlier of (i) the date of an effective Registration or (ii) the
end of the period referred to in Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act, the
undersigned confirms that without utilizing any general solicitation or general
advertising that:

                                  [Check One]

[ ](a)    this Note is being transferred in compliance with the exemption from
          registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. provided by
          Rule 144A thereunder.
                                       or
                                       --
<PAGE>
 
[ ] (b)   this Note is being transferred other than in accordance with (a) above
          and documents are being furnished which comply with the conditions of
          transfer set forth in this Note and the Indenture.

If none of the foregoing boxes is checked, the Trustee or other Registrar shall
not be obligated to register this Note in the name of any Person other than the
Holder hereof unless and until the conditions to any such transfer of
registration set forth herein and in Section 2.08 of the Indenture shall have
been satisfied.


Date:_____________       _____________________________________________________
                         NOTICE: The signature to this assignment must
                         correspond with the name as written upon the face of
                         the within-mentioned instrument in every particular,
                         without alteration or any change whatsoever.

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (a) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

     The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for
its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment
discretion and that it and any such account is a "qualified institutional buyer"
within the meaning of Rule-144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and
acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the
undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request
such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the
undersigned's foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from
registration provided by Rule 144A.

Date:_____________       _____________________________________________________
                         NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer
<PAGE>
 
                       OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE


          If you wish to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to
Section 4.11 or Section 4.12 of the Indenture, check the Box: [ ]

          If you wish to have a portion of this Note purchased by the Company
pursuant to Section 4.11 or Section 4.12 of the Indenture, state the amount (in
principal amount at maturity): $_________________________________.


Date: ________________

Your Signature: ______________________________________________________________
            (Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)


Signature Guarantee: _____________________________________

<PAGE>
 
                                                                    Exhibit 4.11

                         INTELCOM GROUP (U.S.A.), INC.

                 12 1/2% Senior Exchange Discount Note Due 2006


                                                                 CUSIP 45814VAE2

No. 1                                                            $______________

          The following information is supplied for purposes of Sections 1273
and 1275 of the Internal Revenue Code:

<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
Issue Date: April 30, 1996                  Original issue discount under Section
                                            1273
Yield to maturity for period from Issue     of the Internal Revenue Code (for each
 Date to May 1, 2006: 12.50% (rounded to    $1,000 principal amount at maturity):
 two decimal places), compounded            $1079.79
 semiannually on May 1 and November 1
 commencing April 30, 1996                  Issue Price (for each $1,000 principal
                                            amount at maturity): $545.21
</TABLE>

          INTELCOM GROUP (U.S.A.), INC., a Colorado corporation (the "Company",
which term includes any successor under the Indenture hereinafter referred to),
for value received, promises to pay to ____________, or its registered assigns,
the principal sum of ______________ Dollars ($____________) on May 1, 2006.

          Interest Payment Dates: May 1 and November 1, commencing November 1,
2001.

          Regular Record Dates: April 15 and October 15.

          Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Note set
forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes
have the same effect as if set forth at this place.
<PAGE>
 
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be signed
manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized officers.


Date: April 30, 1996 INTELCOM GROUP (U.S.A.), INC.



                                        By:
                                            ____________________________
                                            John D. Field
                                            Executive Vice President



                                        By:
                                            ____________________________
                                            James D. Grenfell
                                            Chief Financial Officer &
                                            Executive Vice President


               (Form of Trustee's Certificate of Authentication)

This is one of the 12 1/2% Senior Exchange Discount Notes due 2006 described in
the within-mentioned Indenture.



                                        NORWEST BANK COLORADO.
                                        NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee


                                        By:
                                            ____________________________
                                                 Authorized Signatory
<PAGE>
 
                             [REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE]

                         INTELCOM GROUP (U.S.A.), INC.

                 12 1/2% Senior Exchange Discount Note due 2006


1.  Principal and Interest.
    ---------------------- 

          The Company will pay the principal of this Note on May 1, 2006.

          The Company promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this
Note on each Interest Payment Date, as set forth below, at the rate per annum
shown above.

          Interest will be payable semiannually (to the holders of record of the
Notes at the close of business on the April 15 or October 15 immediately
preceding the Interest Payment Date) on each Interest Payment Date, commencing
November 1, 2001; provided that no interest shall accrue on the principal amount
of this Note prior to May 1, 2001 and no interest shall be paid on this Note
prior to November 1, 2001.

          From and after May 1, 2001, interest on the Notes will accrue from the
most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been
paid, from May 1, 2001; provided that, if there is no existing default in the
payment of interest and this Note is authenticated between a Regular Record Date
referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date,
interest shall accrue from such Interest Payment Date. Interest will be computed
on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

          The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal and premium, if
any, and interest on overdue installments of interest, to the extent lawful, at
a rate per annum that is 2% in excess of the rate otherwise payable.

2.  Method of Payment.
    ----------------- 

          The Company will pay principal as provided above and interest (except
defaulted interest) on the principal amount of the Notes as provided above on
each May 1 and November 1 to the persons who are Holders (as reflected in the
Security Register at the close of business on such April 15 and October 15,
immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date), in each case, even if the Note
is cancelled on registration of transfer or registration of exchange after such
record date; provided that, with respect to the payment of principal, the
Company will not make payment to the Holder unless this Note is surrendered to a
Paying Agent.

          The Company will pay principal, premium, if any, and as provided
above, interest in money of the United States that at the time of payment is
legal tender for payment 
<PAGE>
 
of public and private debts. However, the Company may pay principal, premium, if
any, and interest by its check payable in such money. It may mail an interest
check to a Holder's registered address (as reflected in the Security Register).
If a payment date is a date other than a Business Day at a place of payment,
payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is a Business
Day and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period.

3.  Paying Agent and Registrar.
    -------------------------- 

          Initially, the Trustee will act as authenticating agent, Paying Agent
and Registrar.  The Company may change any authenticating agent, Paying Agent or
Registrar without notice.  The Company, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate of any
of them may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-Registrar.

4.  Indenture; Limitations.
    ---------------------- 

          The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of April 30,
1996 (the "Indenture"), among the Company, IntelCom Group Inc., a Canadian
federal corporation (the "Guarantor"), and Norwest Bank Colorado, National
Association, as trustee (the "Trustee").  Capitalized terms herein are used as
defined in the Indenture unless otherwise indicated.  The terms of the Notes
include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by
reference to the Trust Indenture Act.  The Notes are subject to all such terms,
and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a
statement of all such terms.  To the extent permitted by applicable law, in the
event of any inconsistency between the terms of this Note and the terms of the
Indenture, the terms of the Indenture shall control.

          The Notes are general unsecured obligations of the Company.  The
Indenture limits the original aggregate principal amount at maturity of the
Notes to $550,300,000 plus any Exchange Securities that may be issued pursuant
to the Registration Rights Agreement.

5.  Redemption.
    ---------- 

          The Notes will be redeemable, at the Company's option, in whole or in
part, at any time and from time to time on or after May 1, 2001 and prior to
maturity, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' prior notice mailed by
first-class mail to each Holders' last address as it appears in the Security
Register, at the following Redemption Prices (expressed in percentages of their
principal amount at maturity), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the
Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant
Regular Record Date that is on or prior to the Redemption Date to receive
interest due on an Interest Payment Date that is on or prior to the Redemption
Date) if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on May 1 of the
applicable year set forth below:
<PAGE>
 
                                        Redemption
          Year                             Price
          ----                          ----------
          2001                           106.250%
          2002                           103.125
          2003 and thereafter            100.000

          In addition, at any time on or prior to May 1, 1999, the Company may,
at its option from time to time, redeem Securities having an aggregate principal
amount of up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of all Securities issued,
at a redemption price equal to 112 1/2% of the Accreted Value thereof on the
Redemption Date, with proceeds of one or more Public Equity Offerings of Common
Stock of (A) the Guarantor or (B) the Company, provided that (i) with respect to
a Public Equity Offering referred to in clause (A) above, cash proceeds of such
Public Equity Offering in an amount sufficient to effect the redemption of
Securities to be so redeemed are contributed by the Guarantor to the Company
prior to such redemption and used by the Company to effect such redemption and
(ii) such redemption occurs within 180 days after consummation of such Public
Equity Offering.

6.   Notice of Redemption.
     -------------------- 

          Notice of any optional redemption will be mailed at least 30 days but
not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes to be
redeemed at his last address as it appears in the Security Register.  Notes in
original denominations larger than $1,000 may be redeemed in part.  On and after
the Redemption Date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of Notes
called for redemption, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the
Redemption Price.


7.   Repurchase upon Change in Control.
     --------------------------------- 

          Upon the occurrence of any Change of Control, each Holder shall have
the right to require the repurchase of its Notes by the Company in cash pursuant
to the offer described in the Indenture at a purchase price equal to 101% of the
Accreted Value thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of
purchase (the "Change of Control Payment").

          A notice of such Change of Control will be mailed within 30 days after
any Change of Control occurs to each Holder at his last address as it appears in
the Security Register.  Notes in original denominations larger than $1,000 may
be sold to the Company in part.  On and after the date of the Change of Control
Payment, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of Notes surrendered for
purchase by the Company, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the
Change of Control Payment.

8.   Denominations; Transfer; Exchange.
     --------------------------------- 
<PAGE>
 
          The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of
$1,000 of principal amount at maturity and multiples of $1,000 in excess
thereof.  A Holder may register the transfer or exchange of Notes in accordance
with the Indenture.  The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to
furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay any taxes and
fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture.  The Registrar need not
register the transfer or exchange of any Notes selected for redemption.  Also,
it need not register the transfer or exchange of any Notes for a period of 15
days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed is made.

9.   Persons Deemed Owners.
     --------------------- 

          A Holder shall be treated as the owner of a Note for all purposes.

10.  Unclaimed Money.
     --------------- 

          If money for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest
remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee and the Paying Agent will pay the
money back to the Company at its request.  After that, Holders entitled to the
money must look to the Company for payment, unless an abandoned property law
designates another Person, and all liability of the Trustee and such Paying
Agent with respect to such money shall cease.

11.  Discharge Prior to Redemption or Maturity.
     ----------------------------------------- 

          If the Company or the Guarantor deposits with the Trustee money or
U.S. Government Obligations sufficient to pay the then outstanding principal of,
premium, if any, and accrued interest on the Notes (a) to redemption or
maturity, the Company will be discharged from the Indenture and the Notes,
except in certain circumstances for certain sections thereof, and (b) to the
Stated Maturity, the Company and the Guarantor will be discharged from certain
covenants set forth in the Indenture.

12.  Amendment; Supplement; Waiver.
     ----------------------------- 

          Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Notes may be
amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority
in principal amount at maturity of the Notes then outstanding, and any existing
default or compliance with any provision may be waived with the consent of the
Holders of at least a majority in principal amount at maturity of the Notes then
outstanding.  Without notice to or the consent of any Holder, the parties
thereto may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Notes to, among other
things, cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency and make any change that
does not materially and adversely affect the rights of any Holder.

13.  Restrictive Covenants.
     --------------------- 
<PAGE>
 
          The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the
Company and the Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries, among other things,
to Incur Indebtedness, make Restricted Payments, use the proceeds from Asset
Sales, engage in transactions with Affiliates or, with respect to each of the
Company and the Guarantor, merge, consolidate or transfer substantially all of
its assets.  Within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter (90 days after
the end of the last fiscal quarter of each year), the Company must report to the
Trustee on compliance with such limitations.

14.  Successor Persons.
     ----------------- 

          When a successor person or other entity assumes all the obligations of
its predecessor under the Notes and the Indenture, the predecessor person will
be released from those obligations.

15.  Defaults and Remedies.
     --------------------- 

          The following events constitute "Events of Default" under the
Indenture: (a) default in the payment of principal of (or premium, if any, on)
any Note when the same becomes due and payable at maturity, upon acceleration,
redemption or otherwise; (b) default in the payment of interest on any Note when
the same becomes due and payable, and such default continues for a period of 30
days; (c) the Company or the Guarantor defaults in the performance of or
breaches any other covenant or agreement of the Company or the Guarantor in the
Indenture or under the Notes and such default or breach continues for a period
of 30 consecutive days after written notice by the Trustee or the Holders of 25%
or more in aggregate principal amount at maturity of the Notes; (d) there occurs
with respect to any issue or issues of Indebtedness of the Company, the
Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary having an outstanding principal amount
at maturity of $10 million or more in the aggregate for all such issues of all
such Persons, whether such Indebtedness now exists or shall hereafter be
created, (I) an event of default that has caused the holder thereof to declare
such Indebtedness to be due and payable prior to its Stated Maturity and such
Indebtedness has not been discharged in full or such acceleration has not been
rescinded or annulled within 30 days of such acceleration and/or (II) the
failure to make a principal payment at the final (but not any interim) fixed
maturity and such defaulted payment shall not have been made, waived or extended
within 30 days of such payment default; (e) any final judgment or order (not
covered by insurance) for the payment of money in excess of $10 million in the
aggregate for all such final judgments or orders against all such Persons
(treating any deductibles, self-insurance or retention as not so covered) shall
be rendered against the Company, the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary and
shall not be paid or discharged, and there shall be any period of 30 consecutive
days following entry of the final judgment or order that causes the aggregate
amount for all such final judgments or orders outstanding and not paid or
discharged against all such Persons to exceed $10 million during which a stay of
enforcement of such final judgment or order, by reason of a pending appeal or
otherwise, shall not be in effect; (f) a court having jurisdiction in the
premises enters a decree or order for (A) relief in respect of the Company, the
Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary in an 
<PAGE>
 
involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar
law now or hereafter in effect, (B) appointment of a receiver, liquidator,
assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of the Company,
the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of
the property and assets of the Company, the Guarantor or any Significant
Subsidiary or (C) the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Company,
the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary and, in each case, such decree or
order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 30 consecutive days;
or (g) the Company, the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary (A) commences a
voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law
now or hereafter in effect, or consents to the entry of an order for relief in
an involuntary case under any such law, (B) consents to the appointment of or
taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee,
sequestrator or similar official of the Company, the Guarantor or any
Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property and
assets of the Company, the Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary or (C)
effects any general assignment for the benefit of creditors.  If an Event of
Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (f) or (g) above
that occurs with respect to the Company or the Guarantor) occurs and is
continuing under the Indenture, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25 in
aggregate principal amount at maturity of the Notes, then outstanding, by
written notice to the Company (and to the Trustee if such notice is given by the
Holders), may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare the
Accreted Value of, premium, if any, and accrued interest, if any, on the Notes
to be immediately due and payable.

          If an Event of Default, as defined in the Indenture, occurs and is
continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount at
maturity of the Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable.  If a
bankruptcy or insolvency default with respect to the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary occurs and is continuing, the Notes automatically become due and
payable.  Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided
in the Indenture.  The Trustee may require indemnity satisfactory to it before
it enforces the Indenture or the Notes.  Subject to certain limitations, Holders
of at least a majority in principal amount at maturity of the Notes then
outstanding may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power.

16.  Additional Amounts
     ------------------

          Any payments by the Guarantor under or with respect to the Notes may
require the payment of Additional Amounts as may become payable under Section
4.20 of the Indenture.

17.  Redemption for Changes in Withholding Taxes.
     ------------------------------------------- 

          The Notes may be redeemed at the election of the Guarantor, as a
whole, but not in part, at 100% of their Accreted Value on the Redemption Date,
together with accrued interest thereon, if any, to the Redemption Date, if (a)
the Guarantor has become or would become obligated to pay, on the next date on
which any amount would be payable with 
<PAGE>
 
respect to the Notes, any Additional Amounts as a result of a change in the laws
(including any regulations promulgated thereunder) of Canada (or any political
subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein), or any change in any
official position regarding the application or interpretation of such laws or
regulations, which change is announced or becomes effective on or after April
25, 1996, and (b) the Guarantor cannot reasonably arrange for another obligor to
make such payment so as to avoid the requirement to pay such Additional Amounts.

18.  Guarantee.
     --------- 

          The Company's obligations under the Notes are fully and irrevocably
guaranteed by the Guarantor.

19.  Trustee Dealings with Company or Guarantor.
     ------------------------------------------ 

          The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other
capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from and perform services for the
Company, the Guarantor or their Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the
Company, the Guarantor or their Affiliates as if it were not the Trustee.

20.  No Recourse Against Others.
     -------------------------- 

          No incorporator or any past, present or future partner, shareholder,
other equity holder, officer, director, employee or controlling person as such,
of the Company or the Guarantor or of any successor Person shall have any
liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantor under the Notes or
the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of, such
obligations or their creation.  Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and
releases all such liability.  The waiver and release are part of the
consideration for the issuance of the Notes.

21.  Authentication.
     -------------- 

          This Note shall not be valid until the Trustee or authenticating agent
signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note.

22.  Abbreviations.
     ------------- 

          Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an
assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the
entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as
tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian) and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors
Act).

          The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and
without charge a copy of the Indenture.  Requests may be made to IntelCom Group
(U.S.A.), Inc., 
<PAGE>
 
9605 East Maroon Circle, P.O. Box 6742, Englewood, Colorado, 80155-6742,
Attention: Chief Financial Officer.


                           [FORM OF TRANSFER NOTICE]


          FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned registered holder hereby sell(s),
assign(s) and transfer(s) unto

Insert Taxpayer Identification No.
- ----------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Please print or typewrite name and address including zip code of assignee
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
the within Note and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably constituting and
appointing __________________________________________ attorney to transfer
said Note on the books of the Company with full power of substitution in the
premises.



Date:_____________
                         _____________________________________________________
                         NOTICE: The signature to this assignment must
                         correspond with the name as written upon the face of
                         the within-mentioned instrument in every particular,
                         without alteration or any change whatsoever.
<PAGE>
 
                       OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE


          If you wish to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to
Section 4.11 or Section 4.12 of the Indenture, check the Box: [ ]

          If you wish to have a portion of this Note purchased by the Company
pursuant to Section 4.11 or Section 4.12 of the Indenture, state the amount (in
principal amount at maturity): $_________________________________.

Date: ________________

Your Signature:
________________________________________________________________________________
      (Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)


Signature Guarantee: _____________________________________

<PAGE>
 
                                                                    Exhibit 4.12
                             LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL

                               OFFER TO EXCHANGE

                12 1/2% SENIOR EXCHANGE DISCOUNT NOTES DUE 2006
                          FOR ANY AND ALL OUTSTANDING
                     12 1/2% SENIOR DISCOUNT NOTES DUE 2006
                                       OF
                         INTELCOM GROUP (U.S.A.), INC.
                                 GUARANTEED BY
                              INTELCOM GROUP INC.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON , 1996
UNLESS EXTENDED (THE "EXPIRATION DATE").
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                  Deliver To:
                         Norwest Banks, Exchange Agent

<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>             <C>
By Registered or Certified Mail:    By Facsimile:   By Hand or Overnight Courier:
        Norwest Banks               (612) 667-4972         Norwest Banks
   Corporate Trust Section                             Corporate Trust Section
        P.O. Box 1517               Confirm by         NorthStar East Building
  Minneapolis MN 55480-1515         Telephone:       Sixth and Marquette Avenues
                                    (612) 667-4070    Minneapolis MN 55479-0113
</TABLE>

Delivery of this instrument to an address other than as set forth above or
transmission of instructions via a facsimile number other than the one listed
above will not constitute a valid delivery.  The instructions accompanying this
Letter of Transmittal should be read carefully before this Letter of Transmittal
is completed.

The undersigned acknowledges that he or she has received and reviewed the
Prospectus dated June ___, 1996 (the "Prospectus") of IntelCom Group (U.S.A.),
Inc. (the "Issuer") and this Letter of Transmittal (the "Letter of
Transmittal"), which together constitute (i) the Issuer's offer (the "Exchange
Offer") to exchange up to $550,300,000 principal amount of its 12 1/2% Senior
Exchange Discount Notes due 2006 (the "New Notes") which have been registered
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), pursuant to
a Registration Statement of which the Prospectus is a part, for a like principal
amount of its outstanding 12 1/2% Senior Discount Notes due 2006 (the "Old
Notes").  Old Notes may be tendered only in integral multiples of $1,000.  Other
capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meaning given to them in
the Prospectus.

     This Letter of Transmittal is to be completed by a holder of Old Notes
either if certificates are to be forwarded herewith or if a tender of
certificates for Old Notes, if available, is to be made by book-entry transfer
to the account maintained by the Exchange Agent at the Depository Trust Company
(the "Book-Entry Transfer Facility") pursuant to the procedures set forth in
"The Exchange Offer--Book-Entry Transfer" section of the Prospectus.  Holders of
Old Notes whose certificates are not immediately available, or who are unable to
deliver their certificates or confirmation of the book-entry tender of their Old
Notes into the Exchange Agent's account at
<PAGE>
 
the Book-Entry Transfer Facility (a "Book-Entry Confirmation") and all other
documents required by this Letter of Transmittal to the Exchange Agent on or
prior to the Expiration Date, must tender their Old Notes according to the
guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in "The Exchange Offer--Guaranteed
Delivery Procedures" section of the Prospectus.  See Instruction 1.  Delivery of
Documents to the Book-Entry Transfer Facility does not constitute delivery to
the Exchange Agent.

     The term "Holder" with respect to the Exchange Offer means any person in
whose name Old Notes are registered on the books of the Issuer or any other
person who has obtained a properly completed bond power from the registered
holder.  The undersigned has completed, executed and delivered this Letter of
Transmittal to indicate the action the undersigned desires to take with respect
to the Exchange Offer.  Holders who wish to tender their Old Notes must complete
this letter in its entirety.

                 PLEASE READ THIS ENTIRE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
                      CAREFULLY BEFORE COMPLETING THE BOX

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                           DESCRIPTION OF 12 1/2% SENIOR DISCOUNT NOTES DUE 2005
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                                                                         PRINCIPAL
                                                                                         AMOUNT
                                                              AGGREGATE                  TENDERED
                                                              PRINCIPAL                  (MUST BE IN
NAMES AND ADDRESS(ES) OF                                      AMOUNT                     INTEGRAL
REGISTERED HOLDERS                    CERTIFICATE             REPRESENTED BY             MULTIPLES OF
(PLEASE FILL IN, IF BLANK)            NUMBER(S)               CERTIFICATE(S)             $1,000)/*/
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
<S>                                   <C>                     <C>                        <C>
 
                                      --------------------------------------------------------------- 
 
                                      --------------------------------------------------------------- 

                                      --------------------------------------------------------------- 

                                      --------------------------------------------------------------- 
 
                                      --------------------------------------------------------------- 
 
                                      --------------------------------------------------------------- 
                                             TOTAL
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 


/*/  Unless indicated in the column labeled "Principal Amount Tendered," any
     tendering Holder of 12 1/2% Senior Discount Notes due 2006 will be deemed
     to have tendered the entire aggregate principal amount represented by the
     column labeled "Aggregate Principal Amount Represented by Certificate(s)."
 
     If the space provided above is inadequate, list the certificate numbers and
     principal amounts on a separate signed schedule and affix the list to this
     Letter of Transmittal.
 
     The minimum permitted tender is $1,000 in principal amount of 12 1/2%
     Senior Discount Notes due 2006. All other tenders must be in integral
     multiples of $1,000.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

[_]  CHECK HERE IF TENDERED OLD NOTES ARE ENCLOSED HEREWITH.

[_]  CHECK HERE IF TENDERED OLD NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER
     MADE TO THE ACCOUNT MAINTAINED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT WITH DTC AND COMPLETE
     THE FOLLOWING (FOR USE BY ELIGIBLE INSTITUTIONS (AS HEREINAFTER DEFINED)
     ONLY):

     Name of Tendering Institution __________________________________
     Account Number _________________________________________________
     Transaction Code Number ________________________________________

                                      -2-
<PAGE>
 
[_]  CHECK HERE IF TENDERED OLD NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED PURSUANT TO A NOTICE
     OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY ENCLOSED HEREWITH AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING (FOR
     USE BY ELIGIBLE INSTITUTIONS ONLY):

     Name(s) of Registered Old Noteholder(s) ________________________
     Date of Execution of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery _____________
     Window Ticket Number (if available) ____________________________
     Name of Institution which Guaranteed Delivery __________________
     Account Number (if delivered by book-entry transfer) ___________


<TABLE>
<S>                                                     <C>
- ------------------------------------------------------  ------------------------------------------------------
SPECIAL ISSUANCE INSTRUCTIONS                                      SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS
(See Instructions 4, 5 and 6)                                      (See Instructions 4, 5 and 6)
 
To be completed ONLY (i) if certificates for Old        To be completed ONLY if certificates for Old
 Notes not tendered, or New Notes issued in             Notes not tendered, or New Notes issued in
 exchange for Old Notes accepted for exchange, are      exchange for Old Notes accepted for exchange, are
 to be issued in the name of someone other than the     to be sent to someone other than the undersigned,
 undersigned, or (ii) if Old Notes tendered by book-    or to the undersigned at an address other than that
 entry transfer which are not exchanged are to be       shown above.
 returned by credit to an account maintained at
 Depository Trust Company ("DTC").                      Mail to:
 
                                                        Name ________________________________________________
Issue certificate(s) to:                                                   (Please Print)
 
Name _________________________________________________  Address _____________________________________________
                  (Please Print)
 
Address  _____________________________________________  ----------------------------------------------------
                                                                         (Include Zip Code)
- ------------------------------------------------------
(Include Zip Code)
                                                        ----------------------------------------------------
                                                            (Tax Identification or Social Security No.)
 
- ------------------------------------------------------
(Tax Identification or Social Security No.)
 
 
Credit Old Notes not exchanged and delivered by
 book-entry transfer to the DTC account set forth
 below:
 
- -------------------------------------------- 
DTC Account Number
- ------------------------------------------------------  ------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                      -3-
<PAGE>
 
Ladies and Gentlemen:

   Subject to the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer, the undersigned
hereby tenders to the Issuer the principal amount of Old Notes indicated above.
Subject to and effective upon the acceptance for exchange of the principal
amount of Old Notes tendered in accordance with this Letter of Transmittal, the
undersigned sells, assigns and transfers to, or upon the order of, the Issuer
all right, title and interest in and to the Old Notes tendered hereby.  The
undersigned hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Exchange Agent its
agent and attorney-in-fact (with full knowledge that the Exchange Agent also
acts as the agent of the Issuer) with respect to the tendered Old Notes with
full power of substitution to (i) deliver certificates for such Old Notes, or
transfer ownership of such Old Notes on the account books maintained by DTC, to
the Issuer and deliver all accompanying evidences of transfer and authenticity
to, or upon the order of, the Issuer and (ii) present such Old Notes for
transfer on the books of the Issuer and receive all benefits and otherwise
exercise all rights of beneficial ownership of such Old Notes, all in accordance
with the terms of the Exchange Offer.  The power of attorney granted in this
paragraph shall be deemed to be irrevocable and coupled with an interest.

   The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that he or she has full power
and authority to tender, sell, assign and transfer the Old Notes tendered hereby
and that the Issuer will acquire good and unencumbered title thereto, free and
clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances and not subject to
any adverse claim, when the same are acquired by the Issuer.  The undersigned
hereby further represents that (i) any New Notes acquired in exchange for Old
Notes tendered hereby will have been acquired in the ordinary course of business
of the person receiving such New Notes, whether or not the undersigned, (ii)
neither the undersigned nor any such other person is engaging in or intends to
engage in a distribution of the New Notes, (iii) neither the Holder nor any such
other person has an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate
in the distribution of such New Notes and (iv) neither the Holder nor any such
other person is an "affiliate," as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act,
of the Issuer.

   The undersigned also acknowledges that this Exchange Offer is being made in
reliance upon interpretations contained in letters issued to third parties by
the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") that the New
Notes issued in exchange for the Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be
offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by holders thereof (other
than any such holder that is an "affiliate" of the Issuer within the meaning of
Rule 405 under the Securities Act), without compliance with the registration and
prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that such New
Notes are acquired in the ordinary course of such holders' business and such
holders are not engaging in and do not intend to engage in a distribution of the
New Notes and have no arrangement or understanding with any person to
participate in distribution of such New Notes.  If the undersigned is not a
broker-dealer, the undersigned represents that it is not engaged in, and does
not intend to engage in, a distribution of New Notes.  If the undersigned is a
broker-dealer that will receive New Notes for its own account in exchange for
Old Notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other
trading activities, it acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus in
connection with any resale of such New Notes; however, by so acknowledging and
by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it
is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.

   The undersigned will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional
documents deemed by the Exchange Agent or the Issuer to be necessary or
desirable to complete the assignment, transfer and purchase of the Old Notes
tendered hereby.

   For purposes of the Exchange Offer, the Issuer shall be deemed to have
accepted validly tendered Old Notes when, as and if the Issuer has given oral or
written notice thereof to the Exchange Agent.

   If any tendered Old Notes are not accepted for exchange pursuant to the
Exchange Offer for any reason, certificates for any such unaccepted Old Notes
will be returned, without expense, to the undersigned at the address shown below
or at a different address as may be indicated herein under "Special Delivery
Instructions" as promptly as practicable after the Expiration Date.

   All authority conferred or agreed to be conferred by this Letter of
Transmittal shall survive the death, incapacity or dissolution of the
undersigned, and every obligation of the undersigned under this Letter of
Transmittal shall be binding upon the undersigned's heirs, personal
representatives, successors and assigns.

                                      -4-
<PAGE>
 
   The undersigned understands that tenders of Old Notes pursuant to the
procedures described under the caption "The Exchange Offer--Procedures for
Tendering Old Notes" in the Prospectus and in the instructions hereto will
constitute a binding agreement between the undersigned and the Issuer upon the
terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer.

   Unless otherwise indicated under "Special Issuance Instructions," please
issue the certificates representing the New Notes issued in exchange for the Old
Notes accepted for exchange and return any Old Notes not tendered or not
exchanged, in the name(s) of the undersigned. Similarly, unless otherwise
indicated under "Special Delivery Instructions," please send the certificates
representing the New Notes issued in exchange for the Old Notes accepted for
exchange and any certificates for Old Notes not tendered or not exchanged (and
accompanying documents, as appropriate) to the undersigned at the address shown
below the undersigned's signature(s).  In the event that both "Special Payment
Instructions" and "Special Delivery Instructions" are completed, please issue
the certificates representing the New Notes issued in exchange for the Old Notes
accepted for exchange in the name(s) of, and return any Old Notes not tendered
or not exchanged and send said certificates to, the person(s) so indicated.  The
undersigned recognizes that the Issuer has no obligation pursuant to the
"Special Payment Instructions" and "Special Delivery Instructions" to transfer
any Old Notes from the name of the registered holder(s) thereof if the Issuer
does not accept for exchange any of the Old Notes so tendered.

     Holders of Old Notes who wish to tender their Old Notes and (i) whose Old
Notes are not immediately available, or (ii) who cannot deliver their Old Notes,
this Letter of Transmittal or any other documents required hereby to the
Exchange Agent prior to the Expiration Date (or who cannot comply with the book-
entry transfer procedure on a timely basis), may tender their Old Notes
according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the Prospectus
under the caption "The Exchange Offer--Guaranteed Delivery Procedures."  See
Instruction 1 regarding the completion of this Letter of Transmittal, printed
below.

                                      -5-
<PAGE>
 
                        PLEASE SIGN HERE WHETHER OR NOT
                 OLD NOTES ARE BEING PHYSICALLY TENDERED HEREBY

X
- ------------------------------------            --------------------
                                                        Date


X
- ------------------------------------            --------------------
Signature(s) of Registered Holder(s)                    Date
      or Authorized Signatory

Area Code and Telephone Number: ____________________

          The above lines must be signed by the registered holder(s) of Old
Notes as their name(s) appear(s) on the Old Notes or by person(s) authorized to
become registered holder(s) by a properly completed bond power from the
registered holder(s), a copy of which must be transmitted with this Letter of
Transmittal.  If Old Notes to which this Letter of Transmittal relate are held
of record by two or more joint holders, then all such holders must sign this
Letter of Transmittal.  If signature is by trustee, executor, administrator,
guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer of a corporation or other person acting in a
fiduciary or representative capacity, then such person must (i) set forth his or
her full title below and (ii) unless waived by the Issuers, submit evidence
satisfactory to the Issuers of such person's authority so to act.  See
Instruction 4 regarding the completion of this Letter of Transmittal, printed
below.


Name(s):
        _______________________________________________________________________

        _______________________________________________________________________
                                     (Please Print)

Capacity:
        _______________________________________________________________________

Address:
        _______________________________________________________________________

        _______________________________________________________________________
                                   (Include Zip Code)


          Signature(s) Guaranteed by an Eligible Institution (as hereinafter
          defined):
          (If required by Instruction 4)


          ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 (Authorized Signature)

          ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         (Title)

          ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     (Name of Firm)


Dated: _________________, 1996

                                      -6-
<PAGE>
 
                                  INSTRUCTIONS

         FORMING PART OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER


     1.   DELIVERY OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND OLD NOTES.  The tendered
Old Notes or any confirmation of a book-entry transfer (a "Book-Entry
Confirmation"), as well as a properly completed and duly executed copy of this
Letter of Transmittal or facsimile hereof and any other documents required by
this Letter of Transmittal must be received by the Exchange Agent at its address
set forth herein prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.
The method of delivery of the tendered Old Notes, this Letter of Transmittal and
all other required documents to the Exchange Agent is at the election and risk
of the Holder and, except as otherwise provided below, the delivery will be
deemed made only when actually received or confirmed by the Exchange Agent.
Instead of delivery by mail, it is recommended that the Holder use an overnight
or hand delivery service.  In all cases, sufficient time should be allowed to
assure delivery to the Exchange Agent before the Expiration Date.  No Letter of
Transmittal or Old Notes should be sent to the Issuer.

     Holders who wish to tender their Old Notes and (i) whose Old Notes are not
immediately available, or (ii) who cannot deliver their Old Notes, this Letter
of Transmittal or any other documents required hereby to the Exchange Agent
prior to the Expiration Date or (iii) who are unable to complete the procedure
for book-entry transfer on a timely basis, must tender their Old Notes according
to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the Prospectus.  Pursuant to
such procedure:  (i) such tender must be made by or through an Eligible
Institution; (ii) prior to the Expiration Date, the Exchange Agent must have
received from the Eligible Institution a properly completed and duly executed
Notice of Guaranteed Delivery (by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery)
setting forth the name and address of the Holder of the Old Notes, the
certificate number or numbers of such Old Notes and the principal amount of Old
Notes tendered, stating that the tender is being made thereby and guaranteeing
that, within five New York Stock Exchange trading days after the Expiration
Date, this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile hereof) together with the
certificate(s) representing the Old Notes (or a Book-Entry Confirmation) and any
other required documents will be deposited by the Eligible Institution (as
hereinafter defined) with the Exchange Agent; and (iii) such properly completed
and executed Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile hereof), as well as all other
documents required by this Letter of Transmittal and the certificates(s)
representing all tendered Old Notes (or a Book-Entry Confirmation) in proper
form for transfer, must be received by the Exchange Agent within five New York
Stock Exchange trading days after the Expiration Date, all as provided in the
Prospectus under the caption "The Exchange Offer--Guaranteed Delivery
Procedures."  Any Holder of Old Notes who wishes to tender his Old Notes
pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures described above must ensure that
the Exchange Agent receives the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery prior to 5:00
p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.  Upon request of the Exchange
Agent, a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery will be sent to Holders who wish to
tender their Old Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth
above.

     All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of
receipt), acceptance of tendered Old Notes and withdrawal of tendered Old Notes
will be determined by the Issuer in its sole discretion, which determination
will be final and binding.  The Issuer reserves the absolute right to reject any
and all Old Notes not properly tendered or any Old Notes the Issuer's acceptance
of which would, in the opinion of counsel for the Issuer, be unlawful.  The
Issuer also reserves the right to waive any irregularities or conditions of
tender as to particular Old Notes.  The Issuer's interpretation of the terms and
conditions of the Exchange Offer (including the instructions in this Letter of
Transmittal) shall be final and binding on all parties.  Unless waived, any
defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of Old Notes must be cured
within such time as the Issuer shall determine.  Neither the Issuer, the
Exchange Agent nor any other person shall be under any duty to give notification
of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of Old Notes, nor shall any
of them incur any liability for failure to give such notification.  Tenders of
Old Notes will not be deemed to have been made until such defects or
irregularities have been cured or waived.  Any Old Notes received by the
Exchange Agent that are not properly tendered and as to which the defects or
irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned by the Exchange
Agent to the tendering Holders of Old Notes, unless otherwise provided in this
Letter of Transmittal, as soon as practicable following the Expiration Date.

                                      -7-
<PAGE>
 
     2.   TENDER BY HOLDER.  Only a Holder of Old Notes may tender such Old
Notes in the Exchange Offer.  Any beneficial holder of Old Notes who is not the
registered holder and who wishes to tender should arrange with the registered
holder to execute and deliver this Letter of Transmittal on his behalf or must,
prior to completing and executing this Letter of Transmittal and delivering his
Old Notes, either make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the Old
Notes in such holder's name or obtain a properly completed bond power from the
registered holder.

     3.   PARTIAL TENDERS.  Tenders of Old Notes will be accepted only in
integral multiples of $1,000.  If less than the entire principal amount of any
Old Notes is tendered, the tendering Holder should fill in the principal amount
tendered in the third column of the box entitled "Description of 12 1/2% Senior
Discount Notes due 2006" above.  The entire principal amount of Old Notes
delivered to the Exchange Agent will be deemed to have been tendered unless
otherwise indicated.  If the entire principal amount of all Old Notes is not
tendered, then Old Notes for the principal amount of Old Notes not tendered and
a certificate or certificates representing New Notes issued in exchange for any
Old Notes accepted will be sent to the Holder at his or her registered address,
unless a different address is provided in the appropriate box on this Letter of
Transmittal, promptly after the Old Notes are accepted for exchange.

     4.   SIGNATURES ON THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL; BOND POWERS AND ENDORSEMENTS;
GUARANTEE OF SIGNATURES.  If this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile hereof) is
signed by the record Holder(s) of the Old Notes tendered hereby, the signature
must correspond with the name(s) as written on the face of the Old Notes without
alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

     If this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile hereof) is signed by the
registered holder or holders of Old Notes tendered and the certificate or
certificates for New Notes issued in exchange therefor is to be issued (or any
untendered principal amount of Old Notes is to be reissued) to the registered
holder, the said holder need not and should not endorse any tendered Old Notes,
nor provide a separate bond power.  In any other case, such holder must either
properly endorse the Old Notes tendered or transmit a properly completed
separate bond power with this Letter of Transmittal, with the signatures on the
endorsement or bond power guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.

     If this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile hereof) is signed by a person
other than the registered holder or holders of any Old Notes listed, such Old
Notes must be endorsed or accompanied by appropriate bond powers, in each case
signed as the name of the registered holder or holders appears on the Old Notes.

     If this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile hereof) or any Old Notes or
bond powers are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians,
attorneys-in-fact, or officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary
or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing, and,
unless waived by the Issuers, evidence satisfactory to the Issuers of their
authority so to act must be submitted with this Letter of Transmittal.

     Endorsements on Old Notes or signatures on bond powers required by this
Instruction 4 must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.

     Except as otherwise provided below, all signatures on this Letter of
Transmittal must be guaranteed by a participant in a Recognized Signature
Guarantee Medallion Program (an "Eligible Institution").  Signatures on this
Letter of Transmittal need not be guaranteed if (a) this Letter of Transmittal
is signed by the registered Holder(s) of the Old Notes tendered herewith and
such Holder(s) have not completed the box set forth herein entitled "Special
Payment Instructions" or the box entitled "Special Delivery Instructions," or
(b) if such Old Notes are tendered for the account of an Eligible Institution.

     5.   SPECIAL PAYMENT AND DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS.  Tendering Holders should
indicate, in the applicable box or boxes, the name and address to which New
Notes or substitute Old Notes for principal amounts not tendered or not accepted
for exchange are to be issued or sent, if different from the name and address of
the person signing this Letter of Transmittal.  In the case of issuance in a
different name, the taxpayer identification or social security number of the
person named must also be indicated.

                                      -8-
<PAGE>
 
     6.   TRANSFER TAXES.  The Issuer will pay all transfer taxes, if any,
applicable to the exchange of Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer.  If,
however, certificates representing New Notes or Old Notes for principal amounts
not tendered or accepted for exchange are to be delivered to, or are to be
registered or issued in the name of, any person other than the registered holder
of the Old Notes tendered hereby, or if tendered Old Notes are registered in the
name of any person other than the person signing this Letter of Transmittal, or
if a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of Old Notes
pursuant to the Exchange Offer, then the amount of any such transfer taxes
(whether imposed on the registered holder or on any other persons) will be
payable by the tendering holder.  If satisfactory evidence of payment of such
taxes or exemption therefrom is not submitted with this Letter of Transmittal,
the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed directly to such tendering
holder.

     Except as provided in this Instruction 6, it will not be necessary for
transfer tax stamps to be affixed to the Old Notes listed in this Letter of
Transmittal.

     7.   WAIVER OF CONDITIONS.  The Issuer reserves the absolute right to
amend, waive or modify specified conditions in the Exchange Offer in the case of
any Old Notes tendered.

     8.   MUTILATED, LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED OLD NOTES.  Any tendering Holder
whose Old Notes have been mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed should contact
the Exchange Agent at the address indicated herein for further instructions.

     9.   REQUESTS FOR ASSISTANCE OR ADDITIONAL COPIES.  Questions and requests
for assistance and requests for additional copies of the Prospectus or this
Letter of Transmittal may be directed to the Exchange Agent at the address
specified in the Prospectus.  Holders may also contact their broker, dealer,
commercial bank, trust company or other nominee for assistance concerning the
Exchange Offer.


                         (DO NOT WRITE IN SPACE BELOW)
 
                      ===================================
                      CERTIFICATE   OLD NOTES  OLD NOTES
                      SURRENDERED   TENDERED   ACCEPTED
 
                      -----------------------------------

                      -----------------------------------
 
                      ===================================
 
 
Delivery Prepared by ____________  Checked By ______________  Date ___________

                                      -9-
<PAGE>
 
                       NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY FOR

                         INTELCOM GROUP (U.S.A.), INC.


     This form or one substantially equivalent hereto must be used to accept the
Exchange Offer of IntelCom Group (U.S.A.), Inc. (the "Issuer") made pursuant to
the Prospectus, dated June ___, 1996 (the "Prospectus"), if certificates for Old
Notes of the Issuer are not immediately available or if the procedure for book-
entry transfer cannot be completed on a timely basis or time will not permit all
required documents to reach the Exchange Agent prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City
time, on the Expiration Date of the Exchange Offer.  Such form may be delivered
or transmitted by telegram, telex, facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery
to Norwest Banks (the "Exchange Agent") as set forth below.  In addition, in
order to utilize the guaranteed delivery procedure to tender Old Notes pursuant
to the Exchange Offer, a completed, signed and dated Letter of Transmittal (or
facsimile thereof) must also be received by the Exchange Agent prior to 5:00
p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.  Capitalized terms not defined
herein are defined in the Prospectus.

                                  Deliver To:
                         Norwest Banks, Exchange Agent

<TABLE>
<S>                                      <C>             <C>
By Registered Mail or Certified Mail:    By Facsimile:   By Hand or Overnight Courier:
          Norwest Banks                  (612) 667-4972          Norwest Banks
     Corporate Trust Section                                 Corporate Trust Section
          P.O. Box 1517                  Confirm by         NorthStar East Building
    Minneapolis MN 55480-1515            Telephone:        Sixth and Marquette Avenues
                                         (612) 667-4070     Minneapolis MN 55479-0113
</TABLE>

     Delivery of this instrument to an address other than as set forth above, or
transmission of instructions via facsimile other than as set forth above, will
not constitute a valid delivery.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

     Upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the
accompanying Letter of Transmittal, the undersigned hereby tenders to the Issuer
the principal amount at maturity of Old Notes set forth below, pursuant to the
guaranteed delivery procedure described in "The Exchange Offer--Guaranteed
Delivery Procedures" section of the Prospectus.  By so tendering, the
undersigned hereby does make, at and as of the date hereof, the representations
and warranties of a tendering holder of Old Notes set forth in the Letter of
Transmittal.

Principal Amount of Old Notes             If Old Notes will be delivered by
Tendered:                                 book-entry transfer to Depository
                                          Trust Company, provide account number.
$ ______________________________
 
Certificate Nos. (if available):
 
 
________________________________

Total Principal Amount Represented by
Old Notes Certificate(s):
 
$ ______________________________          Account Number  ____________________

________________________________________________________________________________
<PAGE>
 
     ALL AUTHORITY HEREIN CONFERRED OR AGREED TO BE CONFERRED SHALL SURVIVE THE
DEATH OR INCAPACITY OF THE UNDERSIGNED AND EVERY OBLIGATION OF THE UNDERSIGNED
HEREUNDER SHALL BE BINDING UPON THE HEIRS, PERSONAL REPRESENTATIVES, SUCCESSORS
AND ASSIGNS OF THE UNDERSIGNED.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                PLEASE SIGN HERE

X ___________________________________  ______________

X ___________________________________  ______________
  Signatures of Owner(s)                    Date
  or Authorized Signatory

Area Code and Telephone
Number:  __________________________

     Must be signed by the holder(s) of Old Notes as their name(s) appear(s) on
certificates for Old Notes or on a security position listing, or by person(s)
authorized to become registered holder(s) by endorsement and documents
transmitted with this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.  If signature is by a
trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer or other
person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person must set
forth his or her full title below.

                      Please print name(s) and address(es)

Name(s):
          ______________________________________________________________________
          ______________________________________________________________________
          ______________________________________________________________________
          ______________________________________________________________________
Capacity: ______________________________________________________________________
Address(es): ___________________________________________________________________
          ______________________________________________________________________
          ______________________________________________________________________

                                   GUARANTEE

     The undersigned, a member of a registered national securities exchange, or
a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., or a
commercial bank or trust company having an officer or correspondent in the
United States, hereby guarantees that the certificates representing the
principal amount of Old Notes tendered hereby in proper form or transfer, or
timely confirmation of the book-entry transfer of such Old Notes into the
Exchange Agent's account at Depository Trust Company pursuant to the procedures
set forth in "The Exchange Offer--Guaranteed Delivery Procedures" section of the
Prospectus, together with a properly completed and duly executed Letter of
Transmittal (or a manually signed facsimile thereof) with any required signature
guarantee and any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal, will be
received by the Exchange Agent at the address set forth above, no later than
five New York Stock Exchange trading days after the date of execution hereof.

 
- ----------------------------------         --------------------------------- 
             Name of Firm                        Authorized Signature

- ----------------------------------         ---------------------------------  
Address                                                 Title

- ----------------------------------         Name:
                          Zip Code               ---------------------------
                                                    (Please Type or Print)
 
Area Code and Tel. No.                     Dated:
                       -----------                 -------------------------

NOTE:  DO NOT SEND CERTIFICATES FOR OLD NOTES WITH THIS FORM.  CERTIFICATES FOR
OLD NOTES SHOULD ONLY BE SENT WITH YOUR LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.

                                      -2-

<PAGE>
 
                                                                    EXHIBIT 4.16
                                                                 CUSIP 45814V201


                               State of Colorado

                         INTELCOM GROUP (U.S.A.), INC.
               Cumulative Exchangeable Redeemable Preferred Stock

     This Certifies that               [specimen]              is the registered
                         -------------------------------------                  
holder of          xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx Exchangeable Preferred (no par value)
          ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Shares transferable only on the books of the Corporation by the holder hereof in
person or by Attorney upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed.

     In Witness Whereof, the said Corporation has caused this Certificate to be
signed by its duly authorized officers and its Corporate Seal to be hereunto
affixed this      30th      day of           April       A.D.   96
             --------------        ---------------------       ----

 
- -------------------------------                 ------------------------------
Vice President                                  Secretary
<PAGE>
 
THIS PREFERRED STOCK HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF
1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), AND ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR
SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S.
PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE.  BY ITS ACQUISITION
HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A "QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL
BUYER" (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (B) IT IS NOT A U.S.
PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS PREFERRED STOCK IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN
COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (C) IT IS AN
INSTITUTIONAL "ACCREDITED INVESTOR" (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR
(7) OR REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (AN "INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED
INVESTOR"), (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT, WITHIN THE TIME PERIOD REFERRED TO
UNDER RULE 144(k) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AS IN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF THE
TRANSFER OF THIS PREFERRED STOCK, RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS PREFERRED
STOCK EXCEPT (A) TO INTELCOM GROUP (U.S.A.), INC (THE "CORPORATION") OR ANY
SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH
RULE 144a UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE
TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) PURSUANT
TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT
(IF AVAILABLE), (E) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED
INVESTOR THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES TO THE TRANSFER AGENT A SIGNED
LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE
RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF THIS PREFERRED STOCK (THE FORM OF WHICH LETTER CAN
BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRANSFER AGENT) OR (F) AFTER REGISTRATION UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS
PREFERRED STOCK IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS
LEGEND IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER OF THIS PREFERRED STOCK WITHIN THE TIME
PERIOD REFERRED TO ABOVE, THE HOLDER MUST EXECUTE A LETTER (THE FORM OF WHICH
LETTER CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRANSFER AGENT) RELATING TO THE MANNER OF SUCH
TRANSFER AND SUBMIT THIS CERTIFICATE TO THE TRANSFER AGENT.  AS USED HEREIN, THE
TERMS "OFFSHORE TRANSACTION," "UNITED STATES" AND "U.S. PERSON" HAVE THE
MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.  THE FIRST
AMENDED AND RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF THE CORPORATION CONTAINS A
PROVISION REQUIRING THE TRANSFER AGENT TO REFUSE TO REGISTER ANY TRANSFER OF
THIS PREFERRED STOCK IN VIOLATION OF THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

THE CORPORATION WILL FURNISH TO THE SHAREHOLDER, WITHOUT CHARGE, A SUMMARY OF
THE DESIGNATIONS, PREFERENCES, LIMITATIONS AND RELATION RIGHTS APPLICABLE TO
THIS PREFERRED STOCK UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE CORPORATION.

  For Value Received, _____ hereby sell, assign and transfer unto
Shares represented by the within Certificate and do hereby irrevocably
constitute and appoint ___________________
______________________________________________ Attorney to transfer the said 
Shares on the books of the within named Corporation with full power of
substitution in the premises.

  Dated  ____________________   _______
         In presence of

         _________________________________      ___________________________


                   NOTICE, THE SIGNATURE OF THIS ASSIGNMENT
               MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE
             FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE, IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT
              ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT, OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER. 

<PAGE>
 
                                                                    EXHIBIT 4.17
                                                                 CUSIP 45814V409


                               State of Colorado

                         INTELCOM GROUP (U.S.A.), INC.
               Cumulative Exchangeable Redeemable Preferred Stock

     This Certifies that               [specimen]              is the registered
                         -------------------------------------                  
holder of          xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx Series B Exchangeable Preferred (no par
          ---------------------------------------------------------------------
value)          Shares transferable only on the books of the Corporation by the
- ---------------                                                                
holder hereof in person or by Attorney upon surrender of this Certificate
properly endorsed.

     In Witness Whereof, the said Corporation has caused this Certificate to be
signed by its duly authorized officers and its Corporate Seal to be hereunto
affixed this      30th      day of           April       A.D.   96
             --------------        ---------------------       ----

- -------------------------------         -------------------------------- 
Vice President                          Secretary
<PAGE>
 
  For Value Received, _____ hereby sell, assign and transfer unto
___________________________________________________________________________
Shares represented by the within Certificate and do hereby irrevocably
constitute and appoint ___________________
_________________________________________________ Attorney to transfer the 
said Shares on the books of the within named Corporation with full power of
substitution in the premises.

  Dated ___________________________     _________
        In presence of

   ____________________________________    _______________________________ 

<PAGE>
 
                                                                    Exhibit 4.18
                             LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL

                             OFFER TO EXCHANGE ITS

                        NEW EXCHANGEABLE PREFERRED STOCK
                          MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE 2007
                   (EXCHANGEABLE AT THE OPTION OF THE ISSUER)
               WHICH HAS BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT
                          FOR ANY AND ALL OUTSTANDING
                          EXCHANGEABLE PREFERRED STOCK
                          MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE 2007
                   (EXCHANGEABLE AT THE OPTION OF THE ISSUER)
                                       of
                         IntelCom Group (U.S.A.), Inc.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON
_____________, 1996 UNLESS EXTENDED (THE "EXPIRATION DATE").
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Deliver To:
Norwest Banks, Exchange Agent

<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>             <C>
By Registered or Certified Mail:    By Facsimile:   By Hand or Overnight Courier:
Norwest Banks                       (612) 667-4972  Norwest Banks
Corporate Trust Section                             Corporate Trust Section
P.O. Box 1517                       Confirm by      NorthStar East Building
Minneapolis MN 55480-1515           Telephone:      Sixth and Marquette Avenues
                                    (612) 667-4070  Minneapolis MN 55479-0113
</TABLE>

Delivery of this instrument to an address other than as set forth above or
transmission of instructions via a facsimile number other than the one listed
above will not constitute a valid delivery.  The instructions accompanying this
Letter of Transmittal should be read carefully before this Letter of Transmittal
is completed.

The undersigned acknowledges that he or she has received and reviewed the
Prospectus dated June __, 1996 (the "Prospectus") of IntelCom Group (U.S.A.),
Inc. (the "Issuer") and this Letter of Transmittal (the "Letter of
Transmittal"), which together constitute (i) the Issuer's offer (the "Exchange
Offer") to exchange its newly issued New Exchangeable Preferred Stock (the "New
Preferred Stock") which has been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the "Securities Act"), pursuant to a Registration Statement of which
the Prospectus is a part, for its outstanding Exchangeable Preferred Stock (the
"Old Preferred Stock") of which 150,000 shares are issued and outstanding, on a
share for share basis.  Other capitalized terms used but not defined herein have
the meaning given to them in the Prospectus.

          This Letter of Transmittal is to be completed by a holder of Old
Preferred Stock either if certificates are to be forwarded herewith or if a
tender of certificates for Old Preferred Stock, if available, is to be made by
book-
<PAGE>
 
entry transfer to the account maintained by the Exchange Agent at the Depository
Trust Company (the "Book-Entry Transfer Facility") pursuant to the procedures
set forth in "The Exchange Offer--Book-Entry Transfer" section of the
Prospectus.  Holders of Old Preferred Stock whose certificates are not
immediately available, or who are unable to deliver their certificates or
confirmation of the book-entry tender of their Old Preferred Stock into the
Exchange Agent's account at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility (a "Book-Entry
Confirmation") and all other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal to
the Exchange Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date, must tender their Old
Preferred Stock according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in
"The Exchange Offer--Guaranteed Delivery Procedures" section of the Prospectus.
See Instruction 1.  Delivery of Documents to the Book-Entry Transfer Facility
does not constitute delivery to the Exchange Agent.

          The term "Holder" with respect to the Exchange Offer means any person
in whose name Old Preferred Stock is registered on the books of the Issuer or
any other person who has obtained a properly completed stock power from the
registered holder.  The undersigned has completed, executed and delivered this
Letter of Transmittal to indicate the action the undersigned desires to take
with respect to the Exchange Offer.  Holders who wish to tender their Old
Preferred Stock must complete this letter in its entirety.

                 PLEASE READ THIS ENTIRE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
                      CAREFULLY BEFORE COMPLETING THE BOX
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                DESCRIPTION OF EXCHANGEABLE PREFERRED STOCK
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             AGGREGATE                               
NAMES AND ADDRESS(ES) OF                                     NUMBER OF SHARES            NUMBER OF   
REGISTERED HOLDERS                    CERTIFICATE            REPRESENTED BY               SHARES     
(PLEASE FILL IN, IF BLANK)            NUMBER(S)              CERTIFICATE(S)              TENDERED/*/ 
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
<S>                                   <C>                    <C>                         <C> 
                                      -------------------------------------------------------------- 

                                      -------------------------------------------------------------- 

                                      -------------------------------------------------------------- 

                                      -------------------------------------------------------------- 
 
                                      -------------------------------------------------------------- 
 
                                      -------------------------------------------------------------- 
                                      TOTAL
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 

/*/  Unless indicated in the column labeled "Number of Shares Tendered," any
     tendering Holder of Exchangeable Preferred Stock will be deemed to have
     tendered the entire aggregate number of shares represented by the column
     labeled "Aggregate Number of Shares Represented by Certificate(s)."
 
     If the space provided above is inadequate, list the certificate numbers and
     number of shares on a separate signed schedule and affix the list to this
     Letter of Transmittal.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
</TABLE> 

[_]  CHECK HERE IF TENDERED OLD PREFERRED STOCK IS ENCLOSED HEREWITH.

[_]  CHECK HERE IF TENDERED OLD PREFERRED STOCK IS BEING DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY
     TRANSFER MADE TO THE ACCOUNT MAINTAINED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT WITH DTC AND
     COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING (FOR USE BY ELIGIBLE INSTITUTIONS (AS HEREINAFTER
     DEFINED) ONLY):

     Name of Tendering Institution ___________________________________
     Account Number __________________________________________________
     Transaction Code Number _________________________________________

                                      -2-
<PAGE>
 
[_] CHECK HERE IF TENDERED OLD PREFERRED STOCK IS BEING DELIVERED PURSUANT TO A
    NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY ENCLOSED HEREWITH AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING
    (FOR USE BY ELIGIBLE INSTITUTIONS ONLY):

    Name(s) of Registered Old Preferred Stockholder(s) ______________________
    Date of Execution of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery ______________________
    Window Ticket Number (if available) _____________________________________
    Name of Institution which Guaranteed Delivery ___________________________
    Account Number (if delivered by book-entry transfer) ____________________


<TABLE>
<CAPTION> 
SPECIAL ISSUANCE INSTRUCTIONS                                    SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS
(See Instructions 4, 5 and 6)                                    (See Instructions 4, 5 and 6)
- -----------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                    <C> 
To be completed ONLY (i) if certificates for Old       To be completed ONLY if certificates for Old
 Preferred Stock not tendered, or New Preferred        Preferred Stock not tendered, or New Preferred
 Stock issued in exchange for Old Preferred Stock      Stock issued in exchange for Old Preferred Stock
 accepted for exchange, is to be issued in the name    accepted for exchange, is to be sent to someone
 of someone other than the undersigned, or (ii) if     other than the undersigned, or to the undersigned
 Old Preferred Stock tendered by book-entry            at an address other than that shown above.
 transfer which is not exchanged is to be returned
 by credit to an account maintained at Depository      Mail to:
 Trust Company ("DTC").
                                                       Name ___________________________________________
                                                                         (Please Print)
Issue certificate(s) to:
                                                       Address ________________________________________
Name ________________________________________
                (Please Print)
                                                       --------------------------------------------------
Address _____________________________________________                  (Include Zip Code)
 
 
- -----------------------------------------------------
                (Include Zip Code)                     --------------------------------------------------
                                                          (Tax Identification or Social Security No.)
 
 
- -----------------------------------------------------
(Tax Identification or Social Security No.)
 
 
Credit Old Preferred Stock not exchanged and
 delivered by book-entry transfer to the DTC
 account set forth below:
 

- ------------------------------------- 
DTC Account Number

- -----------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                      -3-
<PAGE>
 
Ladies and Gentlemen:

   Subject to the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer, the undersigned
hereby tenders to the Issuer the number of shares of Old Preferred Stock
indicated above.  Subject to and effective upon the acceptance for exchange of
the number of shares of Old Preferred Stock tendered in accordance with this
Letter of Transmittal, the undersigned sells, assigns and transfers to, or upon
the order of, the Issuer all right, title and interest in and to the Old
Preferred Stock tendered hereby.  The undersigned hereby irrevocably constitutes
and appoints the Exchange Agent its agent and attorney-in-fact (with full
knowledge that the Exchange Agent also acts as the agent of the Issuer) with
respect to the tendered Old Preferred Stock with full power of substitution to
(i) deliver certificates for such Old Preferred Stock, or transfer ownership of
such Old Preferred Stock on the account books maintained by DTC, to the Issuer
and deliver all accompanying evidences of transfer and authenticity to, or upon
the order of, the Issuer and (ii) present such Old Preferred Stock for transfer
on the books of the Issuer and receive all benefits and otherwise exercise all
rights of beneficial ownership of such Old Preferred Stock, all in accordance
with the terms of the Exchange Offer.  The power of attorney granted in this
paragraph shall be deemed to be irrevocable and coupled with an interest.

   The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that he or she has full power
and authority to tender, sell, assign and transfer the Old Preferred Stock
tendered hereby and that the Issuer will acquire good and unencumbered title
thereto, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances and
not subject to any adverse claim, when the same are acquired by the Issuer.  The
undersigned hereby further represents that (i) any New Preferred Stock acquired
in exchange for Old Preferred Stock tendered hereby will have been acquired in
the ordinary course of business of the person receiving such New Preferred
Stock, whether or not the undersigned, (ii) neither the undersigned nor any such
other person is engaging in or intends to engage in a distribution of the New
Preferred Stock, (iii) neither the Holder nor any such other person has an
arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution
of such New Preferred Stock and (iv) neither the Holder nor any such other
person is an "affiliate," as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, of
the Issuer.

   The undersigned also acknowledges that this Exchange Offer is being made in
reliance upon interpretations contained in letters issued to third parties by
the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") that the New
Preferred Stock issued in exchange for the Old Preferred Stock pursuant to the
Exchange Offer may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by
holders thereof (other than any such holder that is an "affiliate" of the Issuer
within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act), without compliance
with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act,
provided that such New Preferred Stock are acquired in the ordinary course of
such holders' business and such holders are not engaging in and do not intend to
engage in a distribution of the New Preferred Stock and have no arrangement or
understanding with any person to participate in distribution of such New
Preferred Stock.  If the undersigned is not a broker-dealer, the undersigned
represents that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a
distribution of New Preferred Stock.  If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that
will receive New Preferred Stock for its own account in exchange for Old
Preferred Stock that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or
other trading activities, it acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus in
connection with any resale of such New Preferred Stock; however, by so
acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed
to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.

   The undersigned will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional
documents deemed by the Exchange Agent or the Issuer to be necessary or
desirable to complete the assignment, transfer and purchase of the Old Preferred
Stock tendered hereby.

   For purposes of the Exchange Offer, the Issuer shall be deemed to have
accepted validly tendered Old Preferred Stock when, as and if the Issuer has
given oral or written notice thereof to the Exchange Agent.

   If any tendered Old Preferred Stock are not accepted for exchange pursuant to
the Exchange Offer for any reason, certificates for any such unaccepted Old
Preferred Stock will be returned, without expense, to the undersigned at the
address shown below or at a different address as may be indicated herein under
"Special Delivery Instructions" as promptly as practicable after the Expiration
Date.

                                      -4-
<PAGE>
 
   All authority conferred or agreed to be conferred by this Letter of
Transmittal shall survive the death, incapacity or dissolution of the
undersigned, and every obligation of the undersigned under this Letter of
Transmittal shall be binding upon the undersigned's heirs, personal
representatives, successors and assigns.

   The undersigned understands that tenders of Old Preferred Stock pursuant to
the procedures described under the caption "The Exchange Offer--Procedures for
Tendering Old Preferred Stock" in the Prospectus and in the instructions hereto
will constitute a binding agreement between the undersigned and the Issuer upon
the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer.

   Unless otherwise indicated under "Special Issuance Instructions," please
issue the certificates representing the New Preferred Stock issued in exchange
for the Old Preferred Stock accepted for exchange and return any Old Preferred
Stock not tendered or not exchanged, in the name(s) of the undersigned.
Similarly, unless otherwise indicated under "Special Delivery Instructions,"
please send the certificates representing the New Preferred Stock issued in
exchange for the Old Preferred Stock accepted for exchange and any certificates
for Old Preferred Stock not tendered or not exchanged (and accompanying
documents, as appropriate) to the undersigned at the address shown below the
undersigned's signature(s).  In the event that both "Special Payment
Instructions" and "Special Delivery Instructions" are completed, please issue
the certificates representing the New Preferred Stock issued in exchange for the
Old Preferred Stock accepted for exchange in the name(s) of, and return any Old
Preferred Stock not tendered or not exchanged and send said certificates to, the
person(s) so indicated.  The undersigned recognizes that the Issuer has no
obligation pursuant to the "Special Payment Instructions" and "Special Delivery
Instructions" to transfer any Old Preferred Stock from the name of the
registered holder(s) thereof if the Issuer does not accept for exchange any of
the Old Preferred Stock so tendered.

     Holders of Old Preferred Stock who wish to tender their Old Preferred Stock
and (i) whose Old Preferred Stock is not immediately available, or (ii) who
cannot deliver their Old Preferred Stock, this Letter of Transmittal or any
other documents required hereby to the Exchange Agent prior to the Expiration
Date (or who cannot comply with the book-entry transfer procedure on a timely
basis), may tender their Old Preferred Stock according to the guaranteed
delivery procedures set forth in the Prospectus under the caption "The Exchange
Offer--Guaranteed Delivery Procedures."  See Instruction 1 regarding the
completion of this Letter of Transmittal, printed below.

                                      -5-
<PAGE>
 
                        PLEASE SIGN HERE WHETHER OR NOT
            OLD PREFERRED STOCK IS BEING PHYSICALLY TENDERED HEREBY

X
- ------------------------------------         ---------------------------
                                                        Date


X
- ------------------------------------         ---------------------------
Signature(s) of Registered Holder(s)                    Date
     or Autorrized Signatory

Area Code and Telephone Number:  ___________

          The above lines must be signed by the registered holder(s) of Old
Preferred Stock as their name(s) appear(s) on the Old Preferred Stock or by
person(s) authorized to become registered holder(s) by a properly completed bond
power from the registered holder(s), a copy of which must be transmitted with
this Letter of Transmittal.  If Old Preferred Stock to which this Letter of
Transmittal relate is held of record by two or more joint holders, then all such
holders must sign this Letter of Transmittal.  If signature is by trustee,
executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer of a corporation or
other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, then such person
must (i) set forth his or her full title below and (ii) unless waived by the
Issuers, submit evidence satisfactory to the Issuers of such person's authority
so to act.  See Instruction 4 regarding the completion of this Letter of
Transmittal, printed below.


Name(s):
         _______________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________
                                 (Please Print)

Capacity: 
          ______________________________________________________________________

Address:
          ______________________________________________________________________
          
          ______________________________________________________________________
                               (Include Zip Code)


          Signature(s) Guaranteed by an Eligible Institution (as hereinafter
          defined):
          (If required by Instruction 4)


           ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   (Authorized Signature)
           
           ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          (Title)
           
           ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       (Name of Firm)


Dated: _________________, 1996

                                      -6-
<PAGE>
 
                                  INSTRUCTIONS

         FORMING PART OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER


     1.   DELIVERY OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND OLD PREFERRED STOCK.  The
tendered Old Preferred Stock or any confirmation of a book-entry transfer (a
"Book-Entry Confirmation"), as well as a properly completed and duly executed
copy of this Letter of Transmittal or facsimile hereof and any other documents
required by this Letter of Transmittal must be received by the Exchange Agent at
its address set forth herein prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the
Expiration Date.  The method of delivery of the tendered Old Preferred Stock,
this Letter of Transmittal and all other required documents to the Exchange
Agent is at the election and risk of the Holder and, except as otherwise
provided below, the delivery will be deemed made only when actually received or
confirmed by the Exchange Agent.  Instead of delivery by mail, it is recommended
that the Holder use an overnight or hand delivery service.  In all cases,
sufficient time should be allowed to assure delivery to the Exchange Agent
before the Expiration Date.  No Letter of Transmittal or Old Preferred Stock
should be sent to the Issuer.

     Holders who wish to tender their Old Preferred Stock and (i) whose Old
Preferred Stock is not immediately available, or (ii) who cannot deliver their
Old Preferred Stock, this Letter of Transmittal or any other documents required
hereby to the Exchange Agent prior to the Expiration Date or (iii) who are
unable to complete the procedure for book-entry transfer on a timely basis, must
tender their Old Preferred Stock according to the guaranteed delivery procedures
set forth in the Prospectus.  Pursuant to such procedure:  (i) such tender must
be made by or through an Eligible Institution; (ii) prior to the Expiration
Date, the Exchange Agent must have received from the Eligible Institution a
properly completed and duly executed Notice of Guaranteed Delivery (by facsimile
transmission, mail or hand delivery) setting forth the name and address of the
Holder of the Old Preferred Stock, the certificate number or numbers of such Old
Preferred Stock and the number of shares of Old Preferred Stock tendered,
stating that the tender is being made thereby and guaranteeing that, within five
New York Stock Exchange trading days after the Expiration Date, this Letter of
Transmittal (or facsimile hereof) together with the certificate(s) representing
the Old Preferred Stock (or a Book-Entry Confirmation) and any other required
documents will be deposited by the Eligible Institution (as hereinafter defined)
with the Exchange Agent; and (iii) such properly completed and executed Letter
of Transmittal (or facsimile hereof), as well as all other documents required by
this Letter of Transmittal and the certificates(s) representing all tendered Old
Preferred Stock (or a Book-Entry Confirmation) in proper form for transfer, must
be received by the Exchange Agent within five New York Stock Exchange trading
days after the Expiration Date, all as provided in the Prospectus under the
caption "The Exchange Offer--Guaranteed Delivery Procedures."  Any Holder of Old
Preferred Stock who wishes to tender his Old Preferred Stock pursuant to the
guaranteed delivery procedures described above must ensure that the Exchange
Agent receives the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery prior to 5:00 p.m., New York
City time, on the Expiration Date.  Upon request of the Exchange Agent, a Notice
of Guaranteed Delivery will be sent to Holders who wish to tender their Old
Preferred Stock according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth above.

     All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of
receipt), acceptance of tendered Old Preferred Stock and withdrawal of tendered
Old Preferred Stock will be determined by the Issuer in its sole discretion,
which determination will be final and binding.  The Issuer reserves the absolute
right to reject any and all Old Preferred Stock not properly tendered or any Old
Preferred Stock the Issuer's acceptance of which would, in the opinion of
counsel for the Issuer, be unlawful.  The Issuer also reserves the right to
waive any irregularities or conditions of tender as to particular Old Preferred
Stock.  The Issuer's interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Exchange
Offer (including the instructions in this Letter of Transmittal) shall be final
and binding on all parties.  Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in
connection with tenders of Old Preferred Stock must be cured within such time as
the Issuer shall determine.  Neither the Issuer, the Exchange Agent nor any
other person shall be under any duty to give notification of defects or
irregularities with respect to tenders of Old Preferred Stock, nor shall any of
them incur any liability for failure to give such notification.  Tenders of Old
Preferred Stock will not be deemed to have been made until such defects or
irregularities have been cured or waived.  Any Old Preferred Stock received by
the Exchange Agent that are not properly tendered and as to which the defects or
irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned by the Exchange
Agent to the tendering Holders of Old Preferred Stock, unless otherwise provided
in this Letter of Transmittal, as soon as practicable following the Expiration
Date.

                                      -7-
<PAGE>
 
     2.   TENDER BY HOLDER.  Only a Holder of Old Preferred Stock may tender
such Old Preferred Stock in the Exchange Offer.  Any beneficial holder of Old
Preferred Stock who is not the registered holder and who wishes to tender should
arrange with the registered holder to execute and deliver this Letter of
Transmittal on his behalf or must, prior to completing and executing this Letter
of Transmittal and delivering his Old Preferred Stock, either make appropriate
arrangements to register ownership of the Old Preferred Stock in such holder's
name or obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder.

     3.   PARTIAL TENDERS.  If less than the entire number of shares of any Old
Preferred Stock certificate is tendered, the tendering Holder should fill in the
number of shares tendered in the third column of the box entitled "Description
of Exchangeable Preferred Stock" above.  The entire number of shares of Old
Preferred Stock set forth on the certificate delivered to the Exchange Agent
will be deemed to have been tendered unless otherwise indicated.  If the entire
number of shares of all Old Preferred Stock is not tendered, then an Old
Preferred Stock certificate for the number of shares of Old Preferred Stock not
tendered and a certificate or certificates representing New Preferred Stock
issued in exchange for any Old Preferred Stock accepted will be sent to the
Holder at his or her registered address, unless a different address is provided
in the appropriate box on this Letter of Transmittal, promptly after the Old
Preferred Stock is accepted for exchange.

     4.   SIGNATURES ON THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL; STOCK POWERS AND
ENDORSEMENTS; GUARANTEE OF SIGNATURES.  If this Letter of Transmittal (or
facsimile hereof) is signed by the record Holder(s) of the Old Preferred Stock
tendered hereby, the signature must correspond with the name(s) as written on
the face of the Old Preferred Stock without alteration, enlargement or any
change whatsoever.

     If this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile hereof) is signed by the
registered holder or holders of Old Preferred Stock tendered and the certificate
or certificates for New Preferred Stock issued in exchange therefor is to be
issued (or any untendered shares of Old Preferred Stock is to be reissued) to
the registered holder, the said holder need not and should not endorse any
tendered Old Preferred Stock, nor provide a separate stock power.  In any other
case, such holder must either properly endorse the Old Preferred Stock tendered
or transmit a properly completed separate stock power with this Letter of
Transmittal, with the signatures on the endorsement or stock power guaranteed by
an Eligible Institution.

     If this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile hereof) is signed by a person
other than the registered holder or holders of any Old Preferred Stock listed,
such Old Preferred Stock must be endorsed or accompanied by appropriate stock
powers, in each case signed as the name of the registered holder or holders
appears on the Old Preferred Stock.

     If this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile hereof) or any Old Preferred
Stock or stock powers are signed by trustees, executors, administrators,
guardians, attorneys-in-fact, or officers of corporations or others acting in a
fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when
signing, and, unless waived by the Issuers, evidence satisfactory to the Issuers
of their authority so to act must be submitted with this Letter of Transmittal.

     Endorsements on Old Preferred Stock or signatures on stock powers required
by this Instruction 4 must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.

     Except as otherwise provided below, all signatures on this Letter of
Transmittal must be guaranteed by a participant in a Recognized Signature
Guarantee Medallion Program (an "Eligible Institution").  Signatures on this
Letter of Transmittal need not be guaranteed if (a) this Letter of Transmittal
is signed by the registered Holder(s) of the Old Preferred Stock tendered
herewith and such Holder(s) have not completed the box set forth herein entitled
"Special Payment Instructions" or the box entitled "Special Delivery
Instructions," or (b) if such Old Preferred Stock is tendered for the account of
an Eligible Institution.

     5.   SPECIAL PAYMENT AND DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS.  Tendering Holders should
indicate, in the applicable box or boxes, the name and address to which New
Preferred Stock or substitute Old Preferred Stock for shares not tendered or not
accepted for exchange are to be issued or sent, if different from the name and
address of the person

                                      -8-
<PAGE>
 
signing this Letter of Transmittal.  In the case of issuance in a different
name, the taxpayer identification or social security number of the person named
must also be indicated.

     6.   TRANSFER TAXES.  The Issuer will pay all transfer taxes, if any,
applicable to the exchange of Old Preferred Stock pursuant to the Exchange
Offer.  If, however, certificates representing New Preferred Stock or Old
Preferred Stock for shares not tendered or accepted for exchange are to be
delivered to, or are to be registered or issued in the name of, any person other
than the registered holder of the Old Preferred Stock tendered hereby, or if
tendered Old Preferred Stock are registered in the name of any person other than
the person signing this Letter of Transmittal, or if a transfer tax is imposed
for any reason other than the exchange of Old Preferred Stock pursuant to the
Exchange Offer, then the amount of any such transfer taxes (whether imposed on
the registered holder or on any other persons) will be payable by the tendering
holder.  If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes or exemption
therefrom is not submitted with this Letter of Transmittal, the amount of such
transfer taxes will be billed directly to such tendering holder.

     Except as provided in this Instruction 6, it will not be necessary for
transfer tax stamps to be affixed to the Old Preferred Stock listed in this
Letter of Transmittal.

     7.   WAIVER OF CONDITIONS.  The Issuer reserves the absolute right to
amend, waive or modify specified conditions in the Exchange Offer in the case of
any Old Preferred Stock tendered.

     8.   MUTILATED, LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED OLD PREFERRED STOCK.  Any
tendering Holder whose Old Preferred Stock has been mutilated, lost, stolen or
destroyed should contact the Exchange Agent at the address indicated herein for
further instructions.

     9.   REQUESTS FOR ASSISTANCE OR ADDITIONAL COPIES.  Questions and requests
for assistance and requests for additional copies of the Prospectus or this
Letter of Transmittal may be directed to the Exchange Agent at the address
specified in the Prospectus.  Holders may also contact their broker, dealer,
commercial bank, trust company or other nominee for assistance concerning the
Exchange Offer.


                         (DO NOT WRITE IN SPACE BELOW)
 
                     ===================================== 
                                        OLD         OLD
                     CERTIFICATE     PREFERRED   PREFERRED
                     SURRENDERED       STOCK       STOCK
                                     TENDERED    ACCEPTED
 
                     -------------------------------------

                     -------------------------------------
 
                     ===================================== 


Delivery Prepared by _________  Checked By ______________  Date ____________

                                      -9-
<PAGE>
 
                       NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY FOR

                         INTELCOM GROUP (U.S.A.), INC.


     This form or one substantially equivalent hereto must be used to accept the
Exchange Offer of IntelCom Group (U.S.A.), Inc. (the "Issuer") made pursuant to
the Prospectus, dated June ___, 1996 (the "Prospectus"), if certificates for Old
Preferred Stock of the Issuer are not immediately available or if the procedure
for book-entry transfer cannot be completed on a timely basis or time will not
permit all required documents to reach the Exchange Agent prior to 5:00 p.m.,
New York City time, on the Expiration Date of the Exchange Offer.  Such form may
be delivered or transmitted by telegram, telex, facsimile transmission, mail or
hand delivery to Norwest Banks (the "Exchange Agent") as set forth below.  In
addition, in order to utilize the guaranteed delivery procedure to tender Old
Preferred Stock pursuant to the Exchange Offer, a completed, signed and dated
Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof) must also be received by the
Exchange Agent prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.
Capitalized terms not defined herein are defined in the Prospectus.

                                  Deliver To:
                         Norwest Banks, Exchange Agent

<TABLE>
<S>                                      <C>             <C>
By Registered Mail or Certified Mail:    By Facsimile:   By Hand or Overnight Courier:
           Norwest Banks                 (612) 667-4972         Norwest Banks
      Corporate Trust Section                               Corporate Trust Section
           P.O. Box 1517                 Confirm by         NorthStar East Building
     Minneapolis MN 55480-1515           Telephone:       Sixth and Marquette Avenues
                                         (612) 667-4070    Minneapolis MN 55479-0113
 
</TABLE>

     Delivery of this instrument to an address other than as set forth above, or
transmission of instructions via facsimile other than as set forth above, will
not constitute a valid delivery.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

     Upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the
accompanying Letter of Transmittal, the undersigned hereby tenders to the Issuer
the number of shares of Old Preferred Stock set forth below, pursuant to the
guaranteed delivery procedure described in "The Exchange Offer--Guaranteed
Delivery Procedures" section of the Prospectus.  By so tendering, the
undersigned hereby does make, at and as of the date hereof, the representations
and warranties of a tendering holder of Old Preferred Stock set forth in the
Letter of Transmittal.


Number of Shares of Old Preferred        If Old Preferred Stock will be
Stock Tendered:                          delivered by book-entry transfer to
                                         Depository Trust Company, provide
__________________________________       account number.
 
Certificate Nos. (if available):
 
__________________________________


Total Number of Shares Represented by
Old Preferred Stock Certificate(s):
 
__________________________________       Account Number _______________________

________________________________________________________________________________
<PAGE>
 
     ALL AUTHORITY HEREIN CONFERRED OR AGREED TO BE CONFERRED SHALL SURVIVE THE
DEATH OR INCAPACITY OF THE UNDERSIGNED AND EVERY OBLIGATION OF THE UNDERSIGNED
HEREUNDER SHALL BE BINDING UPON THE HEIRS, PERSONAL REPRESENTATIVES, SUCCESSORS
AND ASSIGNS OF THE UNDERSIGNED.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                PLEASE SIGN HERE


X ___________________________________  ______________

X ___________________________________  ______________
 Signatures of Owner(s)                     Date
 or Authorized Signatory

Area Code and Telephone
Number:  __________________________

     Must be signed by the holder(s) of Old Preferred Stock as their name(s)
appear(s) on certificates for Old Preferred Stock or on a security position
listing, or by person(s) authorized to become registered holder(s) by
endorsement and documents transmitted with this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
If signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-
fact, officer or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity,
such person must set forth his or her full title below.

                      Please print name(s) and address(es)

Name(s):
          ______________________________________________________________________
          ______________________________________________________________________
          ______________________________________________________________________
Capacity:
          ______________________________________________________________________
Address(es):
          ______________________________________________________________________
          ______________________________________________________________________

                                   GUARANTEE

     The undersigned, a member of a registered national securities exchange, or
a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., or a
commercial bank or trust company having an officer or correspondent in the
United States, hereby guarantees that the certificates representing the number
of shares of Old Preferred Stock tendered hereby in proper form or transfer, or
timely confirmation of the book-entry transfer of such Old Preferred Stock into
the Exchange Agent's account at Depository Trust Company pursuant to the
procedures set forth in "The Exchange Offer--Guaranteed Delivery Procedures"
section of the Prospectus, together with a properly completed and duly executed
Letter of Transmittal (or a manually signed facsimile thereof) with any required
signature guarantee and any other documents required by the Letter of
Transmittal, will be received by the Exchange Agent at the address set forth
above, no later than five New York Stock Exchange trading days after the date of
execution hereof.
 
____________________________________    ____________________________________ 
             Name of Firm                        Authorized Signature

____________________________________    ____________________________________  
                Address                                 Title
 
____________________________________    Name:________________________________
                            Zip Code              (Please Type or Print)
 
Area Code and Tel. No. _____________    Dated: ______________________________


NOTE:  DO NOT SEND CERTIFICATES FOR OLD PREFERRED STOCK WITH THIS FORM.
CERTIFICATES FOR OLD PREFERRED STOCK SHOULD ONLY BE SENT WITH YOUR LETTER OF
TRANSMITTAL.

                                      -2-

<PAGE>
 
                                                                     Exhibit 5.1
                               REID & PRIEST LLP


                                                            (212) 603-2000


                                       New York, New York
                                       June 17, 1996


   IntelCom Group (U.S.A.), Inc.
   9605 East Maroon Circle
   Englewood, CO  80112

   IntelCom Group Inc.
   #11-1155 North Service Road West
   Oakville, Ontario,
   Canada  L6M 3E3

             Re:  IntelCom Group (U.S.A.), Inc.
                  IntelCom Group Inc.
                  Registration Statement on Form S-4
                  Registration No. 333-04569
                  ------------------------------------

   Dear Sirs:

             As counsel for IntelCom Group (U.S.A.), Inc., a Colorado
   corporation (the "Company"), we have been requested to furnish our opinion as
   to matters hereinafter set forth in connection with the proposed issuance by
   the Company of (i) $550,300,000 in aggregate principal amount of its 12 1/2%
   Senior Exchange Discount Notes due 2006 (the "Exchange Notes"), under an
   Indenture dated April 30, 1996, among IntelCom Group Inc., a Canadian federal
   corporation, the Company and Norwest Bank Colorado, National Association (the
   "Trustee"), in exchange for its outstanding 12 1/2% Senior Discount Notes due
   2006 (the "Note Exchange Offer"), and (ii) 150,000 shares of New Exchangeable
   Preferred Stock (the "New Preferred Stock") in exchange for its outstanding
   Exchangeable Preferred Stock (the "Preferred Stock Exchange Offer").  The
   issuance of the Exchange Notes pursuant to the Note Exchange Offer and the
   issuance of the New Preferred Stock under the Preferred Stock Exchange Offer
   will be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"),
   pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-4,
<PAGE>
 
   as amended, (Registration No. 333-04569) (the "Registration Statement"),
   which Registration Statement sets forth the terms and conditions of the Note
   Exchange Offer and the Preferred Stock Exchange Offer.  In connection
   herewith, we have examined the First Amended and Restated Articles of
   Incorporation (and all amendments thereto) and By-Laws of the Company and the
   minutes of the Board of Directors of the Company with respect to the filing
   of the Registration Statement, the issuance of the Exchange Notes and the New
   Preferred Stock.  We have also examined such other documents, records,
   certificates of public officials and such matters of law as we have deemed
   necessary or appropriate for the purpose of rendering this opinion.

             We are members of the bar of the State of New York and are not
   licensed or admitted to practice law in any other jurisdiction.  Accordingly,
   we have not reviewed and we express no opinion with respect to the laws of
   any jurisdiction other than the State of New York and the Federal laws of the
   United States.

             Based upon the foregoing, we are of the opinion that:

             The Exchange Notes have been duly authorized.  When the Exchange
   Notes have been duly executed by the Corporation and authenticated by the
   Trustee in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and issued in
   accordance with the terms of the Note Exchange Offer, the Exchange Notes will
   have been legally issued and will constitute valid and binding obligations of
   the Company.

             The New Preferred Stock has been duly authorized. When the New
   Preferred Stock is issued in accordance with the terms of the Preferred Stock
   Exchange Offer, the New Preferred Stock will be validly issued, fully paid
   and non-assessable shares of preferred stock of the Company.

             We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to
   the Registration Statement and to the reference to this firm appearing in the
   Prospectus under the heading "Legal Matters".  In giving the foregoing
   consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose
   consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the rules and regulations
   of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder.

                            Very truly yours,


                            /s/ Reid & Priest LLP

<PAGE>
 
                                                                     EXHIBIT 5.2
                            TUPPER JONSSON & YEADON



                                Gregory C. Smith

June 14, 1996

INTELCOM GROUP (U.S.A.), INC.
Executive Offices
9605 East Maroon Circle
Englewood, Colorado
80112

INTELCOM GROUP INC.
#11-1155 North Service Road West
Oakville, Ontario
LM6 3E3

Dear Sirs:

RE:  INTELCOM GROUP (U.S.A.), INC.
     INTELCOM GROUP INC.
     REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM S-4
     REGISTRATION NO. 333-04569
     ---------------------------------------

As counsel for IntelCom Group Inc., a Canadian federal corporation (the
"Company"), we have been requested to furnish our opinion as to matters
hereinafter set forth in connection with the proposed issuance by IntelCom Group
(U.S.A.), Inc., a Colorado corporation ("ICG") of $550,330,000 in aggregate
principal amount of its 12  1/2% Senior Exchange Discount Notes due 2006 (the
"Exchange Notes"), under an Indenture dated April 30, 1996 between the Company,
ICG and Norwest Bank Colorado, National Association (the "Trustee"), in exchange
for its outstanding 12  1/2% Senior Discount Notes due 2006 (the "Exchange
Offer").  The issuance of the Exchange Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer will
be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), pursuant
to the registration statement on Form S-4, as amended (Registration No. 333-
04569) (the "Registration Statement"), which Registration Statement sets forth
the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer.  The Exchange Notes will be
fully and unconditionally guaranteed by IntelCom (the "Guarantee").  The
Guarantee will also be registered under the Act pursuant to the Registration
Statement.  In connection herewith, we have examined the Certificate of
Incorporation (and all amendments thereto) and By-laws of the Company and the
minutes of the Board of Directors of the Company with respect to the filing of
the Registration Statement and the issuance of the Guarantee.  We have also
examined such other
<PAGE>
 
documents, records, certificates of public officials and such matters of law as
we have deemed necessary or appropriate for the purpose of rendering this
opinion.

We are qualified to practice law only in the Province of British Columbia and
our opinions below are expressed only in respect of the laws of such province
and the laws of Canada applicable therein and we express no opinion with respect
to the laws of any other jurisdiction.

Based upon the foregoing, we are of the opinion that:

The Guarantee has been duly authorized.  When the Exchange Notes are legally
issued, the Guarantee will have been legally issued and will constitute the
valid and binding obligation of IntelCom.

We hereby consent to the filing of this Opinion as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement and to the reference to this firm appearing in the
Prospectus under the heading "Legal Matters".  In giving the foregoing consent,
we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is
required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the rules
and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder.

Yours truly,

TUPPER JONSSON & YEADON


/s/
GREGORY C. SMITH

<PAGE>
 
                                                                     Exhibit 8.1

                               REID & PRIEST LLP



                                       New York, New York
                                       June 17, 1996



   IntelCom Group (U.S.A.), Inc.
   IntelCom Group Inc.
   9605 E. Maroon Circle
   Englewood, CO 80112

   Gentlemen:

             You have requested our opinion that the U.S. tax consequences
   described in the "Certain United States Federal Income Tax Considerations"
   section of the Prospectus, issued by IntelCom Group (U.S.A.), Inc.
   ("Intelcom"), dated June 18, 1996 (the "Prospectus") in connection with (i)
   the exchange of Intelcom's outstanding 12.5% Senior Discount Notes Due 2006
   (the "Old Notes") for an equal principal amount of newly issued 12.5% Senior
   Exchange Discount Notes Due 2006 (the "New Notes"), and (ii) the exchange of
   its outstanding Exchangeable Preferred Stock (the "Old Preferred Stock") for
   an equal amount of newly issued New Exchangeable Preferred Stock (the "New
   Preferred Stock"), correctly sets forth the material U.S. federal income tax
   consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of New Notes and New
   Preferred Stock.  Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms shall
   have the meanings ascribed to them in the Prospectus.

             The opinion expressed herein is based solely upon current law,
   including the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"),
   applicable Treasury Regulations promulgated or proposed thereunder, current
   positions of the Internal Revenue Service contained in published Revenue
   Rulings and Revenue Procedures, other current administrative positions of the
   Internal Revenue Service and existing judicial decisions, all of which are
   subject to change or modification at any time.  This opinion will not apply
   to Holders that do not hold New Notes, New
<PAGE>
 
                                      -2-



   Preferred Stock and Exchange Debentures as capital assets, or to Holders that
   are subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws,
   including dealers in securities or currencies, financial institutions, life
   insurance companies, persons holding New Notes or New Preferred Stock or
   Exchange Debentures as part of a hedging or conversion transaction or a
   straddle or United States Holders whose "functional currency" is not the U.S.
   dollar.  It does not address any federal income tax consequences of the
   purchase, ownership or disposition of the New Preferred Stock or Exchange
   Debentures by Non-United States Holders, because the Old Preferred Stock and
   Exchange Debentures were not sold in the Private Offering to persons other
   than United States Holders.

             In connection with the rendering of this opinion, we have reviewed
   the Prospectus and other materials as we deemed relevant to the rendering of
   our opinion.  In addition, we have relied upon the assumption that all
   documents we have reviewed are true and accurate, accurately reflect the
   originals and have been or will be properly executed, and that actions in
   connection with the transactions contemplated in the Prospectus have been and
   will be conducted in the manner provided in such document.

             We are members of the bar of the State of New York and are not
   admitted to practice law in any other jurisdiction.  Accordingly, we express
   no opinion with respect to the laws of any other jurisdiction other than the
   federal laws of the United States of America in respect of the opinions set
   forth herein.

             Based on and subject to the foregoing, it is our opinion that the
   U.S. tax consequences described in the "Certain United States Federal Income
   Tax Considerations" section of the Prospectus correctly sets forth the
   material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and
   disposition of the New Notes and the New Preferred Stock.

             This opinion is solely for your information and is not to be quoted
   in whole or in part, summarized or otherwise referred to, nor is it to be
   filed with or supplied to or relied upon by any governmental agency or other
   person without our written consent.  We hereby consent to the filing of this
   opinion with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with
   Amendment No. 1
<PAGE>
 
                                      -3-

   on Form S-4 Registration Statement [Commission File No. 333-04569].

             This opinion is as of the date hereof.  We disclaim any
   responsibility to update or supplement this opinion to reflect any events or
   state of facts which may hereafter come to our attention, or any changes in
   statutes or regulations or any court decisions which may hereafter occur.


                                       Very truly yours,

                                       /s/ Reid & Priest LLP

                                       REID & PRIEST LLP

<PAGE>
 
                                                                    Exhibit 23.1



                        Consent of Independent Auditors
                        -------------------------------



THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
INTELCOM GROUP INC.:

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statement on
Form S-4 of IntelCom Group (U.S.A.), Inc. and IntelCom Group Inc. of our reports
dated December 8, 1995, relating to the consolidated balance sheets of IntelCom
Group Inc. and subsidiaries as of September 30, 1995 and 1994, and the related
consolidated statements of operations, shareholders' equity, and cash flows for
each of the years in the three-year period ended September 30, 1995, and related
schedule, which reports appear in the September 30, 1995 annual report on Form
10-K/A of IntelCom Group Inc. and to the reference to our firm under the heading
"Experts" in the prospectus.



                                                           KPMG PEAT MARWICK LLP


Denver, Colorado
June 14, 1996

<PAGE>
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                    _______

                                    FORM T-1

                            STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY
                   UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A
                    CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

             Check if an application to determine eligibility of a
                   Trustee pursuant to Section 305(b)(2)____

                              ___________________

                          NORWEST BANK COLORADO, N.A.
              (Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)


                   NOT APPLICABLE                         84-0187632
                                                          ------------------
     (Jurisdiction of incorporation or                    (I.R.S. Employer
     Organization if not a U.S. national bank)            Identification No.)


     1740 BROADWAY
     DENVER, COLORADO                                      80274-8693
     (Address of principal executive office)               (Zip Code)


                          NORWEST BANK COLORADO, N.A.
                       ATTN:  CORPORATE TRUST DEPARTMENT
                                 1740 BROADWAY
                             DENVER, CO  80274-8693
                                  303-863-6247
           (Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)
                           __________________________

                         INTELCOM GROUP (U.S.A.), INC.
              (Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)


               COLORADO                               84-1128866
     (State or other jurisdiction of                  (I.R.S. Employer
     incorporation or organization)                   Identification No)

     9605 E. MAROON CIRCLE
     P.O. Box 6742                                    80155-6742           
     Englewood, CO                                    (Zip Code)
     (Address of principal executive office)

                                  __________
<PAGE>
 
ITEM 1.  GENERAL INFORMATION.

      Furnish the following information as to the trustee:

      (a) Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which
          it is subject.

      Name                                        Address
      ----                                        -------

      Comptroller of the Currency                 Washington, D.C.
      Federal Reserve Bank of Denver              Denver, Colorado
      Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation       Dallas, Texas
      National Bank Examiners - Western District  Denver, Colorado

      (b) Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

                   Yes.

ITEM 2.  AFFILIATIONS WITH OBLIGOR.

      If the Obligor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe such affiliation.

                   None.

ITEM 3.  VOTING SECURITIES OF THE TRUSTEE.

      (a) Furnish the following information as to each class of voting
          securities of the trustee.

                AS OF MAY 20, 1996
                      ------------
                   (WITHIN 31 DAYS)

Col. A                  Col. B
- ------                  ------
Title of Class          Amount Outstanding
- --------------          ------------------
          Not Applicable

ITEM 4.  TRUSTEESHIPS UNDER OTHER INDENTURES.

      If the trustee is a trustee under another indenture under which any other
      securities, or certificates of interest or participation in any other
      securities, of the obligor are outstanding, furnish the following
      information:

      (a) Title of the securities outstanding under each such other indenture.

               Intelcom Group (U.S.A.), Inc. 13.5% Senior Discount Notes Due
               September 15, 2005 and Warrants

      (b) A brief statement of the facts relied upon as a basis for the claim
          that no conflicting interest within the meaning of Section 310(b)(1)
          of the Act arises as a result of the trusteeship under any such other
          indentures, including a statement as to how the indenture securities
          will rank as compared with the securities under such other indentures.

               Not applicable, neither bond issue is in default.
<PAGE>
 
ITEM 5.  INTERLOCKING DIRECTORATES AND SIMILAR RELATIONSHIPS WITH THE OBLIGOR OR
         UNDERWRITERS.

         If the trustee or any of the directors or executive officers of the
         trustee is a director, officer, partner, employee, appointee, or
         representative of the obligor or of any underwriter for the obligor,
         identify each such person having any such connection and state the
         nature of each such connection.

                   Not applicable.

ITEM 6.  VOTING SECURITIES OF THE TRUSTEE OWNED BY THE OBLIGOR OR ITS OFFICIALS.

         Furnish the following information as to the voting securities of the
         trustee owned beneficially by the obligor and each director, partner
         and executive officer of the obligor:

 
                      AS OF MAY 20, 1996
                            ------------
                       (WITHIN 31 DAYS)

   Col. A            Col. B         Col. C       Col. D
- -------------    --------------  ------------  ---------------
                                               Percentage of
                                               Voting
                                               Securities
                                               Represented
                                 Amount Owned  by Amount Given
Name of Owner    Title of Class  Beneficially  In Col. C
- -------------    --------------  ------------  ---------------
                      None
 
ITEM 7.  VOTING SECURITIES OF THE TRUSTEE OWNED BY THE UNDERWRITERS OR THEIR
         OFFICIALS.

         Furnish the following information as to the voting securities of the
         trustee owned beneficially by each underwriter for the obligor and each
         director, partner, and executive officer of each such underwriter:

 
                      AS OF MAY 20, 1996
                            ------------
                       (WITHIN 31 DAYS)

   Col. A            Col. B         Col. C       Col. D
- -------------    --------------  ------------  ---------------
                                               Percentage of
                                               Voting
                                               Securities
                                               Represented
                                 Amount Owned  by Amount Given
Name of Owner    Title of Class  Beneficially  In Col. C
- -------------    --------------  ------------  ---------------
                      None


ITEM 8.  SECURITIES OF THE OBLIGOR OWNED OR HELD BY THE TRUSTEE.

      Furnish the following information as to securities of the obligor owned
      beneficially or held as collateral security for obligations in default by
      the trustee:
<PAGE>
 
                            AS OF MAY 20, 1996
                                  ------------
                             (WITHIN 31 DAYS)

Col. A            Col. B          Col. C                  Col. D
- --------------    --------------  ----------------------  ----------------
                  Whether the     Amount Owned            Percentage of
                  Securities are  Beneficially or Held    Class Securities
                  Voting or       as Collateral Security  Represented by
                  Nonvoting       For Obligations in      Amount Given
Title of Class    Securities      Default by Trustee      In Col. C
- --------------    --------------  ----------------------  ----------------
                  None
 
ITEM 9.  SECURITIES OF UNDERWRITERS OWNED OR HELD BY THE TRUSTEE.


      If the trustee owns beneficially or holds as collateral security for
      obligations in default any securities of an underwriter for the obligor,
      furnish the following information as to each class of securities of such
      underwriter, any of which are so owned or held by the trustee:

 
                             AS OF MAY 20, 1996
                                   ------------
                              (WITHIN 31 DAYS)

Col. A            Col. B       Col. C                  Col. D
- --------------    -----------  ----------------------  ---------------- 
                                                       Percentage of
                               Amount Owned            Voting
                               Beneficially or Held    Securities
Name of                        as Collateral Security  Represented
Issuer and        Amount       For Obligations in      by Amount Given
Title of Class    Outstanding  Default by Trustee      In Col. C
- --------------    -----------  ----------------------  ---------------- 
                     None


ITEM 10.  OWNERSHIP OR HOLDINGS BY THE TRUSTEE OF VOTING SECURITIES OF CERTAIN
      AFFILIATES OR SECURITY HOLDERS OF THE OBLIGOR.

      If the trustee owns beneficially or holds as collateral security for
      obligations in default any voting securities of a person who, to the
      knowledge of the trustee (I ) owns 10 percent or more of the voting
      securities of the obligor or (2) is an affiliate, other than a subsidiary,
      of the obligor, furnish the following information as to the voting
      securities of such person:

 
                             AS OF MAY 20, 1996
                                   ------------
                              (WITHIN 31 DAYS)

Col. A            Col. B       Col. C                  Col. D
- --------------    -----------  ----------------------  ---------------- 
                               Amount Owned            Percentage of
                               Beneficially or Held    Class Securities
Name of                        as Collateral Security  Represented by
Issuer and        Amount       For Obligations in      Amount Given
Title of Class    Outstanding  Default by Trustee      In Col. C
- --------------    -----------  ----------------------  ---------------- 
                     None
<PAGE>
 
ITEM 11.  OWNERSHIP OR HOLDINGS BY THE TRUSTEE OF ANY SECURITIES OF A PERSON
      OWNING 50 PERCENT OR MORE OF THE VOTING SECURITIES OF THE OBLIGOR.

If the Trustee owns beneficially or holds as collateral security for obligations
in default any securities of a person who, to the knowledge of the trustee, owns
50 percent or more of the voting securities of the obligor, furnish the
following information as to each class of securities of such person, any of
which are so owned or held by the trustee:

                             AS OF MAY 20, 1996
                                   ------------
                              (WITHIN 31 DAYS)

Col. A            Col. B       Col. C                  Col. D
- --------------    -----------  ----------------------  ---------------- 
                               Amount Owned            Percentage of
                               Beneficially or Held    Class Securities
Name of                        as Collateral Security  Represented by
Issuer and        Amount       For Obligations in      Amount Given
Title of Class    Outstanding  Default by Trustee      In Col. C
- --------------    -----------  ----------------------  ---------------- 
                  None
 

ITEM 12.  INDEBTEDNESS OF THE OBLIGOR TO THE TRUSTEE.

      Except as noted in the instructions, if the obligor is indebted to the
      trustee, furnish the following information:

 
Col. A                      Col. B                  Col. C
- ------                      ------                  ------
Nature of Indebtedness      Amount Outstanding      Date Due
- --------------------------  ------------------      --------
Standby Letter of Credit    $417,000.00             December 31, 1996
Equipment Finance Lease     $134,000.00             July 24, 1998
 
ITEM 13.  DEFAULTS BY THE OBLIGOR.

      (a) State whether there is or has been a default with respect to the
          securities under this indenture. Explain the nature of any such
          default.

                   None.

      (b) If the trustee is a trustee under another indenture under which any
          other securities, or certificates of interest or participation in any
          other securities, of the obligor are outstanding, or is trustee for
          more than one outstanding series of securities under the indenture,
          state whether there has been a default under any such indenture or
          series, identify the indenture or series affected, and explain the
          nature of any such default.

                   None.
<PAGE>
 
ITEM 14.  AFFILIATIONS WITH THE UNDERWRITERS.

      If any underwriter is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each such
      affiliation.

          Not applicable.

ITEM 15.  FOREIGN TRUSTEE.

      Identify the order or rule pursuant to which the foreign trustee is
      authorized to act as sole trustee under indentures qualified or to be
      qualified under the Act.

          Not applicable.

ITEM 16.  LIST OF EXHIBITS.

      List below all exhibits filed as a part of this statement of eligibility.

      1.  A copy of the articles of association of the trustee as now in effect.

      2.  A copy of the authorization of the trustee to exercise corporate trust
          powers.

      3.  A copy of the existing bylaws of the trustee, or instruments
          corresponding thereto.

      4.  A copy of the latest report of condition of the trustee published
          pursuant to law or the requirements of its supervising or examining
          authority.
<PAGE>
 
                                   SIGNATURE

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Trustee Indenture Act of 1939 the
trustee, Norwest Bank Colorado, N.A., organized and existing under the laws of
the United States of America, has duly caused this statement of eligibility to
be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in
the City and County of Denver, and State of Colorado on the 20th day of May,
1996.


                          NORWEST BANK COLORADO, N.A.

                          By: /s/ Amy E. Buck
                              ---------------
                              Amy E. Buck
                              Vice President
<PAGE>
 
                               CONSENT OF TRUSTEE

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 321 (b) of the Trust Indenture Act of
1939, in connection with the issue of IntelCom Group (U.S.A.), Inc. 12.5% Senior
Discount Notes due 2006 we hereby consent that reports of examinations by
Federal, State, Territorial, or District authorities may be furnished by such
authorities to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request therefore.

                          NORWEST BANK COLORADO, N.A.

                          By:/s/ Amy E. Buck
                             ---------------
                             Amy E. Buck
                             Vice President



Dated: May 20, 1996
<PAGE>
 
                                   EXHIBIT 1


                            ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION
                                       OF
                  NORWEST BANK COLORADO, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION


      FIRST. The title of this Association shall be Norwest Bank Colorado,
National Association; the Association in conjunction with its said legal name
may also use Norwest Bank Colorado, N.A.

      SECOND. The main office of this Association shall be in the City of
Denver, County of Denver, State of Colorado. The general business of the
Association shall be conducted at its main office and its branches, if any.

      THIRD. The Board of Directors of this Association shall consist of not
less than five nor more than twenty-five persons, the exact number to be fixed
and determined from time to time by resolution of a majority of the full Board
of Directors or by resolution of the shareholders at any annual or special
meeting thereof

      Each director, during the full term of his or her directorship, shall own
a minimum of $1,000 par value of stock of this Association or an equivalent
interest, as determined by the Comptroller of the Currency, in any company which
has control over this Association within the meaning of Section 2 of the Bank
Holding Company Act of 1956.

      The Board of Directors, by the vote of a majority of the full Board, may,
between annual meetings of shareholders, fill vacancies created by the death,
incapacity or resignation of any director and by the vote of a majority of the
full Board may also, between annual meetings of shareholders, increase the
membership of the Board by not more than four members and by like vote appoint
qualified persons to fill the vacancies created thereby; provided, however, that
at no time shall there be more than twenty-five directors of this Association;
and provided further, however, that not more than two members may be added to
the Board of Directors in the event that the total number of directors last
elected by shareholders was fifteen or less.

      FOURTH.  The annual meeting of the shareholders for the election of
directors and the transaction of whatever other business may be brought before
said meeting shall be held at the main office, or such other place as the Board
of Directors may designate, on the day of each year specified therefor in the
Bylaws, but if no election is held on that day, it may be held on any subsequent
day according to the provisions of law; and all elections shall be held
according to such lawful regulations as may be prescribed by the Board of
Directors.

      FIFTH.  The amount of capital stock of this Association shall be One
Hundred Million Dollars ($100,000,000), divided into 1,000,000 shares of common
stock of the par value of One Hundred Dollars ($100.00) each; but said capital
stock may be increased or decreased from time to time, in accordance with the
provisions of the laws of the United States.

      No holder of shares of the capital stock of any class of this Association
shall have any preemptive or preferential right of subscription to any shares of
any class of stock of this Association, whether now or hereafter authorized, or
to any obligations convertible into stock of this Association, issued or sold,
nor any right of subscription to any thereof other than such, if any, as the
Board of Directors, in its discretion, may from time to time determine and at
such price as the Board of Directors may from time to time fix.

      The Association, at any time and from time to time, may authorize and
issue debt obligations, whether or nor subordinated, without the approval of the
shareholders.
<PAGE>
 
      SIXTH.  The Board of Directors shall appoint one of its members President
of this Association, who shall act as Chairman of the Board, unless the Board
appoints another director to act as Chairman. In the event the Board of
Directors shall appoint a President and a Chairman, the Board shall designate
which person shall act as the chief executive officer of this Association. The
Board of Directors shall have the power to appoint one or more Vice Presidents
and to appoint a Cashier and such other officers and employees as may be
required to transact the business of this Association.

      The Board of Directors shall have the power to define the duties of the
officers and employees of this Association; to fix the salaries to be paid to
them; to dismiss them; to require bonds from them and to fix the penalty
thereof, to regulate the manner in which the increase of the capital of this
Association shall be made; to manage and administer the business and affairs of
this Association; to make all Bylaws that it may be lawful for them to make; and
generally to do and perform all acts that it may be legal for a Board of
Directors to do and perform.

      SEVENTH.  The Board of Directors shall have the power to change the
location of the main office to any other place within the limits of the City of
Denver, without the approval of the shareholders but subject to the approval of
the Comptroller of the Currency; and shall have the power to establish or change
the location of any branch or branches of this Association to any other
location, without the approval of the shareholders but subject to the approval
of the Comptroller of the Currency.

      EIGHTH.  The corporate existence of this Association shall continue until
terminated in accordance with the laws of the United States.

      NINTH.  The Board of Directors, the Chairman, the President, or any one or
more shareholders owning, in the aggregate, not less than 25 percent of the
stock of this Association, may call a special meeting of shareholders at any
time. Unless otherwise provided by the laws of the United States, a notice of
the time, place, and purpose of every annual and special meeting of the
shareholders shall be given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, mailed at
least ten days prior to the date of such meeting to each shareholder of record
at his or her address as shown upon the books of this Association. Any action
required or permitted to be taken at an annual or special meeting of the
shareholders of the Association may be taken without prior written notice and
without any meeting if such action is taken by written action, containing a
waiver of notice, signed by all of the shareholders entitled to vote on that
action.

      TENTH.  To the extent permitted by applicable law and regulation:

      (a)    Elimination of Certain Liability of Directors. A director of the
             ---------------------------------------------                   
Association shall not be personally liable to the Association or its
shareholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director,
except for liability (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the
Association or its shareholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or
which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under
Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (iv) for any transaction
from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

      (b)(l) Right to Indemnification. Each person who was or is made a party or
             ------------------------                                           
is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit or
proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative
(hereinafter a "proceeding"), by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person
of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer
of the Association or is or was serving at the request of the Association as a
director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership,
joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to
employee benefit plans, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action
or inaction in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee, or agent
or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee or
agent, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Association to the fullest
extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the

                                     - 2 -
<PAGE>
 
same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment,
only to the extent that such amendment permits the Association to provide
broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the Association to
provide prior to such amendment), against all expense, liability and loss
(including attorneys' fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties
and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement except to the extent prohibited by
12 CFR 7.5217(b)) reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection
therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased
to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of
his or her heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that the
Association shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnification in
connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if
such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of
the Association. The right to indemnification conferred in this paragraph (b)
shall be a contract right and shall include the right to be paid by the
Association the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of
its final disposition; provided, however, that, if the Delaware General
Corporation Law requires, the payment of such expenses incurred by a director of
officer in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other
capacity in which service was or is rendered by such person while a director or
officer, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) in
advance of the final disposition of a proceeding, shall be made only upon
delivery to the Association of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such director
or officer, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be
determined that such director of officer is not entitled to be indemnified under
this paragraph (b) or otherwise. The Association may, by action of its Board of
Directors, provide indemnification to employees and agents of the Association
with the same scope and effect as the foregoing indemnification of directors and
officers.

      (2) Non-Exclusivity of Rights.  The right to indemnification and the
          -------------------------                                       
payment of expenses incurred in defending a proceeding in advance of its final
disposition conferred in this paragraph (b) shall not be exclusive of any other
right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute,
provision of the Articles of Association, by-law, agreement, vote of
shareholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

      (3) Insurance.  Except to the extent prohibited by 12 CFR 7.5217(d), the
          ---------                                                           
Association may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any
director, officer, employee or agent of the Association or another corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any such expense,
liability or loss, whether or not the Association would have the power to
indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the Delaware
General Corporation Law.

      ELEVENTH. These Articles of Association may be amended at any regular or
special meeting of the shareholders by the affirmative vote of the holders of a
majority of the stock of this Association, unless the vote of the holders of a
greater amount of stock is required by law, and in that case by the vote of
holders of such greater amount.

                                     - 3 -
<PAGE>
 
                                   EXHIBIT 2

                       CERTIFICATION OF FIDUCIARY POWERS
                       ---------------------------------

      I, Dean E. Miller, Deputy Comptroller for Trust and Securities, do hereby
certify that the records in this Office evidence that the United Bank of Denver
National Association, Denver, Colorado, was granted, under the hand and seal of
the Comptroller, the right to act in all fiduciary capacities authorized under
the provisions of the Act of Congress approved September 28, 1962, 76 Stat. 668,
12 USC 92a.  I further certify that the authority so granted remains in full
force and effect.

                                    IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto
                                    subscribed my name and caused the seal of
                                    Office of the Comptroller of the Currency to
                                    be affixed to these presents at the Treasury
                                    Department, in the City of Washington and
                                    District of Columbia this second day of
                                    October, 1984.

                                                       Dean E. Miller
                                                     Deputy Comptroller
                                                  for Trust and Securities

                                         By: _____________________________
<PAGE>
 
                                  CERTIFICATE
                                  -----------

I, Stephen R. Steinbrink, Acting Comptroller of the Currency, do hereby certify
that:

1.    The Comptroller of the Currency, pursuant to Revised Statutes 324, et
seq., as amended, 12 U.S.C. 1, et seq., as amended, has possession, custody and
control of all records pertaining to the chartering, regulation and supervision
of all National Banking Associations.

2.    Effective April 27, 1992 the titles of the attached Thirty Seven National
Banking Associations, located in the State of Colorado were changed as shown on
the attached Exhibit A.


                                    IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto
                                    subscribed my name and caused my seal of
                                    office to be affixed to these presents at
                                    the Treasury Department, in the City of
                                    Washington and District of Columbia, this
                                    14th day of May, 1992.

                                    __/s/___________________________
                                    Acting Comptroller of the Currency
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
Legal Name Prior to April 27, 1982                          Charter #  Legal Name Effective April 27, 1992
- ----------------------------------                          ---------  -----------------------------------
<S>                                                         <C>        <C>
United Bank of Academy Place National Association           17891      Norwest Bank of Academy Place, National Association
United Bank of Arapahoe National Association                17017      Norwest Bank of Arapahoe, National Association
United Bank of Arvada National Association                  16747      Norwest Bank of Arvada, National Association
United Bank of Aurora National Association                  21822      Norwest Bank of Aurora, National Association
United Bank of Aurora-City Center National Association      18034      Norwest Bank of Aurora-City Center, National Association
United Bank of Aurora-South National Association            21824      Norwest Bank of Aurora-South, National Association
United Bank of Bear Valley National Association             15332      Norwest Bank of Bear Valley, National Association
United Bank of Boulder National Association                 2355       Norwest Bank of Boulder, National Association
United Bank of Brighton National Association                21831      Norwest Bank, of Brighton, National Association
United Bank of Broomfield National Association              21825      Norwest Bank of Broomfield, National Association
United Bank of Buckingham Square National Association       16244      Norwest Bank of Buckingham Square, National Association
United Bank of Cherry Creek National Association            17361      Norwest Bank of Cherry Creek, National Association
United Bank of Colorado Springs National Association        8572       Norwest Bank of Colorado Springs, National Association
United Bank of Colorado Springs-East National Association   15378      Norwest Bank of Colorado Springs-East, National Association
United Bank of Delta National Association                   15321      Norwest Bank of Delta, National Association
United Bank of Denver National Association                  3269       Norwest Bank of Denver, National Association
United Bank of Durango National Association                 18761      Norwest Bank of Durango, National Association
United Bank of Fort Collins National Association            7837       Norwest Bank of Fort Collins, National Association
United Bank of Fort Collins-South National Association      16909      Norwest Bank of Fort Collins-South, National Association
United Bank of Garden of the Gods National Association      18762      Norwest Bank of Garden of the Gods, National Association
United Bank of Grand Junction National Association          15317      Norwest Bank of Grand Junction, National Association
United Bank of Grand Junction-Downtown National Association 18749      Norwest Bank of Grand Junction-Downtown, National Association
United Bank of Greeley National Association                 3148       Norwest Bank of Greeley, National Association
United Bank of Highlands Ranch National Association         17887      Norwest Bank of Highlands Ranch, National Association
United Bank of Lakewood National Association                15079      Norwest Bank of Lakewood, National Association
United Bank of LaSalle National Association                 15275      Norwest Bank of LaSalle, National Association
United Bank of Littleton National Association               21829      Norwest Bank of Littleton, National Association
United Bank of Longmont National Association                17481      Norwest Bank of Longmont, National Association
United Bank of Monaco National Association                  16475      Norwest Bank of Monaco, National Association
United Bank of Montrose National Association                4007       Norwest Bank of Montrose, National Association
United Bank of Northglenn National Association              15203      Norwest Bank of Northglenn, National Association
United Bank of Pueblo National Association                  21776      Norwest Bank of Pueblo, National Association
United Bank of Southglenn National Association              15433      Norwest Bank of Southglenn, National Association
United Bank of Southwest Plaza National Association         17088      Norwest Bank of Southwest Plaza, National Association
United Bank of Steamboat Springs National Association       14400      Norwest Bank of Steamboat Springs, National Association
United Bank of Sterling National Association                21827      Norwest Bank of Sterling, National Association
United Bank of Sunset Park National Association             15003      Norwest Bank of Sunset Park, National Association
</TABLE>                                                    
                                                            
                                                            
                                                            
                                                            
<PAGE>
 
[Comptroller of the Currency                   I hereby certify that this is a
Administrator of National Banks                True and Correct copy of the
Midwestern District Office                     foregoing instrument which is
2345 Grand Avenue, Suite 700                   still in force and effect.
Kansas City, Missouri  64108]
                
January 3, 1994                                NORWEST BANK COLORADO, N.A.

Mr. Terence W. Chase                           By: /s/________________________
Manager, External Reporting                    
Norwest Corporation
Sixth and Marquette
Minneapolis, Minnesota  55479

Dear Mr. Chase:

This letter is the official certification of the Office of the Comptroller of
the Currency (OCC) to consolidate Norwest Bank Arapahoe, National Association,
Englewood, CO (Charter No. 17017); Norwest Bank Arvada, National Association,
Arvada CO (Charter No. 16747); Norwest Bank Aurora, National Association,
Aurora, CO (Charter No. 21822); Norwest Bank Aurora-City Center, National
Association, Aurora, CO (Charter No. 18034); Norwest Bank Aurora-South, National
Association, Aurora, CO (Charter No. 21824);  Norwest Bank Bear Valley, National
Association, Denver, CO (Charter No. 15332);  Norwest Bank Broomfield, National
Association, Broomfield, CO (Charter No. 21825); Norwest Bank Buckingham Square,
National Association, Aurora, CO (Charter No. 16244); Norwest Bank Cherry Creek,
National Association, Denver, CO (Charter No. 17361); Norwest Bank Highlands
Ranch, National Association, Highlands Ranch, CO (Charter No. 17887); Norwest
Bank Lakewood, National Association, Lakewood, CO (Charter No. 15079); Norwest
Bank Littleton, National Association, Littleton, CO (Charter No. 21829); Norwest
Bank Monaco, National Association, Denver, CO (Charter No. 16475); Norwest Bank
Northglenn, National Association, Northglenn, CO (Charter No. 15203); Norwest
Bank Southglenn, National Association, Littleton, CO (Charter No. 15433);
Norwest Bank Southwest Plaza, National Association, Littleton, CO (Charter No.
17088) into Norwest Bank Denver, National Association, Denver, CO, effective
January 1, 1994.  The resulting bank title is "Norwest Bank Colorado, National
Association" and the Charter Number is 3269.

This letter is also the official OCC certification for Norwest Bank Colorado,
National Association to increase its common stock to $50,000,000 as of January
1, 1994.

Sincerely,


Ellen Tanner Shepherd
Corporate Manager
<PAGE>
 
                                                                       EXHIBIT 3

                  NORWEST BANK COLORADO, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

                                                            [Bank Certification]
                                    BY-LAWS
                                    -------


                                   ARTICLE I
                                   ---------

                            MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS
                            ------------------------

      SECTION 1.1  ANNUAL MEETING.  The regular anual meeting of the
                   --------------                                   
shareholders for the election of directors and the transaction of whatever other
business may properly come before the meeting shall be held on the third
thursday of January of each year at such time and place as the Board of
Directors may designate.  If for any cause the annual meeting of shareholders
for the election of directors is not held on the date fixed in this by-law, such
meeting may be held on some other day, notice thereof having been given in
accordance with the requirements of Section 5149, United States Revised
Statutes, and the meeting conducted according to the provisions of these by-
laws.

      SECTION 1.2  SPECIAL MEETING.  Except as otherwise specifically provided
                   ---------------                                            
by statute, special meetings of shareholders may be called for any purpose at
any time by the Board of Directors, by the Chief Executive Officer, by the
President, or by any one or more shareholders owning in the aggregate not less
than 25 percent of the then outstanding shares, as provided in Article Ninth of
the Articles of Association.

      SECTION 1.3  NOTICE OF MEETINGS.  A notice of each annual or special
                   ------------------                                     
shareholders' meeting, setting forth the time, place, and purpose of the
meeting, shall be given, by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to each
shareholder of record at least ten days prior to the date on which such meeting
is to be held; but any failure to mail such notice of any annual meeting, or any
irregularity therein, shall not affect the validity of such annual meeting or of
any of the proceedings thereat.  Notwithstanding anything in these by-laws to
the contrary, a valid shareholders' meeting may be held without notice whenever
notice thereof shall be waived in writing by all shareholders, or whenever all
shareholders shall be present or represented at the meeting.

      SECTION 1.4  QUORUM.  The holders of a majority of the stock issued and
                   ------                                                    
outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by
proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the shareholders for the
transaction of business, and may transact any business except such as may, under
the provisions of law, the Articles of Association, or these by-laws, require
the vote of holders of a greater number of shares.  If, however, such majority
shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the shareholders, the
shareholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or by proxy, shall have
power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than
announcement at the meeting, until such time as the Board of Directors may
determine.

      SECTION 1.5  PROXIES AND VOTING RIGHTS.  At each meeting of the
                   -------------------------                         
shareholders each shareholder having the right to vote shall be entitled to vote
in person or by proxy appointed by an instrument in writing subscribed by such
shareholder, which proxy shall be valid for that meeting or any adjournments
thereof, shall be dated, and shall be filed with the records of the meeting.  No
officer or employee of this Association may act as proxy.  Each shareholder
shall have one vote for each share of stock having voting power which is
registered in his name on the books of the Association.  Voting for the election
of directors and voting upon any other matter  which may be brought before any
shareholders' meeting may, but need not, be by ballot, unless voting by ballot
be requested by shareholder present at the meeting.
<PAGE>
 
      SECTION 1.6  PROCEEDINGS AND RECORDS.  The Chairman of the Board shall
                   -----------------------                                  
preside at all meetings of the shareholders or, in case of his absence or
inability to act, the President or, in case of the absence or inability to act
of both of them, any Executive Vice President may preside at any such meeting.
The presiding officer shall appoint a person to act as secretary of each
shareholders' meeting; provided, however, that the shareholders may appoint some
other person to preside at their meetings or to act as secretary thereof.  A
record of all business transacted shall be made o feach shareholders meeting
showing, among other things, the names of the shareholders present and the
number of shares of stock held by each, the names of the shareholders
represented by proxy and the number of shares held by each, the names of the
proxies, the number of shares voted on each motion or resolution and the number
of shares voted for each candidate for director.  This record shall be entered
in the minute book of the Association and shall be subscribed by the secretary
of the meeting.


                                   ARTICLE II
                                   ----------

                                   Directors
                                   ---------

      SECTION 2.1  BOARD OF DIRECTORS.  The Board of Directors (hereinafter
                   ------------------                                      
referred to as the "Board") shall have power to manage and administer the
business and affairs of the Association.  Except as expressly limited by law,
all corporate powers of the Association shall be vested in and may be exercised
by the Board.

      SECTION 2.2  NUMBER AND QUALIFICATIONS.  The Board shall consist of not
                   -------------------------                                 
less than five nor more than twenty-five persons, the exact number within such
minimum and maximum limits to be fixed and determined from time to time by
resolution of a majority of the full Board or by resolution of the shareholders
at any meeting thereof; provided, however, that a majority of the full Board may
not increase the number of directors to a number with (i) exceeds by more than
two the number of directors last elected by shareholders where such number was
fifteen or less; and (ii) exceeds by more than four the number of directors last
elected by shareholders where such number was sixteen or more, but in no event
shall the number of directors exceed twenty-five.

      Each director shall, during the full term of his directorship, be a
citizen of the United States, and at least two-thirds of the directors shall
have resided in the State of Colorado, or within one hundred miles of the
location of the office of the Association, for at least one year immediately
preceding their election, and shall be residents of such state or within a one-
hundred-mile territory of the location of the Association during their
continuance in office.  Each director, during the full term of his directorship,
shall own a minimum of $1,000 par value of stock of this Association or an
equivalent interest, as determined by the Comptroller of the Currency, in any
company which has control over this Association within the meaning of Section 2
of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended.

      SECTION 2.3  ORGANIZATION MEETING.  A meeting of the newly elected board
                   --------------------                                       
shall be held at the main office of this Association, without notice,
immediately following the adjournment of the annual meeting of the shareholders,
or at such other time and at such other place to which said meeting may be
adjourned.  No business shall be transacted at any such meeting until a majority
of the directors elected shall have taken an oath of office as prescribed by
law, and no director elected shall participate in the business transacted at any
such meeting of the Board until he shall have taken said oath. If at any such
meeting there is not a quorum of the directors present who shall have taken the
oath of office, the members present may adjourn the meeting from time to time
until a quorum is secured.  At such meeting of the newly elected Board, if a
quorum is present, the directors may elect officers for the ensuing year and
transact any and all business which may be brought before them.

                                     - 2 -
<PAGE>
 
      SECTION 2.4  REGULAR MEETINGS.  The regular meetings of the Board shall be
                   ----------------                                             
held, without notice other than by this by-law, on the third Thursday of ever
other month, at such time and place as the Board may designate.  If the day
fixed for a regular meeting falls upon a bank or legal holiday, the meeting
shall be held on the next succeeding banking business day or on such other date
specified by the Board, in which case notice shall be given to each director as
provided in Section 2.6.

      SECTION 2.5  SPECIAL MEETINGS.  Special meetings of the Board may be
                   ----------------                                       
called by the Chairman of the Board, the President, or the Secretary, and shall
be called at the request of one-third or more of the directors.

      SECTION 2.6  NOTICE OF MEETINGS.  Each member of the Board shall be given
                   ------------------                                          
not less than one day's notice by telephone, telegram, letter, or in person,
stating the time and place of any regular or special meeting; such notice may,
but need not, state the purpose of said meeting.  Notwithstanding anything in
these by-laws to the contrary, a valid directors' meeting may be held without
notice whenever notice thereof shall be waived in writing by all of the
directors, or whenever all of the directors are present at the meeting.

      SECTION 2.7  QUORUM AND VOTING.  A majority of the directors shall
                   -----------------                                    
constitute a quorum at all directors' meetings.  Except where the vote of a
greater number of directors is required by the articles of Association, these
by-laws or under provisions of law, the vote of a majority of the directors at a
meeting at which a quorum is present shall be sufficient to transact business.

      SECTION 2.8  PROCEEDINGS AND RECORD.  The Chairman of the Board, if such
                   ----------------------                                     
officer shall have been designated by the Board, shall preside at all meetings
thereof, and in his absence or inability to act (or if there shall be no
Chairman of the Board) the President, and in his absence or inability to act,
any other director appointed chairman of the meeting pro tempore, shall preside
at meetings of the directors.  The Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, or any
other person appointed by the Board, shall act as secretary of the Board and
shall keep accurate minutes of all meetings.

      SECTION 2.9  VACANCIES.  Any vacancy in the Board may be filled by
                   ---------                                            
appointment at any regular or special meeting of the Board by the remaining
directors in accordance with the laws of the United States, and any director so
appointed shall hold his place until the next election.


                                  ARTICLE III
                                  -----------

                            COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD
                            -----------------------

      SECTION 3.1  EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE.  The Board may appoint annually or more
                   -------------------                                         
often an Executive Committee consisting of three or more directors.  In the
event an Executive Committee is appointed, the Executive Committee shall have
the power to approve, review, and delegate authority to make loans and otherwise
extend credit and to purchase and sell bills, notes, bonds, debentures and other
legal investments and to establish and review general loan and investment
policies.  In addition, when the Board is not in session, the Executive
Committee shall have the power to exercise all powers of the Board, except those
that cannot legally be delegated by the Board.  The Executive Committee shall
keep minutes of its meetings, and such minutes shall be submitted at the next
regular meeting of the Board at which a quorum is present.

      SECTION 3.2  TRUST COMMITTEES.  The Board shall appoint a Trust Audit
                   ----------------                                        
Committee, whose members shall be directors of the Association who have no
direct or indirect responsibility for the trust function.  This Committee shall,
at least once during each calendar year and within fifteen months of the last
such audit, make suitable audits of the Trust Department or cause suitable
audits to be made by auditors responsible only to the Board and at such time
shall ascertain and report to the Board whether said Department has been
administered in accordance with applicable laws and regulations and sound
fiduciary principles.  Every report to the Board

                                     - 3 -
<PAGE>
 
under this section, together with the action taken thereon, shall be noted in
the minutes of the Board.  The Board shall from time to time appoint such other
committees of such membership and with such powers and duties as it is required
to appoint under the provisions of Regulation 9 issued by the Comptroller of the
Currency relating to the trust powers of national banks, or any amendments
thereto, and may appoint such other committees of such membership and with such
powers and duties as the Board may provide and as are permitted by said
Regulation 9, or any amendments thereto.

      SECTION 3.3  OTHER COMMITTEES.  The Board, by a majority vote of the whole
                   ----------------                                             
Board, may create from its own members or (to the extent permitted by applicable
statutes, laws and regulations) from its own members and/or officers or
employees of the Association such other committees as it may from time to time
deem necessary, and may designate the name and term of existence and prescribe
the duties thereof.

      SECTION 3.4 PROCEEDINGS AND RECORD.  Each committee appointed by the Board
                  ----------------------                                        
may hold regular meetings at such time or times as may be fixed by the Board or
by the committee itself.  Special meetings of any committee may be called by the
chairman or vice chairman or any two members thereof.  The Board may, at the
time of the appointment of any committee, designate alternate or advisory
members, designate its chairman, vice chairman, and secretary, or any one or
more thereof, and the committee itself may appoint such of said officers as have
not been so designated by the Board if they deem such appointment necessary or
advisable.  The secretary may but need not be a member of the committee.  The
Board may at any time prescribe or change the number of members whose presence
is required to constitute a quorum at any or all meetings of a committee.  The
quorum so prescribed need not be a majority of the members of the committee. If
no quorum is prescribed by the Board, the presence of a majority of the members
of the committee shall be required to constitute a quorum.  Each committee shall
keep such records of its meetings and proceedings as may be required by law or
applicable regulations and may keep such additional records of its meetings and
proceedings as it deems necessary or advisable, and each committee may make such
rules of procedure for the conduct of its own meetings and the method of
discharge of its duties as it deems advisable.  Each committee appointed by the
Board may appoint subcommittees composed of its own members or other persons and
may rely on information furnished to it by such subcommittees or by statistical
or other fact-finding departments or employees of this Association, provided
that final action shall be taken in each case by the committee.


                                   ARTICLE IV
                                   ----------

                             OFFICERS AND EMPLOYEES
                             ----------------------

      SECTION 4.1  APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS.  The Board shall appoint a
                   -----------------------                            
President, one or more Executive Vice Presidents, one or more office Presidents,
one or more Senior Vice Presidents, one or more Vice Presidents, and a
Secretary, and may appoint a Chairman of the Board and such other officers as
from time to time may appear to the Board to be required or desirable to
transact the business of the Association.  Only directors shall be eligible for
appointment as President or Chairman of the Board.  If a director other than the
President is appointed Chairman of the Board, the Board shall designate either
of these two officers as the chief executive officer of this Association.  The
chief executive officer may appoint other officers below the rank of Vice
President by filing a written notice of such officer appointments with the
Secretary.

      SECTION 4.2  TENURE OF OFFICE.  Officers shall hold their respective
                   ----------------                                       
offices for the current year for which they are appointed unless they resign,
become disqualified or are removed.  Any officer appointed by the Board may be
removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the full Board or
in accordance to with authority granted by the Board.  During the year between
its organization meetings, the Board may appoint additional officers and shall
promptly fill any vacancy occurring in any office required to be filled.

                                     - 4 -
<PAGE>
 
      SECTION 4.3  CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER.  The chief executive officer shall
                   -----------------------                                    
supervise the carrying out of policies adopted or approved by the Board, shall
have general executive powers as well as the specific powers conferred by these
by-laws; and shall also have and may exercise such further powers and duties as
from time to time may be conferred upon or assigned to him by the Board.

      SECTION 4.4  SECRETARY OR ASSISTANT SECRETARY.  The Secretary or any
                   --------------------------------                       
Assistant Secretary shall attend to the giving of all notices required by these
by-laws to be given; shall be custodian of the corporate seal, records,
documents and papers of the Association; shall provide for the keeping of proper
records of all transactions of the Association, shall have and may exercise any
and all other powers and duties pertaining by law, regulation or practice, to
the Office of Secretary, or imposed by these by-laws; and shall also perform
such other duties as may be assigned from time to time by the Board.

      SECTION 4.5  GENERAL AUTHORITY AND DUTIES.  Officers shall have the
                   ----------------------------                          
general powers and duties customarily vested in the office of such officers of a
corporation and shall also exercise such powers and perform such duties as may
be prescribed by the Articles of Association, by these by-laws, or by the laws
or regulations governing the conduct of the business of national banking
associations, and shall exercise such other powers and perform such other duties
not inconsistent with the Articles of Association, these by-laws or laws or
regulations as may be conferred upon or assigned to them by the Board or the
chief executive officer.

      SECTION 4.6  EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS.  Subject to the authority of the Board,
                   --------------------                                         
the chief executive officer, or any other officer of the Association authorized
by him, may appoint or dismiss all or any employees and agents and prescribe
their duties and the conditions of their employment, and from time to time fix
their compensation.

      SECTION 4.7  BONDS OF OFFICERS AND EMPLOYEES.  The officers and employees
                   -------------------------------                             
of this Association shall give bond with security to be approved by the Board in
such penal sum as the Board shall require, conditioned for the faithful and
honest discharge of their respective duties and for the faithful application and
accounting of all monies, funds and other property which may come into their
possession or may be entrusted to their care or placed in their hands.  In the
discretion of the Board in lieu of having individual bonds for each officer and
employee, there may be substituted for the bonds provided for herein a blanket
bond covering all officers and employees providing coverage in such amounts and
containing such conditions and stipulations as shall be approved by the chief
executive officer of this Association but subject to the supervision and control
of the Board.


                                   ARTICLE V
                                   ---------

                          STOCK AND STOCK CERTIFICATES
                          ----------------------------

      SECTION 5.1  TRANSFERS. Shares of stock shall be transferable only on the
                   ---------                                                   
books of the Association upon surrender of the certificate for cancellation, and
a transfer book shall be kept in which all transfers of stock shall be recorded.

      SECTION 5.2  STOCK CERTIFICATES.  Certificates of stock shall be signed by
                   ------------------                                           
the chief executive officer, the President, or any Executive Vice President and
the Secretary, or any Assistant Secretary, or any other officer appointed by the
Board for that purpose, and shall be sealed with the corporate seal.  Each
certificate shall recite on its face that the stock represented thereby is
transferable only upon the books of the Association properly endorsed, and shall
meet the requirements of Section 5139, United States Revised Statutes, as
amended.

                                     - 5 -
<PAGE>
 
      SECTION 5.3  DIVIDENDS.  Transfers of stock shall not be suspended
                   ---------                                            
preparatory to the declaration of dividends and, unless an agreement to the
contrary shall be expressed in the assignments, dividends shall be paid to the
shareholders in whose name the stock shall stand at the time of the declaration
of the dividends or on such record date as may be fixed by the Board.

      SECTION 5.4  LOST CERTIFICATES.  In the event of loss or destruction of a
                   -----------------                                           
certificate of stock, a new certificate may be issued in its place upon proof of
such loss or destruction and upon receipt of an acceptable bond or agreement of
indemnity as maybe required by the Board.


                                   ARTICLE VI
                                   ----------

                                 CORPORATE SEAL
                                 --------------

      SECTION 6.1  FORM.  The corporate seal of the Association shall have
                   -----                                                  
inscribed thereon the name of the Association.

      SECTION 6.2  AUTHORITY TO IMPRESS.  The chief executive officer, the
                   ---------------------                                  
President, the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, or other officer designated
by the Board, shall have authority to impress or affix the corporate seal to any
document requiring such seal, and to attest the same.


                                  ARTICLE VII
                                  -----------

                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
                            ------------------------

      SECTION 7.1  BANKING HOURS.  The days and hours during which this
                   --------------                                      
Association shall be open for business shall be fixed from time to time by the
Board, the chief executive officer, or the President, consistent with national
and state laws governing banking and business transactions.

      SECTION 7.2  EXECUTION OF WRITTEN INSTRUMENTS.  All instruments,
                   ---------------------------------                  
documents, or agreements relating to or affecting the property or business and
affairs of this Association, or of this Association when acting in any
representative or fiduciary capacity, shall be executed, acknowledged, verified,
delivered or accepted in behalf of this Association by the chief executive
officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, any office President, any
Senior Vice President, any Vice President, the Secretary, any Assistant Vice
President, any Assistant Secretary,or by such other officer, officers,
employees, or designated signers, as the Board may from time to time direct.

      SECTION 7.3  RECORDS.  The Articles of Association, these by-laws, and any
                   --------                                                     
amendments thereto, and the proceedings of all regular and special meetings of
the directors and of the shareholders shall be recorded in appropriate minute
books provided for the purpose.  The minutes of each meeting shall be signed by
the person appointed to act as secretary of the meeting.

      SECTION 7.4  FISCAL YEAR.  The fiscal year of the Association shall be the
                   ------------                                                 
calendar year.

                                     - 6 -
<PAGE>
 
                                 ARTICLE VIII
                                 ------------

                                    BY-LAWS
                                    -------

      SECTION 8.1  INSPECTION.  A copy of these by-laws, with all amendments
                   -----------                                              
thereto, shall at all times be kept in a convenient place at the main office of
the Association, and shall be open for inspection to all shareholders during
banking hours.

          SECTION 8.2  AMENDMENTS.  These by-laws may be changed or amended at
                       -----------                                            
any regular or special meeting of the Board by a vote of a majority of the full
Board or at any regular or special meeting of shareholders by the vote of the
holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote
thereat.

                                     - 7 -
<PAGE>
 
                  NORWEST BANK COLORADO, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

                MARCH 16, 1995 MEETING OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

                      ACTION: APPROVE AMENDMENT TO BYLAWS
                      -----------------------------------


                                   ARTICLE II
                                   ----------

                                   DIRECTORS
                                   ---------

      SECTION 2.10  MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE.  Unless otherwise provided by the
                    ----------------------                                  
articles of association, one or more members of the board of directors may
participate in a meeting of the board by teleconference or by similar
communications equipment by which all persons participating in the meeting can
hear each other at the same time.  Such participation shall constitute presence
in person at the meeting.

      SECTION 2.11  ACTION WITHOUT A MEETING.  Any action required or permitted
                    -------------------------                                  
to be taken at a meeting of the directors may be taken without a meeting if a
consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of
the directors.  Such consent (which may be signed in counterparts) shall have
the same force and effect as a unanimous vote of the directors and may be stated
as such in any document.  Unless the consent specifies a different effective
date, action taken herein is effective when all directors have signed the
consent.  All consents signed pursuant to this Section 2.11 shall be delivered
to the secretary of the bank for inclusion in the minutes or for filing with the
bank records.

                                     - 8 -
<PAGE>
 
                                                                       EXHIBIT 4

                         CONSOLIDATED REPORT OF INCOME

  ALL REPORT OF INCOME SCHEDULES ARE TO BE REPORTED ON A CALENDAR YEAR-TO-DATE
                         BASIS IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS.


                         SCHEDULE RI--INCOME STATEMENT
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           FOR THE PERIOD
                                                                                         JANUARY 1, 1996 TO
                                                                                           MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                                         ------------------
                                                                                           (Year-to-date)
<S>                                                                                      <C>
1.  Interest income:
  a.  Interest and fee income on loans:
     (1)  In domestic offices:
       (a)  Loans secured by real estate...............................................           $  27,738
       (b)  Loans to depository institutions...........................................               2,431
       (c)  Loans to finance agricultural production and other loans to                               2,082
        farmers........................................................................
       (d)  Commercial and industrial loans............................................              19,576
       (e)  Acceptances of other banks.................................................                   9
       (f)  Loans to individuals for household, family, and other personal
        expenditures:
          (1)  Credit cards and related plans..........................................               1,797
          (2)  Other...................................................................              15,541
       (g)  Loans to foreign governments and official institutions.....................                   0
       (h)  Obligations (other than securities and leases) of states and political
        subdivisions in the U.S.:
          (1)  Taxable obligations.....................................................                   0
          (2)  Tax-exempt obligations..................................................                 291
       (i)  All other loans in domestic offices........................................                   2
     (2)  In foreign offices, Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and IBFs................                   0
  b.  Income from lease financing receivables:
     (1)  Taxable leases...............................................................                  13
     (2)  Tax-exempt leases............................................................                   0
  c.  Interest income on balances due from depository institutions:(1)
     (1)  In domestic offices..........................................................                   3
     (2)  In foreign offices, Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and IBFs................                   0
  d.  Interest and dividend income on securities:
     (1)  U.S. Treasury securities and U.S. Government agency and corporation
      obligations......................................................................              46,214
     (2)  Securities issued by states and political subdivisions in the U.S.:
       (a)  Taxable securities.........................................................                  68
       (b)  Tax-exempt securities......................................................                 775
     (3)  Other domestic debt securities...............................................                 268
     (4)  Foreign debt securities......................................................                   0
     (5)  Equity securities (including investments in mutual funds)....................                 125
  e.  Interest income from trading assets..............................................                   0
</TABLE> 
- ------------------------
(1) Includes interest income on time certificates of deposit not held for
    trading.


<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           FOR THE PERIOD
                                                                                         JANUARY 1, 1996 TO
                                                                                           MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                                         ------------------
                                                                                           (Year-to-date)
<S>                                                                                      <C>
  f.  Interest income on federal funds sold and securities purchased under
   agreements to resell in domestic offices of the bank and of its Edge and
   Agreement subsidiaries, and in IBFs.................................................               3,738
 
 
  g.  Total interest income (sum of items 1.a through 1.f).............................             120,671
2.  Interest expense:
  a.  Interest on deposits:
     (1)  Interest on deposits in domestic offices:
       (a)  Transaction accounts (NOW accounts, ATS accounts, and
        telephone and preauthorized transfer accounts).................................               5,186
 
       (b)  Nontransaction accounts:
          (1)  Money market deposit accounts (MMDAs)...................................              10,668
          (2)  Other savings deposits..................................................               3,240
          (3)  Time certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more........................               3,444
          (4)  All other time deposits.................................................              14,776
     (2)  Interest on deposits in foreign offices, edge and agreement
      subsidiaries, and IBFS...........................................................                 641
 
  b.  Expense of federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to
   repurchase in domestic offices of the bank and of its edge and agreement
   subsidiaries, and in IBFs...........................................................               1,460
 
 
  c.  Interest on demand notes issued to the U.S. Treasury, trading liabilities,
   and other borrowed money............................................................                   0
 
  d.  Interest on mortgage indebtedness and obligations under capitalized leases.......                  40
  e.  Interest on subordinated notes and debentures....................................                   0
                                                                                                 ----------
  f.  Total interest expense (sum of items 2.a through 2.e)............................              39,455
                                                                                                 ==========
3.  Net interest income (item 1.g minus 2.f)...........................................              81,216
                                                                                                 ==========
4.  Provisions:
  a.  Provision for loan and lease losses..............................................               1,029
  b.  Provision for allocated transfer risk............................................                   0
5.  Noninterest income:
  a.  Income from fiduciary activities.................................................               7,388
  b.  Service charges on deposit accounts in domestic offices..........................              13,760
  c.  Trading revenue (must equal Schedule RI, sum of Memorandum items 8.a
   through 8.d)........................................................................                  10
 
  d.  Other foreign transaction gains (losses).........................................                  63
  e.  Not applicable...................................................................                  --
  f.  Other noninterest income:
     (1)  Other fee income.............................................................               5,897
     (2)  All other noninterest income/*/..............................................               1,404
  g.  Total noninterest income (sum of items 5.a through 5.f)..........................              28,522
6.  a.  Realized gains (losses) on held-to maturity securities.........................                   0
  b.  Realized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities.........................               4,318
</TABLE> 
- ------------------------
* Described on Schedule RI-E--Explanations.

                                      -2-
<PAGE>
                 SCHEDULE RI -- INCOME STATEMENT (CONTINUED) 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           FOR THE PERIOD
                                                                                         JANUARY 1, 1996 TO
                                                                                           MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                                         ------------------
                                                                                           (Year-to-date)
<S>                                                                                      <C>
7.  Noninterest expense:
  a.  Salaries and employee benefits...................................................              33,009
  b.  Expenses of premises and fixed assets (net of rental income) (excluding
   salaries and employee benefits and mortgage interest)...............................              12,241
 
  c.  Other noninterest expense/*/.....................................................              38,983
                                                                                                  ---------
  d.  Total noninterest expense (sum of items 7.a through 7.c).........................              84,233
                                                                                                  =========
8.  Income (loss) before income taxes and extraordinary items and other
    adjustments (item 3 plus or minus items 4.a, 4.b, 5.g, 6.a., 6.b, and 7.d).........              28,794
 
9.  Applicable income taxes (on item 8)................................................               9,927
                                                                                                  ---------
10.  Income (loss) before extraordinary items and other adjustments
  (item 8 minus 9).....................................................................              18,867
11.  Extraordinary items and other adjustments:
  a.  Extraordinary items and other adjustments, gross of income taxes*................                   0
  b.  Applicable income taxes (on item 11.a)*..........................................                   0
  c.  Extraordinary items and other adjustments, net of income taxes (item 11.a
   minus 11.b).........................................................................                   0
 
12.  Net income (loss) (sum of items 10 and 11.c)......................................              18,867
                                                                                                  ========= 
Memoranda
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.  Interest expense incurred to carry tax-exempt securities, loans, and leases
 acquired after August 7, 1986, that is not deductible for federal income tax
 purposes..............................................................................                 171
 
 
2.  Income from the sale and servicing of mutual funds and annuities in domestic
 offices (included in Schedule RI, item 8).............................................                 107
 
3.-4.  Not applicable..................................................................                  --
5.  Number of full-time equivalent employees on payroll at end of current period                    (Number)
 (round to nearest whole number).......................................................               3,431
 
6.  Not applicable.....................................................................                  --
7.  If the reporting bank has restated its balance sheet as a result of applying push              MM DD YY
 down accounting this calendar year, report the date of the bank's acquisition.........            00/00/00
 
8.  Trading revenue (from cash instruments and off-balance sheet derivative
 instruments) (sum of Memorandum items 8.a through 8.d must equal Schedule
 RI, item 5.c):
  a.  Interest rate exposures..........................................................                   0
  b.  Foreign exchange exposures.......................................................                  10
  c.  Equity security and index exposures..............................................                   0
  d.  Commodity and other exposures....................................................                   0
9.  Impact on income of off-balance sheet derivatives held for purposes other than
 trading:
  a.  Net increase (decrease) to interest income.......................................                   0
 
  b.  Net (increase) decrease to interest expense......................................              (5,059)
</TABLE> 
- ------------------------
* Described on Schedule RI-E--Explanations.

                                      -3-
<PAGE>
                 SCHEDULE RI -- INCOME STATEMENT (CONTINUED) 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           FOR THE PERIOD
                                                                                         JANUARY 1, 1996 TO
                                                                                           MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                                         ------------------
                                                                                           (Year-to-date)
<S>                                                                                      <C>
  c.  Other (noninterest) allocations..................................................                   0
10.  Credit losses on off-balance sheet derivatives (see instructions).................                   0
</TABLE>

                                      -4-
<PAGE>
 
                         CONSOLIDATED REPORT OF INCOME

  ALL REPORT OF INCOME SCHEDULES ARE TO BE REPORTED ON A CALENDAR YEAR-TO-DATE
                         BASIS IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS.


                    SCHEDULE RI-A--CHANGES IN EQUITY CAPITAL

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           FOR THE PERIOD
                                                                                         JANUARY 1, 1996 TO
                                                                                           MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                                           (Year-to-date)
                                                                                         ------------------
<S>                                                                                      <C>
Indicate decreases and losses in parentheses.
 
1.  Total equity capital originally reported in the December 31, 1995, Reports of
 Condition and Income..................................................................            $375,906
2.  Equity capital adjustments from amended Reports of Income, net(*)..................                   0
3.  Amended balance end of previous calendar year (sum of items 1 and 2)...............             375,906
4.  Net income (loss) (must equal Schedule RI, item 12)................................              18,867
5.  Sale, conversion, acquisition, or retirement of capital stock, net.................               4,479
6.  Changes incident to business combinations, net.....................................                   0
7.  LESS:  Cash dividends declared on preferred stock..................................                   0
8.  LESS:  Cash dividends declared on common stock.....................................              19,000
9.  Cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles from prior years* (see
 instructions for this schedule).......................................................                   0
10.  Corrections of material accounting errors from prior years* (see instructions
 for this schedule)....................................................................                   0
11.  Change in net unrealized holding gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities..             (27,920)
12.  Foreign currency translation adjustments..........................................                   0
13.  Other transactions with parent holding company* (not included in items 5, 7,
 or 8 above)...........................................................................                   0
14.  Total equity capital end of current period (sum of items 3 through 13) (must
 equal Schedule RC, item 28)...........................................................            $352,332
</TABLE>

- ------------------------
(*)  Describe on Schedule RI-E--Explanations.

                                      -5-
<PAGE>
 
                         CONSOLIDATED REPORT OF INCOME

  ALL REPORT OF INCOME SCHEDULES ARE TO BE REPORTED ON A CALENDAR YEAR-TO-DATE
                         BASIS IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS.


SCHEDULE RI-B--CHARGE-OFFS AND RECOVERIES AND CHANGES IN ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND
                                  LEASE LOSSES

            PART I.  CHARGE-OFFS AND RECOVERIES ON LOANS AND LEASES

Part I excludes charge-offs and recoveries through the allocated transfer risk
reserve.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                            (COLUMN A)   (COLUMN B)
                                                                           CHARGE-OFFS   RECOVERIES
                                                                           -----------   ----------
                                                                           (Calendar year-to-date)
                                                                           ------------------------
<S>                                                                        <C>           <C>
1.  Loans secured by real estate:
  a.  To U.S. addresses (domicile).......................................       $0,224       $0,854
  b.  To non-U.S. addresses (domicile)...................................            0            0
2.  Loans to depository institutions and acceptances of other banks:
  a.  To U.S. banks and other U.S. depository institutions...............            0            0
  b.  To foreign banks...................................................            0            0
3.  Loans to finance agricultural production and other loans to farmers..           62            4
4.  Commercial and industrial loans:
  a.  To U.S. addresses (domicile).......................................          263          322
  b.  To non-U.S. addresses (domicile)...................................            0            0
5.  Loans to individuals for household, family, and other personal
 expenditures:
  a.  Credit cards and related plans.....................................          334           70
  b.  Other (includes single payment, installment, and all student
   loans)................................................................        2,953          645
6.  Loans to foreign governments and official institutions...............            0            0
7.  All other loans......................................................          216          105
8.  Lease financing receivables:                                                     0            0
  a.  Of U.S. addresses (domicile).......................................
  b.  Of non-U.S. addresses (domicile)...................................            0            0
                                                                               -------      -------
9.  Total (sum of items 1 through 8).....................................       $4,052       $2,000
                                                                               =======      =======
</TABLE>

                                      -6-
<PAGE>
 
                         CONSOLIDATED REPORT OF INCOME

  ALL REPORT OF INCOME SCHEDULES ARE TO BE REPORTED ON A CALENDAR YEAR-TO-DATE
                         BASIS IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS.


                            SCHEDULE RI-B--CONTINUED

                               PART I. CONTINUED
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        (COLUMN A)   (COLUMN B)
                                                                       CHARGE-OFFS   RECOVERIES
                                                                       -----------   ----------
                                                                       (Calendar year-to-date)
                                                                       ------------------------
<S>                                                                    <C>           <C>
Memoranda
- -------------------------------------
1.-3.  Not applicable................................................         $ --         $ --
4.  Loans to finance commercial real estate, construction, and land
    development activities (not secured by real estate) included in
    Schedule RI-B, part I, items 4 and 7, above......................            0            0
5.  Loans secured by real estate in domestic offices (included in
    Schedule RI-B, part I, item 1 above):
  a.  Construction and land development..............................            3          184
  b.  Secured by farmland............................................            0            8
  c.  Secured by 1-4 family residential properties:
     (1)  Revolving, open-end loans secured by 1-4 family
      residential properties and extended under lines of credit......           45            8
     (2)  All other loans secured by 1-4 family residential
      properties.....................................................          135          209
  d.  Secured by multifamily (5 or more) residential properties......            0            0
  e.  Secured by nonfarm nonresidential properties...................           41          445
</TABLE>
            PART II. CHANGES IN ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                                       FOR THE PERIOD
                                                                                     JANUARY 1, 1996 TO
                                                                                       MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                                     ------------------
                                                                                       (Year-to-date)
<S>                                                                                  <C>
1.  Balance originally reported in the December 31, 1995, Reports of Condition
    and Income.....................................................................             $81,711
2.  Recoveries (must equal part I, item 9, column B above).........................               2,000
3.  LESS:  Charge-offs (must equal part I, item 9, column A above).................               4,052
4.  Provision for loan and lease losses (must equal Schedule RI, item 4.a).........               1,029
5.  Adjustments(*) (see instructions for this schedule)............................               6,103
                                                                                              ---------
6.  Balance end of current period (sum of items 1 through 5) (must equal Schedule
    RC, item 4.b)..................................................................             $86,791
                                                                                              =========
</TABLE> 
           SCHEDULE RI-C--APPLICABLE INCOME TAXES BY TAXING AUTHORITY
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                          <C> 
1.  Federal                                                                                         N/A 
2.  State and local................................................................                 N/A 
3.  Foreign........................................................................                 N/A 
4.  Total (sum of items 1 through 3) (must equal sum of Schedule RI, items 9 and                        
    11.b)..........................................................................                 N/A 
5.  Deferred portion of item 4.....................................................                 N/A  
</TABLE>

- ------------------------
(*)  Describe on Schedule RI-E--Explanations.

                                      -7-
<PAGE>
 
                         CONSOLIDATED REPORT OF INCOME

  ALL REPORT OF INCOME SCHEDULES ARE TO BE REPORTED ON A CALENDAR YEAR-TO-DATE
                         BASIS IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS.


              SCHEDULE RI-D--INCOME FROM INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS

            PART I.  ESTIMATED INCOME FROM INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS


For all banks with foreign offices, Edge or Agreement subsidiaries, or IBFs
where international operations account for more than 10 percent of total
revenues, total assets, or net income.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                                           FOR THE PERIOD
                                                                                         JANUARY 1, 1996 TO
                                                                                           MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                                         ------------------
                                                                                           (Year-to-date)
<S>                                                                                      <C>
1.  Interest income and expense booked at foreign offices, Edge and Agreement
 subsidiaries, and IBFs:
  a.  Interest income booked...........................................................         N/A
  b.  Interest expense booked..........................................................         N/A
  c.  Net interest income booked at foreign offices, Edge and Agreement
   subsidiaries, and IBFs (item 1.a minus 1.b).........................................         N/A
2.  Adjustments for booking location of international operations:
  a.  Net interest income attributable to international operations booked at
   domestic offices....................................................................         N/A
  b.  Net interest income attributable to domestic business booked at foreign
   offices.............................................................................         N/A
  c.  Net booking location adjustment (item 2.a minus 2.b).............................         N/A
3.  Noninterest income and expense attributable to international operations:
  a.  Noninterest income attributable to international operations......................         N/A
  b.  Provision for loan and lease losses attributable to international
     operations........................................................................         N/A
  c.  Other noninterest expense attributable to international operations...............         N/A
  d.  Net noninterest income (expense) attributable to international operations
   (item 3.a minus 3.b and 3.c)........................................................         N/A
4.  Estimated pretax income attributable to international operations before capital
 allocation adjustment (sum of items 1.c, 2.c, and 3.d)................................         N/A
5.  Adjusted to pretax income for internal allocations to international operations to
 reflect the effects of equity capital on overall bank funding costs...................         N/A
6.  Estimated pretax income attributable to international operations after capital
 allocation adjustment (sum of items 4 and 5)..........................................         N/A
7.  Income taxes attributable to income from international operations as estimated
 in item 6.............................................................................         N/A
8.  Estimated net income attributable to international operations (item 6 minus 7).....         N/A
 
Memorandum
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.  Intracompany interest income included in item 1.a above............................         N/A
2.  Intracompany interest expense included in item 1.b above...........................         N/A
</TABLE>

                                      -8-
<PAGE>
 
                         CONSOLIDATED REPORT OF INCOME

  ALL REPORT OF INCOME SCHEDULES ARE TO BE REPORTED ON A CALENDAR YEAR-TO-DATE
                         BASIS IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS.


                            SCHEDULE RI-D--CONTINUED

  PART II.  SUPPLEMENTARY DETAILS ON INCOME FROM INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS
  REQUIRED BY THE DEPARTMENTS OF COMMERCE AND TREASURY FOR PURPOSES OF THE U.S.
  INTERNATIONAL ACCOUNTS AND THE U.S. NATIONAL INCOME AND PRODUCT ACCOUNTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
 
                                                                                        FOR THE PERIOD
                                                                                      JANUARY 1, 1996 TO
                                                                                        MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                                      ------------------
                                                                                        (Year-to-date)
<S>                                                                                   <C>
1.  Interest income booked at IBFs..................................................         N/A
2.  Interest expense booked at IBFs.................................................         N/A
3.  Noninterest income attributable to international operations booked at domestic
 offices (excluding IBFs):
  a.  Gains (losses) and extraordinary items........................................         N/A
 
  b.  Fees and other noninterest income.............................................         N/A
4.  Provision for loan and lease losses attributable to international operations
 booked at domestic offices (excluding IBFs)........................................         N/A
 
5.  Other noninterest expense attributable to international operations booked at
 domestic offices (excluding IBFs)..................................................         N/A
</TABLE>

                                      -9-
<PAGE>
 
                         CONSOLIDATED REPORT OF INCOME

  ALL REPORT OF INCOME SCHEDULES ARE TO BE REPORTED ON A CALENDAR YEAR-TO-DATE
                         BASIS IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS.


                          SCHEDULE RI-E--EXPLANATIONS

Schedule RI-E is to be completed each quarter on a calendar year-to-date basis.


Detail all adjustments in Schedule RI-A and RI-B, all extraordinary items and
other adjustments in Schedule RI, and all significant items of other noninterest
income and other noninterest expense in Schedule RI.  (See instructions for
details.)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                                       FOR THE PERIOD
                                                                                     JANUARY 1, 1996 TO
                                                                                       MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                                     ------------------
                                                                                       (Year-to-date)
<S>                                                                                  <C>
1.  All other noninterest income (from Schedule RI, item 5.f.(2))
  Report amounts that exceed 10% of Schedule RI, item 5.f.(2):
  a.  Net gains on other real estate owned.........................................              $    0
  b.  Net gains on sales of loans..................................................                   0
  c.  Net gains on sales of premises and fixed assets..............................                   0
  d.  Safe Deposit Rental                                                                           510
  e.
  f.
2.  Other noninterest expense (from Schedule RI, item 7.c):
  a.  Amortization expense of intangible assets....................................                   0
  Report amounts that exceed 10% of Schedule RI, item 7.c:
  b.  Net losses on other real estate owned........................................                   0
  c.  Net losses on sales of loans.................................................                   0
  d.  Net losses on sales of premises and fixed assets.............................                   0
  Itemize and describe the three largest other amounts that exceed 10% of
   Schedule RI, item 7.c:
  e.  Computer Center processing fees..............................................               4,120
  f.
  g.
3.  Extraordinary items and other adjustments (from Schedule RI, item 11.a) and
 applicable income tax effect (from Schedule RI, item 11.b) (itemize and
 describe all extraordinary items and other adjustments):
  a.  (1)
      (2)
  b.  (1)
      (2)
  c.  (1)
      (2)
4.  Equity capital adjustments from amended Reports of Income (from Schedule
    RI-A, item 2)
    (itemize and describe all adjustments):
  a.
  b.
</TABLE> 

                                      -10-
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 


                                                                                                For the period      
                                                                                               January 1, 1996 to   
                                                                                                  March 31, 1996    
                                                                                               -------------------- 
                                                                                                 (Year-to-date)      

<S>                                                                                                <C> 
5.  Cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles from prior years (from
    Schedule RI-A, item 9) (itemize and describe all changes in accounting
    principles):
    a.
    b.
6.  Corrections of material accounting errors from prior years (from Schedule RI-
    A, item 10)
    (itemize and describe all corrections):
    a.
    b.
7.  Other transactions with parent holding company (from Schedule RI-A, item 13)
    (itemize and describe all such transactions):
    a.
    b.
8.  Adjustments to allowance for loan and lease losses (from Schedule RI-B, part
    II, item 5) (itemize and describe all such transactions):
    a.  Merge of assets from affiliate 1/96..........................................                  6,103
    b................................................................................
9.  Other explanations (the space below is provided for the bank to briefly
    describe, at its option, any other significant items affecting the Report of
    Income):
    No comment
    Other explanations (please type or print clearly):
</TABLE>

                                      -11-
<PAGE>
 
                         CONSOLIDATED REPORT OF INCOME

  ALL REPORT OF INCOME SCHEDULES ARE TO BE REPORTED ON A CALENDAR YEAR-TO-DATE
                         BASIS IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS.


                          SCHEDULE RC-C--BALANCE SHEET

            CONSOLIDATED REPORT OF CONDITION FOR INSURED COMMERCIAL
              AND STATE-CHARTERED SAVINGS BANKS FOR MARCH 31, 1996


All schedules are to be reported in thousands of dollars.  Unless otherwise
indicated, report the amount outstanding as of the last business day of the
quarter.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                                            FOR THE PERIOD
                                                                                          JANUARY 1, 1996 TO
                                                                                            MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                                            (Year-to-date)
                                                                                          ------------------
<S>                                                                                       <C>
ASSETS
1.  Cash and balances due from depository institutions (from Schedule RC-A):
  a.  Noninterest-bearing balances and currency and coin/*/.............................          $0,723,980
  b.  Interest-bearing balances/*/......................................................                   0
2.  Securities:
  a.  Held-to-maturity securities (from Schedule RC-B, column A)........................                   0
  b.  Available-for-sale securities (from Schedule RC-B, column D)......................           2,662,756
3.  Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell in
    domestic offices of the bank and of its Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and
    in IBFs:
  a.  Federal funds sold................................................................             305,200
  b.  Securities purchased under agreements to resell...................................                   0
4.  Loans and lease financing receivables:
  a.  Loans and leases, net of unearned income (from Schedule RC-C)                                3,208,497
  b.  LESS:  Allowance for loan and lease losses........................................              86,791
  c.  LESS:  Allocated transfer risk reserve............................................                   0
  d.  Loans and leases, net of unearned income,
     allowance, and reserve (item 4.a minus 4.b and 4.c)................................           3,131,706
5.  Trading assets (from Schedule RC-D).................................................                   4
6.  Premises and fixed assets (including capitalized leases)............................             108,489
7.  Other real estate owned (from Schedule RC-M)........................................                 434
8.  Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies (from                              0
    Schedule RC-M)......................................................................
9.  Customers' liability to this bank on acceptances outstanding........................               1,677
10.  Intangible assets (from Schedule RC-M).............................................                  62
11.  Other assets (from Schedule RC-F)..................................................             172,190
                                                                                                  ----------
12.  Total assets (sum of items 1 through 11)...........................................          $7,096,498
                                                                                                  ==========
</TABLE> 
- ------------------------
(1)  Includes cash items in process of collection and unposted debits.
(2)  Includes time certificates of deposit not held for trading.

                                      -12-
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                                            FOR THE PERIOD
                                                                                          JANUARY 1, 1996 TO
                                                                                            MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                                         --------------------  
                                                                                            (Year-to-date)
<S>                                                                                       <C>

LIABILITIES
13.  Deposits:
  a.  In domestic offices (sum of totals of columns A and C from Schedule RC-
   E, part I)...........................................................................          $6,262,948
     (1)  Noninterest-bearing/1/........................................................           1,886,374
     (2)  Interest-bearing..............................................................           4,376,574
  b.  In foreign offices, Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and IBFs (from
      Schedule RC-E,
      part II)..........................................................................              74,307
     (1)  Noninterest-bearing...........................................................                   0
     (2)  Interest-bearing..............................................................              74,307
14.  Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase in
     domestic offices of the bank and of its Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and
     in IBFs:
  a.  Federal funds purchased...........................................................             136,460
  b.  Securities sold under agreements to repurchase....................................              25,197
15.  a.  Demand notes issued to the U.S. Treasury.......................................                   0
  b.  Trading liabilities (from Schedule RC-D)..........................................                   2
16.  Other borrowed money:
  a.  With a remaining maturity of one year or less.....................................              10,700
  b.  With a remaining maturity of more than one year...................................                   0
17.  Mortgage indebtedness and obligations under capitalized leases.....................               1,111
18.  Bank's liability on acceptances executed and outstanding...........................               1,677
19.  Subordinated notes and debentures..................................................                   0
20.  Other liabilities (from Schedule RC-G).............................................             231,764
                                                                                                  ----------
21.  Total liabilities (sum of items 13 through 20).....................................          $6,744,166
                                                                                                  ==========
22.  Limited-life preferred stock and related surplus...................................          $        0
EQUITY CAPITAL
23.  Perpetual preferred stock and related surplus......................................                   0
24.  Common stock.......................................................................             100,000
25.  Surplus (exclude all surplus related to preferred stock)...........................             203,082
26.  a.  Undivided profits and capital reserves.........................................              56,347
  b.  Net unrealized holding gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities............              (7,097)
27.  Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments................................                   0
                                                                                                  ----------
28.  Total equity capital (sum of items 23 through 27)..................................             352,332
                                                                                                  ==========
29.  Total liabilities, limited-life preferred stock, and equity capital (sum of items
 21, 22, and 28)........................................................................          $7,096,498
                                                                                                  ==========
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
/1/  Includes total demand deposits and noninterest-bearing time and savings
     deposits.

                                      -13-
<PAGE>
 
                                                             FOR THE PERIOD 
                                                           JANUARY 1, 1996 TO
                                                             MARCH 31, 1996  
                                                           -------------------
                                                              (Year-to-date) 



Memorandum
- -------------------------------------------------------
TO BE REPORTED ONLY WITH THE MARCH REPORT OF CONDITION.


1.  Indicate in the box at the right the number of                 
    the statement below that best  describes the most              
    comprehensive level of auditing work performed for the
    bank by independent external auditors as of any date         Number   
    during 1995............................................           8 

1   =  Independent audit of the bank       
       conducted in accordance             
       with generally accepted             
       auditing standards by a certified   
       public accounting firm which submits
       a report on the bank                
2   =  Independent audit of the bank's     
       parent holding company conducted    
       in accordance with generally        
       accepted auditing standards by a    
       certified public accounting firm    
       which submits a report on the       
       consolidated holding company        
       (but not on the bank separately)    
3   =  Directors' examination of the       
       bank conducted in accordance        
       with generally accepted auditing    
       standards by a certified public     
       accounting firm (may be required 
       by state chartering authority)
4   =  Directors' examination of the bank             
       performed by other external auditors (may      
       be required by state chartering authority)     
5   =  Review of the bank's financial                 
       statements by external auditors                
6   =  Compilation of the bank's financial            
        statements by external auditors               
7   =  Other audit procedures (excluding tax          
       preparation work)                              
8   =  No external audit work                          

                                      -14-
<PAGE>
 
                         CONSOLIDATED REPORT OF INCOME

  ALL REPORT OF INCOME SCHEDULES ARE TO BE REPORTED ON A CALENDAR YEAR-TO-DATE
                         BASIS IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS.


       SCHEDULE RC-A--CASH AND BALANCES DUE FROM DEPOSITORY INSTITUTIONS

Exclude assets held for trading.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                              (COLUMN A)         (COLUMN B)
                                                                          CONSOLIDATED BANK   DOMESTIC OFFICES
                                                                          -------------------------------------
                                                                                (Calendar year-to-date)
                                                                          -------------------------------------
                                                                
<S>                                                                       <C>                 <C> 
1.  Cash items in process of collection, unposted debits, and currency
    and coin............................................................           $559,632           $000,000
  a.  Cash items in process of collection and unposted debits...........                 --            449,296
  b.  Currency and coin.................................................                 --            110,336
2.  Balances due from depository institutions in the U.S................                 --              1,722
  a.  U.S. branches and agencies of foreign banks (including their
      IBFs).............................................................                  0                 --
  b.  Other commercial banks in the U.S. and other depository
      institutions in the U.S. (including their IBFs)...................              1,722                 --
3.  Balances due from banks in foreign countries and foreign central
    banks...............................................................                 --                764
  a.  Foreign branches of other U.S. banks..............................                  0                 --
  b.  Other banks in foreign countries and foreign central banks........                764                 --
4.  Balances due from Federal Reserve Banks.............................            161,862            161,862
                                                                                 ----------          --------- 
5.  Total (sum of items 1 through 4) (total of column A must equal
    Schedule RC, sum of items 1.a and 1.b)..............................           $723,980           $723,980
                                                                                 ==========          =========  
 
Memorandum
- -----------------------------------------------------------
1.  Noninterest-bearing balances due from commercial banks in the U.S. 
    (included in item 2, column B above)................................                                 1,722
</TABLE>

                                      -15-
<PAGE>
 
                         CONSOLIDATED REPORT OF INCOME

  ALL REPORT OF INCOME SCHEDULES ARE TO BE REPORTED ON A CALENDAR YEAR-TO-DATE
                         BASIS IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS.


                           SCHEDULE RC-B--SECURITIES


Exclude assets held for trading.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 

                                                 HELD-TO-MATURITY                 AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE
                                           --------------------------------------------------------------- 
                                             (COLUMN A)     (COLUMN B)     (COLUMN C)         (COLUMN D)
                                           AMORTIZED COST   FAIR VALUE   AMORTIZED COST      FAIR VALUE(1)
                                           --------------------------------------------------------------- 
                                                                (Calendar year-to-date)
                                           --------------------------------------------------------------- 
<S>                                        <C>              <C>          <C>                 <C>
1.  U.S. Treasury securities.............              $0           $0       $   36,193           $   36,322
2.  U.S. Government agency and
    corporation obligations (exclude
    mortgage-backed securities):
  a.  Issued by U.S. Government
      agencies/2/........................               0            0                0                    0
   b.  Issued by U.S. Government-
       sponsored agencies/3/.............               0            0            7,317                7,237
3.  Securities issued by states and
    political subdivisions in the U.S.:
  a.  General obligations................               0            0           30,628               31,449
  b.  Revenue obligations................               0            0           19,009               19,292
  c.  Industrial development and
   similar obligations...................               0            0                0                    0
4.  Mortgage-backed securities (MBS):
  a.  Pass-through securities:
     (1)  Guaranteed by GNMA.............               0            0          239,374              241,546
     (2)  Issued by FNMA and
      FHLMC..............................               0            0        2,297,738            2,289,563
     (3)  Other pass-through
      securities.........................               0            0            5,056                5,054
  b.  Other mortgage-backed securities
      (include CMOs, REMICs, and
      stripped MBS):
</TABLE> 
- ------------------------
(1)  Includes equity securities without readily determinable fair values at
     historical cost in item 6.c, column D.
 
(2)  Includes Small Business Administration "Guaranteed Loan Pool Certificates,"
     U.S. Maritime Administration obligations for Export-Import Bank
     participation certificates.

(3)  Includes obligations (other than mortgage-backed securities) issued by the
     Farm Credit System, the Federal Home Loan Bank System, the Federal Home
     Loan Mortgage Corporation, the Federal National Mortgage Association, the
     Financing Corporation, Resolution Funding Corporation, the Student Loan
     Marketing Association, and the Tennessee Valley Authority.

                                      -16-
<PAGE>

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
 
                                       SCHEDULE RC-B--SECURITIES (CONTINUED)

                                                 HELD-TO-MATURITY                 AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE
                                           --------------------------------------------------------------- 
                                             (COLUMN A)     (COLUMN B)     (COLUMN C)         (COLUMN D)
                                           AMORTIZED COST   FAIR VALUE   AMORTIZED COST      FAIR VALUE(1)
                                           --------------------------------------------------------------- 
                                                                (Calendar year-to-date)
                                           --------------------------------------------------------------- 

<S>                                        <C>              <C>          <C>                 <C>
     (1)  Issued or guaranteed by
          FNMA, FHLMC, or
          GNMA...........................               0            0           13,280               13,226
     (2)  Collateralized by MBS
          issued or guaranteed by
          FNMA, FHLMC, or
          GNMA...........................               0            0            1,686                1,735
     (3)  All other mortgage-backed
          securities.....................               0            0              751                  746
5.  Other debt securities:
  a.  Other domestic debt securities.....               0            0            7,504                7,464
  b.  Foreign debt securities............               0            0                0                    0
6.  Equity securities:
  a.  Investments in mutual funds........                                             0                    0
  b.  Other equity securities with
      readily determinable fair values...                                             0                    0
 
  c.  All other equity securities........              --           --            9,122                9,122
                                                                              ---------          -----------
7.  Total (sum of items 1 through 6)
    (total of column A must equal
    Schedule RC, item 2.a) (total of
    column D must equal Schedule RC,
    item 2.b)............................              $0           $0       $2,667,658           $2,662,756
</TABLE> 

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION>  
 
                                                                                            FOR THE PERIOD
                                                                                          JANUARY 1, 1996 TO
                                                                                            MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                                          -------------------
                                                                                            (Year-to-date)
<S>                                                                                        <C> 
Memoranda
1.  Pledged securities ..................                                                       $153,186
2.  Maturity and repricing data for debt securities(2), (3), (4) (excluding
    those in nonaccrual status):
  a.  Fixed rate debt securities with a remaining maturity of:
 
     (1)  Three months or less...........                                                          3,083

</TABLE> 
- ------------------------
(1)  Includes equity securities without readily determinable fair values at
     historical cost in item 6.c, column D.
 
(2)  Includes held-to-maturity securities at amortized cost and available-for-
     sale securities at fair value.
(3)  Exclude equity securities, e.g., investments in mutual funds, Federal
     Reserve stock, common stock, and preferred stock.

(4)  Memorandum items 2 and 6 are not applicable to savings banks that must
     complete supplemental Schedule RC-J.

                                      -17-
<PAGE>
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION>  

                                               SCHEDULE RC-B--SECURITIES (CONTIUED)
 
                                                                                            FOR THE PERIOD
                                                                                          JANUARY 1, 1996 TO
                                                                                            MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                                          --------------------
                                                                                            (Year-to-date)
<S>                                                                                        <C> 
 
     (2)  Over three months through 12 months............................................             22,209
     (3)  Over one year through five years...............................................             65,719
     (4)  Over five years................................................................          2,238,136
     (5)  Total fixed rate debt securities (sum of Memorandum items 2.a.(1)                  
          through 2.a.(4)................................................................          2,329,147
                                                                                             
  b.  Floating rate debt securities with a repricing frequency of:                           
     (1)  Quarterly or more frequently...................................................            149,052
     (2)  Annually or more frequently, but less frequently than quarterly................            174,213
     (3)  Every five years or more frequently, but less frequently than annually.........              1,222
     (4)  Less frequently than every five years..........................................                  0
     (5)  Total floating rate debt securities (sum of Memorandum items 2.b.(1)               
          through 2.b.(4))...............................................................            324,487
                                                                                                  ----------
  c.  Total debt securities (sum of Memorandum items 2.a.(5) and 2.b.(5))                    
      (must equal total debt securities from Schedule RC-B, sum of items 1                   
      through 5, columns A and D, minus nonaccrual debt securities included in               
      Schedule RC-N, item 9, column C)...................................................          2,653,634
                                                                                                 ===========
3.  Not applicable.......................................................................                 --
4.  Held-to-maturity debt securities restructured and in compliance with modified            
    terms (included in Schedule RC-B, items 3 through 5, column A, above)................                  0
                                                                                             
5.  Not applicable.......................................................................                 --
6.  Floating rate debt securities with a remaining maturity of one year or less              
    /2/, /4/ (included in Memorandum items 2.b.(1) through 2.b.(4) above)................                 501
                                                                                             
7.  Amortized cost of held-to-maturity securities sold or transferred to available-          
    for-sale or trading securities during the calendar year-to-date (report the              
    amortized cost at date of sale or transfer)..........................................                   0
                                                                                             
                                                                                             
8.  High-risk mortgage securities (included in the held-to-maturity and available-           
    for-sale accounts in Schedule RC-B, item 4.b):                                           
  a.  Amortized cost.....................................................................              1,096
  b.  Fair value.........................................................................              1,111
9.  Structured notes (included in the held-to-maturity and available-for-sale                
    accounts in Schedule RC-B, items 2, 3 and 5):                                            
  a.  Amortized cost.....................................................................              3,530
  b.  Fair value.........................................................................              3,483
</TABLE>

- ------------------------
/2/  Includes held-to-maturity securities at amortized cost and available-for-
     sale securities at fair value.

/4/  Memorandum items 2 and 6 are not applicable to savings banks that must
     complete supplemental Schedule RC-J.

                                      -18-
<PAGE>
 
                         CONSOLIDATED REPORT OF INCOME

  ALL REPORT OF INCOME SCHEDULES ARE TO BE REPORTED ON A CALENDAR YEAR-TO-DATE
                         BASIS IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS.


              SCHEDULE RC-C--LOANS AND LEASE FINANCING RECEIVABLES

                           PART I.  LOANS AND LEASES


Do not deduct the allowance for loan and lease losses from amounts reported in
this schedule.  Report total loans and leases, net of unearned income.  Exclude
assets held for trading.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                                  (COLUMN A)         (COLUMN B)
                                                                              CONSOLIDATED BANK   DOMESTIC OFFICES
                                                                              ------------------------------------
                                                                                    (Calendar year-to-date)
                                                                              ------------------------------------

<S>                                                                           <C>                 <C>
1.  Loans secured by real estate............................................         $1,404,776                 --
  a.  Construction and land development.....................................                 --            177,513
  b.  Secured by farmland (including farm residential and other
      improvements).........................................................                 --             28,644
  c.  Secured by 1-4 family residential properties:
     (1)  Revolving, open-end loans secured by 1-4 family
      residential properties and extended under lines of credit.............                 --             92,014
 
     (2)  All other loans secured by 1-4 family residential
      properties:
       (a)  Secured by first liens..........................................                 --            441,894
 
       (b)  Secured by junior liens.........................................                 --            213,240
  d.  Secured by multifamily (5 or more) residential properties.............                 --             25,509
  e.  Secured by nonfarm nonresidential properties..........................                 --            425,962
2.  Loans to depository institutions:
  a.  To commercial banks in the U.S........................................                 --            274,516
     (1)  To U.S. branches and agencies of foreign banks....................                  0                 --
     (2)  To other commercial banks in the U.S..............................            274,516                 --
  b.  To other depository institutions in the U.S...........................              5,300              5,300
  c.  To banks in foreign countries.........................................                 --                541
     (1)  To foreign branches of other U.S. banks...........................                541                 --
     (2)  To other banks in foreign countries...............................                  0                 --
3.  Loans to finance agricultural production and other loans to farmers.....             81,274             81,274
4.  Commercial and industrial loans:
  a.  To U.S. addresses (domicile)..........................................            653,623            653,623
  b.  To non-U.S. addresses (domicile)......................................                 38                 38
5.  Acceptances of other banks:
  a.  Of U.S. banks.........................................................                  0                  0
  b.  Of foreign banks......................................................                  0                  0
6.  Loans to individuals for household, family, and other personal
    expenditures (i.e., consumer loans) (includes purchased paper)..........                 --            740,630
  a.  Credit cards and related plans (includes check credit and other                    31,185                 --
      revolving credit plans)...............................................
  b.  Other (includes single payment, installment, and all student
      loans)................................................................            709,445                 --
</TABLE> 

                                      -19-
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                                  (COLUMN A)         (COLUMN B)
                                                                              CONSOLIDATED BANK   DOMESTIC OFFICES
                                                                              ------------------------------------
                                                                                     (Calendar year-to-ate)
                                                                              ------------------------------------
<S>                                                                           <C>                 <C>
7.  Loans to foreign governments and official institutions (including
    foreign central banks)..................................................                  0                  0
8.  Obligations (other than securities and leases) of states and political
    subdivisions in the U.S. (includes nonrated industrial development
    obligations)............................................................             14,770             14,770
9.  Other loans.............................................................             36,642                 --
  a.  Loans for purchasing or carrying securities (secured and
      unsecured)............................................................                 --              3,075
  b.  All other loans (exclude consumer loans)..............................                 --             33,567
10.  Lease financing receivables (net of unearned income)...................                 --                317
  a.  Of U.S. addressees (domicile).........................................                317                 --
  b.  Of non-U.S. addressees (domicile).....................................                  0                 --
                                                                                     ---------         -----------
11.  LESS:  Any unearned income on loans reflected in items 1-9
     above.................................................................              3,930              3,930
                                                                                     ---------         -----------
12.  Total loans and leases, net of unearned income (sum of items 1
     through 10 minus item 11) (total of column A must equal Schedule
     RC, item 4.a).........................................................         $3,208,497         $3,208,497
                                                                                   ===========        ============ 

Memorandum
1.  Commercial paper included in Schedule RC-C, part I, above..............         $        0         $        0
2.  Loans and leases restructured and in compliance with modified
    terms (included in Schedule RC-C, part I, above and not reported
    as past due or nonaccrual in Schedule RC-N, Memorandum item 1):
  a.  Loans secured by real estate:
     (1)  To U.S. addressees (domicile).....................................                  0
     (2)  To non-U.S. addressees (domicile).................................                  0
  b.  All other loans and all lease financing receivables (exclude
      loans to individuals for household, family, and other personal
      expenditures).........................................................                  0
  c.  Commercial and industrial loans to and lease financing
      receivables of non-U.S. addressees (domicile) included in
      Memorandum item 2.b above.............................................                  0
 
3.  Maturity and repricing data for loans and leases(1) (excluding
    those in nonaccrual status):
  a.  Fixed rate loans and leases with a remaining maturity of:
     (1)  Three months or less..............................................         $ ,233,694
     (2)  Over three months through 12 months...............................            207,694
     (3)  Over one year through five years..................................          1,211,464
     (4)  Over five years...................................................            507,687
                                                                                    -----------
     (5)  Total fixed rate loans and leases (sum of Memorandum
      items 3.a.(1) through 3.a.(4))........................................         $2,160,539
                                                                                    ===========
</TABLE> 
- ----------------------
(1) Memorandum item 3 is not applicable to savings banks that must complete
    supplemental Schedule RC-J.

                                      -20-
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                                  (COLUMN A)         (COLUMN B)
                                                                              CONSOLIDATED BANK   DOMESTIC OFFICES
                                                                              ------------------------------------
                                                                                     (Calendar year-to-date)
                                                                              ------------------------------------
<S>                                                                           <C>                 <C>
  b.  Floating rate loans with a repricing frequency of:
     (1)  Quarterly or more frequently......................................         $1,018,431
     (2)  Annually or more frequently, but less frequently than
          quarterly.........................................................             29,477
     (3)  Every five years or more frequently, but less frequently
          than annually.....................................................                 13
     (4)  Less frequently than every five years.............................                  0
                                                                                    -----------
     (5)  Total floating rate loans (sum of Memorandum items
          3.b.(1) through 3.b.(4))..........................................         $1,047,921
                                                                                    =========== 
  c.  Total loans and leases (sum of Memorandum items 3.a.(5) and
      3.b.(5)) (must equal the sum of total loans and leases, net,
      from Schedule RC-C, part I, item 12, plus unearned income
      from Schedule RC-C, part I, item 11 minus total nonaccrual
      loans and leases from Schedule RC-N, sum of items 1 through
      8, column C)..........................................................         $3,208,460
                                                                                    ===========
  d.  Floating rate loans with a remaining maturity of one year or
      less (included in Memorandum items 3.b.(1) through 3.b.(4)
      above)................................................................         $  536,806
                                                                                    ===========
4.  Loans to finance commercial real estate, construction, and land
    development activities (not secured by real estate) included in
    Schedule RC-C, part I, items 4 and 9, column A, page RC-6(2)............         $        0
5.  Loans and leases held for sale (included in Schedule RC-C, part I,
    above)..................................................................                  6
6.  Adjustable rate closed-end loans secured by first liens on 1-4
    family residential properties (included in Schedule RC-C, part I,
    item 1.c.(2)(a), column B, page RC-6)...................................         $ ,140,152
                                                                                     ==========
</TABLE>
- -----------------------
(2)  Exclude loans secured by real estate that are included in Schedule RC-C,
     part I, item 1, column A.

                                      -21-
<PAGE>
 
                         CONSOLIDATED REPORT OF INCOME

  ALL REPORT OF INCOME SCHEDULES ARE TO BE REPORTED ON A CALENDAR YEAR-TO-DATE
                         BASIS IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS.


                 SCHEDULE RC-D--TRADING ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

Schedule RC-D is to be completed only by banks with $1 billion or more in total
assets or with $2 billion or more in par/notional amount of off-balance sheet
derivative contracts (as reported in Schedule RC-L, items 14.a through 14.e,
columns A through D).
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                                          FOR THE PERIOD
                                                                                        JANUARY 1, 1996 TO
                                                                                          MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                              ------------------------------------
                                                                                          (Year-to-date)
<S>                                                                                     <C>
ASSETS
1.  U.S. Treasury securities in domestic offices......................................                  $0
2.  U.S. Government agency and corporation obligations in domestic offices
    (exclude mortgage-backed securities)..............................................                   0
3.  Securities issued by states and political subdivisions in the U.S. in domestic
    offices...........................................................................                   0
4.  Mortgage-backed securities (MBS) in domestic offices:
  a.  Pass-through securities issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC, or
      GNMA............................................................................                   0
  b.  Other mortgage-backed securities issued or guaranteed by FNMA,
      FHLMC, or GNMA (include CMOs, REMICs, and stripped MBS).........................                   0
  c.  All other mortgage-backed securities............................................                   0
5.  Other debt securities in domestic offices.........................................                   0
6.  Certificates of deposit in domestic offices.......................................                   0
7.  Commercial paper in domestic offices..............................................                   0
8.  Bankers acceptances in domestic offices...........................................                   0
9.  Other trading assets in domestic offices..........................................                   0
10.  Trading assets in foreign offices................................................                   0
11.  Revaluation gains on interest rate, foreign exchange rate, and other commodity
     and equity contracts:
  a.  In domestic offices.............................................................                   4
  b.  In foreign offices..............................................................                   0
                                                                                                       ---
12.  Total trading assets (sum of items 1 through 11) (must equal Schedule RC,
     item 5)..........................................................................                 $ 4
                                                                                                       ===
LIABILITIES
13.  Liability for short positions....................................................                   0
14.  Revaluation losses on interest rate, foreign exchange rate, and other commodity
     and equity contracts.............................................................                   2
                                                                                                       ---
15.  Total trading liabilities (sum of items 13 and 14) (must equal Schedule RC,
     item 15.b).......................................................................                  $2
                                                                                                       ===
</TABLE>

                                      -22-
<PAGE>
 
                         CONSOLIDATED REPORT OF INCOME

  ALL REPORT OF INCOME SCHEDULES ARE TO BE REPORTED ON A CALENDAR YEAR-TO-DATE
                         BASIS IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS.


                       SCHEDULE RC-E--DEPOSIT LIABILITIES

                     PART I.  DEPOSITS IN DOMESTIC OFFICES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS                       NONTRANSACTION
                                                                                                         ACCOUNTS
                                            ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    (COLUMN A)                 (COLUMN B)                (COLUMN C)
                                            TOTAL TRANSACTION ACCOUNTS     MEMO: TOTAL DEMAND      TOTAL NON-TRANSACTION
                                             (INCLUDING TOTAL DEMAND     DEPOSITS (INCLUDED IN      ACCOUNTS (INCLUDING
                                                    DEPOSITS)                  COLUMN A)                  MMDAS)
                                            ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       (Calendar year-to-date)
                                            ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Deposits of:
<S>                                         <C>                          <C>                      <C>
1.  Individuals, partnerships, and
    corporations..........................                  $2,641,616               $1,532,072                $3,020,623
 
2.  U.S. Government.......................                      22,612                   22,612                         0
3.  States and political subdivisions in
    the U.S...............................                     152,716                   92,831                    92,830
 
4.  Commercial banks in the U.S...........                     167,115                  167,115                         0
5.  Other depository institutions in the
    U.S...................................                       1,634                    1,634                         0
 
6.  Banks in foreign countries............                      12,614                   12,614                         0
7.  Foreign governments and official
    institutions (including foreign central
    banks)................................                           0                        0                    93,692
 
 
8.  Certified and official checks.........                      57,496                   57,496                        --
                                                           -----------              -----------                ----------
9.  Total (sum of items 1 through 8)
    (sum of columns A and C must equal
    Schedule RC, item 13.a)...............                  $3,055,803               $1,886,374                $3,207,145
                                                          ============             ============               ===========
 
<CAPTION> 
Memorandum                                                                                            FOR THE PERIOD
- ----------                                                                                          JANUARY 1, 1996 TO
                                                                                                      MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                                                  ------------------------ 
                                                                                                  (Calendar year-to-date)

<S>                                                                                                       <C> 
1.  Selected components of total deposits (i.e., sum of item 9, columns A and C):
  a.  Total Individual Retirement Accounts (IRAs) and Keogh Plan Accounts                                         243,322
  b.  Total brokered deposits.............                                                                          1,970
  c.  Fully insured brokered deposits (included in Memorandum item 1.b
     above):
     (1)  Issued in denominations of less than $100,000                                                                 0
     (2)  Issued either in denominations of $100,000 or in denominations
      greater than $100,000 and participated out by the broker in share of
      $100,000 or less....................                                                                              0
  d.  Maturity data for brokered deposits:
     (1)  Brokered deposits issued in denominations of less than $100,000 with
      a remaining maturity of one year or less (included in Memorandum
      item 1.c.(1) above..................                                                                              0
</TABLE> 

                                      -23-
<PAGE>
             SCHEDULE OF RC-E -- DEPOSIT LIABILITIES (CONTINUED) 
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

                                                                                                     FOR THE PERIOD     
                                                                                                   JANUARY 1, 1996 TO   
                                                                                                     MARCH 31, 1996     
                                                                                                  ---------------------
Memorandum                                                                                        (Calendar Year-to-date)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------              
<S>                                                                                               <C> 
     (2)  Brokered deposits issued in denominations of $100,000 or more with a
          remaining maturity of one year or less (included in Memorandum item
          1.b above)......................                                                                          1,970
  e.  Preferred deposits (uninsured deposits of states and political subdivisions in
      the U.S. reported in item 3 above which are secured or collateralized as
      required under state law)...........                                                                        245,546
 
 
2.  Components of total nontransaction accounts (sum of Memorandum items 2.a
    through 2.d must equal item 9, column C above):
  a.  Savings deposits:
     (1)  Money market deposit accounts (MMDAs)                                                                 1,336,684
     (2)  Other savings deposits (excludes MMDAs)                                                                 487,729
  b.  Total time deposits of less than $100,000                                                                 1,055,238
  c.  Time certificates of $100,000 or more                                                                       233,802
  d.  Open-account time deposits of $100,000 or more                                                               93,692
3.  All NOW accounts (included in column A above)                                                               1,168,520
4.  Not applicable........................                                                                             --
5.  Maturity and repricing data for time deposits of less than $100,000 (sum of
    Memorandum items 5.a.(1) through 5.b.(3) must equal Memorandum item 2.b
    above):(1)
  a.  Fixed rate time deposits of less than $100,000 with a remaining maturity
      of:
     (1)  Three months or less............                                                                        226,192
     (2)  Over three months through 12 months                                                                     454,198
     (3)  Over one year...................                                                                        374,848
  b.  Floating rate time deposits of less than $100,000 with a repricing
      frequency of:
     (1)  Quarterly or more frequently....                                                                              0
     (2)  Annually or more frequently, but less frequently than quarterly                                               0
     (3)  Less frequently than annually...                                                                              0
  c.  Floating rate time deposits of less than $100,000 with a remaining maturity
      of one year or less (included in Memorandum items 5.b.(1) through 5.b.(3)
      above)..............................                                                                              0
 
6.  Maturity and repricing data for time deposits of $100,000 or more (i.e., time
    certificate of deposit of $100,000 or more and open-account time deposits of
    $100,000 or more) (sum of Memorandum items 6.a.(1) through 6.b.(4) must
    equal the sum of Memorandum items 2.c and 2.d above):(1)
  a.  Fixed rate time deposits of $100,000 or more with a remaining maturity
      of:
     (1)  Three months or less............                                                                        194,473
     (2)  Over three months through 12 months                                                                      93,637
     (3)  Over one year through five years                                                                         38,556
     (4)  Over five years.................                                                                            828
</TABLE> 
- ------------------------
(1)  Memorandum items 5 and 6 are not applicable to savings banks that must
     complete supplemental Schedule RC-J.

                                      -24-
<PAGE>
               SCHEDULE RC-E -- DEPOSIT LIABILITIES (CONTINUED) 
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                                                                      FOR THE PERIOD
                                                                                                    JANUARY 1, 1996 TO
Memorandum                                                                                            MARCH 31, 1996
- -------------------------------------------------                                                ------------------------ 
                                                                                                 (Calendar year-to-date)
<S>                                                                                               <C> 
  b.  Floating rate time deposits of $100,000 or more with a repricing frequency
      of:
     (1)  Quarterly or more frequently....                                                                              0
     (2)  Annually or more frequently, but less frequently than quarterly                                               0
     (3)  Every five years or more frequently, but less frequently than
          annually........................                                                                              0
     (4)  Less frequently than every five years                                                                         0
  c.  Floating rate time deposits of $100,000 ore more with a remaining
      maturity of one year or less (included in Memorandum items 6.b.(1)
      through 6.b.(4) above)..............                                                                              0
</TABLE>

                                      -25-
<PAGE>

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
 
                                                   CONSOLIDATED REPORT OF INCOME

            ALL REPORT OF INCOME SCHEDULES ARE TO BE REPORTED ON A CALENDAR YEAR-TO-DATE BASIS IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS.

                                                SCHEDULE RC-E--DEPOSIT LIABILITIES

                    PART II.  DEPOSITS IN FOREIGN OFFICES (INCLUDING EDGE AND AGREEMENT SUBSIDIARIES AND IBFS)
 
                                                                                         FOR THE PERIOD
                                                                                       JANUARY 1, 1996 TO
                                                                                         MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                                      --------------------
                                                                                         (Year-to-date)
<S>                                                                                    <C>
1.  Individuals, partnerships, and corporations......................................             $74,307
2.  U.S. banks (including IBFs and foreign branches of U.S. banks)...................                   0
3.  Foreign banks (including U.S. branches and agencies of foreign banks,
    including their IBFs)............................................................                   0
 
4.  Foreign governments and official institutions (including foreign central banks)..                   0
5.  Certified and official checks....................................................                   0
6.  All other deposits...............................................................                   0
7.  Total (sum of items 1 through 6) (must equal Schedule RC, item 13.b).............             $74,307
 
Memorandum
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.  Time deposits with a remaining maturity of one year or less (included in Part
    II, item 7 above)................................................................                   0
 
                          SCHEDULE RC-F--OTHER ASSETS

<CAPTION>  
<S>                                                                                             <C>
1.  Income earned, not collected on loans...........................................            $018,773
2.  Net deferred tax assets/1/......................................................              37,271
3.  Excess residential mortgage servicing fees receivable...........................                   0
4.  Other (itemize and describe amounts that exceed 25% of this item)...............             116,146
  a.  Trade date accounting - security sale.........................................              69,182
  b.                                                                    
  c.                                                                                    
5.  Total (sum of items 1 through 4) (must equal Schedule RC, item 11)..............            $172,190
                                                                                        
Memorandum
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.  Deferred tax assets disallowed for regulatory capital purposes..................                   0
</TABLE>

                        SCHEDULE RC-G--OTHER LIABILITIES            
<TABLE>                                                             
<CAPTION>                                                           
                                                                                        
<S>                                                                                             <C>
1.  a.  Interest accrued and unpaid on deposits in domestic offices/2/..............            $ 18,206
    b.  Other expenses accrued and unpaid (includes accrued income taxes                  
        payable)....................................................................              65,998
                                                                                        
2.  Net deferred tax liabilities(1).................................................                   0
3.  Minority interest in consolidated subsidiaries..................................                   0
4.  Other (itemize and describe amounts that exceed 25% of this item)...............             147,560
</TABLE> 

- ------------------------
/1/  See discussion of deferred income taxes in Glossary entry on "income
  taxes."
/2/  For savings banks, include "dividends" accrued and unpaid on deposits.

                                      -26-
<PAGE>
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
               SCHEDULE RC-E -- DEPOSIT LIABILITIES (CONTINUED)

<S>                                                                       <C>  
    a.  Trade date accounting - security purchase.......................  $ 99,679
    b.
    c.
5.  Total (sum of items 1 through 4) (must equal Schedule RC, item 20)..  $231,764
</TABLE> 
                                      -27-
<PAGE>
 
                         CONSOLIDATED REPORT OF INCOME

  ALL REPORT OF INCOME SCHEDULES ARE TO BE REPORTED ON A CALENDAR YEAR-TO-DATE
                         BASIS IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS.


        SCHEDULE RC-H--SELECTED BALANCE SHEET ITEMS FOR DOMESTIC OFFICES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
 
                                                                                            FOR THE PERIOD
                                                                                          JANUARY 1, 1996 TO
                                                                                            MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                                        -----------------------        
                                                                                            (Year-to-date)
<S>                                                                                       <C>
1.  Customers' liability to this bank on acceptances outstanding........................               1,677
2.  Bank's liability on acceptances executed and outstanding............................               1,677
3.  Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell..............             305,200
4.  Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase..........             161,657
5.  Other borrowed money................................................................              10,700
    EITHER
6.  Net due from own foreign offices, Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and IBFs.........                 N/A
    OR
7.  Net due to own foreign offices, Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and IBFs...........              74,307
8.  Total assets (excludes net due from foreign offices, Edge and Agreement
    subsidiaries, and IBFs).............................................................          $7,096,498
 
9.  Total liabilities (excludes net due to foreign offices, Edge and Agreement
    subsidiaries, and IBFs).............................................................          $6,528,306
 
ITEMS 10-17 INCLUDE HELD-TO-MATURITY AND AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE SECURITIES IN
DOMESTIC OFFICES.
10.  U.S. Treasury securities...........................................................              36,322
11.  U.S. Government agency and corporation obligations (exclude mortgage-backed
     securities)........................................................................               7,237
 
12.  Securities issued by states and political subdivisions in the U.S..................              50,741
13.  Mortgage-backed securities (MBS):
     a.  Pass-through securities:
         (1)  Issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC, or GNMA..............................           2,531,109
         (2)  Other pass-through securities.............................................               5,054
     b.  Other mortgage-backed securities (include CMOs, REMICs, and stripped
         MBS):
        (1)  Issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC, or GNMA...............................              13,226
        (2)  All other mortgage-backed securities.......................................               2,481
14.  Other domestic debt securities.....................................................               7,464
15.  Foreign debt securities............................................................                   0
16.  Equity securities:
     a.  Investments in mutual funds....................................................                   0
     b.  Other equity securities with readily determinable fair values..................                   0
     c.  All other equity securities....................................................               9,122
17.  Total held-to-maturity and available-for-sale securities (sum of items 10 through
     16)................................................................................          $2,662,756
 
Memorandum (to be completed only by banks with IBFs and other "foreign"
 offices)
  EITHER
1.  Net due from the IBF of the domestic offices of the reporting bank..................                 397
    OR
2.  Net due to the IBF of the domestic offices of the reporting bank....................                 N/A
</TABLE>

                                      -28-
<PAGE>
 
                         CONSOLIDATED REPORT OF INCOME

  ALL REPORT OF INCOME SCHEDULES ARE TO BE REPORTED ON A CALENDAR YEAR-TO-DATE
                         BASIS IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS.

             SCHEDULE RC-I--SELECTED ASSETS AND LIABILITIES OF IBFS

      To be completed only by banks with IBFs and other "foreign" offices.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                                         FOR THE PERIOD
                                                                                       JANUARY 1, 1996 TO
                                                                                         MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                                       ------------------
                                                                                         (Year-to-date)
<S>                                                                                    <C>
1.  Total IBF assets of the consolidated bank (component of Schedule RC, item 12)....                   0
2.  Total IBF loans and lease financing receivables (component of Schedule RC-C,
    part I, item 12, column A).......................................................                   0
 
3.  IBF commercial and industrial loans (component of Schedule RC-C, part I,                            0
    item 4, column A)................................................................
4.  Total IBF liabilities (component of Schedule RC, item 21)........................                 397
5.  IBF deposit liabilities due to banks, including other IBFs (component of
    Schedule RC-E, part II, items 2 and 3)...........................................                   0
 
6.  Other IBF deposit liabilities (component of Schedule RC-E, part II, items 1, 4,                     0
    5, and 6)........................................................................
</TABLE>
                      SCHEDULE RC-K--QUARTERLY AVERAGES/2/


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                                         FOR THE PERIOD
                                                                                       JANUARY 1, 1996 TO
                                                                                         MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                                       ------------------
                                                                                         (Year-to-date)
<S>                                                                                    <C>
1.  Interest-bearing balances due from depository institutions.......................          $0,000,175
2.  U.S. Treasury securities and U.S. Government agency and corporation
    obligations/2/...................................................................           2,585,809
3.  Securities issued by states and political subdivisions in the U.S.(2)............                  70
4.  a.  Other debt securities(2).....................................................              16,029
    b.  Equity securities/2/ (includes investments in mutual funds and Federal
        Reserve stock)...............................................................               8,177
5.  Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell in
    domestic offices of the bank and of its Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and
    in IBFs..........................................................................             274,568
6.  Loans:
    a.  Loans in domestic offices:
        (1)  Total loans.............................................................           3,137,185
        (2)  Loans secured by real estate............................................           1,445,114
        (3)  Loans to finance agricultural production and other loans to farmers.....              88,485
        (4)  Commercial and industrial loans.........................................             703,635
        (5)  Loans to individuals for household, family, and other personal
             expenditures............................................................             695,711
</TABLE> 

- ------------------------
/1/ For all items, banks have the option of reporting either (1) an average of
    daily figures for the quarter, or (2) an average of weekly figures (i.e.,
    the Wednesday of each w3eek of the quarter).
/2/  quarterly averages for all debt securities should be based on amortized
     cost.
/3/  Quarterly averages for all equity securities should be based on historical
     cost.

                                      -29-
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE RC-K -- QUARTERLY AVERAGES  
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                                         FOR THE PERIOD
                                                                                       JANUARY 1, 1996 TO
                                                                                         MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                                       ------------------
                                                                                         (Year-to-date)
<S>                                                                                    <C> 
    b.  Total loans in foreign offices, Edge and Agreement subsidiaries,
        and IBFs.....................................................................                   0
7.  Trading assets...................................................................                   4
8.  Lease financing receivables (net of unearned income).............................                 367
                                                                                          ---------------
9.  Total assets/4/..................................................................          $6,867,475
                                                                                          ===============
LIABILITIES
10.  Interest-bearing transaction accounts in domestic offices (NOW accounts, ATS
     accounts, and telephone and preauthorized transfer accounts) (exclude demand
     deposits).......................................................................           1,162,702
 
 
11.  Nontransaction accounts in domestic offices:
     a.  Money market deposit accounts (MMDAs).......................................           1,340,961
     b.  Other savings deposits......................................................             487,443
     c.  Time certificates of deposits of $100,000 or more...........................             214,351
     d.  All other time deposits.....................................................           1,219,409
12.  Interest-bearing deposits in foreign offices, Edge and Agreement subsidiaries,
     and IBFs........................................................................              59,133
13.  Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase in
     domestic offices of the bank and of its Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and
     in IBFs.........................................................................             125,669
14.  Other borrowed money............................................................               6,347
</TABLE>

- ------------------------
/4/  The quarterly average for total assets should reflect all debt securities
     (not held for trading) at amortized cost, equity securities with readily
     determinable fair values at the lower of cost or fair value, and equity
     securities without readily determinable fair values at historical cost.

                                      -30-
<PAGE>
 
                         CONSOLIDATED REPORT OF INCOME

  ALL REPORT OF INCOME SCHEDULES ARE TO BE REPORTED ON A CALENDAR YEAR-TO-DATE
                         BASIS IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS.

                     SCHEDULE RC-L--OFF-BALANCE SHEET ITEMS

Please read carefully the instructions for the preparation of Schedule RC-L.
Some of the amounts reported in Schedule RC-L are regarded as volume indicators
and not necessarily as measures of risk.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                                             FOR THE PERIOD
                                                                                           JANUARY 1, 1996 TO
                                                                                             MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                                           ------------------
                                                                                             (Year-to-date)
<S>                                                                                        <C>
1.  Unused comments:
    a.  Revolving, open-end lines secured by 1-4 family residential properties,
        e.g., home equity lines.................................................................      108,629
    b.  Credit card lines.......................................................................            0
    c.  Commercial real estate, construction, and land development:
       (1)  Commitments to fund loans secured by real estate....................................       98,465
       (2)  Commitments to fund loans not secured by real estate................................          487
    d.  Securities underwriting.................................................................            0
    e.  Other unused commitments................................................................    1,304,529
2.  Financial standby letters of credit and foreign office guarantees...........................       72,774
    a.  Amount of financial standby letters of credit conveyed to others........................            0
3.  Performance standby letters of credit and foreign office guarantees.........................       15,731
    a.  Amount of performance standby letters of credit conveyed to others......................            0
4.  Commercial and similar letters of credit....................................................           52
5.  Participations in acceptances (as described in the instructions) conveyed to
    others by the reporting bank................................................................            0
6.  Participations in acceptances (as described in the instructions) acquired by the
    reporting (nonaccepting) bank...............................................................            0
7.  Securities borrowed.........................................................................      304,811
8.  Securities lent (including customers' securities lent where the customer is
    indemnified against loss by the reporting bank).............................................    1,216,291
9.  Loans transferred (i.e., sold or swapped) with recourse that have been treated
    as sold for Call Report purposes:
    a.  FNMA and FHLMC residential mortgage loan pools:
        (1)  Outstanding principal balance of mortgages transferred as of the report
             date...............................................................................            0
        (2)  Amount of recourse exposure on these mortgages as of the report date...............            0
    b.  Private (nongovernment-issued or -guaranteed) residential mortgage loan
        pools:
        (1)  Outstanding principal balance of mortgages transferred as of the report
             date...............................................................................            0
        (2)  Amount of recourse exposure on these mortgages as of the report date...............            0
    c.  Farmer Mac agricultural mortgage loan pools:
        (1)  Outstanding principal balance of mortgages transferred as of the report
             date...............................................................................            0
        (2)  Amount of recourse exposure on these mortgages as of the report date...............            0
    d.  Small business obligations transferred with recourse under Section 208 of
        the Riegle Community Development and Regulatory Improvement Act of
        1994:
        (1)  Outstanding principal balance of small business obligations transferred
             as of the report date..............................................................            0
        (2)  Amount of retained recourse on these obligations as of the report date.............            0
</TABLE> 

                                      -31-
<PAGE>
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION>  
                                        SCHEDULE RC-L--OFF-BALANCE SHEET ITEMS (CONTINUED)
                                                                                                   FOR THE PERIOD
                                                                                                 JANUARY 1, 1996 TO
                                                                                                   MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                                                -----------------------
                                                                                                   (YEAR-TO-DATE)
<S>                                                                                                      <C> 
10.  When-issued securities:
     a.  Gross commitments to purchase.......................................................               0
     b.  Gross commitments to sell...........................................................               0
11.  Spot foreign exchange contracts.........................................................             349
12.  All other off-balance sheet liabilities (exclude off-balance sheet derivatives).........
     (itemize and describe each component of this item over 25% of Schedule RC,
     item 28, "Total equity capital")........................................................               0
 
 
     a.
     b.
     c.
     d.
13.  All other off-balance sheet assets (exclude off-balance sheet derivatives)
     (itemize and describe each component of this item over 25% of Schedule RC,
     item 28, "Total equity capital")........................................................               0
 
 
     a.
     b.
     c.
     d.                                                                                                     
</TABLE> 
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION>           
                                                                      (COLUMN B)     (COLUMN C)                    
                                                       (COLUMN A)       FOREIGN        EQUITY          (COLUMN D)  
                                                     INTEREST RATE     EXCHANGE     DERIVATIVE       COMMODITY AND 
                                                       CONTRACTS      CONTRACTS      CONTRACTS      OTHER CONTRACTS
                                                     -------------   -----------   ------------    ----------------
                                                                         (Calendar year-to-date)                   
       Off-balance Sheet Derivatives                 --------------------------------------------------------------
           Position Indicators
- -------------------------------------------
<S>                                                  <S>             <S>            <S>             <S> 
14.  Gross amounts (e.g., notional
     amounts) (for each column, sum of
     items 14.a through 14.e must equal
     sum of items 15, 16.a, and 16.b):
     a.  Futures contracts.................               0             0              0                    0
 
 
 
     b.  Forward contracts.................         256,332            67              0                    0
     c.  Exchange-traded option
         contracts:
         (1)  Written options..............               0             0              0                    0
 
         (2)  Purchased options............               0             0              0                    0
     d.  Over-the-counter option
         contracts:
         (1)  Written options..............               0             0              0                    0
 
         (2)  Purchased options............               0             0              0                    0
     e.  Swaps.............................               0             0              0                    0
15.  Total gross notional amount of
     derivative contracts held for trading.         256,332            67              0                    0
 
16.  Total gross notional amount of
     derivative contracts held for purposes
     other than trading:
     a.  Contracts marked to market........               0             0              0                    0
     b.  Contracts not marked to market....               0             0              0                    0
</TABLE> 

                                      -32-
<PAGE>
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

                                        SCHEUDLE RC-L--OFF-BALANCE SHEET ITEMS (CONTINUED)

                                                                (COLUMN B)    (COLUMN C)
                                                   (COLUMN A)     FOREIGN       EQUITY         (COLUMN D) 
                                                 INTEREST RATE    EXCHANGE     DERIVATIVE     COMMODITY AND
                                                   CONTRACTS     CONTRACTS     CONTRACTS     OTHER CONTRACTS
                                                --------------- ------------ ------------- -----------------   
   Off-balance Sheet Derivatives                                  (Calendar year-to-date)
        Position Indicators                     -------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------
<S>                                                  <C>           <C>            <C>                   <C> 
17.  Gross fair values of derivative
     contracts:
     a.  Contracts held for trading:
         (1)  Gross positive fair value....               0             4              0                    0
         (2)  Gross negative fair value....               0             2              0                    0
     b.  Contracts held for purposes
         other than trading that are
         marked to market:
         (1)  Gross positive fair value....               0             0              0                    0
         (2)  Gross negative fair value....           6,651             0              0                    0
     c.  Contracts held for purposes
         other than trading that are not
         marked to market:
         (1)  Gross positive fair value....               0             0              0                    0
         (2)  Gross negative fair value....               0             0              0                    0
</TABLE> 
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

                                                                                             FOR THE PERIOD
                                                                                           JANUARY 1, 1996 TO
                                                                                             MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                                           -------------------
                                                                                             (Year-to-date)
Memoranda
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                         <C> 
1.-2.  Not applicable.................................................................                     --
3.  Unused commitments with an original maturity exceeding one year that are
    reported in Schedule RC-L, items 1.a through 1.e, above (report only the
    unused portions of commitments that are fee paid or otherwise legally binding)                    751,087
    a.  Participations in commitments with an original maturity exceeding one year
        conveyed to others............................................................                 94,986
4.  To be completed only by banks with $1 billion or more in total assets:
    Standby letters of credit and foreign office guarantees (both financial and
    performance) issued to non-U.S. addressees (domicile) included in Schedule
    RC-L, items 2 and 3, above........................................................                      0
5.  Installment loans to individuals for household, family, and other personal
    expenditures that have been securitized and sold without recourse (with
    servicing retained), amounts outstanding by type of loan:
    a.  Loans to purchase private passenger automobiles (to be completed for the
        September report only)..........................................................                  N/A
    b.  Credit cards and related plans (TO BE COMPLETED QUARTERLY)                                     66,893
    c.  All other consumer installment credit (including mobile home loans) (to be
        completed for the September report only)........................................                  N/A
</TABLE>

                                      -33-
<PAGE>
 
                         CONSOLIDATED REPORT OF INCOME

  ALL REPORT OF INCOME SCHEDULES ARE TO BE REPORTED ON A CALENDAR YEAR-TO-DATE
                         BASIS IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS.

                            SCHEDULE RC-M--MEMORANDA
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
 
                                                                                          FOR THE PERIOD
                                                                                        JANUARY 1, 1996 TO
                                                                                          MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                                        -----------------
                                                                                          (Year-to-date)
<S>                                                                                     <C>
1.  Extensions of credit by the reporting bank to its executive officers, directors,         
    principal shareholders, and their related interests as of the report date:
    a.  Aggregate amount of all extensions of credit to all executive officers,
        directors, principal shareholders, and their related interests................         $     3,934 
    b.  Number of executive officers, directors, and principal shareholders to                      
        whom the amount of all extensions of credit by the reporting bank                           
        (including extensions of credit to related interests) equals or exceeds the
        lesser of $500,000 or 5 percent of total capital as defined for this purpose                Number
        in agency regulations..........................................................                  2 
 
2.  Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell with                          
    U.S. branches and agencies of foreign banks/1/ (included in Schedule RC,
    items 3.a and 3.b)................................................................                   0
3.  Not applicable....................................................................                  --
4.  Outstanding principal balance of 1-4 family residential mortgage loans serviced
    for others (include both retained servicing and purchased servicing):
    a.  Mortgages serviced under a GNMA contract......................................                   0
    b.  Mortgages serviced under a FHLMC contract:                                                         
        (1)  Serviced with recourse to servicer.......................................                   0
        (2)  Serviced without recourse to servicer....................................                   0
    c.  Mortgages serviced under a FNMA contract:                                                  
        (1)  Serviced under a regular option contract.................................                   0
        (2)  Serviced under a special option contract.................................                   0
    d.  Mortgages serviced under other servicing contracts............................                   0
5.  To be completed only by banks with $1 billion or more in total assets:                           
    Customers' liability to this bank on acceptances outstanding (sum of items 5.a
    and 5.b must equal Schedule RC, item 9):
    a.  U.S. addressees (domicile)....................................................               1,677
    b.  Non-U.S. addressees (domicile)................................................                   0
6.  Intangible assets:                                                                                  
    a.  Mortgage servicing rights.....................................................                   0
    b.  Other identifiable intangible assets:                                                              
        (1)  Purchased credit card relationships......................................                   0
        (2)  All other identifiable intangible assets.................................                   0
    c.  Goodwill......................................................................                  62
    d.  Total (sum of items 6.a through 6.c ) (must equal Schedule RC, item 10).......                  62
    e.  Amount of intangible assets (included in item 6.b.(2) above) that have been                        
        grandfathered or are otherwise qualifying for regulatory capital purposes.....                   0
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
/1/  Do not report federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements
  to resell with other commercial banks in the U.S. in this item.

                                      -34-
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION> 

                                                     SCHEDULE RC-M (CONTINUED)



                                                                                         FOR THE PERIOD                           
                                                                                       JANUARY 1, 1996 TO                         
                                                                                         MARCH 31, 1996                           
                                                                                     -----------------------                      
                                                                                         (Year-to-Date)                            


<S>                                                                                   <C>
7.  Mandatory convertible debt, net of common or perpetual preferred stock                    0
    dedicated to redeem the debt....................................................
8.  a.  Other real estate owned:                                                              0
        (1)  Direct and indirect investments in real estate ventures................
        (2)  All other real estate owned:                                                     0
             (a)  Construction and land development in domestic offices.............
             (b)  Farmland in domestic offices......................................          0
             (c)  1-4 family residential properties in domestic offices.............        434
             (d)  Multifamily (5 or more) residential properties in domestic offices          0
             (e)  Nonfarm nonresidential properties in domestic office..............          0
             (f)  In foreign offices................................................          0
                                                                                      ---------
        (3)  Total (sum of items 8.a.(1) and 8.a.(2)  (must equal Schedule RC,          
             item 7)................................................................        434
    b.  Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies:            =========          
        (1)  Direct and indirect investments in real estate ventures................          0
        (2)  All other investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated                 
             companies..............................................................          0
        (3)  Total (sum of items 8.b.(1) and 8.b.(2))  (must equal Schedule RC,
             item 8)................................................................          0
                                                                                      --------- 
    c.  Total assets of unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies..........          0
                                                                                      =========
9.  Noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and related surplus included in                   
    Schedule RC, item 23, "Perpetual preferred stock and related surplus"...........          0
10. Mutual fund and annuity sales in domestic offices during the quarter (include    
    proprietary, private label, and third party products):
    a.  Money market funds..........................................................  1,040,764
    b.  Equity securities funds.....................................................          0
    c.  Debt securities funds.......................................................          0
    d.  Other mutual funds..........................................................     27,696
    e.  Annuities...................................................................      8,034
    f.  Sales of proprietary mutual funds and annuities (included in items 10.a
        through 10.e above).........................................................    845,269

  
Memorandum
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 
1.  Interbank holdings of capital instruments (to be completed for the December
    report only):
    a.  Reciprocal holdings of banking organizations' capital instruments...........       N/A
 
    b.  Nonreciprocal holdings of banking organizations' capital instruments........       N/A
</TABLE> 

                                      -35-
<PAGE>
 
                         CONSOLIDATED REPORT OF INCOME

  ALL REPORT OF INCOME SCHEDULES ARE TO BE REPORTED ON A CALENDAR YEAR-TO-DATE
                         BASIS IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS.

     SCHEDULE RC-N--PAST DUE AND NONACCRUAL LOANS, LEASES, AND OTHER ASSETS

The FFIEC regards the information reported in all of Memorandum item 1, in items
1 through 10, column A, and in Memorandum items 2 through 4, column A, as
confidential.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                                      (COLUMN A)          
                                                       PAST DUE                  (COLUMN B)          
                                                30 THROUGH 89 DAYS AND      PAST DUE 90 DAYS OR       (COLUMN C)  
                                                   STILL ACCRUING         MORE AND STILL ACCRUING     NONACCRUAL                 
                                                ----------------------    -----------------------    ------------ 
                                                                    (Calendar year-to-date)
                                                ----------------------------------------------------------------- 
<S>                                            <C>                       <C>                         <C>
1.  Loans secured by real estate:                              
    a.  To U.S. addressees (domicile)........                  $18,762                      $1,264        $3,266     
    b.  To non-U.S. addressees                                                                                     
        (domicile)...........................                        0                           0             0  
2.  Loans to depository institutions and                       
    acceptance of other banks:                                 
    a.  To U.S. banks and other U.S.
        depository institutions..............                        0                           0             0 
    b.  To foreign banks.....................                        0                           0             0
3.  Loans to finance agricultural                               
    production and other loans to farmers....                    2,135                         729           195 
4.  Commercial and industrial loans:                           
    a.  To U.S. addressees (domicile)........                   14,579                         915           502 
    b.  To non-U.S. addressees                                         
        (domicile)...........................                        0                           0             0 
5.  Loans to individuals for household,                          
    family, and other personal
    expenditures:
    a.  Credit cards and related plans.......                    1,179                       1,353             0 
    b.  Other (includes single payment,                           
        installment, and all student
        loans)...............................                    8,755                       1,494             4 
6.  Loans to foreign governments and                                 
    official institutions....................                        0                           0             0 
7.  All other loans..........................                      760                           0             0
8.  Lease financing receivables:                                     
    a.  Of U.S. addressees (domicile)........                        0                           0             0 
    b.  Of non-U.S. addressees                                         
        (domicile)...........................                        0                           0             0 
9.  Debt securities and other assets                                 
    (exclude other real estate owned and
    other repossessed assets)................                        0                           0             0 
 
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Amounts reported in items 1 through 8 above include guaranteed 
and unguaranteed portions of past due and  nonaccrual loans 
and leases.  Report in item 10 below certain guaranteed loans 
and leases that have already  been included in the amounts 
reported in items 1 through 8. 
10.  Loans and leases reported in items 1                            
     through 8 above which are wholly or
     partially guaranteed by the U.S.
     Government..............................                        0                           0             0 
     a.  Guaranteed portion of loans and                                
         leases included in item 10 above....                        0                           0             0 
</TABLE> 

                                      -36-
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                                      (COLUMN A)          
                                                       PAST DUE                  (COLUMN B)           
                                                30 THROUGH 89 DAYS AND      PAST DUE 90 DAYS OR       (COLUMN C) 
                                                   STILL ACCRUING         MORE AND STILL ACCRUING     NONACCRUAL              
                                                --------------------------------------------------------------------- 
                                                                         (Calendar year-to-date)
                                                --------------------------------------------------------------------- 
<S>                                            <C>                       <C>                         <C>
Memoranda
- ------------------------------------------------
1.  Restructured loans and leases                                    
    included in Schedule RC-N, items 1
    through 8, above (and not reported
    in Schedule RC-C, part I,
    Memorandum item 2)..........................                     0                           0             0   
2.  Loans to finance commercial real                                 
    estate, construction, and land
    development activities (not secured
    by real estate) included in
    Schedule RC-N, items 4 and 7,
    above.......................................                     0                           0             0
3.  Loans secured by real estate in                              
    domestic offices (included in
    Schedule RC-N, item 1 above):
    a.  Construction and land
        development.............................                 8,880                         233         1,017
    b.  Secured by farmland.....................                   150                         542             0
    c.  Secured by 1-4 family residential                            
        properties:
        (1)  Revolving, open-end loans
             secured by 1-4 family
             residential properties and
             extended under lines of
             credit.............................                   490                         120            97
        (2)  All other loans secured by                             
             1-4 family residential
             properties.........................                  3,417                         324           949
    d.  Secured by multifamily (5 or                                  
        more) residential properties............                     37                           0            68
    e.  Secured by nonfarm                                         
        nonresidential properties...............                  5,788                          35         1,135

<CAPTION> 
 
                                                     (COLUMN A)                 (COLUMN B)
                                                     PAST DUE 30                PAST DUE 90
                                                   THROUGH 89 DAYS             DAYS OR MORE
                                                -------------------------------------------------         
                                                             (Calendar year-to-date)
                                                -------------------------------------------------         
<S>                                                       <C>                            <C> 
4.  Interest rate, foreign exchange rate,                          
    and other commodity and equity
    contracts:
    a.  Book value of amounts carried
        as assets...............................                     0                           0
    b.  Replacement cost of contracts                                  
        with a positive replacement cost........                     0                           0
</TABLE>

                                      -37-
                                            
<PAGE>
 
                         CONSOLIDATED REPORT OF INCOME

  ALL REPORT OF INCOME SCHEDULES ARE TO BE REPORTED ON A CALENDAR YEAR-TO-DATE
                         BASIS IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS.

          SCHEDULE RC-O--OTHER DATA FOR DEPOSIT INSURANCE ASSESSMENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                                         FOR THE PERIOD
                                                                                       JANUARY 1, 1996 TO
                                                                                         MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                                       -------------------
                                                                                         (Year-to-date)
<S>                                                                                    <C>
1.  Unposted debits (see instructions):
    a.  Actual amount of all unposted debits.........................................            19
        OR
    b.  Separate amount of unposted debits:
        (1)  Actual amount of unposted debits to demand deposits.....................           N/A
        (2)  Actual amount of unposted debits to time and savings deposits(1)........            N/A
2.  Unposted credits (see instructions):
    a.  Actual amount of all unposted credits........................................             0
        OR
    b.  Separate amount of unposted credits:
        (1)  Actual amount of unposted debits to demand deposits.....................           N/A
        (2)  Actual amount of unposted credits to time and savings deposits(1........           N/A
3.  Uninvested trust funds (cash) held in bank's own trust department (not included
    in total deposits in domestic offices............................................             0
4.  Deposits of consolidated subsidiaries in domestic offices and in insured
    branches in Puerto Rico and U.S. territories and possessions (not included in
    total deposits:
    a.  Demand deposits of consolidated subsidiaries.................................           697
    b.  Time and savings deposits(1) of consolidated subsidiaries....................             0
    c.  Interest accrued and unpaid on deposits of consolidated subsidiaries.........             0
5.  Deposits in insured branches in Puerto Rico and U.S. territories and
    possessions:
    a.  Demand deposits in insured branches (included in Schedule RC-E, Part II).....             0
    b.  Time and savings deposits(1) in insured branches (included in
        Schedule RC-E, Part II)......................................................             0
    c.  Interest accrued and unpaid on deposits in insured branches (included in
        Schedule RC-G, item 1.b).....................................................             0
Item 6 is not applicable to state nonmember banks that have not been authorized by
the Federal Reserve to act as pass-through correspondents.

6.  Reserve balances actually passed through to the Federal Reserve by the
    reporting bank on behalf of its respondent depository institutions that are also
    reflected as deposit liabilities of the reporting bank:
    a.  Amount reflected in demand deposits (included in Schedule RC-E, item 4
        or 5, column B...............................................................             0
    b.  Amount reflected in time and savings deposits(1) (included in
        Schedule RC-E, item 4 or 5, column A or C, but not column B).................             0
7.  Unamortized premiums and discounts on time and savings deposits:(1)
    a.  Unamortized premiums.........................................................             0
    b.  Unamortized discounts........................................................             0
                                                                                           --------
</TABLE> 
- ------------------------
(1)  For FDIC insurance assessment purposes, "time and savings deposits"
     consists of nontransaction accounts and all transaction accounts other
     than demand deposits.

                                      -38-
<PAGE>
 
                                 SCHEDULE RC-O (continued)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                                         FOR THE PERIOD
                                                                                       JANUARY 1, 1996 TO
                                                                                         MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                                       -------------------
                                                                                         (Year-to-date)
<S>                                                                                    <C>
8.  To be completed by banks with "Oakar deposits."
    Total "Adjusted Attributable Deposits" of all institutions acquired under
     
    Section 5(d)(3) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (from most recent FDIC
    Oakar Transaction Worksheet(s))..................................................           1,363,792
9.  Deposits in lifeline accounts....................................................                  --
10. Benefit-responsive "Depository Institution Investment Contracts" (included in
    total deposits in domestic offices)..............................................                   0
 
11.  Adjustments to demand deposits in domestic offices reported in Schedule RC-E
     for certain reciprocal demand balances:
     a.  Amount by which demand deposits would be reduced if reciprocal demand
         balances between the reporting bank and savings associations were reported
         on a net basis rather than a gross basis in Schedule RC-E...................                   0
     b.  Amount by which demand deposits would be increased if reciprocal
         demand balances between the reporting bank and U.S. branches and
         agencies of foreign banks were reported on a gross basis rather than a net
         basis in Schedule RC-E......................................................                   0
     c.  Amount by which demand deposits would be reduced if cash items in
         process of collection were included in the calculation of net reciprocal
         demand balances between the reporting bank and the domestic offices of
         U.S. banks and savings associations in Schedule RC-E........................                   0


Memoranda (to be completed each quarter except as noted)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.  Total deposits in domestic offices of the bank (sum of Memorandum
    items 1.a.(1) and 1.b.(1) must equal Schedule RC, item 13.a):
    a.  Deposit accounts of $100,000 or less:
        (1)  Amount of deposit accounts of $100,000 or less..........................           3,715,418
        (2)  Number of deposit accounts of $100,000 or less (to be completed for                   Number
             the June report only)...................................................                 N/A
 
    b.  Deposit accounts of more than $100,000:
        (1)  Amount of deposit accounts of more than $100,000........................           2,547,530
                                                                                                   Number
        (2)  Number of deposit accounts of more than $100,000........................               6,396
2.  Estimated amount of uninsured deposits in domestic offices of the bank:
    a.  An estimate of your bank's uninsured deposits can be determined by
        multiplying the number of deposit accounts of more than $100,000
        reported in Memorandum item 1.b.(2) above by $100,000 and subtracting
        the result from the amount of deposit accounts of more than $100,000
        reported in Memorandum item 1.b.(1) above.
        Indicate in the appropriate box at the right whether your bank has a                 YES       NO
        method or procedure for determining a better estimate of uninsured
        deposits than the estimate described above...................................                  [X]
   b.  If the box marked YES has been checked, report the estimate of uninsured
       deposits determined by using your bank's method or procedures.................                 N/A
 
</TABLE>

                                      -39-
<PAGE>
 
                         CONSOLIDATED REPORT OF INCOME

  ALL REPORT OF INCOME SCHEDULES ARE TO BE REPORTED ON A CALENDAR YEAR-TO-DATE
                         BASIS IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS.

                       SCHEDULE RC-R--REGULATORY CAPITAL

This schedule must be completed by all banks as follows:  Banks that reported
total assets of $1 billion or more in Schedule RC, item 12, for June 30, 1995,
must complete items 2 through 9 and Memoranda items 1 and 2.  Banks with assets
of less than $1 billion must complete items 1 through 3 below or Schedule RC-R
in its entirety, depending on their response to item 1 below.

1. Test for determining the extent to which Schedule RC-R must be completed.  To
   be completed only by banks with total assets of less than $1 billion.
   Indicate in the appropriate box at the right whether the bank has total
   capital greater than or equal to eight percent of adjusted total assets

     For purposes of this test, adjusted total assets equals total assets less
   cash, U.S. Treasuries, U.S. Government agency obligations, and 80 percent of
   U.S. Government-sponsored agency obligations plus the allowance for loan and
   lease losses and selected off-balance sheet items as reported on Schedule RC-
   L (see instructions).

     If the box marked YES has been checked, then the bank only has to complete
   items 2 and 3 below.  If the box marked NO has been checked, the bank must
   complete the remainder of this schedule.

     A NO response to item 1 does not necessarily mean that the bank's actual
   risk-based capital ratio is less than eight percent or that the bank is not
   in compliance with the risk-based capital guidelines.

ITEMS 2 AND 3 ARE TO BE COMPLETED BY ALL BANKS.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                           (COLUMN A)       
                                                                          SUBORDINATED      
                                                                          DEBT(1) AND            (COLUMN B)    
                                                                       INTERMEDIATE TERM     OTHER LIMITED-LIFE
                                                                        PREFERRED STOCK     CAPITAL INSTRUMENTS 
                                                                       ---------------------------------------- 
                                                                                (Calendar year-to-date)
                                                                       ---------------------------------------- 
<S>                                                                    <C>                  <C> 
2.  Subordinated debt(1) and other limited-life capital instruments
    (original weighted average maturity of at least vie years) with a
    remaining maturity of:
    a.  One year or less...............................................                0                      0
    b.  Over one year through two years................................                0                      0
    c.  Over two years through three years.............................                0                      0
    d.  Over three years through four years............................                0                      0
    e.  Over four years through five years.............................                0                      0
    f.  Over five years................................................                0                      0
3.  Amounts used in calculating regulatory capital ratios (report
    amounts determined by the bank for its own internal regulatory
    capital analyses):
    a.  Tier 1 capital.................................................                --                359,429
    b.  Tier 2 capital.................................................                --                 52,203
    c.  Total risk-based capital.......................................                --                411,633
    d.  Excess allowance for loan and lease losses.....................                --                 34,587
    e.  Risk-weighted assets...........................................                --              4,176,305
    f.  "Average total assets".........................................                --              6,904,255
</TABLE>

- ------------------------
(1)  Exclude mandatory convertible debt reported in Schedule RC-M, item 7.

                                      -40-
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION> 
                                                                                                   
Items 4-9 and Memoranda items 1 and 2 are to be completed by banks                                (COLUMN B)
 that answered NO to item 1 above and by banks with total assets of $1                              CREDIT
 billion or more.                                                             (COLUMN A)          EQUIVALENT
                                                                           ASSETS RECORDED      AMOUNT OF OFF-
                                                                                  ON             BALANCE SHEET
                                                                          THE BALANCE SHEET        ITEMS(1)
                                                                          -------------------  ----------------- 
                                                                                 (Calendar year-to-date)
                                                                          -------------------------------------- 
<S>                                                                       <C>                  <C> 
4.  Assets and credit equivalent amounts of off-balance sheet items
    assigned to the Zero percent risk category:
  a.  Assets recorded on the balance sheet:
     (1)  Securities issued by, other claims on, and claims
          unconditionally guaranteed by, the U.S. Government and
          its agencies and other OECD central governments...............             284,691                  --
     (2)  All other.....................................................             272,198                  --
  b.  Credit equivalent amount of off-balance sheet items...............                  --                   0
5.  Assets and credit equivalent amounts of off-balance sheet items
    assigned to the 20 percent risk category:
  a.  Assets recorded on the balance sheet:
     (1)  Claims conditionally guaranteed by the U.S. Government
          and its agencies and other OECD central governments...........              41,647                  --
     (2)  Claims collateralized by securities issued by the U.S.
          Government and its agencies and other OECD central
          governments; by securities issued by U.S. Government-
          sponsored agencies; and by cash on deposit....................              40,290                  --
     (3)  All other.....................................................           3,456,215                  --
  b.  Credit equivalent amount of off-balance sheet items...............                  --           1,264,247
6.  Assets and credit equivalent amounts of off-balance sheet items
    assigned to the 50 percent risk category:
  a.  Assets recorded on the balance sheet..............................             478,716                  --
  b.  Credit equivalent amount of off-balance sheet items...............                  --              17,229
7.  Assets and credit equivalent amounts of off-balance sheet items
    assigned to the 100 percent risk category:
  a.  Assets recorded on the balance sheet..............................           2,616,629                  --
8.  On-balance sheet asset values excluded from the calculation of the
    risk-based capital ratio(2) ........................................             (7,097)                 --
                                                                                  ----------          ----------
9.  Total assets recorded on the balance sheet (sum of items 4.a, 5.a,
    6.a, 7.a, and 8, column (A) (must equal Schedule RC, item 12
    plus items 4.b and 4.c).............................................           7,183,289                  --
                                                                                  ==========          ==========
</TABLE>

- ------------------------------
(1)  Do not report in column B the risk-weighted amount of assets reported in
     column A.
(2)  Include the difference between the fair value and the amortized cost of
     available-for-sale securities in item 8 and report the amortized cost of
     these securities in items 4 through 7 above. Item 8 also includes on-
     balance sheet asset values portions thereof) of off-balance sheet interest
     rate, foreign exchange rate, and commodity contracts and those contract
     futures contracts) not subject to risk-based capital. Exclude from item 8
     margin accounts and accrued receivables as of any portion of the allowance
     for loan and lease losses in excess of the amount that may be included in
     Tier 2 capital.

                                      -41-
<PAGE>
               SCHEDULE RC-R -- REGULATORY CAPITAL (CONTINUED) 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                             FOR THE PERIOD   
                                                                                                           JANUARY 1, 1996 TO 
                                                                                                             MARCH 31, 1996   
                                                                                                         ----------------------
                                                                                                             (Year-to-date)    
Memoranda
- ------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                                          <C> 
1.  Current credit exposure across all off-balance sheet derivative contracts covered
    by the risk-based capital standards..............................................                               0
</TABLE> 
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
 
                                                      WITH A REMAINING MATURITY OF
                                            ------------------------------------------------- 
                                                                (COLUMN B)                     
                                                                 OVER ONE                      
                                                                   YEAR
                                              (COLUMN A)         THROUGH FIVE     (COLUMN C)   
                                           ONE YEAR OR LESS       YEARS         OVER FIVE YEARS 
                                            ------------------------------------------------- 
                                                        (Calendar year-to-date)
                                            ------------------------------------------------- 
<S>                                                       <C>             <C>               <C> 
2.  Notional principal amounts of off-
    balance sheet derivative contracts:
  a.  Interest rate contracts(3)........                   0               0                 0
  b.  Foreign exchange contracts........                   0               0                 0
  c.  Gold contracts....................                   0               0                 0
  d.  Other precious metals contracts...                   0               0                 0
  e.  Other commodity contracts.........                   0               0                 0
  f.  Equity derivative contracts.......                   0               0                 0
</TABLE>

- ------------------------
(3)  Exclude foreign exchange contracts with an original maturity of 14 days or
     less and all futures contracts.

                                      -42-


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission